Vocabulary for

Civil Service

Exams

N E W Y O R K

®

Copyright © 2008 LearningExpress, LLC.

All rights reserved under International and Pan-American Copyright Conventions.

Published in the United States by LearningExpress, LLC, New York.

Library of Congress Cataloging-in-Publication Data:

Math and vocabulary for civil service exams.

p. cm.

ISBN 978-1-57685-606-2

1. Civil service—United States—Examinations—Study guides. 2. Mathematics—Examinations—Study

guides. 3. English language—Examinations—Study guides.

JK716.M24 2008

513.076—dc22

2007037804

Printed in the United States of America

9 8 7 6 5 4 3 2 1

ISBN: 978-1-57685-606-2

For information on LearningExpress, other LearningExpress products, or bulk sales,

please write to us at:

LearningExpress

55 Broadway

8th Floor

New York, NY 10006

Or visit us at:

www.learnatest.com

i i i

Contents

SECTION 1 Preparing for Your Civil Service Exam 1

CHAPTER 1 Civil Service Jobs 3

CHAPTER 2 The LearningExpress Test Preparation System 7

SECTION 2 Math Prep for Civil Service Exams 27

CHAPTER 3 Arithmetic, Powers, and Roots 29

CHAPTER 4 Fractions and Decimals 41

CHAPTER 5 Percents 63

CHAPTER 6 Number Series 77

CHAPTER 7 Word Problems 89

CHAPTER 8 Charts, Tables, and Graphs 103

CHAPTER 9 Measurement and Geometry 125

SECTION 3 Vocabulary Prep for Civil Service Exams 141

CHAPTER 10 Vocabulary in Context 143

CHAPTER 11 Synonyms and Antonyms 149

CHAPTER 12 Reading Comprehension 159

CHAPTER 13 Grammar 177

CHAPTER 14 Spelling 197

SECTION 4 Test Time! 211

CHAPTER 15 Practice Test 1 213

CHAPTER 16 Practice Test 2 233

SECTION 5 Helpful Resources 253

APPENDIX 1 Glossary of Math Terms 255

APPENDIX 2 Math Formula Sheet 257

APPENDIX 3 Glossary of Vocabulary Terms 259

APPENDIX 4 Commonly Tested Vocabulary Words 263

APPENDIX 5 Preﬁxes, Sufﬁxes, and Word Roots 289

–MATH AND VOCABULARY FOR CIVIL SERVICE EXAMS–

i v

C

hoosing a career as a government employee can be very rewarding—

you’ll see respectable salaries, generous beneﬁt packages, and

opportunities for signiﬁcant career advancement. But before you

begin your job, you’ll probably need to take a civil service exam. This exam requires

candidates to score well on all parts of the exam, but the questions that require in-

depth math and vocabulary knowledge can be especially nerve-racking if it’s been a

while since you’ve used these skills. Arm yourself with this book that will help you

dust off your skills as you work your way through the most commonly tested math

and vocabulary topics. By making the commitment to practice these difﬁcult ques-

tions for the civil service exam, you are promising yourself increased scores and mar-

ketability as you enter this career path.

Is your civil service exam months away, or even maybe a few short weeks away?

Have no fear—this book will help you prepare for success by working to review and

improve your math and vocabulary skills.

Carefully read Chapter 1 to learn about the civil service ﬁeld. Then, continue

on to Chapter 2 (the LearningExpress Test Preparation System), so you can grasp

effective test strategies and learn to budget your preparation time wisely. Chapter 2

presents a 30-day study plan and a 14-day study plan. You can decide which of these

plans is right for you, or you can create a more personalized plan. Remember to stick

as closely as you can to your study plan for the most effective results.

S E C T I O N

Preparing for

Your Civil

Service Exam

1

1

Once you’ve set a study plan for yourself, look at

the table of contents to see the types of math and

vocabulary topics covered in this book. The book is

organized in ﬁve sections:

Section 1—Preparing for Your Civil Service Exam

Section 2—Math Prep for Civil Service Exams

Section 3—Vocabulary Prep for Civil Service

Exams

Section 4—Test Time!

Section 5—Helpful Resources

Sections 2 and 3 divide math and vocabulary

concepts into compact parts so that you can work on

each concept on its own and gain mastery. You may

want to read the chapters in sequence, or you may

decide to study the chapters that give you the most dif-

ﬁculty early on in your test preparation.

Each chapter in Sections 2 and 3 contains practice

questions to drill you on the chapter’s main concepts.

As you answer the hundreds of practice questions in

this book, you will undoubtedly want to check your

answers against the answer section at the end of each

chapter. If, after answering all the questions in a section

you feel you need more practice, reread the questions

and try your hand at responding one more time. Rep-

etition is often the key to success as studies show that

most repetitive tasks become part of a person’s inven-

tory of skills over time.

Section 4 (“Test Time!”) includes two practice

tests to help you gauge your math and vocabulary

skills. These tests will give you the chance to measure

what you have learned and review any problem areas

you encounter. You may want to take one practice test

before you begin Sections 2 and 3 to determine your

areas of weakness. Then, you can take the other test

after you’ve reviewed the math and vocabulary topics.

Finally, don’t forget about Section 5—the

resources at the end of this book. These resources

include math words to know, basic math formulas,

commonly tested vocabulary terms, and a list of gen-

eral sufﬁxes, preﬁxes, and root words. You may consult

these resources at any point as you work through this

book. One good use of these resources may be to make

ﬂashcards or notes about any words or formulas that

are new or confusing to you. Then, work with a friend

or family member to quiz yourself. You don’t even need

a partner—try pulling out your ﬂashcards as you wait

in line, commute on a bus, or whenever you have a few

free minutes.

Always keep your end goal in mind. If you study

hard the ﬁrst time, you will not have to take the civil

service exam again—ever! Use this book to get a feel

for the math and vocabulary topics presented on the

exam. Spend some quality time with these topics, take

the practice tests, and then get ready to walk into the

exam room with plenty of self-conﬁdence!

–PREPARING FOR YOUR CIVIL SERVICE EXAM–

2

C

ivil service jobs range from clerical work to forestry, from social work to cartography, and from

painting to nursing. The government workforce is diverse with career possibilities in a wide array

of specialties and ﬁelds, including:

C H A P T E R

Civil Service

Jobs

1

3

■

Accounting

■

Administration

■

Agriculture

■

Air Trafﬁc Control

■

Biology

■

Budgetary Work

■

Cartography

■

Chemistry

■

Claims Work

■

Clerical Work

■

Conservation

■

Court Work

■

Custodial Work

■

Defense-related Work

■

Drafting

■

Educational Service

■

Electrical Work

■

Engineering

■

Finance

■

Fireﬁghting

■

Health Services

■

Human Services

■

Information Technology

■

Law Enforcement

■

Legal

■

Machinist Work

■

Nursing

■

Painting

■

Postal Work

■

Service Work

■

Social Work

■

Treasury Work

■

Visa Examination

The government is the largest single employer in

the United States. Government jobs are secure, have

great holiday and vacation schedules, offer health

insurance, and provide paid training for employees.

Speciﬁc beneﬁts include:

■

10 paid holidays a year

■

13 to 26 paid vacation days a year

■

13 sick days a year

■

death and disability insurance

■

group life insurance

■

medical and dental beneﬁts (including healthcare

ﬂexible spending accounts, HCFSAs)

■

retirement beneﬁts

■

alternative work schedules

■

government-paid training

■

tuition reimbursement

Civilian government employees are grouped by

the type of work they do. This is called the series. The

level of their relative positions (based on difﬁculty) is

called the grade. Each grade progresses upward

through steps. The higher the step, the more money

you will earn. Depending on your prior education, you

may enter the government pay scale at different grades.

For example, high school graduates may enter at GS-

2 (“GS” means “General Schedule”), whereas junior

college graduates may enter at GS-4.

Unlike jobs in the private sector, government job

openings aren’t listed in the classiﬁed section of your

city or local paper. But there are excellent, easily acces-

sible sources of government job information.

The Ofﬁce of Personnel Management (OPM)

updates a list of federal job vacancies daily. You can

access this information 24 hours a day, 7 days a week

by calling the OPM’s automated telephone system, Jobs

by Phone, at 703–724–1850. Although this service

offers around-the-clock convenience, beware: It may

take more than one phone call to ﬁnd exactly the infor-

mation you need.

The most user-friendly of the OPM resources,

www.usajobs.opm.gov, allows you to search for jobs by

region, state, zip code, country, and department. Use

this website to print a copy of application forms and

access information about pay scales. You can even cre-

ate a resume online or electronically ﬁle your qualiﬁ-

cations statement.

–CIVIL SERVICE JOBS–

4

FEDERAL PAY SCHEDULES, 2007

GRADE ANNUAL RATES FOR STEPS (IN DOLLARS)

1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10

1 16,630 17,185 17,739 18,289 18,842 19,167 19,713 20,264 20,286 20,798

2 18,698 19,142 19,761 20,286 20,512 21,115 21,718 22,321 22,924 23,527

3 20,401 21,081 21,761 22,441 23,121 23,801 24,481 25,161 25,841 26,521

4 22,902 23,665 24,428 25,191 25,954 26,717 27,480 28,243 29,006 29,769

5 25,623 26,477 27,331 28,185 29,039 29,893 30,747 31,601 32,455 33,309

6 28,562 29,514 30,466 31,418 32,370 33,322 34,274 35,226 36,178 37,130

7 31,740 32,798 33,856 34,914 35,972 37,030 38,088 39,146 40,204 41,262

8 35,151 36,323 37,495 38,667 39,839 41,011 42,183 43,355 44,527 45,699

9 38,824 40,118 41,412 42,706 44,000 45,294 46,588 47,882 49,176 50,470

10 42,755 44,180 45,605 47,030 48,455 49,880 51,305 52,730 54,155 55,580

11 46,974 48,540 50,106 51,672 53,238 54,804 56,370 57,936 59,502 61,068

12 56,301 58,178 60,055 61,932 63,809 65,686 67,563 69,440 71,317 73,194

13 66,951 69,183 71,415 73,647 75,879 78,111 80,343 82,575 84,807 87,039

14 79,115 81,752 84,389 87,026 89,663 92,300 94,937 97,574 100,211 102,848

15 93,063 96,165 99,267 102,369 105,471 108,573 111,675 114,777 117,879 120,981

Please note that GS pay is adjusted according to your geographic location, so the majority of jobs pay more

than the base salary listed in this table. The amount in the Base GS Pay Scale is multiplied by the percentage

adjustment and the result is then added to the base pay. Also, certain hard-to-ﬁll jobs, usually in the scientiﬁc,

technical, and medical ﬁelds, may have higher starting salaries. Exact pay information can be found on posi-

tion vacancy announcements.

Source: U.S. Ofﬁce of Personnel Management, January 2007.

–CIVIL SERVICE JOBS–

5

T

aking any test can be tough. But don’t let the written test scare you! If you prepare ahead of time,

you can achieve a top score. The LearningExpress Test Preparation System, developed exclusively for

LearningExpress by leading test experts, gives you the discipline and attitude you need to be a winner.

Getting ready for any test takes work. If you plan to obtain an entry-level civil service position, you will have

to score well on your civil service exam. This book focuses speciﬁcally on the math and vocabulary skills that you

will be tested on—two areas that have proven difﬁcult for many test takers. By honing in on these skills, you will

take your ﬁrst step toward achieving the career of your dreams. However, there are all sorts of pitfalls that can

prevent you from doing your best on exams. Here are some obstacles that can stand in the way of your success.

C H A P T E R

The Learning-

Express Test

Preparation

System

2

7

■

being unfamiliar with the format of the exam

■

being paralyzed by test anxiety

■

leaving your preparation to the last minute

■

not preparing at all

■

not knowing vital test-taking skills like:

■

how to pace yourself through the exam

■

how to use the process of elimination

■

when to guess

■

not being in tip-top mental and physical shape

■

forgetting to eat breakfast and having to take the

exam on an empty stomach

■

forgetting a sweater or jacket and shivering

through the exam

What’s the common denominator in all these

test-taking pitfalls? One word: control. Who’s in con-

trol, you or the exam?

Now the good news: The LearningExpress Test

Preparation System puts you in control. In just nine

easy-to-follow steps, you will learn everything you

need to know to make sure you are in charge of your

preparation and performance on the exam. Other test

takers may let the test get the better of them; other test

takers may be unprepared or out of shape, but not you.

You will have taken all the steps you need to take for a

passing score.

Here’s how the LearningExpress Test Preparation

System works: Nine easy steps lead you through every-

thing you need to know and do to get ready to master

your exam. Each of the steps gives you tips and activ-

ities to help you prepare for any exam. It’s important

that you follow the advice and do the activities, or you

won’t be getting the full beneﬁt of the system. Each step

gives you an approximate time estimate.

Step 1. Get Information 30 minutes

Step 2. Conquer Test Anxiety 20 minutes

Step 3. Make a Plan 50 minutes

Step 4. Learn to Manage Your Time 10 minutes

Step 5. Learn to Use the Process

of Elimination 20 minutes

Step 6. Know When to Guess 20 minutes

Step 7. Reach Your Peak

Performance Zone 10 minutes

Step 8. Get Your Act Together 10 minutes

Step 9. Do It! 10 minutes

Total 3 hours

We estimate that working through the entire sys-

tem will take you approximately three hours, though

it’s perfectly OK if you work faster or slower than the

time estimates say. If you can take a whole afternoon

or evening, you can work through the entire Learning-

Express Test Preparation System in one sitting. Other-

wise, you can break it up, and do just one or two steps

a day for the next several days. It’s up to you—

remember, you’re in control.

$

St ep 1: Get I nf ormat i on

Time to complete: 30 minutes

Activities: Read Section 1, “Preparing for Your Civil

Service Exam” and Chapter 1, “Civil Service Jobs.”

If you haven’t already done so, stop here and read Sec-

tion 1 and Chapter 1 of this book. Here, you’ll learn

how to use this book, see an overview of the range of

civil service jobs, and be presented with a discussion

regarding earnings and job searches.

Knowledge is power. The first step in the

LearningExpress Test Preparation System is ﬁnding

out everything you can about the types of questions

that will be asked on any math and vocabulary section

of the civil service exam. Practicing and studying the

–THE LEARNINGEXPRESS TEST PREPARATION SYSTEM–

8

exercises in this book will help prepare you for those

tests. Math topics that are tested include:

■

arithmetic, powers, and roots

■

fractions

■

decimals

■

percents

■

number series

■

word problems

■

charts, tables, and graphs

■

algebra

■

geometry and measurement

Vocabulary topics that are tested include:

■

vocabulary in context

■

reading comprehension

■

synonyms

■

antonyms

■

grammar

■

spelling

After completing the LearningExpress Test

Preparation System, you will then begin to apply the

test-taking strategies you learn as you work through

practice questions in these topic areas (Chapters 3

through 14). You can see how well your training paid

off in Chapters 15 and 16, where you will take two

practice civil service tests.

$

St ep 2: Conquer Test Anxi et y

Time to complete: 20 minutes

Activity: Take the Test Stress Test

Having complete information about the exam is the

ﬁrst step in getting control of the exam. Next, you have

to overcome one of the biggest obstacles to test success:

test anxiety. Test anxiety not only impairs your per-

formance on the exam itself, but it can even keep you

from preparing! In Step 2, you’ll learn stress manage-

ment techniques that will help you succeed on your

exam. Learn these strategies now, and practice them as

you work through the practice tests in this book, so

they’ll be second nature to you by exam day.

Combating Test Anxiety

The ﬁrst thing you need to know is that a little test anx-

iety is a good thing. Everyone gets nervous before a big

exam—and if that nervousness motivates you to prepare

thoroughly, so much the better. It’s said that Sir Laurence

Olivier, one of the foremost British actors of last century,

was ill before every performance. His stage fright didn’t

impair his performance; in fact, it probably gave him a

little extra edge—just the kind of edge you need to do

well, whether on a stage or in an exam room.

On page 11 is the Test Stress Test. Stop here and

answer the questions on that page to ﬁnd out whether

your level of test anxiety is something you should

worry about.

Stress Management before the

Test

If you feel your level of anxiety getting the best of you

in the weeks before the test, here is what you need to

do to bring the level down again:

■

Get prepared. There’s nothing like knowing what

to expect. Being prepared will put you in control

of test anxiety. That’s why you’re reading this

book. Use it faithfully, and remind yourself that

you’re better prepared than most of the people

taking the test.

■

Practice self-conﬁdence. A positive attitude is a

great way to combat test anxiety. This is no time

to be humble or shy. Stand in front of the mirror

and say to your reﬂection, “I’m prepared. I’m full

of self-conﬁdence. I’m going to ace this test. I

–THE LEARNINGEXPRESS TEST PREPARATION SYSTEM–

9

know I can do it.” Say it into a recorder and play it

back once a day. If you hear it often enough,

you’ll believe it.

■

Fight negative messages. Every time someone

starts telling you how hard the exam is or how it’s

almost impossible to get a high score, start telling

them your self-conﬁdence messages. If the some-

one with the negative messages is you, telling

yourself you don’t do well on exams and you just

can’t do this, don’t listen. Listen to your self-con-

ﬁdence messages instead.

■

Visualize. Imagine yourself reporting for your

ﬁrst day on the job. Visualizing success can help

make it happen—and it reminds you why you’re

preparing for the exam so diligently.

■

Exercise. Physical activity helps calm down your

body and focus your mind. Besides, being in good

physical shape can actually help you do well on

the exam. Go for a run, lift weights, go

swimming—and do it regularly.

Stress Management on Test Day

There are several ways you can bring down your level

of test anxiety on test day. To ﬁnd a comfort level,

experiment with the following exercises in the weeks

before the test, and use the ones that work best for you.

■

Deep breathing. Take a deep breath while you

count to ﬁve. Hold it for a count of one, then let

it out on a count of ﬁve. Repeat several times.

■

Move your body. Try rolling your head in a circle.

Rotate your shoulders. Shake your hands from

the wrist. Many people ﬁnd these movements

very relaxing.

■

Visualize again. Think of the place where you are

most relaxed: lying on the beach in the sun, walk-

ing through the park, or sipping a cup of hot tea.

Now close your eyes and imagine you’re actually

there. If you practice in advance, you’ll ﬁnd that

you need only a few seconds of this exercise to

experience a signiﬁcant increase in your sense of

well-being.

When anxiety threatens to overwhelm you right

there during the exam, there are still things you can do

to manage your stress level:

■

Repeat your self-conﬁdence messages. You

should have them memorized by now. Say them

silently to yourself, and believe them!

■

Visualize one more time. This time, visualize

yourself moving smoothly and quickly through

the test answering every question right and ﬁn-

ishing just before time is up. Like most visualiza-

tion techniques, this one works best if you’ve

practiced it ahead of time.

■

Find an easy question. Skim over the test until

you ﬁnd an easy question, and then answer it.

Filling in even one circle gets you into the test-

taking groove.

■

Take a mental break. Everyone loses concentra-

tion once in a while during a long test. It’s nor-

mal, so you shouldn’t worry about it. Instead,

accept what has happened. Say to yourself, “Hey, I

lost it there for a minute. My brain is taking a

break.” Put down your pencil, close your eyes, and

do some deep breathing for a few seconds. Then

you’re ready to go back to work.

Try these techniques ahead of time, and see if

they work for you!

–THE LEARNINGEXPRESS TEST PREPARATION SYSTEM–

10

Test Stress Test

You only need to worry about test anxiety if it is extreme enough to impair your performance. The following ques-

tionnaire will provide a diagnosis of your level of test anxiety. In the blank before each statement, write the num-

ber that most accurately describes your experience.

0 = never

1 = once or twice

2 = sometimes

3 = often

I have gotten so nervous before an exam that I simply put down the books and didn’t study for it.

I have experienced disabling physical symptoms such as vomiting and severe headaches because I

was nervous about an exam.

I have simply not showed up for an exam because I was scared to take it.

I have experienced dizziness and disorientation while taking an exam.

I have had trouble ﬁlling in the little circles because my hands were shaking too hard.

I have failed an exam because I was too nervous to complete it.

Total: Add up the numbers in the blanks.

Your Test Stress Score

Here are the steps you should take, depending on your score. If you scored:

■

Below 3, your level of test anxiety is nothing to worry about; it’s probably just enough to give you the moti-

vation to excel.

■

Between 3 and 6, your test anxiety may be enough to impair your performance, and you should practice

the stress management techniques listed in this chapter to try to bring your test anxiety down to manage-

able levels.

■

Above 6, your level of test anxiety is a serious concern. In addition to practicing the stress management

techniques listed in this chapter, you may want to seek additional, personal help. Call your local high school

or community college and ask for the academic counselor. Tell the counselor that you have a level of test

anxiety that sometimes keeps you from being able to take an exam. The counselor may be willing to help

you or may suggest someone else you should talk to.

11

$

St ep 3: Make a Pl an

Time to complete: 50 minutes

Activity: Construct a study plan

Maybe the most important thing you can do to get

control of yourself and your exam is to make a study

plan. Too many people fail to prepare simply because

they fail to plan. Spending hours on the day before the

exam poring over sample test questions not only raises

your level of test anxiety, it is also no substitute for

careful preparation and practice.

Don’t fall into the cram trap. Take control of your

preparation time by mapping out a study schedule. If

you’re the kind of person who needs deadlines and

assignments to motivate you for a project, here they

are. If you’re the kind of person who doesn’t like to fol-

low other people’s plans, you can use the suggested

schedules here to construct your own.

Even more important than making a plan is mak-

ing a commitment. You can’t review everything you

need to know for a civil service exam in one night. You

have to set aside some time every day for study and

practice. Try for at least 20 minutes a day. Twenty min-

utes daily will do you much more good than two hours

on Saturday.

Don’t put off your study until the day before the

exam. Start now. A few minutes a day, with half an

hour or more on weekends can make a big difference

in your score.

If you have months before the exam, you’re lucky.

Don’t put off your studying until the week before the

exam! Start now. Even ten minutes a day, with half an

hour or more on weekends, can make a big difference

in your score—and in your chances of making the

grade you want!

–THE LEARNINGEXPRESS TEST PREPARATION SYSTEM–

12

Schedule A: The 30-Day Plan

If you have at least one month before you take your test, you have plenty of time to prepare—as long as you don’t

procrastinate! If you have less than a month, turn to Schedule B.

TIME PREPARATION

Day 1 Read Section 1 of this book. Also, skim over any written materials you may have about the

civil service exam.

Day 2 Read Chapter 3, “Arithmetic, Powers, and Roots.” Work through practice questions 1–50.

Score yourself.

Day 3 Review any Chapter 3 concepts you feel are necessary for you to brush up on.

Day 4 Read Chapter 4, “Fractions and Decimals.” Work through practice questions 1–50. Score yourself.

Day 5 Read Chapter 5, “Percents.” Work through practice questions 1–49. Score yourself.

Day 6 Review any Chapter 4 or Chapter 5 concepts you feel are necessary for you to brush up on.

Day 7 Read Chapter 6, “Number Series and Analogies.” Work through practice questions 1–50.

Score yourself.

Day 8 Review any Chapter 6 concepts you feel are necessary for you to brush up on.

Day 9 Read Chapter 7, “Word Problems.” Work through practice questions 1–50. Score yourself.

TIME PREPARATION

Day 10 Review any Chapter 7 concepts you feel are necessary for you to brush up on.

Day 11 Read Chapter 8, “Charts, Tables, and Graphs.” Work through practice questions 1–50.

Score yourself.

Day 12 Review any Chapter 8 concepts you feel are necessary for you to brush up on.

Day 13 Read Chapter 9, “Measurement and Geometry.” Work through practice questions 1–50.

Score yourself.

Day 14 Review any Chapter 9 concepts you feel are necessary for you to brush up on. Turn to “Section 5:

Helpful Resources” and read through the Glossary of Math Terms and the Math Formula Sheet. If you

choose, make index cards for unfamiliar items.

Day 15 Read Chapter 10, “Vocabulary in Context.” Work through the practice exercises and questions. Score yourself.

Day 16 Review any Chapter 10 concepts you feel are necessary for you to brush up on.

Day 17 Read Chapter 11, “Synonyms and Antonyms.” Work through practice questions 1–50.

Score yourself.

Day 18 Review any Chapter 11 concepts you feel are necessary for you to brush up on.

Day 19 Read Chapter 12, “Reading Comprehension.” Work through practice questions 1–50.

Score yourself.

Day 20 Review any Chapter 12 concepts you feel are necessary for you to brush up on.

Day 21 Read Chapter 13, “Grammar.” Work through practice questions 1–50. Score yourself.

Day 22 Review any Chapter 13 concepts you feel are necessary for you to brush up on.

Day 23 Read Chapter 14, “Spelling.” Work through practice questions 1–50. Score yourself.

Day 24 Review any Chapter 14 concepts you feel are necessary for you to brush up on. Turn to “Section 5:

Helpful Resources” and read through the Commonly Tested Vocabulary Words and Preﬁxes, Sufﬁxes,

and Word Roots appendices. If you choose, make index cards for unfamiliar terms or concepts.

Day 25 In Chapter 15, take Practice Test 1. Score yourself and review any incorrect questions.

Day 26 Review any concepts you feel are necessary for you to brush up on. Work through similar

questions in the appropriate chapters.

Day 27 In Chapter 16, take Practice Test 2. Score yourself and review any incorrect questions.

Day 28 Review any concepts you feel are necessary for you to brush up on. Work through similar questions

in the appropriate chapters.

Day 29 Review the chapters that contain the topics you were weak on during the Practice Exams.

Day before the exam Relax. Do something unrelated to the exam and go to bed at a reasonable hour.

–THE LEARNINGEXPRESS TEST PREPARATION SYSTEM–

13

Schedule B: The 14-Day Plan

If you have two weeks or less before the exam, you may have your work cut out for you. Use this 14-day sched-

ule to help you make the most of your time.

TIME PREPARATION

Day 1 Read Chapters 1 and 2.

Day 2 Complete Chapters 3, 4, and 5, including the practice questions.

Day 3 Complete Chapters 6 and 7, including the practice questions.

Day 4 Complete Chapters 8 and 9, including the practice questions.

Day 5 Review the math chapters that contained the topics in which you were weak, in addition to the

helpful resources geared for math review.

Day 6 Complete Chapter 10, including the practice questions.

Day 7 Complete Chapters 11 and 12, including the practice questions.

Day 8 Complete Chapters 13 and 14, including the practice questions.

Day 9 Review the vocabulary chapters that contained the topics in which you were weak, in addition to

the helpful resources geared for vocabulary review.

Day 10 Complete Practice Test 1 (Chapter 15) and score yourself. Review all of the questions that you missed.

Day 11 Review any concepts you feel are necessary for you to brush up on. Work through similar questions

in the appropriate chapters.

Day 12 Complete Practice Test 2 (Chapter 16) and score yourself. Review all of the questions that you missed.

Day 13 Review any topics as indicated by the questions you missed on the practice tests. Then, look at the

questions you missed again and make sure you understand them.

Day before Relax. Do something unrelated to the exam and go to bed at a reasonable hour.

the exam

–THE LEARNINGEXPRESS TEST PREPARATION SYSTEM–

14

$

St ep 4: Learn t o Manage Your

Ti me

Time to complete: 10 minutes to read, many hours of

practice!

Activities: Use these strategies as you take the prac-

tice tests in this book

Steps 4, 5, and 6 of the LearningExpress Test Prepara-

tion System put you in charge of your exam by show-

ing you test-taking strategies that work. Practice these

strategies as you take the sample tests in this book, and

then you’ll be ready to use them on test day.

First, take control of your time on the exam. Civil

service exams have a time limit, which may give you

more than enough time to complete all the

questions—or not enough time. It’s a terrible feeling to

hear the examiner say, “Five minutes left, “ when you’re

only three-quarters of the way through the test. Here

are some tips to keep that from happening to you.

■

Follow directions. If the directions are given

orally, listen closely. If they’re written on the

exam booklet, read them carefully. Ask questions

before the exam begins if there is anything you

don’t understand. If you’re allowed to write in

your exam booklet, write down the beginning

time and ending time of the exam.

■

Pace yourself. Glance at your watch every few

minutes, and compare the time to how far you’ve

gotten in the test. When one-quarter of the time

has elapsed, you should be a quarter of the way

through the section, and so on. If you’re falling

behind, pick up the pace a bit.

■

Keep moving. Don’t waste time on one question. If

you don’t know the answer, skip the question and move

on. Circle the number of the question in your test

booklet in case you have time to come back to it later.

■

Keep track of your place on the answer sheet. If

you skip a question, make sure you skip on the

answer sheet too. Check yourself every 5–10

questions to make sure the question number and

the answer sheet number are still the same.

■

Don’t rush. Although you should keep moving,

rushing won’t help. Try to keep calm and work

methodically and quickly.

$

St ep 5: Learn t o Use t he

Process of El i mi nat i on

Time to complete: 20 minutes

Activity: Complete worksheet on Using the Process

of Elimination

After time management, your most important tool for

taking control of your exam is using the process of elim-

ination wisely. It’s standard test-taking wisdom that you

should always read all the answer choices before choos-

ing your answer. This helps you ﬁnd the right answer by

eliminating wrong answer choices. And, sure enough,

that standard wisdom applies to your exam, too.

Choosing the Right Answer by

Process of Elimination

As you read a question, you may ﬁnd it helpful to underline

important information or make some notes about what

you’re reading. When you get to the heart of the question,

circle it and make sure you understand what it is asking. If

you’re not sure of what’s being asked, you’ll never know

whether you’ve chosen the right answer. What you do next

depends on the type of question you’re answering.

■

If it’s math, take a quick look at the answer choices for

some clues. Sometimes this helps to put the question

in a new perspective and makes it easier to answer.

Then make a plan of attack to solve the problem.

■

Otherwise, follow this simple process-of-elimina-

tion plan to manage your testing time as efﬁ-

ciently as possible: Read each answer choice and

make a quick decision about what to do with it,

marking your test book accordingly:

■

The answer seems reasonable; keep it. Put a ✔

next to the answer.

■

The answer is awful. Get rid of it. Put an X next

to the answer.

■

You can’t make up your mind about the answer,

or you don’t understand it. Keep it for now. Put

a ? next to it.

Whatever you do, don’t waste time with any one

answer choice. If you can’t ﬁgure out what an answer

choice means, don’t worry about it. If it’s the right

answer, you’ll probably be able to eliminate all the oth-

ers, and, if it’s the wrong answer, another answer will

probably strike you more obviously as the right answer.

■

If you haven’t eliminated any answers at all, skip

the question temporarily, but don’t forget to

mark the question so you can come back to it

later if you have time. If the test has no penalty

for wrong answers, and you’re certain you could

–THE LEARNINGEXPRESS TEST PREPARATION SYSTEM–

15

never answer this question in a million years, pick

an answer and move on!

■

If you’ve eliminated all but one answer, just reread

the circled part of the question to make sure

you’re answering exactly what’s asked. Mark your

answer sheet and move on to the next question.

■

Here’s what to do when you’ve eliminated some,

but not all of the answer choices. Compare the

remaining answers looking for similarities and

differences, reasoning your way through these

choices. Try to eliminate those choices that don’t

seem as strong to you. But don’t eliminate an

answer just because you don’t understand it. You

may even be able to use relevant information

from other parts of the test. If you’ve narrowed it

down to a single answer, check it against the cir-

cled question to be sure you’ve answered it. Then

mark your answer sheet and move on. If you’re

down to only two or three answer choices, you’ve

improved your odds of getting the question right.

Make an educated guess and move on. However,

if you think you can do better with more time,

mark the question as one to return to later.

If You’re Penalized for Wrong

Answers

You must know whether you’ll be penalized for wrong

answers before you begin the civil service exam. If you

don’t, ask the proctor before the test begins. Whether

you make a guess or not depends upon the penalty.

Some standardized tests are scored in such a way that

every wrong answer reduces your score by a fraction of

a point, and these can really add up against you! What-

ever the penalty, if you can eliminate enough choices to

make the odds of answering the question better than

the penalty for getting it wrong, make a guess. This is

called educated guessing.

Let’s imagine you are taking a test in which each

answer has ﬁve choices and you are penalized one-

fourth of a point for each wrong answer. If you cannot

eliminate any of the answer choices, you’re better off

leaving the answer blank because the odds of guessing

correctly are one in ﬁve. However, if you can eliminate

two of the choices as deﬁnitely wrong, the odds are

now in your favor. You have a one in three chance of

answering the question correctly. Fortunately, few tests

are scored using such elaborate means, but if your test

is one of them, know the penalties and calculate your

odds before you take a guess on a question.

If You Finish Early

Use any time you have left to do the following:

■

Go back to questions you marked to return to

later and try them again.

■

Check your work on all the other questions. If

you have a good reason for thinking a response is

wrong, change it.

■

Review your answer sheet. Make sure you’ve put

the answers in the right places and you’ve marked

only one answer for each question. (Most tests are

scored in such a way that questions with more

than one answer are marked wrong.)

■

If you’ve erased an answer, make sure you’ve done

a good job of it.

■

Check for stray marks on your answer sheet that

could distort your score.

Whatever you do, don’t waste time when you’ve ﬁn-

ished a test section. Make every second count by checking

your work over and over again until time is called.

Try using your powers of elimination on the

questions in the worksheet on page 17 called “Using

the Process of Elimination.” The answer explanations

that follow show one possible way you might use the

process to arrive at the right answer.

The process of elimination is your tool for the

next step, which is knowing when to guess.

–THE LEARNINGEXPRESS TEST PREPARATION SYSTEM–

16

Using the Process of Elimination

Use the process of elimination to answer the following questions.

17

1. Ilsa is as old as Meghan will be in ﬁve years.

The difference between Ed’s age and Meghan’s

age is twice the difference between Ilsa’s age

and Meghan’s age. Ed is 29. How old is Ilsa?

a. 4

b. 10

c. 19

d. 24

2. “All drivers of commercial vehicles must carry a

valid commercial driver’s license whenever

operating a commercial vehicle.” According to

this sentence, which of the following people

need NOT carry a commercial driver’s license?

a. a truck driver idling his engine while waiting

to be directed to a loading dock

b. a bus operator backing her bus out of the

way of another bus in the bus lot

c. a taxi driver driving his personal car to the

grocery store

d. a limousine driver taking the limousine to her

home after dropping off her last passenger of

the evening

3. Smoking tobacco has been linked to

a. an increased risk of stroke and heart attack.

b. all forms of respiratory disease.

c. increasing mortality rates over the past ten

years.

d. juvenile delinquency.

4. Which of the following words is spelled

correctly?

a. incorrigible

b. outragous

c. domestickated

d. understandible

Using the Process of Elimination (continued)

Answers

Here are the answers, as well as some suggestions as to how you might have used the process of elimination

to ﬁnd them.

18

1. d. You should have eliminated choice a immedi-

ately. Ilsa can’t be four years old if Meghan is

going to be Ilsa’s age in ﬁve years. The best

way to eliminate other answer choices is to

try plugging them in to the information given

in the problem. For instance, for choice b, if

Ilsa is 10, then Meghan must be 5. The differ-

ence in their ages is 5. The difference

between Ed’s age, 29, and Meghan’s age, 5,

is 24. Is 24 two times 5? No. Then choice b is

wrong. You could have eliminated choice c in

the same way and be left with choice d.

2. c. Note the word not in the question, and go

through the answers one by one. Is the truck

driver in choice a “operating a commercial

vehicle”? Yes, idling counts as “operating,”

so he needs to have a commercial driver’s

license. Likewise, the bus operator in choice

b is operating a commercial vehicle; the

question doesn’t say the operator has to be

on the street. The limo driver in choice d is

operating a commercial vehicle, even if it

doesn’t have a passenger in it. However, the

taxi driver in choice c is not operating a com-

mercial vehicle, but his own private car.

3. a. You could eliminate choice b simply because

of the presence of the word all. Such

absolutes hardly ever appear in correct

answer choices. Choice c looks attractive

until you think a little about what you know—

aren’t fewer people smoking these days,

rather than more? So how could smoking be

responsible for a higher mortality rate? (If you

didn’t know that mortality rate means the rate

at which people die, you might keep this

choice as a possibility, but you’d still be able

to eliminate two answers and have only two

to choose from.) Choice d can’t be proven,

so you could eliminate that one, too. Now

you’re left with the correct choice, a.

4. a. How you used the process of elimination

here depends on which words you recog-

nized as being spelled incorrectly. If you

knew that the correct spellings were outra-

geous, domesticated, and understandable,

then you were home free. Surely you knew

that at least one of those words was wrong.

$

St ep 6: Know When t o Guess

Time to complete: 20 minutes

Activity: Complete worksheet on Your Guessing

Ability

Armed with the process of elimination, you’re ready to

take control of one of the big questions in test-taking:

Should I guess? The ﬁrst and main answer is, it

depends on the scoring rules of the test and if you’re

able to eliminate any answers. Some exams have what’s

called a “guessing penalty,” in which a fraction of your

wrong answers is subtracted from your right answers.

Check with the administrators of your particular exam

to see if this is the case. In many instances, the number

of questions you answer correctly yields your raw

score. So you have nothing to lose and everything to

gain by guessing.

The more complicated answer to the question,

“Should I guess?” depends on you, your personality,

and your “guessing intutition.” There are two things

you need to know about yourself before you go into

the exam:

1. Are you a risk-taker?

2. Are you a good guesser?

You’ll have to decide about your risk-taking

quotient on your own. To ﬁnd out if you’re a good

guesser, complete the worksheet called “Your Guess-

ing Ability” that begins on page 20. Frankly, even if

you’re a play-it-safe person with terrible intuition,

you’re still safe in guessing every time, as long as your

exam has no guessing penalty. The best thing would

be if you could overcome your anxieties and go ahead

and mark an answer. But you may want to have a

sense of how good your intuition is before you go into

the exam.

–THE LEARNINGEXPRESS TEST PREPARATION SYSTEM–

19

Your Guessing Ability

The following are ten really hard questions. You’re not supposed to know the answers. Rather, this is an assess-

ment of your ability to guess when you don’t have a clue. Read each question carefully, just as if you did expect

to answer it. If you have any knowledge at all of the subject of the question, use that knowledge to help you

eliminate wrong answer choices. Use this answer grid to ﬁll in your answers to the questions.

20

1. September 7 is Independence Day in

a. India.

b. Costa Rica.

c. Brazil.

d. Australia.

2. Which of the following is the formula for deter-

mining the momentum of an object?

a. p = mv

b. F = ma

c. P = IV

d. E = mc

2

3. Because of the expansion of the universe, the

stars and other celestial bodies are all moving

away from each other. This phenomenon is

known as

a. Newton’s ﬁrst law.

b. the big bang.

c. gravitational collapse.

d. Hubble ﬂow.

4. American author Gertrude Stein was born in

a. 1713.

b. 1830.

c. 1874.

d. 1901.

5. Which of the following is NOT one of the Five

Classics attributed to Confucius?

a. the I Ching

b. the Book of Holiness

c. the Spring and Autumn Annals

d. the Book of History

6. The religious and philosophical doctrine that

holds that the universe is constantly in a strug-

gle between good and evil is known as

a. pelagianism.

b. manichaeanism.

c. neo-Hegelianism.

d. epicureanism.

7. The third chief justice of the U.S. Supreme

Court was

a. John Blair.

b. William Cushing.

c. James Wilson.

d. John Jay.

8. Which of the following is the poisonous portion

of a daffodil?

a. the bulb

b. the leaves

c. the stem

d. the ﬂowers

[ I nsert 1-10, a-d Answer Gri d]

Your Guessing Ability (continued)

9. The winner of the Masters golf tournament in

1953 was

a. Sam Snead.

b. Cary Middlecoff.

c. Arnold Palmer.

d. Ben Hogan.

10. The state with the highest per capita personal

income in 1980 was

a. Alaska.

b. Connecticut.

c. New York.

d. Texas.

Answers

Check your answers against the correct answers.

1. c.

2. a.

3. d.

4. c.

5. b.

6. b.

7. b.

8. a.

9. d.

10. a.

21

How Did You Do?

You may have simply gotten lucky and actually known the answer to one or two questions. In addition, your

guessing was more successful if you were able to use the process of elimination on any of the questions. Maybe

you didn’t know who the third chief justice was (question 7), but you knew that John Jay was the ﬁrst. In that

case, you would have eliminated choice d and therefore improved your odds of guessing right from one in four

to one in three.

According to probability, you should get two and a half answers correct, so getting either two or three right

would be average. If you got four or more right, you may be a really terriﬁc guesser. If you got one or none right,

you may decide not to guess.

Keep in mind, though, that this is only a small sample. You should continue to keep track of your guess-

ing ability as you work through the sample questions in this book. Circle the numbers of questions you guess;

or, if you don’t have time during the practice tests, go back afterward and try to remember which questions

you guessed. Remember, on a test with four answer choices, your chances of getting a right answer is one in

four. So keep a separate “guessing” score for each exam. How many questions did you guess? How many did

you get right? If the number you got right is at least one-fourth of the number of questions you guessed, you

are at least an average guesser, maybe better—and you should always go ahead and guess on the real exam.

If the number you got right is signiﬁcantly lower than one-fourth of the number you guessed on, you should not

guess on exams where there is a guessing penalty unless you can eliminate a wrong answer. If there’s no guess-

ing penalty, you would be safe in guessing anyway, but maybe you’d feel more comfortable if you guessed only

selectively, when you can eliminate a wrong answer or at least have a good feeling about one of the answer

choices.

$

St ep 7: Reach Your Peak

Perf ormance Zone

Time to complete: 10 minutes to read; weeks to

complete!

Activity: Complete the Physical Preparation

Checklist

To get ready for a challenge like a big exam, you have

to take control of your physical, as well as your mental

state. Exercise, proper diet, and rest will ensure that

your body works with, rather than against, your mind

on test day, as well as during your preparation.

Exercise

If you don’t already have a regular exercise program

going, the time during which you’re preparing for an

exam is actually an excellent time to start one. If you’re

already keeping ﬁt—or trying to get that way—don’t

let the pressure of preparing for an exam fool you into

quitting now. Exercise helps reduce stress by pumping

wonderful good-feeling hormones called endorphins

into your system. It also increases the oxygen supply

throughout your body and your brain, so you’ll be at

peak performance on test day.

A half hour of vigorous activity—enough to

break a sweat—every day should be your aim. If you’re

really pressed for time, every other day is OK. Choose

an activity you like and get out there and do it. Jogging

with a friend always makes the time go faster as does

listening to music.

But don’t overdo it. You don’t want to exhaust

yourself. Moderation is the key.

Diet

First of all, cut out the junk. Go easy on caffeine and

nicotine, and eliminate alcohol and any other drugs

from your system at least two weeks before the exam.

Promise yourself a special treat the night after the

exam, if need be.

What your body needs for peak performance is

simply a balanced diet. Eat plenty of fruits and vegeta-

bles, along with protein and complex carbohydrates.

Foods that are high in lecithin (an amino acid), such

as ﬁsh and beans, are especially good “brain foods.”

Rest

You probably know how much sleep you need every

night to be at your best, even if you don’t always get it.

Make sure you do get that much sleep, though, for at

least a week before the exam. Moderation is important

here, too. Extra sleep will just make you groggy.

If you’re not a morning person and your exam

will be given in the morning, you should reset your

internal clock so that your body doesn’t think you’re

taking an exam at 3 A.M. You have to start this process

well before the exam. The way it works is to get up half

an hour earlier each morning, and then go to bed half

an hour earlier that night. Don’t try it the other way

around; you’ll just toss and turn if you go to bed early

without getting up early. The next morning, get up

another half an hour earlier, and so on. How long you

will have to do this depends on how late you’re used to

getting up. Use the “Physical Preparation Checklist”on

pages 23–24 to make sure you’re in tip-top form.

$

St ep 8: Get Your Act Toget her

Time to complete: 10 minutes to read; time to com-

plete will vary

Activity: Complete Final Preparations worksheet

Once you feel in control of your mind and body, you’re

in charge of test anxiety, test preparation, and test-taking

strategies. Now it’s time to make charts and gather the

materials you need to take to the exam.

–THE LEARNINGEXPRESS TEST PREPARATION SYSTEM–

22

23

Physical Preparation Checklist

For the week before the test, write down what physical exercise you engaged in and for how long and what

you ate for each meal. Remember, you’re trying for at least half an hour of exercise every other day (prefer-

ably every day) and a balanced diet that’s light on junk food.

Exam minus 7 days

Exercise: for minutes

Breakfast:

Lunch:

Dinner:

Snacks:

Exam minus 6 days

Exercise: for minutes

Breakfast:

Lunch:

Dinner:

Snacks:

Exam minus 5 days

Exercise: for minutes

Breakfast:

Lunch:

Dinner:

Snacks:

Gather Your Materials

The night before the exam, lay out the clothes you will

wear and the materials you have to bring with you to

the exam. Plan on dressing in layers because you won’t

have any control over the temperature of the exam

room. Have a sweater or jacket you can take off if it’s

warm. Use the checklist on the worksheet entitled

“Final Preparations” on page 25 to help you pull

together what you’ll need.

Don’t Skip Breakfast

Even if you don’t usually eat breakfast, do so on exam

morning. A cup of coffee doesn’t count. Don’t eat

doughnuts or other sweet foods, either. A sugar high

will leave you with a sugar low in the middle of the

exam. A mix of protein and carbohydrates is best:

Cereal with milk or eggs with toast will do your body

a world of good.

24

Physical Preparation Checklist

Exam minus 4 days

Exercise: for minutes

Breakfast:

Lunch:

Dinner:

Snacks:

Exam minus 3 days

Exercise: for minutes

Breakfast:

Lunch:

Dinner:

Snacks:

Exam minus 2 days

Exercise: for minutes

Breakfast:

Lunch:

Dinner:

Snacks:

Exam minus 1 day

Exercise: for minutes

Breakfast:

Lunch:

Dinner:

Snacks:

$

St ep 9: Do I t !

Time to complete: 10 minutes, plus test-taking time

Activity: Ace Your Test!

Fast-forward to exam day. You’re ready. You made a

study plan and followed through. You practiced your

test-taking strategies while working through this book.

You’re in control of your physical, mental, and emo-

tional state. You know when and where to show up and

what to bring with you. In other words, you’re better

prepared than most of the other people taking the test

with you. You’re psyched!

Just one more thing. When you’re done with the

exam, you will have earned a reward. Plan a night out.

Call your friends and plan a party, or have a nice din-

ner for two—whatever your heart desires. Give your-

self something to look forward to.

25

Final Preparations

Getting to the Exam Site

Location of exam:

Date of exam:

Time of exam:

Do I know how to get to the exam site? Yes No

If no, make a trial run.

Time it will take to get to the exam site:

Things to lay out the night before

Clothes I will wear

Sweater/jacket

Watch

Photo ID

Admission card

4 no. 2 pencils

And then do it. Go into the exam, full of conﬁ-

dence, armed with test-taking strategies you’ve prac-

ticed until they’re second nature. You’re in control of

yourself, your environment, and your performance on

exam day. You’re ready to succeed. So do it. Go in there

and ace the civil service exam! And, then, look forward

to your new career.

N

ot all civil service exams test your math knowledge, but many do. The

math portion of the civil service exam covers subjects you probably

studied in grade school and high school. Knowledge of basic arith-

metic, as well as the complex reasoning necessary for algebra, are important qualiﬁ-

cations for almost any profession. You have to be able to add up dollar ﬁgures, evaluate

budgets, compute percentages, and perform similar math tasks in many civil service

positions. Many jobs require someone able to understand and interpret data pre-

sented in the form of tables and graphs. So even if your exam doesn’t include math,

you’ll probably need to review the material in this section to be successful on the job.

Before you begin working your way through Section 2, take a look at the fol-

lowing math strategies. These suggestions are tried and true, and will help you as you

maneuver through this book. You may use one or all of them. Or, you may decide to

pick and choose the combination that works best for you.

S E C T I O N

Math Prep for

Civil Service

Exams

2

27

■

It’s best not to work in your head! Use your test

book or scratch paper to take notes, draw pic-

tures, and calculate. Although you might think

that you can solve math questions more quickly

in your head, that’s a good way to make mistakes.

Instead, write out each step.

■

Before you begin to make your calculations, read

a math question in chunks rather than straight

through from beginning to end. As you read

each chunk, stop to think about what it means.

Then make notes or draw a picture to represent

that chunk.

■

When you get to the actual question, circle it.

This will keep you more focused as you solve the

problem.

■

Glance at the answer choices for clues. If they’re

fractions, you should do your work in fractions; if

they’re decimals, you should work in decimals,

and so on.

■

Make a plan of attack to help you solve the

problem.

■

When you get your answer, reread the circled

question to make sure you’ve answered it. This

helps avoid the careless mistake of answering the

wrong question.

■

Check your work after you get an answer. Test

takers get a false sense of security when they get

an answer that matches one of the multiple-

choice answers. It could be right, but you should

always check your work. Remember to:

■

Ask yourself if your answer is reasonable, if it

makes sense.

■

Plug your answer back into the problem to

make sure the problem holds together.

■

Do the question a second time, but use a differ-

ent method.

■

Approximate when appropriate. For example:

$5.98 + $8.97 is a little less than $15 (Add $6 +

$9).

0.9876 × 5.0342 is close to 5 (Multiply 1 × 5).

■

Skip hard questions and come back to them later.

Mark them in your test book so you can ﬁnd

them quickly.

–MATH PREP FOR CIVIL SERVICE EXAMS–

28

Y

ou may have forgotten what the term arithmetic encompasses, but you most likely use it every day.

Arithmetic consists of the following four familiar operations:

■

addition

■

subtraction

■

multiplication

■

division

When solving arithmetic problems, it’s helpful to keep in mind the following deﬁnitions regarding the

operations:

C H A P T E R

Arithmetic,

Powers, and

Roots

3

29

■

A sumis obtained by adding.

■

A difference is obtained by subtracting.

■

A product is obtained by multiplying.

■

A quotient is obtained by dividing.

Basic arithmetic problems require you to add, subtract, multiply, or divide. You may be asked to ﬁnd the

sum, difference, product, or quotient. More advanced arithmetic questions deal with combined operations. This

simply means that two or more of the basic operations are combined into an equation or expression. For exam-

ple, a question that has you ﬁnd the product of two sums would be considered a combined operations question.

When dealing with basic arithmetic and combined operations, it is helpful to understand three basic num-

ber laws: the commutative law, the associative law, and the distributive law. Sometimes these three laws are referred

to as properties (such as the commutative property).

■

The commutative lawapplies to addition and multiplication and can be represented as a + b = b + a or a × b

= b × a. For example, 2 + 3 = 3 + 2 and 4 × 2 = 2 × 4 exhibit the commutative law.

■

The associative lawapplies to grouping of addition or multiplication equations and expressions. It can be repre-

sented as a + (b + c) = (a + b) + c or a × (b × c) = (a × b) × c. For example, 10 + (12 + 14) = (10 + 12) + 14.

■

The distributive law applies to multiplication over addition and can be represented as a(b + c) = ab + ac.

For example, 3(5 + 7) = 3 × 5 + 3 × 7.

It is also especially important to understand the order of operations. When dealing with a combination of

operations, you must perform the operations in a particular order. An easy way to remember the order of oper-

ations is to use the mnemonic PEMDAS, where each letter stands for an operation:

■

Parentheses: Always calculate the values inside the parentheses ﬁrst.

■

Exponents: Exponents (or powers) are calculated second.

■

Multiplication/Division: Third, multiply or divide in order from left to right.

■

Addition/Subtraction: Last, add or subtract in order from left to right.

$

Powers

When you raise a number (the base) to an exponent, this is sometimes called raising the number to a power.

Base

power

or Base

exponent

If the terms have different bases, you cannot combine them. When you have the same base, it is easy to com-

bine the exponents according to the following rules:

–ARITHMETIC, POWERS, AND ROOTS–

30

■

When multiplying like bases, such as a

x

× a

y

, simply add the exponents: a

x

× a

y

= a

x + y

■

When dividing, such as a

x

÷ a

y

, simply subtract the exponents: a

x

÷ a

y

= a

x – y

■

When raising a power to a power, such as (a

x

)

y

, simply multiply the exponents: (a

x

)

y

= a

xy

■

If one of the bases doesn’t have an exponent written, that means its exponent is 1: a = a

1

Note that if more than one base is included in the parentheses, you must raise all of the bases to the power

outside the parentheses, so (a

x

b

y

)

z

= a

xz

b

yz

. (ab

x

)

y

equals a

y

b

xy

because a is equal to a

1

.

Two common powers have special names. When raising a number to the second power, it is called squaring

the number. When raising a number to the third power, it is called cubing the number.

Let’s take a look at (6

2

)

5

. Remember, when raising a power to a power, you can just multiply the exponents.

Here you should multiply 2 × 5, so (6

2

)

5

= 6

2 × 5

= 6

10

. You can check your work by writing out the solution: (6

2

)

5

= (6 × 6)

5

= (6 × 6)(6 × 6)(6 × 6)(6 × 6)(6 × 6). This is 6 to the tenth power, or 6

10

.

$

Root s

On the civil service exam, you may be asked to take the square root of a number. This is denoted by a radical sign,

which looks like this: ͙ෆ. In order to ﬁnd the square root of a number, try to ﬁgure out what number when

squared will equal the number under the radical sign. For example, you know that 2

2

= 4, so ͙4 ෆ = 2.

Square roots are easy to calculate for perfect squares. For example ͙4 ෆ = 2, ͙9 ෆ = 3, ͙16 ෆ= 4, ͙25 ෆ= 5,

and so forth. Other times you can approximate the value of a radical by pinpointing it between two perfect squares.

For example, because ͙4ෆ = 2 and ͙9 ෆ = 3, ͙7 ෆ must be a number between 2 and 3.

In other cases, it is helpful to ﬁnd equivalents of the radical by applying the rules governing the manipula-

tion of radicals. These rules can be summarized as:

■

͙ab ෆ= ͙aෆ × ͙bෆ

This rule is helpful when simplifying ͙12 ෆ, for example. ͙12 ෆ= ͙4 × 3 ෆ= ͙4ෆ × ͙3ෆ = 2͙3ෆ

■

Ί

ᎏ

a

b

ᎏ

= ͙aෆ ÷ ͙bෆ

This rule is helpful when ﬁnding the equivalent of a radical like

Ί

ᎏ

2

1

5

ᎏ

. First take the radical of the top and

bottom:

Ί

ᎏ

2

1

5

ᎏ

= . Because ͙1ෆ = 1 and ͙25 ෆ= 5, you have ͙1 ෆ ÷ ͙25 ෆ= 1 ÷ 5.

Once you are able to convert the radicals into equivalents that have the same number under the radical, you

can combine them effectively through addition and subtraction. For example, 2͙2 ෆ + 3͙2 ෆ = 5͙2 ෆ and 5͙3 ෆ –

4͙3 ෆ = 1͙3 ෆ.

͙1ෆ

ᎏ

͙25 ෆ

–ARITHMETIC, POWERS, AND ROOTS–

31

$

Pract i ce Quest i ons

1. Find the sum of 7,805 and 987.

a. 17,675

b. 8,972

c. 8,987

d. 8,792

2. Lawrence gave $281 to Joel. If he originally had

$1,375, how much money does he have left?

a. $1,656

b. $1,294

c. $1,094

d. $984

3. Peter had $10,573 in his savings account. He

then deposited $2,900 and $317. How much is in

the account now?

a. $13,156

b. $13,790

c. $7,356

d. $6,006

4. What is the positive difference between 10,752

and 675?

a. 11,427

b. 10,077

c. 3,822

d. –10,077

5. 287,500 – 52,988 + 6,808 =

a. 347,396

b. 46,467

c. 333,680

d. 241,320

6. What is the product of 450 and 122?

a. 54,900

b. 6588

c. 572

d. 328

7. Find the quotient of 12,440 and 40.

a. 497,600

b. 12,480

c. 12,400

d. 311

8. What is the product of 523 and 13 when

rounded to the nearest hundred?

a. 6,799

b. 536

c. 6,800

d. 500

9. When the sum of 1,352 and 731 is subtracted

from 5,000, the result is

a. 7,083

b. 2,917

c. 2,083

d. 4,379

10. What is the quotient of 90 divided by 18?

a. 5

b. 6

c. 72

d. 1,620

11. What is the product of 52 and 22?

a. 30

b. 74

c. 104

d. 1,144

–ARITHMETIC, POWERS, AND ROOTS–

32

–ARITHMETIC, POWERS, AND ROOTS–

33

12. What is the sum of the product of 3 and 2 and

the product of 4 and 5?

a. 14

b. 26

c. 45

d. 90

13. Find the difference of 582 and 73.

a. 42,486

b. 655

c. 509

d. 408

14. How much greater is the sum of 523 and 65 than

the product of 25 and 18?

a. 138

b. 545

c. 588

d. 33,545

15. Solve the following:

589 + 7,995 ÷ 15

a. 572 with a remainder of 4

b. 1,122

c. 8,569

d. 8,599

16. 540 ÷ 6 + 3 × 24 =

a. 2,232

b. 1,440

c. 1,260

d. 162

17. 78 × (32 + 12) =

a. 2,508

b. 3,432

c. 6,852

d. 29,953

18. Which of the following demonstrates the com-

mutative property?

a. 2 + 3 = 4 + 1

b. 2 + (3 + 4) = (2 + 3) + 4

c. 2 × 3 = 3 × 2

d. 2 × (3 × 4) = (2 × 3) × 4

19. Which of the following demonstrates the asso-

ciative property?

a. 4 + 5 = 5 + 4

b. 2 × (3 + 4) = (2 × 3) + 4

c. 4 × 5 = 5 × 4

d. 2 × (3 × 4) = (2 × 3) × 4

20. Which of the following demonstrates the distrib-

utive property?

a. (4 × 5) + 1 = 4 × (5 + 1)

b. 4 × (5 + 1) = 4 × 5 + 4 × 1

c. 4 × 5 × 1 = 1 × 5 × 4

d. (4 + 5) + 1 = 4 + (5 + 1)

21. 4 × 4 × 4 × 4 is equivalent to

a. 4 × 4

2

b. 4

2

× 4

3

c. (4

2

)

2

d. 4

3

+ 4

2

22. What is the square root of 81?

a. 8

b. 9

c. 10

d. 11

23. 11

3

=

a. 121

b. 1,331

c. 14,641

d. 15,551

24. (8

3

)

5

=

a. 8

15

b. 8

8

c. 8

4

d. 8

2

25. ͙72 ෆ=

a. 12

b. 6͙3 ෆ

c. 6͙2 ෆ

d. 36͙2 ෆ

26. 7

3

=

a. 343

b. 49

c. 38

d. 21

27. 2͙128 ෆ=

a. 8 ͙2 ෆ

b. 16͙2 ෆ

c. 32 ͙2ෆ

d. 64͙2 ෆ

28. ͙50 ෆ+ ͙162 ෆ=

a. 106͙2ෆ

b. 14͙2 ෆ

c. 9͙2 ෆ

d. 5͙2 ෆ

29. 75 – 3(9 – 7)

4

=

a. 3

3

b. 1,444

c. 694

d. 54

30. ͙1,225 ෆ=

a. 30

b. 35

c. 40

d. 45

31. 3 × 3 × 3 × 3 × 3 × 3 =

a. (3

3

)

3

b. 3

2

× 3

2

× 3

2

c. 3

2

× 3

3

d. (3

4

)

2

32. 2͙3 ෆ + 2͙2ෆ + 5͙3ෆ =

a. 4͙3ෆ + 2͙2ෆ

b. 4͙2 ෆ + 5͙3ෆ

c. 8͙2 ෆ + 2͙3ෆ

d. 7͙3 ෆ + 2͙2ෆ

33.

Ί

ᎏ

8

1

1

ᎏ

=

a. 1 ÷ 9

b. 1 ÷ 81

c. 1 ÷ ͙3 ෆ

d. 1 ÷ ͙9 ෆ

34. (–3)

3

+ (3)

3

=

a. 54

b. 27

c. 0

d. –27

35. ͙70 ෆis between which of the following two

numbers?

a. 5 and 6

b. 6 and 7

c. 7 and 8

d. 8 and 9

–ARITHMETIC, POWERS, AND ROOTS–

34

36. 18

3

is how much greater than 16

2

?

a. 6,088

b. 5,576

c. 265

d. 68

37. 42

2

is how much greater than 24

2

?

a. 1,188

b. 1,764

c. 576

d. 2,340

38. ͙(–3)

2

(4 ෆ)

2

ෆ =

a. 12 ͙2ෆ

b. –͙122 ෆ

c. 12

d. –12

39. (–12)

2

=

a. –144

b. –121

c. 121

d. 144

40. (–3)

3

=

a. 9

b. –9

c. 27

d. –27

41. The square root of 48 is between which two

numbers?

a. 6 and 7

b. 5 and 6

c. 4 and 5

d. 3 and 4

42. 2

4

+ 2

7

=

a. 2

28

b. 2

11

c. 2

5

d. 2

3

43. 3

2

+ 3

3

=

a. 18

b. 27

c. 6

2

d. 6

5

44. 7

11

÷ 7

9

=

a. 7

20

b. 7

–20

c. 49

d. 1 ÷ 49

45. 3

5

× 3

2

× 5

3

× 5

9

=

a. 3

7

× 5

12

b. 3

12

× 5

7

c. 3

3

× 5

6

d. 3

6

× 5

3

46. (6

9

× 2

5

) ÷ (6

8

× 2

2

) =

a. 64

b. 48

c. 32

d. 16

47. ᎏ

1

5

0

×

×

1

1

0

0

2

10

ᎏ=

a. 10 × 10

8

b. 5 × 10

–8

c. 2 × 10

8

d. 5 × 10

8

–ARITHMETIC, POWERS, AND ROOTS–

35

48. Find the sum of (3 × 10

2

) and (2 × 10

5

).

a. 200,300

b. 23,000

c. 2,300

d. 230

49. What is the product of 2 × 10

6

and 6 × 10

7

?

a. 12 × 10

42

b. 12 × 10

13

c. 12 × 10

5

d. 12 × 10

3

50. A rod that is 8 × 10

6

mm is how much longer

than a rod that is 4 × 10

4

mm?

a. twice as long

b. four times as long

c. 20 times as long

d. 200 times as long

–ARITHMETIC, POWERS, AND ROOTS–

36

1. d. Summeans addition, so 7,805 + 987 = 8,792.

2. c. To ﬁnd the difference, subtract: 1,375 – 281 =

1,094. He now has $1,094.

3. b. Add all three values together: 10,573 + 2,900

+ 317 = $13,790.

4. b. To ﬁnd a difference, just subtract. The term

positive difference means you are solving for a

positive answer. This means you should sub-

tract the smaller number from the larger

number: 10,752 – 675 = 10,077.

5. d. 287,500 – 52,988 = 234,512. Next, add:

234,512 + 6,808 = 241,320.

6. a. Product means multiply. 450 × 122 = 54,900.

7. d. A quotient results from division. 12,440 ÷ 40

= 311.

8. c. To ﬁnd the product, just multiply: 523 × 13 =

6,799. Rounding to the nearest hundred

yields 6,800.

9. b. The sum of 1,352 and 731 is obtained by

adding: 1,352 + 731 = 2,083. Next you subtract

this value from 5,000: 5,000 – 2,083 = 2,917.

10. a. 90 divided by 18 equals 5. Thus, the quotient

is 5.

11. d. The product is obtained by multiplying: 52 ×

22 = 1,144.

12. b. First, ﬁnd the two products:

3 × 2 = 6 and 4 × 5 = 20.

Next, add these two products together: 6 + 20

= 26.

13. c. To ﬁnd a difference, you subtract: 582 – 73 = 509.

14. a. First, calculate the two equations:

The sum of 523 and 65: 523 + 65 = 588

The product of 25 and 18: 25 × 18 = 450

Next, ﬁnd the difference:

588 – 450 = 138

15. b. The rules for the order of operations state that

division should be done before addition.

Recall PEMDAS: parentheses, exponents, multi-

plication, division, addition, subtraction. 7,995

÷ 15 = 533. Next, add: 589 + 533 = 1,122.

16. d. Consider PEMDAS: parentheses, exponents,

multiplication, division, addition, subtraction.

Here you must solve the division ﬁrst: 540 ÷ 6

= 90. The equation becomes 90 + 3 × 24.

Again, considering PEMDAS, you know you

should calculate the multiplication ﬁrst. 3 × 24

= 72, so the equation reduces to 90 + 72 = 162.

17. b. Remember PEMDAS: parentheses, exponents,

multiplication, division, addition, subtraction.

Here you must solve the part inside the

parentheses ﬁrst: 32 + 12 = 44. The equation

becomes 78 × 44. Multiplying, you get 3,432.

18. c. Note that this question is not looking for a

true equation. It is asking which equation

represents the commutative property. The

commutative property applies for addition

and multiplication and can be represented as

a + b = b + a or a × b = b × a. Choice c shows

this relationship: 2 × 3 = 3 × 2. In other

words, the order in which you multiply two

numbers does not matter.

19. d. The associative property applies to grouping

of addition or multiplication problems. It

can be represented as a + (b + c) = (a + b) +

c, or a × (b × c) = (a × b) × c. Note that you

CANNOT combine addition and multiplica-

tion as in choice b. 2 × (3 + 4) ≠ (2 × 3) + 4.

Only choice d correctly shows this property:

2 × (3 × 4) = (2 × 3) × 4.

–ARITHMETIC, POWERS, AND ROOTS–

37

$

Answers

20. b. The distributive property applies to multipli-

cation over addition such as in choice b: 4 ×

(5 + 1) = 4 × 5 + 4 × 1. Notice that multiply-

ing the sum of the two terms by 4 is equiva-

lent to multiplying each term by 4 and then

adding these values.

21. c. 4 × 4 × 4 × 4 is the same as 4

4

. Choice c also

equals 4

4

because when you raise a power to

another power, you simply multiply the

exponents. Thus, (4

2

)

2

= 4

2 + 2

. Choice a

equals 4

3

, choice b equals 4

5

, and choice d

equals 64 + 16, or 80.

22. c. The square root of 81 simply means ͙81 ෆ. To

solve, just ask yourself “What number

squared equals 81?” 9

2

= 81, so ͙81 ෆ= 9.

23. b. 11

3

= 11 × 11 × 11 = 121 × 11 = 1,331.

24. a. When raising a power of a base to another

power, you just multiply the exponents. Here

(8

3

)

5

= 8

3 × 5

= 8

15

.

25. c. ͙72 ෆ= ͙36 × 2 ෆ. Because 36 = 6

2

, you can

pull a 6 out from under the radical. Thus, you

have 6͙2 ෆ.

26. a. 7

3

= 7 × 7 × 7, which equals 49 × 7 = 343.

27. b. 2͙128 ෆis equal to ͙64 × 2 ෆ, or 2 × ͙64 ෆ ×

͙2 ෆ. Since ͙64 ෆ= 8, you have 2 × 8 × ͙2ෆ =

16͙2 ෆ.

28. b. Each radical can be rewritten. First, ͙50 ෆ=

͙2 × 25 ෆ= ͙2ෆ × ͙25 ෆ= ͙2ෆ × 5 = 5͙2 ෆ.

Next, ͙162 ෆ= ͙81 × 2 ෆ= ͙81 ෆ × ͙2ෆ = 9͙2ෆ.

Finally, add the two radicals: 5͙2 ෆ + 9͙2ෆ =

14͙2 ෆ.

29. a. To solve, use PEMDAS: parentheses, expo-

nents, multiplication, division, addition, sub-

traction. First, calculate the value inside the

parentheses:

75 – 3(9 – 7)

4

= 75 – 3(2)

4

. Second, calculate

the exponent 75 – 3(2)

4

= 75 – 3(16). Third,

calculate the multiplication: 75 – 3(16) = 75 –

48. Finally, subtract: 75 – 48 = 27. Because 27

is not listed as an answer choice, ﬁgure out

which choice equals 27. Here, choice a, 3

3

= 3

× 3 × 3 = 27.

30. b. In this case, it is easiest to see which answer

choice when squared equals 1,225. Choice a,

30, would yield 30 × 30 = 900, and is thus too

small. Choice b, 35, yields 35 × 35 = 1,225.

Thus, ͙1,225 ෆ= 35 and choice b is correct.

31. b. 3 × 3 × 3 × 3 × 3 × 3 is equivalent to 3

6

.

Choice b is equivalent to 3

6

because 3

2

× 3

2

×

3

2

equals 3

2 + 2 + 2

. Remember to add the pow-

ers when multiplying numbers with the same

base. Choice a equals 3

9

, choice c equals 3

5

,

and choice d equals 3

8

.

32. d. You can combine the two terms with the ͙3 ෆ.

2͙3 ෆ + 5͙3ෆ = 7͙3ෆ, so the entire expression

equals 7͙3ෆ + 2͙2ෆ.

33. a.

Ί

ᎏ

8

1

1

ᎏ

= ͙1ෆ ÷ ͙81 ෆ= 1 ÷ 9, choice a.

34. c. Cubing a negative number (or taking any odd

power of a negative number, for that matter)

results in a negative value. Here, –3

3

= –3 ×

–3 × –3 = –27. 3

3

= 27. Thus, the sum (–3)

3

+

(3)

3

= –27 + 27 = 0.

35. d. 8

2

is 64 and 9

2

is 81. Thus, the square root of

70 (which is between 64 and 81) must be

between 8 and 9.

36. b. First, calculate both quantities: 18

3

= 18 × 18

× 18 = 5,832 and 16

2

= 16 × 16 = 256. Next,

in order to ﬁnd out how much greater the

ﬁrst quantity is, you ﬁnd the difference (by

subtracting): 5,832 – 256 = 5,576.

37. a. Calculate both of the given quantities: 42

2

=

1,764 and 24

2

= 576. Next, subtract to obtain

the difference: 1,764 – 576 = 1,188.

38. c. To solve ͙(–3)

2

(4 ෆ)

2

ෆ you will ﬁrst simplify the

value under the radical. –3

2

= 9 and 4

2

= 16,

so ͙(–3)

2

(4 ෆ)

2

ෆ = ͙9 × 16 ෆ. This can be rewrit-

ten as ͙9ෆ × ͙16 ෆand simpliﬁed to 3 × 4,

which equals 12.

–ARITHMETIC, POWERS, AND ROOTS–

38

39. d. When you square a negative number (or raise

a negative number to any even power), the

result is a positive number. So, (–12)

2

= 144.

40. d. When you raise a negative number to any

odd power, the result is a negative number.

So, (–3)

3

= –3 ϫ–3 ϫ–3 = –27.

41. a. 6

2

= 36 and 7

2

= 49. So ͙48 ෆ(which is

between 36 and 49) will equal a number that

is between 6 and 7.

42. b. Since the base (2) is the same, you can simply

add the exponents. 2

4

× 2

7

= 2

4 + 7

= 2

11

.

43. c. 3

2

= 9 and 3

3

= 27; 9 + 27 = 36. Because 36 is

not listed as an answer choice, calculate

which choice equals 36. Here, choice c, 6

2

= 6

× 6 = 36, and is correct.

44. c. Because the base (7) is the same, you can sim-

ply subtract the exponents. 7

11

÷ 7

9

= 7

11 – 9

=

7

2

= 49.

45. a. You can apply the rules of exponents to the

terms that have the same bases. Thus, 3

5

× 3

2

× 5

3

× 5

9

= 3

5 + 2

× 5

3 + 9

= 3

7

× 5

12

.

46. b. You can apply the rules of exponents to the

terms that have the same bases. Thus, (6

9

×

2

5

) ÷ (6

8

× 2

2

) is equivalent to 6

9 – 8

× 2

5 – 2

=

6

1

× 2

3

= 6 × 8 = 48.

47. c. ᎏ

1

5

0

×

×

1

1

0

0

2

10

ᎏ= ᎏ

1

5

0

ᎏ × ᎏ

1

1

0

0

1

2

0

ᎏ = 2 × 10

10 – 2

= 2 × 10

8

.

Remember that according to the rules of expo-

nents, when dividing, you can simply subtract

the exponents of the two powers of 10.

48. a. 3 × 10

2

= 3 × 100 = 300 and 2 × 10

5

= 2 ×

100,000 = 200,000. Adding these 2 values

yields 200,000 + 300 = 200,300.

49. b. The product of 2 × 10

6

and 6 × 10

7

would be

2 × 10

6

× 6 × 10

7

= 2 × 6 × 10

6

× 10

7

. Apply-

ing the rules of exponents, you can simply

add the exponents of the 2 powers of 10.

Thus, 2 × 6 × 10

6

× 10

7

= 2 × 6 × 10

6 + 7

= 2 ×

6 × 10

13

. Multiplying the ﬁrst 2 terms yields

12 × 10

13

.

50. d. 8 × 10

6

mm = 8 × 1,000,000 = 8,000,000 mm.

4 × 10

4

mm = 4 × 10,000 = 40,000. How

many times larger is 8,000,000 than 40,000?

8,000,000 ÷ 40,000 = 200. Thus, the ﬁrst rod

is 200 times longer than the second.

–ARITHMETIC, POWERS, AND ROOTS–

39

O

n the civil service exam, the problems involving fractions you’ll encounter may be straightfor-

ward calculation questions, or they may be word problems. Typically, they ask you to add, sub-

tract, multiply, divide, or compare fractions.

A fraction is a part of something (a whole). Fractions are written as

ᎏ

w

p

h

a

o

rt

le

ᎏ

, or more technically as .

Look at three kinds of fractions:

Proper fraction:

ᎏ

1

2

ᎏ; ᎏ

2

3

ᎏ; ᎏ

4

9

ᎏ; ᎏ

1

8

3

ᎏ

The numerator is less than the denominator. The value of a proper fraction is less than 1.

Improper fraction:

ᎏ

3

2

ᎏ; ᎏ

5

3

ᎏ; ᎏ

1

9

4

ᎏ; ᎏ

1

1

2

2

ᎏ

The numerator is greater than or equal to the denominator. The value of an improper fraction is 1 or more.

numerator

ᎏᎏ

denominator

C H A P T E R

Fractions and

Decimals

4

41

Mixed number:

3ᎏ

1

2

ᎏ; 4ᎏ

2

3

ᎏ; 12ᎏ

3

4

ᎏ; 24ᎏ

3

4

ᎏ

A fraction is written to the right of a whole number. The value of a mixed number is more than 1; it is the

sum of the whole number plus the fraction.

$

Changi ng I mproper Fract i ons i nt o Mi xed or Whol e Numbers

To change an improper fraction, say ᎏ

1

2

3

ᎏ, into a mixed number, follow these steps:

1. Divide the denominator (2) into the numerator (13) to get the whole number

portion (6) of the mixed number: 13 ÷ 2 = 6 r1.

2. Write the remainder of the division (1) over the old denominator (2): 6ᎏ

1

2

ᎏ

3. Check: Change the mixed number back into an improper fraction (see steps

in the next section).

$

Changi ng Mi xed Numbers i nt o I mproper Fract i ons

It’s easier to multiply and divide fractions when you’re working with improper fractions rather than mixed num-

bers. To change a mixed number, say 2ᎏ

3

4

ᎏ, into an improper fraction, follow these steps:

1. Multiply the whole number (2) by the denominator (4): 2 × 4 = 8

2. Add the result (8) to the numerator (3): 8 + 3 = 11

3. Put the total (11) over the denominator (4): ᎏ

1

4

1

ᎏ

4. Check: Reverse the process by changing the improper fraction into a mixed

number. If you get back the number you started with, your answer is right.

$

Reduci ng Fract i ons

Reducing a fraction means writing it in lowest terms, that is, with smaller numbers. For instance, 50¢ is ᎏ

1

5

0

0

0

ᎏ of a

dollar, or ᎏ

1

2

ᎏ of a dollar. In fact, if you have a 50¢ piece in your pocket, you say that you have a half dollar. Reduc-

ing a fraction does not change its value. Follow these steps to reduce a fraction:

–FRACTIONS AND DECIMALS–

42

43

Shortcut—Zeros and Reducing

When the numerator and denominator both end in zeros, cross out the same number of zeros in both num-

bers to begin the reducing process. For example, ᎏ

4

3

,0

0

0

0

0

ᎏ reduces to ᎏ

4

3

0

ᎏ when you cross out two zeros in both

numbers.

1. Find a whole number that divides evenly into both the numerator and the denomination.

2. Divide that number into the numerator, and replace the numerator with the quotient (the answer you got

when you divided).

3. Do the same thing to the denominator.

4. Repeat the ﬁrst three steps until you can’t ﬁnd a number that divides evenly into both the numerator and the

denominator.

For example, let’s reduce ᎏ

2

8

4

ᎏ. You could do it in two steps: ᎏ

2

8

4

÷

÷

4

4

ᎏ= ᎏ

2

6

ᎏ; then ᎏ

2

6

÷

÷

2

2

ᎏ= ᎏ

1

3

ᎏ. Or you could do it in a

single step: ᎏ

2

8

4

÷

÷

8

8

ᎏ= ᎏ

1

3

ᎏ.

Whenever you do arithmetic with fractions, reduce your answer. On a multiple-choice test, don’t panic if

your answer isn’t listed. Try to reduce it and then compare it to the choices.

$

Rai si ng Fract i ons t o Hi gher Terms

Before you can add and subtract fractions, you have to know how to raise a fraction to higher terms. This is actu-

ally the opposite of reducing a fraction.

Follow these steps to raise ᎏ

2

3

ᎏ to 24ths:

1. Divide the old bottom number (3) into the new one (24): 3ͤ24 ෆ= 8

2. Multiply the answer (8) by the old top number (2): 2 × 8 = 16

3. Put the answer (16) over the new bottom number (24): ᎏ

1

2

6

4

ᎏ

4. Check your answer by reducing the new fraction to see if you get back

the original one:

ᎏ

1

2

6

4

÷

÷

8

8

ᎏ

= ᎏ

2

3

ᎏ

$

Addi ng Fract i ons

It’s important to remember that when adding or subtracting fractions, you always need them to have the same

denominator. Then, whenever you subtract or add, you only need to perform the operation on the numerators,

and keep the same denominator.

If the fractions have the same denominators, add the numerators together and write the total over the

denominator.

Examples: ᎏ

2

9

ᎏ + ᎏ

4

9

ᎏ = ᎏ

2 +

9

4

ᎏ= ᎏ

6

9

ᎏ

Reduce the fraction: ᎏ

2

3

ᎏ

ᎏ

5

8

ᎏ + ᎏ

7

8

ᎏ = ᎏ

1

8

2

ᎏ

Change the sum to a mixed number: 1ᎏ

4

8

ᎏ; then reduce: 1ᎏ

1

2

ᎏ

There are a few extra steps to add mixed numbers with the same denominators, say 2ᎏ

3

5

ᎏ + 1ᎏ

4

5

ᎏ:

1. Add the fractions: ᎏ

3

5

ᎏ + ᎏ

4

5

ᎏ = ᎏ

7

5

ᎏ

2. Change the improper fraction into a mixed number: ᎏ

7

5

ᎏ = 1ᎏ

2

5

ᎏ

3. Add the whole numbers: 2 + 1 = 3

4. Add the results of steps 2 and 3: 1ᎏ

2

5

ᎏ + 3 = 4ᎏ

2

5

ᎏ

$

Fi ndi ng a Common Denomi nat or

If the fractions you want to add don’t have the same denominator, you’ll have to raise some or all of the fractions

to higher terms so that they all have the same denominator, the common denominator.

See if all the denominators divide evenly into the biggest denominator. If this fails, check out the multipli-

cation table of the largest denominator until you ﬁnd a number into which all the other denominators evenly

divide. When all else fails, multiply all the denominators together.

Example: ᎏ

2

3

ᎏ + ᎏ

4

5

ᎏ

1. Find the common denominator. Multiply the denominators: 3 × 5 = 15

2. Raise each fraction to 15ths: ᎏ

2

3

ᎏ = ᎏ

1

1

0

5

ᎏ

ᎏ

4

5

ᎏ = ᎏ

1

1

2

5

ᎏ

3. Add as usual: ᎏ

2

1

2

5

ᎏ

$

Fi ndi ng t he Least Common Denomi nat or

If you are asked to ﬁnd the least common denominator (LCD), you will need to ﬁnd the smallest number that

is a multiple of the original denominators present. Sometimes you can ﬁgure this out mentally, or you will stum-

ble onto the LCD by following the previous steps.

However, to be sure that you have the least common denominator, you can use one of two methods:

–FRACTIONS AND DECIMALS–

44

1. Find the least common multiple. This can be done by checking out the multiplication table of the largest

denominator until you ﬁnd a number that all the other denominators evenly divide into, as described

previously.

2. Determine the prime factorization of each of the denominators. The least common denominator will

encompass every denominator’s prime factorization.

Prime numbers are numbers that have only two factors, the number 1 and itself. For example, 3 is prime because

its only factors are 1 and 3. 1 is not a prime number. Also, 2 is the only even prime number. Numbers that are not

prime can be expressed in terms of prime factors. For example, let’s determine the prime factorization of 12.

12 = 3 × 4 = 3 × 2 × 2

The prime factorization of 12 is 3 × 2 × 2.

In order to ﬁnd the LCD of ᎏ

3

4

ᎏ and ᎏ

5

6

ᎏ, you can use the prime factorization method as follows:

1. Find the prime factorization of both denominators: 4 = 2 × 2

6 = 2 × 3

2. The LCD will contain the prime factorization of

both denominators: 4 = 2 × 2 (the LCD must have two 2s.)

6 = 2 × 3 (the LCD must have a 2 and a 3.)

The LCD will be 2 × 2 × 3. Note that this LCD contains the prime factorization of 4 and 6.

$

Subt ract i ng Fract i ons

If the fractions have the same denominators, subtract the numerators and write the difference over the

denominator.

Example: ᎏ

4

9

ᎏ – ᎏ

3

9

ᎏ =

ᎏ

4 –

9

3

ᎏ

= ᎏ

1

9

ᎏ

If the fractions you want to subtract don’t have the same denominator, you’ll have to raise some or all of

the fractions to higher terms so that they all have the same denominator, or LCD. If you forgot how to ﬁnd the

LCD, just read the section on adding fractions with different denominators.

Example: ᎏ

5

6

ᎏ – ᎏ

3

4

ᎏ

1. Raise each fraction to 12ths because 12 is the LCD,

the smallest number that both 6 and 4 divide into evenly: ᎏ

5

6

ᎏ = ᎏ

1

1

0

2

ᎏ ᎏ

3

4

ᎏ = ᎏ

1

9

2

ᎏ

2. Subtract as usual: ᎏ

1

1

2

ᎏ

Subtracting mixed numbers with the same denominator is similar to adding mixed numbers.

–FRACTIONS AND DECIMALS–

45

Example: 4ᎏ

3

5

ᎏ – 1ᎏ

2

5

ᎏ

1. Subtract the fractions: ᎏ

3

5

ᎏ – ᎏ

2

5

ᎏ = ᎏ

1

5

ᎏ

2. Subtract the whole numbers: 4 – 1 = 3

3. Add the results of steps 1 and 2: ᎏ

1

5

ᎏ + 3 = 3ᎏ

1

5

ᎏ

Sometimes there is an extra “borrowing” step when you subtract mixed numbers with the same denomi-

nators, say 7ᎏ

3

5

ᎏ – 2ᎏ

4

5

ᎏ:

1. You can’t subtract the fractions the way they are because ᎏ

4

5

ᎏ is bigger than ᎏ

3

5

ᎏ.

So you borrow 1 from the 7, making it 6, and change that 1 to ᎏ

5

5

ᎏ because

5 is the bottom number: 7ᎏ

3

5

ᎏ = 6ᎏ

5

5

ᎏ + ᎏ

3

5

ᎏ

2. Add the numbers from step 1: 6ᎏ

5

5

ᎏ + ᎏ

3

5

ᎏ = 6ᎏ

8

5

ᎏ

3. Now you have a different version of the original problem: 6ᎏ

8

5

ᎏ – 2ᎏ

4

5

ᎏ

4. Subtract the fractional parts of the two mixed numbers: ᎏ

8

5

ᎏ – ᎏ

4

5

ᎏ = ᎏ

4

5

ᎏ

5. Subtract the whole number parts of the two mixed numbers: 6 – 2 = 4

6. Add the results of the last two steps together: 4 + ᎏ

4

5

ᎏ = 4ᎏ

4

5

ᎏ

$

Mul t i pl yi ng Fract i ons

Multiplying fractions is actually easier than adding them. All you do is multiply the numerators and then mul-

tiply the denominators.

For example, ᎏ

2

3

ᎏ × ᎏ

5

7

ᎏ = ᎏ

2

3

×

×

5

7

ᎏ= ᎏ

1

2

0

1

ᎏ

Sometimes you can cancel before multiplying. Cancelling is a shortcut that makes the multiplication go faster

because you’re multiplying with smaller numbers. It’s very similar to reducing: if there is a number that divides

evenly into a numerator and denominator, do that division before multiplying. If you forget to cancel, you’ll still

get the right answer, but you’ll have to reduce it.

Example: ᎏ

5

6

ᎏ × ᎏ

2

9

0

ᎏ

1. Cancel the 6 and the 9 by dividing 3 into both of them: 6 ÷ 3 = 2 and 9 ÷ 3 = 3.

Cross out the 6 and the 9:

ᎏ

5

6

2

ᎏ × ᎏ

2

9

3

0

ᎏ

–FRACTIONS AND DECIMALS–

46

47

Shortcut—The Word Of

When you ﬁnd a fraction of a number, you just ﬁnd the product of the two numbers. For example, ᎏ

1

2

ᎏ of 10 could

be written ᎏ

1

2

ᎏ × ᎏ

1

1

0

ᎏ. This becomes ᎏ

1

2

0

ᎏ, or 5.

2. Cancel the 5 and the 20 by dividing 5 into both of them: 5 ÷ 5 = 1 and 20 ÷ 5 = 4.

Cross out the 5 and the 20:

ᎏ

2

5

1

ᎏ × ᎏ

2

3

0

4

ᎏ

3. Multiply across the new numerators and the new denominators:

ᎏ

1

2

×

×

3

4

ᎏ= ᎏ

3

8

ᎏ

To multiply a fraction by a whole number, ﬁrst rewrite the whole number as a fraction with a denomi-

nator of 1:

Example: 5 × ᎏ

2

3

ᎏ = ᎏ

5

1

ᎏ × ᎏ

2

3

ᎏ = ᎏ

1

3

0

ᎏ (Optional: convert ᎏ

1

3

0

ᎏ to a mixed number: 3ᎏ

1

3

ᎏ)

To multiply with mixed numbers, it’s easier to change them to improper fractions before multiplying.

Example: 4ᎏ

2

3

ᎏ × 5ᎏ

1

2

ᎏ

1. Convert 4ᎏ

2

3

ᎏ to an improper fraction: 4ᎏ

2

3

ᎏ =

ᎏ

4 × 3

3

+ 2

ᎏ

= ᎏ

1

3

4

ᎏ

2. Convert 5ᎏ

1

2

ᎏ to an improper fraction: 5ᎏ

1

2

ᎏ = ᎏ

5 × 2

2

+ 1

ᎏ= ᎏ

1

2

1

ᎏ

3. Cancel and multiply the fractions: ᎏ

1

3

4

ᎏ × ᎏ

1

2

1

ᎏ = ᎏ

7

3

7

ᎏ

4. Optional: convert the improper fraction to a mixed number: ᎏ

7

3

7

ᎏ = 25ᎏ

2

3

ᎏ

$

Di vi di ng Fract i ons

To divide one fraction by a second fraction, invert the second fraction (that is, ﬂip the numerator and denomi-

nator) and then multiply. That’s all there is to it!

Example: ᎏ

1

2

ᎏ ÷ ᎏ

3

5

ᎏ

1. Invert the second fraction (ᎏ

3

5

ᎏ): ᎏ

5

3

ᎏ

2. Change the division sign (÷) to a multiplication sign (× or • )

3. Multiply the ﬁrst fraction by the new second fraction: ᎏ

1

2

ᎏ × ᎏ

5

3

ᎏ = ᎏ

1

2

×

×

5

3

ᎏ= ᎏ

5

6

ᎏ

To divide a fraction by a whole number, ﬁrst change the whole number to a fraction by putting it over 1.

Then, follow the division steps given.

Example: ᎏ

3

5

ᎏ ÷ 2 = ᎏ

3

5

ᎏ ÷ ᎏ

2

1

ᎏ = ᎏ

3

5

ᎏ × ᎏ

1

2

ᎏ = ᎏ

3

5

×

×

1

2

ᎏ= ᎏ

1

3

0

ᎏ

When the division problem has a mixed number, convert it to an improper fraction and then divide as usual.

Example: 2ᎏ

3

4

ᎏ ÷ ᎏ

1

6

ᎏ

1. Convert 2ᎏ

3

4

ᎏ to an improper fraction: 2ᎏ

3

4

ᎏ = ᎏ

2 × 4

4

+ 3

ᎏ= ᎏ

1

4

1

ᎏ

2. Divide ᎏ

1

4

1

ᎏ by ᎏ

1

6

ᎏ : ᎏ

1

4

1

ᎏ ÷ ᎏ

1

6

ᎏ = ᎏ

1

4

1

ᎏ × ᎏ

6

1

ᎏ

3. Flip ᎏ

1

6

ᎏ to ᎏ

6

1

ᎏ, change ÷ to ×, cancel and multiply:

ᎏ

1

4

2

1

ᎏ × ᎏ

1

6

3

ᎏ = ᎏ

3

2

3

ᎏ

$

What ’ s a Deci mal ?

A decimal is a special kind of fraction. You use decimals every day when you deal with money—for example,

$10.35 is a decimal that represents ten dollars and 35 cents. The decimal point separates the dollars from the cents.

Because there are 100 cents in one dollar, 1¢ is ᎏ

1

1

00

ᎏ of a dollar, or $0.01.

Each decimal digit to the right of the decimal point has a name:

.1 = 1 tenth = ᎏ

1

1

0

ᎏ

.02 = 2 hundredths = ᎏ

1

2

00

ᎏ

.003 = 3 thousandths = ᎏ

1,0

3

00

ᎏ

.0004 = 4 ten-thousandths = ᎏ

10,

4

000

ᎏ

When you add zeros after the rightmost number, you don’t change the value of the decimal. For example,

6.17 is the same as all of these:

6.170

6.1700

6.17000000000000000

If there are digits on both sides of the decimal point (like 10.35), the number is called a mixed decimal. If

there are digits only to the right of the decimal point (like .53), the number is called a decimal. A whole number

(like 15) is understood to have a decimal point at its right. Thus, 15 is the same as 15.0, 15.00, 15.000, and so on.

–FRACTIONS AND DECIMALS–

48

$

Changi ng Fract i ons t o Deci mal s

To change a fraction to a decimal, divide the denominator into the numerator. You will need to put a decimal point

and a few zeros on the right side of the numerator. When you divide, bring the decimal point up into your answer.

Example: Change ᎏ

3

4

ᎏ to a decimal.

1. Add a decimal point and two zeros to the top number (3): 3.00

2. Divide the bottom number (4) into 3.00: 0.75 (Be sure to bring the decimal point up into the answer.)

The quotient (result of the division) is the answer: 0.75.

Some fractions may require you to add many decimal zeros in order for the division to come out evenly. In

fact, when you convert a fraction like ᎏ

2

3

ᎏ to a decimal, you can keep adding decimal zeros to the numerator for-

ever because the division will never come out evenly. As you divide 3 into 2, you’ll keep getting 6’s:

2 ÷ 3 = 0.6666666666 . . .

This is called a repeating decimal and it can be written as .666ෆ. You can approximate it as .67, .667, .6667,

and so on.

$

Changi ng Deci mal s t o Fract i ons

To change a decimal to a fraction, write the digits of the decimal as the numerator of a fraction, and write the

decimal’s name as the denominator of the fraction. Then, reduce the fraction, if possible.

Example: 0.018

1. Write 18 as the top of the fraction: 18

2. Three places to the right of the decimal means thousandths, so write 1,000 as the bottom number: ᎏ

1,

1

0

8

00

ᎏ

3. Reduce the numerator and denominator by dividing by 2: ᎏ

1,

1

0

8

00

÷

÷

2

2

ᎏ= ᎏ

5

9

00

ᎏ

$

Compari ng Deci mal s

Because decimals are easier to compare when they have the same number of digits after the decimal point, tack zeros onto

the end of the shorter decimals. Then all you have to do is compare the numbers as if the decimal points weren’t there:

Example: Compare 0.08 and 0.1

1. Tack one zero at the end of .01 to get 0.10.

2. To compare 0.10 to 0.08, just compare 10 to 8.

3. Since 10 is larger than 8, 0.1 is larger than 0.08.

–FRACTIONS AND DECIMALS–

49

$

Addi ng and Subt ract i ng Deci mal s

To add or subtract decimals, line them up so their decimal points are even. You may want to tack on zeros at the

end of shorter decimals so you can keep all your digits lined up evenly. Remember, if a number doesn’t have a

decimal point, then put one at the right end of the number.

Examples: 1.23 + 57 + 0.038 =

1. Line up the numbers like this: 1.230

57.000

+ .038

2. Add the columns: 58.268

1.23 – .038 =

1. Line up the numbers by decimal point: 1.230

– 0.038

2. Subtract the bottom number in each column from the top: 1.192

$

Mul t i pl yi ng Deci mal s

To multiply decimals, ignore the decimal points and multiply the numbers. Then count the total number of dec-

imal digits (the digits to the right of the decimal point) in the numbers you’re multiplying. Count off that num-

ber of digits in your answer beginning at the right side and put the decimal point to the left of those digits.

Example: 215.7 × 2.4 =

1. Multiply 2,157 times 24: 2,157

× 24

51,768

2. Because there are a total of 2 decimal digits in 215.7 and 2.4, count off two places from the right in 51,768,

placing the decimal point to the left of the last two digits: 517.68

If your answer doesn’t have enough digits, tack zeros on to the left of the answer.

Example: 0.03 × 0.006 =

1. Multiply 3 times 6: 3 × 6 = 18

2. You need ﬁve decimal digits in your answer, so tack on three zeros: 00018

3. Put the decimal point at the front of the number (which is ﬁve digits in from the right): 0.00018

–FRACTIONS AND DECIMALS–

50

$

Di vi di ng Deci mal s

To divide a decimal (.256) by a whole number (8), set up the division (8ͤ.2 ෆ56 ෆ) and immediately bring the deci-

mal point straight up into the answer (8). Then divide as you would normally divide whole numbers:

Example: 0.032

8ͤ.2 ෆ56 ෆ

– 24

16

To divide any decimal by a decimal, there is an extra step to perform before you can divide. Move the dec-

imal point to the very right of the number you’re dividing by, counting the number of places you’re moving it.

Then, inside the long division sign, move the decimal point the same number of places to the right in the num-

ber you’re dividing into. In other words, ﬁrst change the problem to one in which you’re dividing by a whole

number.

Example: 0.06ͤ1. ෆ21 ෆ8ෆ

1. Because there are two decimal digits in 0.06, move the decimal point two places to the right in both num-

bers and move the decimal point straight up into the answer: 06.ͤ12 ෆ1. ෆ8ෆ

2. Divide using the new numbers:

20.3

06.ͤ12 ෆ1. ෆ8ෆ

– 12

01

– 0

18

– 18

0

Under the following conditions, you have to tack on zeros to the right of the last decimal digit in the num-

ber you’re dividing into:

■

if there aren’t enough digits for you to move the decimal point to the right

■

if the answer doesn’t come out evenly when you do the division

■

if you’re dividing a whole number by a decimal

–FRACTIONS AND DECIMALS–

51

$

Pract i ce Quest i ons

1. Which of the following choices has a 6 in the

tenths place?

a. 60.17

b. 76.01

c. 1.67

d. 7.061

2. Which of the following choices has a 3 in the

hundredths place?

a. 354.01

b. 0.54031

c. 0.54301

d. 0.03514

3. 234.816 when rounded to the nearest hundredth is

a. 200

b. 234.8

c. 234.81

d. 234.82

4. Which of these decimals has the greatest value?

a. 0.03

b. 0.003

c. 0.031

d. 0.0031

5. 25.682 rounded to the nearest tenth is

a. 26

b. 25

c. 25.68

d. 25.7

6. What is 3.133 when rounded to the nearest tenth?

a. 3

b. 3.1

c. 3.2

d. 3.13

7. ᎏ

2

3

0

ᎏ is equivalent to which of the following decimals?

a. 0.03

b. 0.06

c. 0.60

d. 0.15

8. Which number sentence is true?

a. 0.23 ≥ 2.3

b. 0.023 ≤ 0.23

c. 0.023 ≤ 0.0023

d. 0.023 ≥ 2.3

9. Which decimal is the smallest?

a. 0.00782

b. 0.00278

c. 0.2780

d. 0.000782

10. Which decimal is equivalent to the fraction ᎏ

2

7

5

ᎏ?

a. 0.07

b. 0.35

c. 0.28

d. 0.725

11. What is the sum of 8.514 and 4.821?

a. 12.335

b. 13.335

c. 12.235

d. 13.235

–FRACTIONS AND DECIMALS–

52

12. What is the sum of 2.523 and 6.76014?

a. 9.3

b. 92.8314

c. 9.28314

d. 928.314

13. 67.104 + 51.406 =

a. 11.851

b. 1,185.1

c. 118.51

d. 118.61

14. What is the sum of 3.75, 12.05, and 4.2?

a. 20

b. 19.95

c. 19.00

d. 19.75

15. 14.02 + 0.987 + 0.145 =

a. 14.152

b. 15.152

c. 14.142

d. 15.142

16. 5.25 + 15.007 + 0.87436 =

a. 211.3136

b. 20.13136

c. 201.3136

d. 21.13136

17. ᎏ

1

5

ᎏ + 0.25 + ᎏ

1

8

ᎏ + 0.409 =

a. ᎏ

1

1

3

ᎏ + 0.659

b. 0.659 + ᎏ

4

1

0

ᎏ

c. 0.984

d. 1.084

18. What is the sum of 12.05, 252.11, 7.626, 240, and

8.003?

a. 5,197.86

b. 519.789

c. 518.685

d. 518.786

19. What is the sum of –8.3 and 9?

a. 17.3

b. 0.7

c. 1.73

d. –17.3

20. The following is a list of the thickness of four

boards: 0.52 inches, 0.81 inches, 0.72 inches, and

2.03 inches. If all four boards are stacked on top

of one another, what will the total thickness be?

a. 40.8 inches

b. 0.408 inches

c. 4.008 inches

d. 4.08 inches

21. 324.0073 – 87.663 =

a. 411.6703

b. 236.3443

c. 236.3443

d. 23.634443

22. 8.3 – 1.725 =

a. 6.575

b. 6.775

c. 7.575

d. 10.025

23. 12.125 – 3.44 =

a. 9.685

b. 8.785

c. 8.685

d. 8.585

–FRACTIONS AND DECIMALS–

53

24. 89.037 – 27.0002 – 4.02 =

a. 62.0368

b. 59.0168

c. 58. 168

d. 58.0168

25. 0.89735 – 0.20002 – 0.11733 =

a. 0.69733

b. 0.59733

c. 0.58033

d. 0.58

26. What is 287.78 – 0.782 when rounded to the

nearest hundred?

a. 286.998

b. 286.90

c. 286.99

d. 300

27. 0.0325 – (–0.0235) =

a. 0

b. 0.0560

c. 0.0650

d. 0.560

28. 0.667 – (–0.02) – 0.069 =

a. 0.618

b. 0.669

c. 0.596

d. 0.06

29. –12.3 – (–4.2) =

a. –8.1

b. –16.5

c. 16.5

d. 8.1

30. –6.5 – 8.32 =

a. 14.82

b. 1.82

c. –0.82

d. –14.82

31. 0.205 × 0.11 =

a. 0.02255

b. 0.2255

c. 2.255

d. 22.55

32. 0.88 × 0.22 =

a. 0.01936

b. 0.1936

c. 0.1616

d. 1.616

33. 8.03 × 3.2 =

a. 24.06

b. 24.6

c. 25.696

d. 156.96

34. 0.56 × 0.03 =

a. 168

b. 16.8

c. 0.168

d. 0.0168

35. 0.32 × 0.04=

a. 0.128

b. 0.0128

c. 128

d. 12.8

–FRACTIONS AND DECIMALS–

54

36. What is the product of 5.49 and 0.02?

a. 0.1098

b. 5.51

c. 5.47

d. 274.5

37. 0.125 × 0.8 × 0.32 =

a. 0.32

b. ᎏ

1

1

0

ᎏ

c. ᎏ

2

8

50

ᎏ

d. ᎏ

1

3

0

2

0

ᎏ

38. 0.15 × ᎏ

1

5

ᎏ =

a. 0.2

b. 0.3

c. 0.02

d. 0.03

39. If each capsule contains 0.03 grams of active

ingredients, how many grams of active ingredi-

ents are in 380 capsules?

a. 126ᎏ

2

3

ᎏ grams

b. 11.4 grams

c. 12.6 grams

d. 1.14 grams

40. If a piece of foil is 0.032 centimeters thick, how

thick would a stack of 200 pieces of foil be?

a. 64 centimeters

b. 16 centimeters

c. 6.4 centimeters

d. 1.6 centimeters

41. 3.26 ÷ 0.02 =

a. 163

b. 65.2

c. 16.3

d. 652

42. 512 ÷ 0.256 =

a. 20

b. 2,000

c. 200

d. 2

43. 3.4 ÷ 0.17 =

a. 3

b. 2

c. 30

d. 20

44. What is the quotient of 83.4 ÷ 2.1 when rounded

to the nearest tenth?

a. 40

b. 39.71

c. 39.7

d. 39.8

45. 0.895 ÷ 0.005 =

a. 0.0079

b. 0.179

c. 179

d. 1,790

46. What is the quotient of 0.962 ÷ 0.023 when

rounded to the nearest hundredth?

a. 41.83

b. 41.826

c. 40

d. 41.82

–FRACTIONS AND DECIMALS–

55

47. ᎏ

8

.0

.4

9

ᎏ =

a. 93ᎏ

1

3

ᎏ

b. 0.0107

c. 0.756

d. 75.6

48. ᎏ

.

3

1

7

2

5

5

ᎏ =

a. 5,625

b. 3,000

c. 56.25

d. 30

49. A 70-pound bag of cement can be divided into

how many smaller bags, each weighing 3.5

pounds?

a. 20

b. 16

c. 10

d. 5

50. Markers will be placed along a roadway at 0.31

kilometer intervals. If the entire roadway is 1.55

kilometers, how many markers will be used?

a. 480.5

b. 50

c. 48.05

d. 5

–FRACTIONS AND DECIMALS–

56

1. c. The places to the right of the decimal point

are (in order): the tenths place, the hundredths

place, thousandths place, and so on. You are

looking for a 6 in the tenths place, which is

the ﬁrst spot to the right of the decimal

point. Only choice c has a 6 in this place:

Note that choice a has a 6 in the tens place

and NOT the tenths place.

2. d. The places to the right of the decimal point

are (in order): the tenths place, hundredths

place, thousandths place, and so on. You are

looking for a 3 in the hundredths place, which

is the second spot to the right of the decimal

point. Only choice d has a 3 in this place:

Note that choice a has a 6 in the hundreds

place and NOT the hundredths place.

3. d. When rounding to the nearest hundredth,

you need to truncate (cut short) the number,

leaving the last digit in the hundredths place.

If the number after the hundredths place is a

5 or higher, you would round up.

6 is higher than 5, so you round the 1 in the

hundredths place up to 2. Thus, the answer is

234.82, choice d.

4. c. Choice c has the greatest value, ᎏ

1,

3

0

1

00

ᎏ. Here is a

comparison of the four choices:

a. .03

b. .003

c. .031

d. .0031

3

100

30

1,000

=

3

1,000

31

1,000

31

10,000

h

u

n

d

r

e

d

s

t

e

n

s

u

n

i

t

s

(

o

n

e

s

)

t

e

n

t

h

s

h

u

n

d

r

e

d

t

h

s

t

h

o

u

s

a

n

d

t

h

s

2 3 4. 8 1 6

u

n

i

t

s

(

o

n

e

s

)

t

e

n

t

h

s

h

u

n

d

r

e

d

t

h

s

t

h

o

u

s

a

n

d

t

h

s

t

e

n

t

h

o

u

s

a

n

d

t

h

s

h

u

n

d

r

e

d

t

h

o

u

s

a

n

d

t

h

s

0. 0 3 5 1 4

u

n

i

t

s

(

o

n

e

s

)

t

e

n

t

h

s

h

u

n

d

r

e

d

t

h

s

1. 6 7

–FRACTIONS AND DECIMALS–

57

$

Answers

5. d. 25.682 has a 6 in the tenths place. Because the

number in the hundredths place (8) is greater

than 5, you will round up to 25.7.

You round up because 8 ≥ 5.

6. b. In order to round to the nearest tenth, you

need to cut the number short, leaving the last

digit in the tenths place. Here you cut the

number short without rounding up because

the number in the hundredths place is not ≥ 5.

You don’t round up because 3 is less than 5.

Thus, the answer is 3.1, choice b.

7. d. ᎏ

2

3

0

ᎏ can quickly be converted to hundredths by

multiplying by ᎏ

5

5

ᎏ: ᎏ

2

3

0

ᎏ × ᎏ

5

5

ᎏ = ᎏ

1

1

0

5

0

ᎏ; ᎏ

1

1

0

5

0

ᎏ is the same

as 15 hundredths, or 0.15, choice d.

8. b. 0.023 equals ᎏ

1,

2

0

3

00

ᎏ, which is less than 0.23,

which equals ᎏ

1

2

0

3

0

ᎏ. Thus 0.023 ≤ 0.23. The

symbol “≤” means less than or equal to.

9. d. Each answer choice is equivalent to the fol-

lowing values:

a. 0.00782 = ᎏ

10

7

0

8

,0

2

00

ᎏ= ᎏ

1,0

7

0

,8

0

2

,0

0

00

ᎏ

b. 0.00278 = ᎏ

10

2

0

7

,0

8

00

ᎏ= ᎏ

1,0

2

0

,7

0

8

,0

0

00

ᎏ

c. 0.2780 = ᎏ

1

2

0

,7

,0

8

0

0

0

ᎏ= ᎏ

1

2

,0

8

0

7

0

,0

,0

0

0

0

0

ᎏ

d. 0.000782 = ᎏ

1,0

7

0

8

0

2

,000

ᎏ

Thus, choice d is the smallest number listed.

10. c. ᎏ

2

7

5

ᎏ can be translated into hundredths by mul-

tiplying by ᎏ

4

4

ᎏ. Thus, ᎏ

2

7

5

ᎏ × ᎏ

4

4

ᎏ = ᎏ

1

2

0

8

0

ᎏ. 28 hun-

dredths can be rewritten as 0.28, choice c.

11. b. Summeans add. Make sure you line up the

decimal points and then add:

8.514

+ 4.821

13.335

12. c. Summeans add. Line up the decimal points

and add:

2.523

+ 6.76014

9.28314

13. c. Line up the decimal points and add:

67.104

+ 51.406

118.51

14. a. 4.2 is equivalent to 4.20. Line up all the deci-

mal points and add:

3.75

12.05

+ 4.20

20.00

15. b. 14.02 is equivalent to 14.020. Line up all the

decimal points and add:

14.020

.987

+ .145

15.152

16. d. Add zeros as space holders to the numbers

5.25 and 15.007. Then, line all the numbers

u

n

i

t

s

(

o

n

e

s

)

t

e

n

t

h

s

h

u

n

d

r

e

d

t

h

s

t

h

o

u

s

a

n

d

t

h

s

3. 1 3 3

t

e

n

s

u

n

i

t

s

(

o

n

e

s

)

t

e

n

t

h

s

h

u

n

d

r

e

d

t

h

s

t

h

o

u

s

a

n

d

t

h

s

2 5. 6 8 2

–FRACTIONS AND DECIMALS–

58

up by their decimal points and add:

5.25000

15.00700

+ .87436

2,1.13136

17. c. First convert the fractions to decimals: ᎏ

1

5

ᎏ = .2

and ᎏ

1

8

ᎏ = .125. Next, line up all the numbers by

their decimal points and add (note that zeros

are added as place holders):

0.200

0.250

0.125

+ .409

.984

18. b. Sumsigniﬁes addition. Line up the decimal

points and add. Note that zeros can be added

as place holders:

12.050

252.110

7.626

240.000

+ 8.003

519.7890

19. b. 9 plus –8.3 is the same as 9 minus 8.3.

Rewrite 9 as 9.0 and subtract:

9.0

– 8.3

.7

20. d. Line up the decimal points and add:

0.52

0.81

0.72

+ 2.03

4.08

21. b. Line up the decimal points and subtract:

324.0073

– 87.663

236.3443

22. a. Rewrite 8.3 as its equivalent 8.300. Line up

the decimal points and subtract:

8.300

–1.725

6.575

23. c. Line up the decimal points and subtract:

12.125

– 3.44

8.685

24. d. First, rewrite 89.037 as its equivalent 89.0370.

Next, subtract 27.0002:

89.0370

– 27.0002

6,2.0368

Now you must subtract 4.02 from the

62.0386. (If you selected choice a, you forgot

the next step.)

62.0368

– 4.02

58.0168

25. d. Perform the indicated operations (subtrac-

tions) in two steps:

0.89735

– 0.20002

0.69733

Next, subtract 0.11733 from 0.69733 to get

0.58.

26. d. The question asks you to round to the hun-

dred (not hundredth!). 287.78 – 0.782 =

286.998. When this value is rounded to the

nearest hundred, you get 300.

–FRACTIONS AND DECIMALS–

59

27. b. Subtracting a negative is the same as adding a

positive. Thus, 0.0325 – (– 0.0235) is the same

as 0.0325 + 0.0235. Adding, you get 0.0560.

28. a. Subtracting a negative is the same as adding a

positive. Thus, 0.667 – (–0.02) – 0.069 =

0.667 + 0.02 – 0.069. This equals 0.687 –

0.069 = 0.618.

29. a. Subtracting a negative number is the same as

adding a positive number. Thus, –12.3 – (–4.2)

= –12.3 + 4.2; –12.3 and 4.2 will yield a neg-

ative value because you are starting 12.3

units away from zero in the negative direc-

tion. Adding 4.2 will bring you closer to 0,

but you will still have a negative answer. To

ﬁgure out what the answer is, subtract 4.2

from 12.3 and add a minus sign. Thus, you

get –8.1.

30. d. –6.5 – 8.32 is the same as –6.5 + –8.32. When

adding two negative numbers, ﬁrst ignore the

negative signs and add in the normal fashion.

6.5 + 8.32 = 14.82. Next, insert the negative

sign to get –14.82, choice d.

31. a. First, multiply in the usual fashion (ignoring

the decimal points): 0.205 × 0.11 = 2,255.

Next, you need to insert the decimal point in

the correct position, so take note of the posi-

tion of each decimal point in the two factors:

2,255 becomes .02255, choice a.

32. b. First, multiply in the usual fashion (ignoring

the decimal points): 0.88 × 0.22 = 1,936.

Next, you need to insert the decimal point in

the correct position, so take note of the posi-

tion of each decimal point in the two factors:

1,936 becomes 0.1936, choice b.

33. c. First, multiply in the usual fashion (ignoring

the decimal points): 8.03 × 3.2 = 25,696.

Next, you need to insert the decimal point in

the correct position, so take note of the posi-

tion of each decimal point in the two factors:

25,696 becomes 25.696, choice c.

34. d. Multiply in the usual fashion, and insert the

decimal point 4 places to the left:

0.56 × 0.03 = 168 (when ignoring decimal)

and becomes .0168 when you insert the deci-

mal point four places to the left. Thus, the

answer is choice d.

0.56 The decimal point is 2 places

to the left.

0.03 The decimal point is 2 places

to the left.

In the The decimal point should

answer . . . 4 places to the left.

8.03 The decimal point is 2 places

to the left.

3.2 The decimal point is 1 place

to the left.

In the The decimal point should

answer . . . 3 places to the left.

0.88 The decimal point is 2 places

to the left.

0.22 The decimal point is 2 places

to the left.

In the The decimal point should be

answer . . . 2 + 2, or 4 places to the left.

0.532 The decimal point is 3 places

to the left.

0.89 The decimal point is 2 places

to the left.

In the The decimal point should be

answer . . . 3 + 2, or 5 places to the left.

–FRACTIONS AND DECIMALS–

60

35. b. Multiply in the usual fashion, and insert the

decimal point 4 places to the left: 0.32 × 0.04

= 0.0128.

36. a. The term product signiﬁes multiplication.

Multiply 5.49 by 0.02 in the usual fashion,

and insert the decimal point 4 places to the

left: 5.49 × 0.02 = 0.1098.

37. c. First multiply 0.125 by 0.8 to get 0.1. Next

multiply 0.1 by 0.32 to get 0.032. This answer

is equivalent to 32 thousandths, or ᎏ

1

3

0

2

0

ᎏ. This

reduces to ᎏ

2

8

50

ᎏ, choice c.

38. d. First convert ᎏ

1

5

ᎏ to a decimal: ᎏ

1

5

ᎏ = 1 ÷ 5 = 0.2.

Next multiply: 0.15 × 0.2 = 0.03

39. b. Multiply the amount of active ingredients in

one capsule (0.03) by the number of capsules

(380): 380 × 0.03 = 11.4 grams.

40. c. To solve, simply multiply the thickness of

each piece by the total number of pieces. 200

× 0.032 = 6.4 centimeters.

41. a. The problem 3.26 ÷ .02 can be solved with

long division. First, move the decimal point

two places to the right in each number:

Next, divide as usual to get 163, choice a.

42. b. The problem 512 ÷ 0.256 can be solved with

long division. Move the decimal point three

places to the right in each number:

Next, divide as usual to get 2,000, choice b.

43. d. The problem 3.4 ÷ 0.17 can be solved with

long division. First, move the decimal point

two places to the right in each number:

Next, divide as usual to get 20, choice d.

44. c. The problem 83.4 ÷ 2.1 can be solved with

long division, moving the decimal point in

each number one place to the right:

Next, divide as usual to get 39.714286. Finally,

round to the nearest tenth: 39.7, choice c.

45. c. The problem 895 ÷ 0.005 can be solved with

long division, moving the decimal point in

each number three places to the right:

Next, divide to get the answer: 179, choice c.

46. a. The problem 0.962 ÷ 0.023 can be solved with

long division, moving the decimal point in

each number three places to the right:

Next, divide to get 41.826087. Rounding this

number to the nearest hundredth yields

41.83, choice a.

47. a. The problem 8.4 ÷ 0.09 can be solved with

long division, moving the decimal point in

each number two places to the right:

Dividing yields an answer of 93.333333 . . . or

93ᎏ

1

3

ᎏ, choice a.

9 6 2 0 2 3

9 6 2 0 2 3

8 9 5 0 0 5

8 3 4 2 1

3 4 0 1 7

5 1 2 0 0 0 2 5 6

3 2 6 0 2

–FRACTIONS AND DECIMALS–

61

48. b. The problem 375 ÷ 0.125 can be solved with

long division, moving the decimal point in

each number three places to the right:

Dividing yields 3,000, choice b.

49. a. To solve, divide 70 by 3.5. This can be solved

with long division, moving the decimal point

in each number one place to the right:

Next, divide as usual to get 20, choice a.

50. d. To solve, divide the 1.55 kilometer distance

by the interval, 0.31 kilometers. 1.55 ÷ 0.31

can be solved with long division. The decimal

point in each number is moved two places to

the right:

Next, divide to get 5, choice d.

1 5 5 3 1

7 0 0 3 5

3 7 5 0 0 0 1 2 5

–FRACTIONS AND DECIMALS–

62

P

ercents are a way of expressing values out of 100. For example, 30% (30 percent) is equivalent to

30 out of 100 or ᎏ

1

3

0

0

0

ᎏ. Thus, you can express a percent as a fraction by placing the value before the

percent symbol over 100. You can express a percent as a decimal by moving the current decimal

point two places to the left. For example, 30% is also equivalent to 0.30.

You can convert a decimal value into an equivalent percent by moving the current decimal point two places

to the right. For example, 0.30 = 30%. This makes sense because percents are just hundredths, so 0.30 is 30 hun-

dredths, or ᎏ

1

3

0

0

0

ᎏ, otherwise known as 30%.

C H A P T E R

Percents

5

63

Fractions can be converted to percentages by converting to a denominator of 100. This can be done by set-

ting up a simple proportion. For example, to convert ᎏ

2

5

ᎏ into an equivalent percentage, you set up this proportion:

ᎏ

2

5

ᎏ = ᎏ

10

?

0

ᎏ

Cross multiply to get 2 × 100 = 5 × ?, or 200 = 5 × ?. Divide both sides by 5 to get ? = 40. Thus, ᎏ

2

5

ᎏ is equiva-

lent to 40%.

$

Taki ng t he Percent of a Number

When you are calculating the percent of a number, just remember that of means multiply. For instance, 50% of

40 is 50% × 40. You can convert 50% to 0.50 and multiply 0.50 × 40 = 20.

To save time, you should be familiar with the following equivalencies:

FRACTION PERCENT

ᎏ

1

5

ᎏ 20%

ᎏ

1

4

ᎏ 25%

ᎏ

1

3

ᎏ approximately 33%

ᎏ

1

2

ᎏ 50%

ᎏ

2

3

ᎏ approximately 66%

ᎏ

3

4

ᎏ 75%

$

Unknown Percent s

When you do not know the percent of a value, you can express this percent as ᎏ

10

?

0

ᎏ. This means that when you see

the phrase what percent, you can express this mathematically as ᎏ

10

?

0

ᎏ.

–PERCENTS–

64

$

Percent Change, Percent Error, and Percent Prof i t or Loss

When calculating a percent change (such as a percent increase or decrease) you simply express the ratio of the

change to the initial as a value over 100. The general proportion to use is:

ᎏ

C

In

ha

it

n

ia

g

l

e

ᎏ= ᎏ

10

?

0

ᎏ

Similarly, when calculating the percent error, you set a proportion that equates the difference between the

calculated value and the actual value to the actual value with an unknown out of 100:

= ᎏ

10

?

0

ᎏ

When setting up a proportion to calculate percent proﬁt or loss, you create a ratio of the net proﬁt (or loss)

to the initial cost and set this ratio equal to an unknown out of 100:

ᎏ

ne

i

t

n

p

it

r

ia

o

l

ﬁt

ᎏ= ᎏ

10

?

0

ᎏ ᎏ

n

i

e

n

t

it

l

i

o

a

s

l

s

ᎏ= ᎏ

10

?

0

ᎏ

$

Si mpl e and Compound I nt erest

The formula for simple interest is I = PRT. The amount of money deposited is called the principal, P. The inter-

est rate per year is represented by R, and T represents the time in years.

When calculating compound interest, it is easiest to sequentially calculate the interest earned using I = PRT.

You should be familiar with the following ways of compounding interest:

■

compounded annually: interest is paid each year

■

compounded semiannually: interest is paid two times per year

■

compounded quarterly: interest is paid four times a year

■

compounded monthly: interest is paid every month

■

compounded daily: interest is paid every day

Difference in values

ᎏᎏᎏ

Actual value

–PERCENTS–

65

$

Pract i ce Quest i ons

1. 15% is equivalent to which fraction?

a. ᎏ

2

3

0

ᎏ

b.

ᎏ

1,

1

0

5

00

ᎏ

c. ᎏ

1

5

ᎏ

d. ᎏ

1

1

5

ᎏ

2. 20% is equivalent to which decimal value?

a. 0.020

b. 2.0

c. 0.2

d. 0.002

3. When converted to a decimal, 45% is equivalent to

a. 0.045

b. 0.45

c. 4.5

d. 45

4. 73% can be expressed as which of the following

fractions?

a. ᎏ

0

1

.

0

7

0

3

ᎏ

b. ᎏ

1

7

0

3

0

ᎏ

c. ᎏ

1,

7

0

3

00

ᎏ

d. ᎏ

0

0

.

.

7

1

3

0

ᎏ

5. 1.5% is equivalent to which decimal value?

a. 0.15

b. 1.5

c. 0.0015

d. 0.015

6. When expressed as a percent, ᎏ

3

5

1

0

ᎏ is equivalent to

a. 62%

b. ᎏ

3

5

1

0

ᎏ%

c. ᎏ

3

5

ᎏ%

d. 31%

7. Another way to write 26.5% is

a. ᎏ

0

1

.2

0

6

0

5

ᎏ

b. ᎏ

2

8

6

0

ᎏ

c. ᎏ

2

5

0

3

0

ᎏ

d.

ᎏ

1

2

,

6

0

.

0

5

0

ᎏ

8. 0.0037% is equivalent to which of the following

fractions?

a. ᎏ

1,

3

0

7

00

ᎏ

b. ᎏ

10

3

,0

7

00

ᎏ

c. ᎏ

1,00

3

0

7

,000

ᎏ

d. ᎏ

10,0

3

0

7

0,000

ᎏ

9. Which of the following is 17% of 6,800?

a. 115,600

b. 340

c. 578

d. 1,156

10. Which number sentence is false?

a. 20% ≤ ᎏ

1

5

ᎏ

b. 25% = ᎏ

2

8

ᎏ

c. 35% > ᎏ

2

5

4

0

ᎏ

d. ᎏ

3

4

ᎏ ≤ 80%

–PERCENTS–

66

11. Express 12 out of 52 to the nearest percent.

a. 23%

b. 24%

c. 25%

d. 26%

12. ᎏ

4

5

ᎏ% is equal to

a. 80

b. 8

c. 0.08

d. 0.008

13. 50% of what number equals 20% of 2,000?

a. 200

b. 400

c. 600

d. 800

14. 300% of 54.2 equals

a. 16.26

b. 162.6

c. 1,626

d. none of the above

15. What percent of ᎏ

1

2

ᎏ is ᎏ

1

8

ᎏ?

a. 25%

b. 50%

c. 80%

d. none of the above

16. To calculate 75% of a dollar amount, you can

a. multiply the amount by 75.

b. divide the amount by 75.

c. multiply the amount by ᎏ

3

4

ᎏ.

d. divide the amount by ᎏ

3

4

ᎏ.

17. 40% of what number is equal to 460?

a. 575

b. 640

c. 860

d. 1,150

18. Larry makes a 12% commission on every car he

sells. If he sold $40,000 worth of cars over the

course of three months, what was his commis-

sion on these sales?

a. $44,800

b. $35,200

c. $8,000

d. $4,800

19. USB drives cost $100 each. When more than 50

are purchased, an 8% discount is applied. At a

store that charges 8% tax, how much money will

62 USB drives cost? (Round to the nearest cent.)

a. $6,200.00

b. $6,160.32

c. $5,704.00

d. $456.32

20. Aesha made $64,000 in 2007, but she had to pay

26% tax on that amount. How much did she

make after taxes?

a. $16,640

b. $67,640

c. $47,360

d. $42,360

21. What percent of ᎏ

8

9

ᎏ is ᎏ

2

3

ᎏ?

a. 33%

b. 66%

c. 75%

d. 133%

–PERCENTS–

67

22. 400 books went on sale this week. So far, 120 have

been sold. What percent of the books remain?

a. 15%

b. 30%

c. 70%

d. 80%

23. What percent of the circle is shaded?

a. 25%

b. 50%

c. 75%

d. 100%

24. What percent of the square is shaded?

a. 25%

b. 50%

c. 75%

d. 100%

25. What percent of the square is shaded?

a. 20%

b. 37.5%

c. 40%

d. 80%

26. What percent of the square is shaded?

a. 20%

b. 37.5%

c. 40%

d. 80%

27. A dealer buys a car from the manufacturer for

$13,000. If the dealer wants to earn a proﬁt of

20% based on the cost, at what price should he

sell the car?

a. $16,250

b. $15,600

c. $15,200

d. $10,833

28. 33 is 12% of which of the following?

a. 3,960

b. 396

c. 275

d. 2,750

–PERCENTS–

68

29. Of the numbers listed, which choice is NOT

equivalent to the others?

a. 52%

b. ᎏ

1

2

3

5

ᎏ

c. 52 × 10

–2

d. 0.052

30. Emily made $8,000 and put half that amount

into an account that earned interest at a rate of

6%. After 2 years, what is the dollar amount of

the interest earned? (Use the formula I = PRT.)

a. $4,800

b. $960

c. $660

d. $480

31. If Kamil puts $10,000 in the bank at a 6% rate of

interest, how much interest will he make in 8

months? (Use the formula I = PRT.)

a. $400

b. $350

c. $300

d. $250

32. If Veronica deposits $5,000 in an account with a

yearly interest rate of 9%, and leaves the money

in the account for 8 years, how much interest will

her money earn?

a. $360,000

b. 45,000

c. 3,600

d. 450

33. At the city park, 32% of the trees are oaks. If

there are 400 trees in the park, how many trees

are NOT oaks?

a. 128

b. 272

c. 278

d. 312

34. Which ratio best expresses the following: ﬁve

hours is what percent of a day?

a. ᎏ

1

5

00

ᎏ = ᎏ

2

x

4

ᎏ

b. ᎏ

2

5

4

ᎏ = ᎏ

2

x

4

ᎏ

c. ᎏ

2

5

4

ᎏ = ᎏ

10

x

0

ᎏ

d. ᎏ

10

x

0

ᎏ = ᎏ

2

5

4

ᎏ

35. If 10% of a number is 45, what would 20% of

that number be?

a. 9

b. 90

c. 450

d. 900

36. A dozen staplers cost $10.00, and they will then

be sold for $2.50 each. What is the rate of proﬁt?

a. 75%

b. 100%

c. 150%

d. 200%

37. A statue was bought at a price of $50 and sold

for $38. What is the percent loss?

a. 12%

b. 15%

c. 24%

d. 30%

–PERCENTS–

69

38. The price of a $130 jacket was reduced by 10%

and again by 15%. What is the new cost of the

jacket?

a. $97.50

b. $99.45

c. $117

d. $105

39. At an electronics store, all items are sold at 15%

above cost. If the store purchased a printer for

$85, how much will they sell it for?

a. $90

b. $98.50

c. $97.75

d. $95.50

40. Marla paid $14,105 for her new car. This price

included 8.5% for tax. What was the price of the

car excluding tax?

a. $13,000.00

b. $13,850.00

c. $11,989.25

d. $1,198.93

41. Steven’s income was $34,000 last year. He must

pay $2,380 for income taxes. What is the rate

of taxation?

a. 70%

b. 7%

c. 0.7%

d. 0.007%

42. $8,000 is deposited into an account. If interest is

compounded semiannually at 5% for 1 year,

how much money is in the account at the end of

the year?

a. $8,175

b. $8,200

c. $8,400

d. $8,405

43. $14,000 is deposited into an account. If interest

is compounded quarterly at 8% for 9 months,

how much money will be in the account at the

end of this period?

a. $14,280.00

b. $14,565.60

c. $14,856.91

d. $15,154.05

44. Suki has $1,000 to invest. She would like to invest ᎏ

3

5

ᎏ

of it at 6% simple interest. The remainder would

be invested at 8% simple interest. How much

interest would she have earned after one year?

a. $32

b. $36

c. $68

d. $70

45. How many twelfths are there in 33ᎏ

1

3

ᎏ%?

a. 1

b. 4

c. 33

d 100

46. What is the percent increase from 150 to 200?

a. 25%

b. 33ᎏ

1

3

ᎏ%

c. 75%

d. 66ᎏ

2

3

ᎏ%

–PERCENTS–

70

47. What is the percent decrease from 200 to 150?

a. 25%

b. 33ᎏ

1

3

ᎏ%

c. 75%

d. 66ᎏ

2

3

ᎏ%

48. If a crate weighing 600 pounds weighs 540 pounds

on a broken scale, what is the percent error?

a. 10%

b. 11%

c. 15%

d. 25%

49. A ﬁve-gallon tank is completely ﬁlled with a solu-

tion of 50% water and 50% alcohol. Half of the

tank is drained and 2 gallons of water are added.

How much water is in the resulting mixture?

a. 2.5 gallons

b. 3.25 gallons

c. 3.5 gallons

d. 4.5 gallons

–PERCENTS–

71

1. a. 15 percent equals ᎏ

1

1

0

5

0

ᎏ. ᎏ

1

1

0

5

0

ᎏ reduces to ᎏ

2

3

0

ᎏ.

2. c. To change 20% to its equivalent decimal

form, move the decimal point two places to

the left. Thus, 20% = .20. Choice c, 0.2, is

equivalent to 0.20.

3. b. When you see a percent symbol (%), you

move the decimal point two places to the left.

Thus, 45% is equivalent to 0.45.

4. b. When you see a percent symbol (%), you can

rewrite the percent as a fraction by placing the

value over 100. Thus, 73% is equivalent to ᎏ

1

7

0

3

0

ᎏ.

5. d. 1.5% can be converted to its equivalent deci-

mal form by moving its decimal point two

places to the left. Thus, 1.5% is equivalent to

0.015, choice d.

6. a. When written as fractions, percents have a

denominator of 100. You can convert ᎏ

3

5

1

0

ᎏ to a

fraction with a denominator of 100 by multi-

plying by ᎏ

2

2

ᎏ; ᎏ

3

5

1

0

ᎏ × ᎏ

2

2

ᎏ = ᎏ

1

6

0

2

0

ᎏ = 62%, choice a.

7. c. First, put 26.5 over 100 = ᎏ

2

1

6

0

.

0

5

ᎏ. This is not an

answer choice, so you need to reduce. Multi-

ply ᎏ

2

1

6

0

.

0

5

ᎏ by ᎏ

1

1

0

0

ᎏ before reducing: ᎏ

2

1

6

0

.

0

5

ᎏ × ᎏ

1

1

0

0

ᎏ =

ᎏ

1

2

,0

6

0

5

0

ᎏ

. Now you reduce

ᎏ

1

2

,0

6

0

5

0

ᎏ

= ᎏ

2

5

0

3

0

ᎏ.

8. c. To change a percent to a fraction, ﬁrst put the

percent over 100. Thus, 0.0037% = ᎏ

0.

1

0

0

0

0

37

ᎏ. In

order to get a whole number in the numera-

tor, multiply the fraction by ᎏ

1

1

0

0

,

,

0

0

0

0

0

0

ᎏ. Thus,

ᎏ

0.

1

0

0

0

0

37

ᎏ× ᎏ

1

1

0

0

,

,

0

0

0

0

0

0

ᎏ= ᎏ

1,00

3

0

7

,000

ᎏ.

9. d. You need to ﬁnd 17%, or 0.17 of 6800.

Remember that of means multiply: 0.17 ×

6,800 = 1,156.

10. c. 20% = ᎏ

1

2

0

0

0

ᎏ, or ᎏ

1

5

ᎏ, so choice a represents a true

statement. 25% = ᎏ

1

2

0

5

0

ᎏ = ᎏ

1

4

ᎏ, and ᎏ

2

8

ᎏ = ᎏ

1

4

ᎏ, so

choice b is also true. In choice c, 35% = ᎏ

1

3

0

5

0

ᎏ

and ᎏ

2

5

4

0

ᎏ = ᎏ

1

4

0

8

0

ᎏ. Thus, the statement 35% > ᎏ

2

5

4

0

ᎏ is

not true. Choice c is therefore the correct

answer. In choice d, ᎏ

3

4

ᎏ = 75%, which is in fact

less than 80%.

11. a. “12 out of 52” is written as ᎏ

1

5

2

2

ᎏ. Set up a pro-

portion to see how many hundredths ᎏ

1

5

2

2

ᎏ is

equivalent to: ᎏ

1

5

2

2

ᎏ = ᎏ

10

?

0

ᎏ. Cross multiplying

yields 100 × 12 = 52 × ?, or 1,200 = 52 × ?.

Dividing both sides by 52 yields ? = 23.07623.

When expressed to the nearest percent, this

rounds to 23%.

12. d. It is easier to change ᎏ

4

5

ᎏ into 0.8 before dealing

with the percent symbol. ᎏ

4

5

ᎏ% = 0.8% = 0.008.

13. d. “50% of what number equals 20% of 2,000?”

can be written mathematically as 0.50 × ? =

0.20 × 2,000. Dividing both sides by 0.5 will

yield

? = ᎏ

(.2)(

.

2

5

,000)

ᎏ= 800.

14. b. 300% equals ᎏ

3

1

0

0

0

0

ᎏ, or 3. To ﬁnd 300% of 54.2,

multiply 3 times 54.2: 3 × 54.2 = 162.6.

15. a. “What percent” can be expressed as ᎏ

10

?

0

ᎏ. The

question “What percent of ᎏ

1

2

ᎏ is ᎏ

1

8

ᎏ?” can be

expressed as: ᎏ

10

?

0

ᎏ × ᎏ

1

2

ᎏ = ᎏ

1

8

ᎏ. This simpliﬁes to

ᎏ

20

?

0

ᎏ = ᎏ

1

8

ᎏ. Cross multiplying yields 8 × ? = 200.

Dividing both sides by 8 yields 25.

16. c. 75% = ᎏ

1

7

0

5

0

ᎏ. This reduces to ᎏ

3

4

ᎏ. Taking ᎏ

3

4

ᎏ of a

dollar amount means you multiply the dollar

amount by ᎏ

3

4

ᎏ.

17. d. The question: “40% of what number is equal

to 460?” can be written mathematically as:

0.40 × ? = 460. Next, divide both sides by 0.40

to yield ? = 1,150.

18. d. He gets 12% of $40,000, or 0.12 × $40,000 =

$4,800.

19. b. Since more than 50 drives are being pur-

chased, use the discounted price. Take 8%

($8) off the cost of each drive. So, instead of

costing $100 each, the drives will be $92 each.

–PERCENTS–

72

$

Answers

Next, multiply 62 drives by the price of each

drive: 62 × 92 = $5,704. Next, calculate the

tax. $5,704 × 0.08 = $456.32. Add the tax to

the $5,704 to get $6,160.32.

20. c. The tax on the $64,000 will equal 0.26 ×

64,000 = $16,640. Subtract the tax from her

earnings: 64,000 – 16,640 = 47,360.

21. c. The question “What percent of ᎏ

8

9

ᎏ is ᎏ

2

3

ᎏ?” can be

expressed mathematically as ᎏ

10

?

0

ᎏ × ᎏ

8

9

ᎏ = ᎏ

2

3

ᎏ.

Divide both sides by ᎏ

8

9

ᎏ to get ᎏ

10

?

0

ᎏ = ᎏ

2

3

ᎏ ÷ ᎏ

8

9

ᎏ or

ᎏ

10

?

0

ᎏ = ᎏ

2

3

ᎏ × ᎏ

9

8

ᎏ. This simpliﬁes to ᎏ

10

?

0

ᎏ = ᎏ

1

2

8

4

ᎏ, or ᎏ

10

?

0

ᎏ

= ᎏ

3

4

ᎏ. Multiply both sides by 100 to get ? = ᎏ

30

4

0

ᎏ,

so ? = 75.

22. c. 120 out of a total of 400 were sold. Set up a

proportion to see what this would be equiva-

lent to when expressed out of 100.

ᎏ

1

4

2

0

0

0

ᎏ = ᎏ

10

?

0

ᎏ

Cross multiplying, you get 120 × 100 = 400 ×

?, which is the same as 12,000 = 400 × ?, and

dividing both sides by 400 yields ? = 30. Thus

30% were sold, so 70% remain.

23. b. ᎏ

1

2

ᎏ of the circle is shaded. ᎏ

1

2

ᎏ = ᎏ

1

5

0

0

0

ᎏ = 50%.

24. c. ᎏ

3

4

ᎏ of the square is shaded. ᎏ

3

4

ᎏ = ᎏ

1

7

0

5

0

ᎏ = 75%.

25. b. ᎏ

3

8

ᎏ of the square is shaded. 3 ÷ 8 = 0.375. To

express this as a percent, move the decimal

two places to the right: 37.5%.

26. b. ᎏ

1

6

6

ᎏ of the square is shaded. ᎏ

1

6

6

ᎏ reduces to ᎏ

3

8

ᎏ.

3 ÷ 8 = 0.375. To express this as a percent,

move the decimal two places to the right:

37.5%.

27. b. A 20% markup yields a new price that is

120% of the original price. $13,000 × 1.20 =

$15,600.

28. c. “33 is 12% of what number” can be expressed

mathematically as 33 = 0.12 × ?. Divide 33 by

0.12 (12%) to get 275.

29. d. 52% is the same as 0.52 (drop the % sign and

move the decimal point two places to the

left). ᎏ

1

2

3

5

ᎏ = ᎏ

2

5

6

0

ᎏ = ᎏ

1

5

0

2

0

ᎏ; 52 ÷ 100 = 0.52. And 52 ×

10

–2

= 52 × 0.01 = 0.52. Obviously, 0.052 does

not equal 0.52, so your answer is d.

30. d. I = PRT means Interest = principal × rate of

interest × time. Principal = your original

amount of money (in dollars), and time is in

years. Be careful; the original amount of

money (P) is $4,000 because Emily put ᎏ

1

2

ᎏ of

the $8,000 into the account. I = 0.06 and T =

2 years. Substituting into I = PRT, you get I =

(4,000)(0.06)(2) = $480.

31. a. Use the formula I = PRT to solve this prob-

lem. Here, you were given the timeframe of 8

months, so you need to convert to years. 8

months × ᎏ

12 m

1

o

yr

nths

ᎏ= ᎏ

1

8

2

ᎏ yr = ᎏ

2

3

ᎏ yr. You are

given P = $10,000 and R = 6% or 0.06. Next,

you substitute these values into the equation:

I = PRT

I = ($10,000)(0.06)(ᎏ

2

3

ᎏ)

= 600 × ᎏ

2

3

ᎏ

= ᎏ

1,2

3

00

ᎏ

= $400

32. c. In the formula I = PRT, the amount of money

deposited is called the principal, P. The inter-

est rate per year is represented by R, and T

represents the number of years. The interest

rate must be written as a decimal. Here P =

5,000, R = 9% = 0.09, and T = 8. Substitute

these numbers for the respective variables

and multiply: I = 5,000 × 0.09 × 8 = $3,600.

33. b. First, determine what percent of the trees are

not oaks by subtracting. 100% – 32% = 68%.

Change 68% to a decimal (0.68) and multi-

ply: 0.68 × 400 = 272.

34. c. The problem can be restated as: 5 hours is to

24 hours as x% is to 100%. This is the same

as ᎏ

2

5

4

ᎏ = ᎏ

10

x

0

ᎏ.

35. b. First ﬁgure out what the number is. If 10% of

a number is 45, you can call the number “?”

and write 0.10 × ? = 45. Divide both sides by

–PERCENTS–

73

0.10 to get ? = 450. Next, take 20% of 450:

0.20 × 450 = 90.

36. d. When all of the staplers sold, the amount col-

lected is $2.50 × 12 = $30. Since a dozen sta-

plers cost $10, the proﬁt is $20. Next, set up a

proportion:

ᎏ

i

$

n

2

i

0

tia

p

l

r

$

o

1

fi

0

t

ᎏ= ᎏ

10

?

0

ᎏ

Cross multiply to get (100)(20) = (10)(?), or

2,000 = (10)(?). Divide both sides by 10 to get

? = 200. Thus, the rate of proﬁt is 200%.

37. c. Find the net loss: $50 – $38 = $12. Next, set

up a proportion:

ᎏ

in

$

i

1

ti

2

al

lo

$

s

5

s

0

ᎏ= ᎏ

10

?

0

ᎏ

Cross multiply to get 12 × 100 = 50 × ?, or

1,200 = 50 × ?. Divide both sides by 50 to get

? = 24. Thus, there is a 24% loss.

38. b. $130 – 10% of 130 = 130 – 13 = $117. Next

take 15% of 117 = 0.15 × 117 = 17.55.

Deduct this amount: 117 – 17.55 = $99.45.

Choice a, 97.5 is incorrect because this repre-

sents a 25% reduction in price. You cannot

add 10% and 15% and deduct 25%.

39. c. The printer will sell for 115% of the cost.

115% × $85 = 1.15 × 85 = 97.75. This ques-

tion can also be solved in two steps: 15% of

85 = $12.75 markup. Add $12.75 to $85 (the

cost) to get $97.75.

40. a. If the price of the car is p, then you know that

the price of the car plus 8.5% of that price

added up to $14,105; 8.5% equals 0.085. Thus,

p + .085p = 14,105; 1.085p = 14,105. Dividing

both sides by 1.085 yields p = $13,000.

41. b. You can solve this problem by asking your-

self: “2,380 is what percent of 34,000?” and

then expressing this question mathematically:

2,380 = ᎏ

10

?

0

ᎏ × 34,000. Divide both sides by

34,000 to get ᎏ

3

2

4

,3

,0

8

0

0

0

ᎏ= ᎏ

10

?

0

ᎏ. Cross multiply to

get 238,000 = (34,000)(?). Divide both sides

by 34,000 to get 7. Thus, the answer is 7%.

42. d. Because the interest is compounded semian-

nually (twice a year), after ᎏ

1

2

ᎏ a year the

amount of interest earned I = PRT = 8,000 ×

0.05 × ᎏ

1

2

ᎏ = $200. Now the account has $8,200

in it. Next, calculate the interest for the sec-

ond half of the year with I = PRT = 8,200 ×

0.05 × ᎏ

1

2

ᎏ = 205. Thus, the answer is $8,405.

43. c. Note that 9 months = ᎏ

3

4

ᎏ of a year. Because

interest is compounded quarterly (4 times a

year), after ᎏ

1

4

ᎏ of a year, the amount of interest

earned will be I = PRT = 14,000 × 0.08 × ᎏ

1

4

ᎏ =

$280. The amount in the account after this

time will be $14,280. After another ᎏ

1

4

ᎏ of a

year, you add I = PRT = 14,280 × .08 × ᎏ

1

4

ᎏ =

$285.60. The new total is $14,565.60. After

the next ᎏ

1

4

ᎏ of a year, the amount of interest

earned is I = PRT = 14565.60 × 0.08 × ᎏ

1

4

ᎏ =

$291.312. The amount in the account after ᎏ

3

4

ᎏ

of a year is $14,856.91.

44. c. Because Suki is making 2 investments, ﬁrst

ﬁnd ᎏ

3

5

ᎏ of $1,000. Divide $1,000 into 5 equal

parts ($

ᎏ

1,0

5

00

ᎏ

= $200) and take 3 parts ($600).

$600 is invested at 6% simple interest, which

yields:

$600(6%) = $600(0.06) = $36

The remaining $400 is invested at 8% simple

interest, which yields:

$400(8%) = $400(0.08) = $32

The total interest earned is $36 + $32 = $68.

45. b. Convert 33ᎏ

1

3

ᎏ% into a fraction, remembering

that the percent sign is equivalent to ᎏ

1

1

00

ᎏ.

33ᎏ

1

3

ᎏ% = ᎏ

10

3

0

ᎏ × ᎏ

1

1

00

ᎏ = ᎏ

1

3

ᎏ. Now, ᎏ

1

3

ᎏ = ᎏ

1

4

2

ᎏ. There-

fore, there are 4 twelfths in 33ᎏ

1

3

ᎏ%

46. b. Use the proportion:

ᎏ

C

In

ha

it

n

ia

g

l

e

ᎏ= ᎏ

10

?

0

ᎏ

where the change = 200 – 150 = 50, and the

initial value is 150. Thus, you have:

ᎏ

1

5

5

0

0

ᎏ = ᎏ

10

?

0

ᎏ

Cross multiply to get 50 × 100 = 150 × ?, or

–PERCENTS–

74

5,000 = 150 × ?. Divide both sides by 150 to get

? = 33ᎏ

1

3

ᎏ. Thus, there was a 33ᎏ

1

3

ᎏ% increase.

47. a. Use the proportion:

ᎏ

C

In

ha

it

n

ia

g

l

e

ᎏ= ᎏ

10

?

0

ᎏ

where the change = 200 – 150 = 50, and the

initial value is 200. Thus, you have:

ᎏ

2

5

0

0

0

ᎏ = ᎏ

10

?

0

ᎏ

Cross multiply to get 50 × 100 = 200 × ?, or

5,000 = 200 × ?. Divide both sides by 200 to

get ? = 25. Thus, there was a 25% decrease.

48. a. Use the proportion:

= ᎏ

10

?

0

ᎏ

Here the difference in values is 600 pounds –

540 pounds = 60 pounds. The actual value is

600 pounds. Thus, you get:

ᎏ

6

6

0

0

0

ᎏ = ᎏ

10

?

0

ᎏ

Cross multiplying yields 60 × 100 = 600 × ?,

or 6,000 = 600 × ?. Divide both sides by 600

to get ? = 10. Thus, there is a 10% error,

choice a.

49. b. Draining half the 5-gallon tank leaves 2.5

gallons inside. Because you know the solution is

a 50-50 mixture, there must be 1.25 gallons of

water present at this point. After adding 2 gal-

lons of water, there will be 1.25 + 2, or 3.25 gal-

lons of water in the ﬁnal mixture.

Difference in values

ᎏᎏᎏ

Actual value

–PERCENTS–

75

S

ome number series can be categorized as arithmetic or geometric. Other number series are nei-

ther arithmetic or geometric and thus must be analyzed in search of a pattern. Let’s review the

two general types of number series you may see on the civil service exam.

$

Ari t hmet i c Seri es

This type of number series progresses by adding (or subtracting) a constant number to each term. For example,

look at the series:

4, 7, 10, 13, 16, . . .

Notice that each term is 3 more than the term that comes before it. Therefore, this is an arithmetic series

with a common difference of 3.

C H A P T E R

Number Series

6

77

$

Geomet ri c Seri es

Geometric series progress by multiplying (or dividing) each term by a constant number to get the next term. For

example, look at the series:

ᎏ

1

2

ᎏ, 1, 2, 4, 8, 16, 32, . . .

Notice that each term is two times the prior term. Therefore, this is a geometric series with a common

ratio of 2.

$

Let t er Seri es

Instead of containing numbers, letter series use the relationships of the letters in the alphabet to generate pat-

terns. Study the series and try to ﬁgure out what the relationship is. For example, look at the series:

ABC, CBA, DEF, FED, GHI,

Which answer choice will correctly ﬁll in the blank—IJK, JKL, LKJ, or IHG?

Notice that the ﬁrst triplet of the series is ABC. The next triplet contains the same 3 letters listed in reverse

order: CBA. The third triplet is DEF, followed by its inverse FED. Next comes GHI, so the missing 3 letters will

be GHI in reverse order, or IHG.

$

Symbol Seri es

Symbol series are visual series based on the relationship between images. Carefully analyze this visual series to

ﬁnd the pattern.

For example, look at the following symbol series:

47¬>+×

What symbol comes next—^, +, 4, or +¬?

Notice that the position of each arrow can be found by rotating the previous arrow 45° clockwise. Thus, the

next arrow will be +.

–NUMBER SERIES–

78

$

Pract i ce Quest i ons

1. What number is missing from the following

series?

18, 14, , 6, 2

a. 12

b. 10

c. 8

d. 4

2. What number is missing from the following

series?

5, 15, 45, , 405

a. 50

b. 60

c. 75

d. 135

3. What number is missing from the following

series?

72, 67, , 57, 52

a. 62

b. 63

c. 59

d. 58

4. What number is missing from the following

series?

8.2, , 7.6, 7.3, 7.0

a. 8.1

b. 8

c. 7.9

d. 7.8

5. What number is missing from the following

series?

1, 4, 6, 1, , 6, 1

a. 6

b. 4

c. 1

d. 2

6. What number is missing from the following

series?

9.7, 10.1, , 10.9, 11.3

a. 9.7

b. 9.9

c. 10.5

d. 11.3

7. What number is missing from the following

series?

0, 1, 8, 27,

a. 34

b. 54

c. 64

d. 76

8. Look at this series:

567, 542, 517, 492, . . . .

What number should come next?

a. 499

b. 483

c. 477

d. 467

9. What number is missing from the following

series?

90, 45, ,11.25, 5.625

a. 0

b. 12.5

c. 16

d. 22.5

–NUMBER SERIES–

79

10. What number is missing from the following

series?

, 0.34, 0.068, 0.0136

a. 1.7

b. .408

c. 4.08

d. 17

11. Look at this series:

2, 1, ᎏ

1

2

ᎏ, ᎏ

1

4

ᎏ, . . . .

What number should come next?

a. ᎏ

1

3

ᎏ

b. ᎏ

1

8

ᎏ

c. ᎏ

2

8

ᎏ

d. ᎏ

1

1

6

ᎏ

12. What number is missing from the following

series?

0, 1, , 6, 10, 15

a. 2

b. 3

c. 4

d. 5

13. What number is missing from the following

series?

4, 1, 5, 4, 1, 7, 4, 1, 9, 4, 1,

a. 1

b. 4

c. 9

d. 11

14. What number is missing from the following

series?

ᎏ

2

5

ᎏ, ᎏ

1

1

5

ᎏ, , ᎏ

5

1

40

ᎏ,

ᎏ

3,2

1

40

ᎏ

a. ᎏ

3

2

0

ᎏ

b. ᎏ

4

1

5

ᎏ

c. ᎏ

9

1

0

ᎏ

d. ᎏ

2

1

70

ᎏ

15. What number is missing from the following

series?

30, , 27, 25, ᎏ

1

2

ᎏ, 24

a. 29ᎏ

1

2

ᎏ

b. 29

c. 28ᎏ

1

2

ᎏ

d. 28

16. What number is missing from the following

series?

10, 12, 16, 22, 30, 40,

a. 33

b. 34

c. 40

d. 52

17. What number is missing from the following

series?

–12, 6, 4, –13, 7, 3, –14, , 2

a. 8

b. 10

c. 12

d. 13

18. What number is missing from the following

series?

5,423; 5,548; 5,673; 5,798;

a. 5,823

b. 5,848

c. 5,923

d. 5,948

–NUMBER SERIES–

80

19. What number is missing from the following

series?

6, 11, 16, 16, 21, 26, 26,

a. 16

b. 26

c. 30

d. 31

20. What number is missing from the following

series?

10, 14, 84, 88, 264,

a. 18

b. 188

c. 268

d. 334

21. What number is missing from the following

series?

38, 20, 5, –7, –16,

a. –25

b. –22

c. –20

d. –19

22. What number is missing from the following

series?

9, 8, 16, 15, , 29, 58

a. 30

b. 14

c. 9

d. 8

23. Look at this series:

53, 53, , 40, 27, 27, . . . .

What number should ﬁll the blank?

a. 14

b. 38

c. 40

d. 51

24. Look at this series:

0.2, ᎏ

1

5

ᎏ, 0.4, ᎏ

2

5

ᎏ, 0.8, ᎏ

4

5

ᎏ, . . . .

What number should come next?

a. ᎏ

1

8

0

ᎏ

b. 0.7

c. 1.6

d. 0.16

25. Look at this series:

1.5, 2.3, 3.1, 3.9, . . . .

What number should come next?

a. 4.2

b. 4.4

c. 4.7

d. 5.1

26. Look at this series:

29, 27, 28, 26, 27, 25, . . . .

What number should come next?

a. 23

b. 24

c. 26

d. 27

27. Look at this series:

31, 29, 24, 22, 17, . . . .

What number should come next?

a. 15

b. 14

c. 13

d. 12

28. Look at this series:

10, 34, 12, 31, , 28, 16, . . . .

What number should ﬁll the blank?

a. 14

b. 18

c. 30

d. 34

–NUMBER SERIES–

81

29. What is the missing term in the following num-

ber pattern?

240, 120, 60, 30, 15, , 3ᎏ

3

4

ᎏ

a. 7ᎏ

1

2

ᎏ

b. 9ᎏ

1

4

ᎏ

c. 10

d. 11ᎏ

1

4

ᎏ

30. Look at this series:

3, 4, 7, 8, 11, 12, . . . .

What number should come next?

a. 7

b. 10

c. 14

d. 15

31. Look at this series:

1, 4, 9, 5, 17, . . . .

What number should come next?

a. 6

b. 8

c. 22

d. 25

32. Look at this series:

1, ᎏ

7

8

ᎏ, ᎏ

3

4

ᎏ, ᎏ

5

8

ᎏ, . . . .

What number should come next?

a. ᎏ

2

3

ᎏ

b. ᎏ

1

2

ᎏ

c. ᎏ

3

8

ᎏ

d. ᎏ

1

4

ᎏ

33. Look at this series:

8, 22, 12, 16, 22, 20, 24, . . . .

What two numbers should come next?

a. 28, 32

b. 28, 22

c. 22, 28

d. 22, 26

34. If the pattern ᎏ

1

2

ᎏ, ᎏ

1

4

ᎏ, ᎏ

1

8

ᎏ, ᎏ

1

1

6

ᎏ, . . . is continued, what is

the denominator of the tenth term?

a. 64

b. 212

c. 512

d. 1,024

35. Look at this series:

14, 28, 20, 40, 32, 64, . . . .

What number should come next?

a. 52

b. 56

c. 96

d. 128

36. Look at this series:

9, 12, 11, 14, 13, 16, 15, . . . .

What two numbers should come next?

a. 14, 13

b. 8, 21

c. 14, 17

d. 18, 17

37. Look at this series:

21, 24, 30, 21, 36, 42, . . . .

What number should come next?

a. 21

b. 27

c. 42

d. 46

–NUMBER SERIES–

82

38. Look at this series:

XX, XVI, XII, VIII, . . . .

What number should come next?

a. IV

b. V

c. VI

d. III

39. Look at this series:

J14, L11, N8, P5, . . . .

What number should come next?

a. Q2

b. Q3

c. R2

d. S2

40. Look at this series:

VI, 10, V, 11, IV, 12, . . . .

What number should come next?

a. VII

b. III

c. IX

d. 13

41. Select the answer choice that best completes the

following sequence.

JAK, KBL, LCM, MDN,

a. OEP

b. NEO

c. MEN

d. PFQ

42. Select the letters that best complete the following

sequence.

QPO, NML, KJI, , EDC

a. HGF

b. CAB

c. JKL

d. GHI

43. Select the letters that best complete the following

sequence.

ELFA, GLHA, ILJA, , MLNA

a. OLPA

b. KLMA

c. LLMA

d. KLLA

44. Select the pattern that best completes the follow-

ing sequence.

a.

b.

c.

d.

45. Select the pattern that best completes the follow-

ing sequence.

a.

b.

c.

d.

46. Select the pattern that best completes the follow-

ing sequence.

a.

b.

c.

d.

–NUMBER SERIES–

83

47. What best completes the following sequence?

a.

b.

c.

d.

48. What best completes the following sequence?

a.

b.

c.

d.

49. What best completes the following sequence?

a.

b.

c.

d.

50. What best completes the following sequence?

a.

b.

c.

d.

–NUMBER SERIES–

84

1. b. This is an arithmetic series that decreases by

four as the series progresses. Thus, the miss-

ing number is 14 – 4 = 10. You can check that

this is correct by applying the rule to the 10:

10 – 4 = 6, which is in fact the next term.

2. d. This is a geometric series. You multiply each

term by 3 to get the next term. The missing

term is 45 × 3 = 135. You can check that this

rule works by multiplying 135 by 3. This

yields 405, which is the next term.

3. a. This is an arithmetic series. Each term is 5

less than the prior term. To ﬁnd the missing

term, subtract 5 from 67 to get 62. Next, check

that the rule is correct by verifying 62 – 5 =

57, the next term.

4. c. This is an arithmetic series with a common

difference of 0.3. This simply means that each

term is 0.3 less than the term before it. 8.2 –

0.3 = 7.9, so the missing term is 7.9. To check

that you found the right rule, subtract 0.3

from 7.9 to get 7.6, the next term.

5. b. This series is neither arithmetic or geometric.

It is simply three numbers repeating over and

over in order. The numbers 1, 4, and 6 repeat.

Thus, the missing number is 4.

6. c. This is an arithmetic series. Each term is 0.4

greater than the previous term. 10.1 + 0.4 =

10.5. Using this rule, the term following 10.5

should be 10.5 + 0.4 = 10.9, and it is. Thus,

you know you used the correct rule.

7. c. This series is neither arithmetic or geometric.

If you look carefully at the numbers, you

should notice that each is a cube of a number.

In other words, 0, 1, 8, 27 corresponds to 0

3

, 1

3

,

2

3

, 3

3

, so the next term should equal 4

3

, or 64.

8. d. This is an arithmetic series; each number is

25 less than the previous number. Thus, the

answer is 492 – 25 = 467.

9. d. This is a geometric series with a common

ratio of ᎏ

1

2

ᎏ. In other words, each term is ᎏ

1

2

ᎏ of

the term that precedes it. Thus, the missing

term is ᎏ

1

2

ᎏ of 45; ᎏ

1

2

ᎏ × 45 = 22.5. To check that

you used the correct rule, take ᎏ

1

2

ᎏ of 22.5: 22.5

× ᎏ

1

2

ᎏ = 11.25. This is the next term in the series

so you know you are right.

10. a. This is a geometric series with a common ratio

of 0.2. In other words, each term is 0.2 times the

term that precedes it. You can divide 0.34 by 0.2

to ﬁgure out what the ﬁrst term is. 0.34 ÷0.2 =

1.7. You can check that you have the correct

answer by applying the rule: 0.34 × 0.2 = 0.068.

11. b. This is a geometric series; each number is

one-half of the previous number. Thus, the

next number should be ᎏ

1

2

ᎏ × ᎏ

1

4

ᎏ = ᎏ

1

8

ᎏ.

12. b. Here the numbers are increasing, but the

amount by which they are increasing is

increasing as well. 0 (+ 1) 1 (+2) 3 (+3) 6 (+4)

10 (+5) 15. Thus, the missing number is 3.

13. d. Consider this series as a triplet. The ﬁrst 2

terms of the triplet are always 4 followed by

1. Notice that every third term gets 2 added

to it: 4, 1, 5, 4, 1, 7, 4, 1, 9, 4, 1, . Thus, the

missing number is 9 + 2 = 11.

14. c. This is a geometric series with a common

ratio of ᎏ

1

6

ᎏ. This means that each term is the

prior term multiplied by ᎏ

1

6

ᎏ. This is more evi-

dent when looking at the last two terms of the

series: ᎏ

2

5

ᎏ (× ᎏ

1

6

ᎏ) ᎏ

1

1

5

ᎏ (× ᎏ

1

6

ᎏ) (× ᎏ

1

6

ᎏ) ᎏ

5

1

40

ᎏ (× ᎏ

1

6

ᎏ)

ᎏ

3,2

1

40

ᎏ. Thus, the missing term is ᎏ

1

1

5

ᎏ × ᎏ

1

6

ᎏ = ᎏ

9

1

0

ᎏ.

15. c. This is an arithmetic series with a common

difference of 1ᎏ

1

2

ᎏ. The missing term is 30 – 1ᎏ

1

2

ᎏ

= 28ᎏ

1

2

ᎏ. You can check your work by applying

–NUMBER SERIES–

85

$

Answers

the rule to 28ᎏ

1

2

ᎏ; 28ᎏ

1

2

ᎏ – 1ᎏ

1

2

ᎏ = 27, which is the

next term.

16. d. Here the numbers are increasing. Notice that

it is not a steady common difference (arith-

metic), nor a steady common ratio (geomet-

ric). The amount of increase corresponds

more to an addition, and each term is

increasing by having a larger number added

to it. The pattern here is 10 (+2) 12 (+4) 16

(+6) 22 (+8) 30 (+10) 40 (+12) . Thus,

the missing number is 40 + 12, or 52.

17. a. Here the series can be considered as triplets.

The ﬁrst number of each triplet is decreased

by 1: –12, 6, 4 –13, 7, 3 –14, , 2. The sec-

ond number of each triplet is increased by 1:

–12, 6, 4 –13, 7, 3 –14, , 2. Thus, the miss-

ing number is 7 + 1 = 8. (Notice also that the

third number in each triplet is decreased by

1: –12, 6, 4 –13, 7, 3 –14, , 2.)

18. c. This is an arithmetic series in which each

number is increased by 125. The missing

number will be 5,798 + 125, or 5,923.

19. d. The pattern here is +5, +5, repeat, +5, +5,

repeat.

6 (+5) 11 (+5) 16 (repeat ¬) 16 (+5) 21 (+5)

26 (repeat ¬) 26 (+5)

Thus, the missing number is 26 + 5 = 31.

20. c. The pattern here is +4, × 6, +4, × 6, and so

forth.

10 (+ 4) 14 (× 6) 84 (+ 4) 88 (× 6) 264

(+ 4)

Thus, the missing number is 264 + 4 = 268.

21. b. Here the numbers are decreasing, though not

by a steady amount or by a common ratio.

The pattern of decrease is:

38 (minus 3 × 6) 20 (minus 3 × 5) 5 (minus 3

× 4) –7 (minus 3 × 3) –16 (minus 3 × 2)

Thus, the missing number is –16 minus 3 × 2,

or –16 – 6 = –22.

22. a. Here the pattern is – 1, × 2, – 1, × 2, and so

forth:

9 (– 1) 8 (× 2) 16 (–1) 15 (× 2) (– 1) 29

(× 2) 58

Thus, the missing number is 15 × 2 = 30. You

can check that you are right by subtracting 1; 30

– 1 = 29, which is the next number in the series.

23. c. In this series, each number is repeated, then

13 is subtracted to arrive at the next number.

Thus, the missing number is 53 – 13 = 40.

24. c. This is a multiplication series with repetition.

The decimals (0.2, 0.4, 0.8) are repeated by a

fraction with the same value (ᎏ

1

5

ᎏ, ᎏ

2

5

ᎏ, ᎏ

4

5

ᎏ) and are

then multiplied by 2. Thus, the next number

will be 0.8 × 2, or 1.6.

25. c. In this arithmetic series, each number

increases by 0.8. Thus, the next number

should be 3.9 + 0.8 = 4.7, choice c.

26. c. In this simple alternating addition and sub-

traction series, 2 is subtracted, then 1 is

added, and so on. Thus, the next number

should be 25 + 1, or 26.

27. a. This is an alternating subtraction series,

which subtracts 2, then 5. Thus, the next

number will be 17 – 2 = 15.

28. a. This is an alternating addition and subtrac-

tion series. The ﬁrst series begins with 10 and

adds 2 (10, 12, 14, 16); the second begins with

34 and subtracts 3 (34, 31, 28). Thus, the

number that belongs in the blank is 14.

29. a. Each number in the pattern is one-half of the

previous number. Half of 15 is 7ᎏ

1

2

ᎏ. You can

check the pattern by taking half of 7ᎏ

1

2

ᎏ, which

is 3ᎏ

3

4

ᎏ, the next term.

30. d. This alternating addition series begins with 3.

1 is added to give 4; then 3 is added to give 7;

then 1 is added, and so on. Thus, the next

number will be 12 + 3 = 15.

–NUMBER SERIES–

86

31. a. This is an alternating series. In the ﬁrst pattern,

8 is added (1, 9, 17); in the second pattern, 1 is

added (4, 5, 6). Thus, the next number will be 6.

32. b. This is a subtraction series. Each number

decreases by ᎏ

1

8

ᎏ. The next number is ᎏ

5

8

ᎏ – ᎏ

1

8

ᎏ,

which is ᎏ

4

8

ᎏ, or ᎏ

1

2

ᎏ.

33. c. This is an alternating repetition series, with a

random number, 22, introduced as every

third number into an otherwise simple addi-

tion series. In the addition series, 4 is added

to each number to arrive at the next number.

Thus, the next two numbers will be 22 (the

random number) followed 24 + 4, or 28.

34. d. Given the pattern ᎏ

1

2

ᎏ, ᎏ

1

4

ᎏ, ᎏ

1

8

ᎏ, ᎏ

1

1

6

ᎏ . . . notice that

the denominators double as the pattern

advances. There are 4 terms so far. The ﬁfth

term will have a denominator of 32, the sixth

term will be 64, the seventh term will be 128,

the eighth term will be 256, the ninth term

will be 512, and the tenth term will be 1,024.

So the tenth term is ᎏ

1,0

1

24

ᎏ.

35. b. This is an alternating multiplication and sub-

traction series: First, multiply by 2, and then

subtract 8. The next term will be 64 – 8 = 56.

36. d. This is an alternating addition and subtrac-

tion series. First, 3 is added, then 1 is sub-

tracted; then 3 is added, 1 subtracted, and so

on. Thus the next term will be 15 + 3 = 18.

The term after that will be 18 – 1 = 17.

37. a. This is an addition series with a random

number, 21, introduced as every third num-

ber. In the series, 6 is added to each number

except 21, to arrive at the next number. The

next number is the random number, 21.

38. a. This is a subtraction series; each number

(represented in Roman numerals) is 4 less

than the previous number. XX = 20, XVI =

16, XII = 12, VIII = 8, so the next number

should be 4. In Roman numerals, 4 is written

as IV, choice a.

39. c. In this series, the letters progress by 2 (J, L, N,

P), while the numbers decrease by 3 (14, 11,

8, 5). Thus, the next term will be R2, choice c.

40. b. This is an alternating addition and subtraction

series. Roman numerals alternate with stan-

dard numbers. In the Roman numeral pattern,

each number decreases by 1 (VI, V, IV, III, cor-

responding to 6, 5, 4, 3). In the standard

numeral pattern, each number increases by 1

(10, 11, 12, 13). Thus, the next number should

be the Roman numeral for 3, which is III.

41. b. If you consider each triplet of letters, the ﬁrst

letter in each triplet progresses from J ¬K¬

L¬M¬ . The second letter in each

triplet progresses from A¬B¬C¬D¬ ,

and the third letter in each triplet progresses

from K¬L¬M¬N¬ . Therefore, the

last triplet should be NEO.

42. a. If you look carefully at this sequence, you will

notice that the entire sequence is the alphabet

(starting at C) written backward. Therefore,

the missing three letters are HGF.

43. d. If you look at the ﬁrst letter in each quadru-

plet, you can see that one letter is skipped:

ELFA, GLHA, ILJA, , MLNA, so the ﬁrst

missing letter is K. Looking at the second letter

in each quadruplet, you see that the letter L is

constant: ELFA, GLHA, ILJA, , MLNA, so

the second missing letter must be L. Next, look

at the third letter in each quadruplet: ELFA,

GLHA, ILJA, , MLNA. Again, one letter is

skipped, so the missing letter is L. Finally, look

at the last letter in each quadruplet: ELFA,

GLHA, ILJA, , MLNA. The letter A is a

constant, so the last missing letter is A. Thus,

the entire missing piece is KLLA.

–NUMBER SERIES–

87

44. b. Notice that each group of symbols has

three versions of the same shape, the middle

version being the largest:

. Also, a black

and a white version of the shape border this

large middle shape. Notice that the circle is

on the right and the black triangle is on the

left. The missing shapes will be squares (thus

choice c is incorrect). The next two shapes

will be a large square with the black square

on the right: .

45. a. The ﬁrst group contains a square between

two triangles. Next, there is a circle between

2 squares. Third, there is a diamond between

two circles. The last set has a rectangle in the

middle. It should be between two diamonds.

46. b. This is an alternating pattern. First, the two

arrows point right, then one points up and

one points down. Thus, the next part of the

sequence should contain the two arrows

pointing right.

47. d. The ﬁrst image is reﬂected (ﬂipped), generat-

ing the second image. Then the second is

ﬂipped to form the third. Thus, the fourth

image will be the reﬂection of which

will look like this: .

48. a. Look at the number of dots on each domino

in each triplet:

. The ﬁrst triplet

has 5 dots, 3 dots, 1 dot. The next triplet has 1

dot, 3 dots, 5 dots. The last triplet ends with 1

dot. It is safe to assume that the pattern here

is 5-3-1; 1-3-5; and 5-3-1. The missing 2

dominos are , the 5 and the 3.

49. c. Notice that the ﬁrst and the third segments

are upside-down versions of each other. The

second and the fourth should also be

upside-down versions of each other. Thus,

the missing piece of the last segment looks

like this: .

50. c. The ﬁrst and the third ﬁgures swap the inner

shape for the outer shape. The second and

fourth would then be expected to swap the

top and bottom shapes. Thus, you would

expect the missing shape to be a square on

top of a circle, choice c.

–NUMBER SERIES–

88

I

n addition to dealing with basic operations, fractions, decimals, and percents, the civil service exam may

use word problems to test your math and logic skils. This chapter will introduce a few common types of

word problems.

$

Rat i os and Proport i ons

A ratio is a way of comparing two or more numbers. There are several different ways to write ratios. Here are

some examples.

■

with the word to: 1 to 2

■

using a colon (:) to separate the numbers: 1 : 2

■

using the term for every: 1 for every 2

■

separated by a division sign or fraction bar: ᎏ

1

2

ᎏ

C H A P T E R

Word Problems

7

89

Usually, a fraction represents a part over a whole:

ᎏ

w

p

h

a

o

r

l

t

e

ᎏ

Often, a ratio represents a part over a part:

ᎏ

p

p

a

a

r

r

t

t

ᎏ

But ratios can also represent a part over a whole:

ᎏ

w

p

h

a

o

r

l

t

e

ᎏ

When a ratio represents a part over a part, you can often ﬁnd the whole if you know all the parts. A pro-

portion is a way of relating two ratios to one another. If you equate a given ratio to the part that you know, you

can ﬁnd an unknown part. Once you know the unknown parts, you can calculate the whole.

Many word problems require you to use ratios and proportions to ﬁnd unknown values.

Example: If the ratio of union workers to nonunion workers is 2:3 and there are 360 nonunion

workers, how many workers are there in all?

Here, you are given a 2:3 ratio. You know one part: that there are 360 nonunion workers. You can set up a

proportion in order to calculate the unknown part:

ᎏ

2

3

ᎏ = ᎏ

36

?

0

ᎏ

Cross multiply to get 360 × 2 = 3 × ?, or 720 = 3 × ?. Now, divide both sides by 3 to get ? = 240. This is the

missing part: the number of union workers. Finally, add the number of union workers to nonunion workers to

get the whole: 360 + 240 = 600.

$

Work and Sal ari es i n Word Probl ems

Some word problems deal with salaries. You should be familiar with the following salary schedules:

■

per hour: amount earned each hour

■

daily: amount earned each day

■

weekly: amount earned each week

■

semiweekly: amount earned twice a week

■

semimonthly: amount earned twice a month

■

monthly: amount earned each month

■

annually: amount earned each year

Other problems involving work need to be dissected logically. For example, consider the following.

–WORD PROBLEMS–

90

Example: If 14 workers can complete a job in 2 days, how long will it take 4 workers to complete the

same job? Assume all workers work at the same rate.

Most people try to set up the following proportion when confronted with this scenario:

ᎏ

14

2

w

d

o

a

r

y

k

s

ers

ᎏ

=

ᎏ

4 w

? d

o

a

rk

ys

ers

ᎏ

Notice that the ? in the denominator of the second ratio will be smaller than the 2 days in the denomi-

nator of the ﬁrst ratio. Does it make sense that 4 workers will be able to ﬁnish the job of 14 workers in less

than 2 days? No.

This sort of question needs to be broken apart logically. If 14 workers can complete the job in 2 days, it will

take one person 14 times as long to complete the same job: 28 days. It will take 4 people ᎏ

1

4

ᎏ as long to complete

this amount of work, or 7 days.

$

Tank and Pi pe Word Probl ems

Tank and pipe word problems must also be solved logically. Tank and pipe questions involve the ﬁlling and drain-

ing of tanks through various pipes. Once you see what the net (overall) effect is, you are able to solve the ques-

tion posed to you.

Example: A tank is partly ﬁlled with water. Pipe X leads into the tank and can ﬁll the entire tank in 4

minutes. Pipe Y drains the tank and can drain the entire tank in 3 minutes. At a certain point in

time, the tank is halfway full, and the valves leading to pipes X and Y are closed. When these valves

are opened simultaneously, how long will it take for the tank to drain?

First, consider Pipe X. It can ﬁll the tank in 4 minutes. This means that for every minute that goes by, ᎏ

1

4

ᎏ of

the tank would get ﬁlled. Next, consider Pipe Y. This pipe can empty the tank in 3 minutes. This means that for

every minute that goes by, ᎏ

1

3

ᎏ of the tank would get drained. When you consider these fractions as twelfths, you

see that Pipe X ﬁlls ᎏ

1

3

2

ᎏ per minute and Pipe Y drains ᎏ

1

4

2

ᎏ per minute. The net effect is a draining of ᎏ

1

1

2

ᎏ of the tank

every minute. Since the tank starts out ᎏ

1

2

ᎏ full (or ᎏ

1

6

2

ᎏ full), it will take 6 minutes to drain the ᎏ

1

6

2

ᎏ of water (at the

rate of ᎏ

1

1

2

ᎏ out per minute).

$

Di st ance Word Probl ems

Distance questions can be solved with the formula D = RT, where D = distance, R = rate, and T = time, assuming

that a constant rate is maintained. Here you have the ﬂexibility to use many different combinations of rates, dis-

tances, and times, so long as the units you use in the equation match each other. For example, rates can be meas-

ured in meters per second, kilometers per hour, feet per second, miles per hour, and so forth. Just be sure that if you

use, for example, a rate in miles per hour as your R in the equation, that your D is in miles, and your T is in hours.

–WORD PROBLEMS–

91

Example: Train A leaves its station and travels at a constant rate of 65 miles per hour in an eastward

direction. At the same time, Train B leaves a western station heading east at a constant rate of 70

miles per hour. If the 2 trains pass each other after 3 hours, how far apart were they initially?

The 2 trains’ initial distance apart equals the sum of the distance each travels in 3 hours. Using D = RT, you

know Train A travels a distance of (65)(3) = 195 miles, and Train B travels (70)(3) = 210 miles. This means that

they were 195 + 210 = 405 miles apart initially. It is helpful to draw a diagram to understand this better:

Train A

DA = RT

Train B

DA = RT

initial distance apart

–WORD PROBLEMS–

92

$

Pract i ce Quest i ons

1. Pete made $4,000 in January, $3,500 in February,

and $4,500 in March. If he put 30% of his total

earnings into his checking account and the rest

into his saving account, how much money does

he have in his checking account?

a. $3,600

b. $4,200

c. $6,300

d. $8,400

2. Denise had $120. She gave ᎏ

1

8

ᎏ of this amount to

Suzanne. She then gave ᎏ

1

4

ᎏ of the remainder to

Darlene. How much money does Denise have

left?

a. $26.25

b. $30.00

c. $78.75

d. $80.00

3. Greg had $12,000 in his savings account. Of this

amount, he transferred ᎏ

1

3

ᎏ into checking, ᎏ

1

4

ᎏ into a

certiﬁcate of deposit, and spent ᎏ

1

8

ᎏ on a com-

puter system. How much money remains in his

savings account?

a. $3,500

b. $5,000

c. $5,600

d. $6,000

4. If two pieces of wood measuring 2ᎏ

1

2

ᎏ feet and 3ᎏ

1

3

ᎏ

feet are laid end to end, how long will their com-

bined length be?

a. 5 feet 5 inches

b. 5 feet 10 inches

c. 6 feet

d. 6 feet 5 inches

5. A shipment of cable weighs 3.2 lbs. per foot. If

the total weight of 3 identical reels of cable is

6,720 lbs, how many feet of cable are in each reel?

a. 64,512 feet

b. 21,504 feet

c. 2,000 feet

d. 700 feet

6. A school is purchasing 5 monitors at $175 each,

3 printers at $120 each, and 8 surge suppressors

at $18 each. If the school receives a 12% dis-

count, what is the ﬁnal cost (excluding tax)?

a. $1,379.00

b. $1,313.52

c. $1,213.52

d. $1,200.00

7. The Huntington Golf Club has a ratio of two

women to every three men. A 2:3 ratio is equiva-

lent to which of the following ratios?

a. 3:2

b. 4:8

c. 8:12

d. 4:12

8. A map drawn to scale shows that the distance

between 2 towns is 3 inches. If the scale is such

that 1 inch equals 1 kilometer, how far away are

the two towns in kilometers?

a. 3 miles

b. 3 kilometers

c. 30 miles

d. 30 kilometers

9. If it takes 27 nails to build 3 boxes, how many

nails will it take to build 7 boxes?

a. 64

b. 72

c. 56

d. 63

10. Mia can hike 1.3 miles in 45 minutes. Which

equation could be used to ﬁnd d, the distance in

miles that Mia can hike in 3 hours?

a. ᎏ

d

3

ᎏ = ᎏ

0

1

.7

.3

5

ᎏ

b. ᎏ

0

1

.

.

7

3

5

ᎏ = ᎏ

d

3

ᎏ

c. ᎏ

0.

d

75

ᎏ = ᎏ

1

3

.3

ᎏ

d. ᎏ

0.

3

75

ᎏ = ᎏ

1

d

.3

ᎏ

11. If Jack always spends $18 on gaming equipment

in a week, how much does he spend in 6 weeks?

a. $60

b. $48

c. $108

d. $180

12. If it takes a machine 5 minutes to build 3 com-

ponents, how long would it take the same

machine to build 18 components?

a. 90 minutes

b. 18 minutes

c. 15 minutes

d. 30 minutes

13. Dr. Martin sees an average of 2.5 patients per

hour. If she takes an hour lunch break, about

how many patients does she see during the typi-

cal 9-to-5 work day?

a. 16

b. 18

c. 20

d. 22

–WORD PROBLEMS–

93

14. A diagram drawn to scale shows a diagonal of 12

centimeters. If the scale is 1.5 centimeters = 1

foot, how long is the actual diagonal?

a. 8 feet

b. 7.5 feet

c. 6.8 feet

d. 6 feet

15. The height of the Statue of Liberty from founda-

tion to torch is 305 feet 1 inch. Webster’s Ameri-

can Mini-Golf has a 1:60 scale model of the

statue. Approximately how tall is the scale model?

a. 5 inches

b. 5 feet 1 inch

c. 6 feet 5 inches

d. 18,305 feet

16. Scott can pot 100 plants in 30 minutes. Henri

can do the same job in 60 minutes. If they

worked together, how many minutes would it

take them to pot 200 plants?

a. 20

b. 30

c. 40

d. 60

17. Francine and Lydia are in the same book club,

and both are reading the same 350-page novel.

Francine has read ᎏ

4

5

ᎏ of the novel. Lydia has read

half as much as Francine. What is the ratio of the

number of pages Lydia has read to the number of

pages in the novel?

a. 1:2

b. 2:5

c. 2:3

d. 1:4

18. A construction job calls for 2ᎏ

5

6

ᎏ tons of sand. Four

trucks, each ﬁlled with ᎏ

3

4

ᎏ tons of sand, arrive on

the job. Is there enough sand, or is there too

much sand for the job?

a. There is not enough sand; ᎏ

1

6

ᎏ ton more is

needed.

b. There is not enough sand; ᎏ

1

3

ᎏ ton more is

needed.

c. There is ᎏ

1

3

ᎏ ton more sand than is needed.

d. There is ᎏ

1

6

ᎏ ton more sand than is needed.

19. Jessica earns a semimonthly salary of $1,200.

What is her yearly salary?

a. $144,000

b. $48,000

c. $28,800

d. $14,400

20. During a normal 40-hour workweek, Mitch

earns $800. His boss wants him to work this

weekend, and Mitch will get paid time and a half

for these overtime hours. How much will Mitch

make for 10 weekend hours?

a. $200

b. $240

c. $300

d. $340

21. Gary earns $22 an hour as a lab technician. Mon-

day he worked 5 hours, Tuesday he worked 8

hours, and Wednesday he worked 4ᎏ

1

2

ᎏ hours. How

much did he earn during those three days?

a. $363.00

b. $374.00

c. $385.00

d. $407.00

–WORD PROBLEMS–

94

22. This month Louise earned $2,300 as her gross

pay. Of this amount, $160.45 was deducted for

FICA tax, $82.50 was deducted for state tax,

$73.25 was deducted for city tax, and $100 was

diverted to her 401(k). How much was her net

paycheck?

a. $1,883.80

b. $1,888.30

c. $1,983.80

d. $1,988.33

23. Two men can load a truck in 4 hours. How many

trucks can they load in 6 hours?

a. 1

b. 1ᎏ

1

2

ᎏ

c. 2

d. 2ᎏ

1

2

ᎏ

24. A machine can assemble 400 parts in half an

hour. Of the 400 parts, 5% will be defective. If

two machines are working, how many non-

defective parts will be assembled in 5 hours?

a. 800

b. 1,600

c. 3,800

d. 7,600

25. Kate’s daily salary is $120. If she worked 24 days

this month, how much did she earn?

a. $3,600

b. $3,200

c. $3,000

d. $2,880

26. John earns $1,600 a month plus 8% commission

on all sales. He sold $825 worth of merchandise

during November, $980 worth of merchandise

during December, and $600 worth of merchan-

dise during January. What were his total earnings

for these three months?

a. $1,792.40

b. $2,597.40

c. $1,924.00

d. $4,992.40

27. Four machines can complete a job in 6 hours.

How long will it take 3 machines to complete the

same job?

a. 4 hours

b. 8 hours

c. 10 hours

d. 12 hours

28. One construction job can be completed by 16

workers in 10 days. How many days would it take

8 workers to complete the job?

a. 12 days

b. 16 days

c. 18 days

d. 20 days

29. A job can be completed by 6 workers in 18 days.

How many days would it take 9 workers to com-

plete the job?

a. 12 days

b. 16 days

c. 18 days

d. 20 days

–WORD PROBLEMS–

95

30. Nine workers working at the same pace can com-

plete a job in 12 days. If this job must be com-

pleted in 3 days, how many workers should be

assigned?

a. 27

b. 30

c. 36

d. 48

31. When Anthony and Elise work together they can

complete a task in 3 hours. When Anthony works

alone he can complete the same task in 8 hours.

How long would it take Elise to complete the

task alone?

a. 6ᎏ

1

2

ᎏ hours

b. 6 hours

c. 4ᎏ

4

5

ᎏ hours

d. 4 hours

32. Rose and Marie worked on a project together.

Rose put in 40 hours of work and Marie put in

60 hours of work. The contract for the entire

project paid $2,000. The women decide to split

the money up according to the ratio of the

amount of time each put into the project. How

much did Marie get?

a. $400

b. $600

c. $1,000

d. $1,200

33. Alison and Artie worked on a project together.

Alison put in 18 hours of work and Artie put in

24 hours of work. The contract for the entire

project was $7,000. If the two decide to split the

money up according to the ratio of the amount

of time each put into the project, how much will

Artie get?

a. $3,000

b. $3,500

c. $4,000

d. $4,500

34. Tina’s semiweekly salary is $400. Jim’s semi-

monthly salary is $1,800. If both of them work a

standard 40-hour workweek, who earns more for

the month of February? (Assume that this is

NOT a leap year.)

a. Tina by $1,400

b. Jim by $400

c. Tina by $400

d. Jim by $1,400

35. Kayla can type 60 reports in 3 hours. Ethan can

type 110 reports in 6 hours. Working together,

how long will it take them to type 375 reports?

a. 13 hours

b. 12 hours

c. 10 hours

d. 9 hours

36. For an employee who works a 30-hour workweek,

a $28,000 yearly salary translates into which of the

following hourly wages?

a. $13.46

b. $14.50

c. $17.95

d. $19.46

–WORD PROBLEMS–

96

37. A tank containing ﬂuid is half full. A pipe that

can ﬁll ᎏ

1

1

6

ᎏ of the tank per minute begins letting

more ﬂuid in. At the same time, a drain that can

empty ᎏ

1

8

ᎏ of the tank in one minute is opened.

How long will it take to empty the tank?

a. 8 minutes

b. 16 minutes

c. 18 minutes

d. 32 minutes

38. Pipe T leads into a tank and Pipe V drains the

tank. Pipe T can ﬁll the entire tank in 6 minutes.

Pipe V can drain the entire tank in 4 minutes. At

a certain point in time, the valves leading to both

pipes are shut and the tank is ᎏ

1

4

ᎏ full. If both

valves are opened simultaneously, how long will

it take for the pipe to drain?

a. 2 minutes

b. 3 minutes

c. 4 minutes

d. 6 minutes

39. For every 10,000 liters of water that pass through

a ﬁltering system, 0.7 gram of a pollutant is

removed. How many grams of the pollutant are

removed when 106 liters have been ﬁltered?

a. 7

b. 70

c. 700

d. 7,000

40. Rudy forgot to replace his gas cap the last time

he ﬁlled up his car with gas. The gas is evaporat-

ing out of his 14-gallon tank at a constant rate of

ᎏ

1

3

ᎏ gallon per day. How much gas does Rudy lose

in 1 week?

a. 2 gallons

b. 2ᎏ

1

3

ᎏ gallons

c. 3ᎏ

1

3

ᎏ gallons

d. 4ᎏ

2

3

ᎏ gallons

41. Pipe A leads into a tank and Pipe B drains the

tank. Pipe A can ﬁll the entire tank in 10 min-

utes. Pipe B can drain the entire tank in 8 min-

utes. At a certain point in time, the valves leading

to both pipes are shut and the tank is ᎏ

1

2

ᎏ full. If

both valves are opened simultaneously, how long

will it take for the pipe to drain?

a. 18 minutes

b. 20 minutes

c. 22 minutes

d. 24 minutes

42. A car travels at a constant rate of 60 kilometers

per hour for 3 hours. How far did the car travel?

a. 180 kilometers

b. 180 miles

c. 18 kilometers

d. 18 miles

43. If Michelle runs at a constant rate of 2.5 meters

per second, how long will it take her to run 1

kilometer?

a. 4 minutes

b. 40 minutes

c. 400 seconds

d. 4000 seconds

–WORD PROBLEMS–

97

44. It took T.J. 20 minutes to jog 2 miles. What was

his average speed in miles per hour?

a. 40 miles per hour

b. 10 miles per hour

c. 8 miles per hour

d. 6 miles per hour

45. Sipora drove to Stephanie’s house at a constant

rate of 45 mph. If Stephanie’s house is 220 miles

away and Sipora wants to get home in exactly 4

hours, how fast should she drive?

a. 50 miles per hour

b. 55 miles per hour

c. 60 miles per hour

d. 65 miles per hour

46. Amy can run 8 miles at a constant rate in 40

minutes. Sharon can run 12 miles at a constant

rate in an hour. Who has a faster rate?

a. Amy

b. Sharon

c. They both run at the same rate.

d. It cannot be determined by the information

given.

47. Train A travels at 60 mph for 20 minutes. Train B

travels at 55 miles per hour for 30 minutes. If

both trains are traveling at a constant rate, which

train would have traveled a greater distance after

the time periods speciﬁed?

a. Train A

b. Train B

c. Both trains traveled the same distance.

d. It cannot be determined by the information

given.

48. A train leaves a station traveling west at 60 miles

per hour. At the same time, another train heads

east on a parallel track, traveling at a rate of 70

miles per hour. If the 2 trains are initially 700

miles apart, how far apart are they after 1 hour?

a. 630 miles

b. 610 miles

c. 570 miles

d. 560 miles

49. Train A leaves Station A at 6 P.M., traveling east at

a constant rate of 70 miles per hour. At the same

time, Train B leaves Station B, traveling west at a

constant rate of 90 miles per hour. If the two

trains pass each other at 8 P.M., then how far

apart are the two stations?

a. 280 miles

b. 300 miles

c. 320 miles

d. 360 miles

50. An eastbound train destined for Stony Brook Sta-

tion leaves Penn Station at 4 P.M., traveling at a

rate of 60 miles per hour. At the same time, a

westbound train departs the Stony Brook Station

on its way to Penn Station. If the westbound train

travels at a constant speed of 70 miles per hour

and the two stations are 260 miles apart, then at

what time will the two trains pass each other?

a. 4:30 P.M.

b. 5:00 P.M.

c. 5:30 P.M.

d. 6:00 P.M.

–WORD PROBLEMS–

98

1. a. First, calculate the total amount of money:

$4,000 + $3,500 + $4,500 = $12,000. He puts

30% of the $12,000, or .30 × $12,000 =

$3,600, into the checking account.

2. c. ᎏ

1

8

ᎏ of the $120 went to Suzanne: ᎏ

1

8

ᎏ × 120 =

$15. This means there was 120 – 15 = $105

left; ᎏ

1

4

ᎏ of the $105 went to Darlene: ᎏ

1

4

ᎏ × 105 =

$26.25. Thus, the amount remaining is 105 –

26.25 = $78.75.

3. a. ᎏ

1

3

ᎏ of 12,000 = ᎏ

1

3

ᎏ × 12,000 = $4,000 went to

checking. ᎏ

1

4

ᎏ of 12,000 = ᎏ

1

4

ᎏ × 12,000 = $3,000

went to the CD. And ᎏ

1

8

ᎏ of $12,000 = ᎏ

1

8

ᎏ ×

12,000 = $1,500 went to buy the computer.

Thus, the amount left equals 12,000 – 4,000 –

3,000 – 1,500 = $3,500.

4. b. 2ᎏ

1

2

ᎏ feet = 2 feet 6 inches. 3ᎏ

1

3

ᎏ feet = 3 feet 4 inches.

The sum of these values is 5 feet 10 inches.

5. d. Divide the total weight by 3 to ﬁgure out how

much each of the three reels weighs: 6,720 ÷

3 = 2,240 pounds each. Next, divide the

weight of the reel by ᎏ

3

f

.2

oo

lb

t

s

ᎏ: 2,240 pounds ÷

ᎏ

3.2

f

p

o

o

o

u

t

nds

ᎏ

= 700 feet.

6. c. Five monitors will cost $175 × 5 = $875; three

printers will cost $120 × 3 = $360; eight surge

suppressors will cost $18 × 8 = $144. Before

the discount, this adds to: $875 + $360 +

$144 = $1,379; 12% of $1,379 = .12 × 1,379 =

$165.48. Thus, the ﬁnal cost will be $1,379 –

165.48 = $1,213.52.

7. c. A 2:3 ratio is equivalent to an 8:12 ratio.

Multiply the ᎏ

2

3

ᎏ ratio by ᎏ

4

4

ᎏ to get ᎏ

1

8

2

ᎏ.

8. b. If 1 inch on the map denotes 1 kilometer,

then 3 inches on the map would represent 3

kilometers.

9. d. First set up a proportion: ᎏ

2

3

7

ᎏ = ᎏ

7

x

ᎏ. You can

reduce the ﬁrst fraction: ᎏ

9

1

ᎏ = ᎏ

7

x

ᎏ and then cross

multiply: 1(x) = 9(7), so x = 63.

10. b. To ﬁnd the distance Mia can hike in 3 hours,

ﬁrst set up the ratio of the distance she can

walk in a certain amount of time. 45 minutes is

equal to ᎏ

3

4

ᎏ of an hour or 0.75 hours ᎏ

0

1

.7

.3

5

m

ho

il

u

e

r

s

s

ᎏ.

Then set up the second ratio, ᎏ

3 ho

d

urs

ᎏ. Set these 2

ratios equal to each other: ᎏ

0

1

.

.

7

3

5

ᎏ= ᎏ

d

3

ᎏ.

11. c. First set up a proportion: ᎏ

1

1

8

ᎏ = ᎏ

6

x

ᎏ. Cross multi-

plying yields 18 × 6 = 1 × x, and x = 108.

12. d. First set up a proportion: ᎏ

5

3

ᎏ = ᎏ

1

x

8

ᎏ. Then, cross

multiply: 3x = 18 × 5. Then solve for your

answer: 3x = 90, so x = 30 minutes.

13. b. 9 to 5 represents an 8-hour work day, less the

one hour lunch break yields 7 working hours.

Multiply the 7 hours by 2.5 patients per hour

= 17.5 patients. Of the choices, 18 patients is

the best answer.

14. a. Set up a proportion: ᎏ

1.5 ce

1

n

f

t

o

i

o

m

t

eters

ᎏ= ᎏ

12 cen

?

t

f

i

e

m

et

eters

ᎏ.

Cross multiply to get 1.5 × ? = 12 × 1 , or 1.5 × ?

= 12. Divide both sides by 1.5 to get ? = 8 feet.

15. b. First convert the height of the statue to

inches: 305 feet × 12 inches = 3,660 inches.

The statue is 3,660 + 1, or 3661, inches tall.

Next, set up a proportion: ᎏ

6

1

0

ᎏ = ᎏ

3,6

x

61

ᎏ. Cross

multiply: 60x = 3,661. Divide both sides by

60: x = ᎏ

3,

6

6

0

61

ᎏ; x is about 61 inches. Convert to

feet by dividing by 12: 61 ÷ 12 = 5 r1. Thus,

the answer is 5 feet 1 inch, choice b.

16. c. Because this is a rate of work problem, con-

sider what fraction of the job would get done

in one minute. Scott would get ᎏ

3

1

0

ᎏ of the job

done while Henri would get ᎏ

6

1

0

ᎏ of the job

done in one minute. Together, they would get:

ᎏ

3

1

0

ᎏ + ᎏ

6

1

0

ᎏ = ᎏ

6

2

0

ᎏ + ᎏ

6

1

0

ᎏ = ᎏ

6

3

0

ᎏ = ᎏ

2

1

0

ᎏ of the job done in

one minute. Therefore, 20 minutes would be

needed to pot 100 plants, and 40 minutes to

pot all 200 plants.

–WORD PROBLEMS–

99

$

Answers

17. b. Francine has read ᎏ

4

5

ᎏ of 350 pages, or 0.8 × 350

= 280. Lydia has read half of that, or 140.

Lydia has read 140 pages out of 350, or ᎏ

1

3

4

5

0

0

ᎏ.

Reduce to ᎏ

2

5

ᎏ.

18. d. This is a two-step problem involving multi-

plication and subtraction. First, determine

the amount of sand contained in the 4 trucks.

ᎏ

3

4

ᎏ × ᎏ

4

1

ᎏ = ᎏ

1

4

2

ᎏ. Next, reduce: ᎏ

1

4

2

ᎏ = 3. Finally, sub-

tract: 3 – 2ᎏ

5

6

ᎏ = ᎏ

1

6

ᎏ. There is ᎏ

1

6

ᎏ ton more than is

needed.

19. c. Semimonthly means twice a month. This

means she makes 2 × $1,200 = $2,400 per

month. Multiply by 12 months per year:

12 ᎏ

m

y

o

e

n

a

t

r

hs

ᎏ×

ᎏ

m

$2

o

,4

n

0

th

0

ᎏ

= $28,800 a year.

20. c. If he typically earns $800 a week, he makes

$800 ÷ 40 hours = $20 per hour. This means

he will make 1.5 × 20 = $30 for each overtime

hour. 10 hours × ᎏ

h

$

o

3

u

0

r

ᎏ= $300.

21. c. First, add up all the hours he worked: 8 + 5 +

4ᎏ

1

2

ᎏ = 17ᎏ

1

2

ᎏ hours. Next, multiply the number

of hours he worked by his hourly wage: 17.5

hours × ᎏ

h

$

o

2

u

2

r

ᎏ= $385.

22. a. Subtract all of the listed deductions and the

diversion to yield the net paycheck: $2,300 –

$160.45 – $82.50 – $73.25 – $100 = $1,883.80.

23. b. They can load 1 truck in the ﬁrst 4 hours and

ᎏ

1

2

ᎏ a truck in the next 2 hours, so they can load

1ᎏ

1

2

ᎏ trucks in 6 hours.

24. d. First, if one machine assembles 400 parts in a

half hour, it will assemble 800 parts in an

hour. Two machines working together will

assemble 2 × 800 = 1,600 parts per hour. In 5

hours, they will make 5 × 1,600 = 8,000 parts.

Of these 8,000 parts, 5%, will be defective, so

95% will be nondefective. 95% of 8,000 =

95% × 8,000 = 0.95 × 8,000 = 7,600.

25. d. A daily salary is per day. She makes $120 per

day times 24 days: $120 × 24 = $2,880.

26. d. First, add up all of his merchandise sales:

$825 + $980 + $600 = $2,405. Next, take 8%

of the $2,405: 0.08 × $2,405 = $192.40. Add

the $192.40 commission to his 3 months of

pay: $192.40 + (3)($1,600) = $192.40 +

$4,800 = $4,992.40.

27. b. If 4 machines can complete the job in 6

hours, it will take 1 machine 4 times as long

or 24 hours. It would take 3 machines ᎏ

1

3

ᎏ of 24

hrs = ᎏ

1

3

ᎏ × 24 = 8 hours.

28. d. If 16 workers take 10 days to complete a job, 1

worker would take 16 times that amount, or

160 days. It would take 8 workers 160 ÷ 8 = 20

days. Also, notice that if the amount of workers

is halved, the amount of time will be doubled.

29. a. It would take 1 worker 6 × 18 = 108 days. It

would take 9 workers 108 ÷ 9 = 12 days.

30. c. It would take 1 person 9 × 12 = 108 days to

complete the job. It would take 36 people 3

days to complete the same job because 108 ÷

3 = 36.

31. c. Anthony can complete ᎏ

1

8

ᎏ of the task in 1

hour. You know this because he completes the

entire task in 8 hours. Together, Anthony and

Elise complete ᎏ

1

3

ᎏ of the task in 1 hour. (Thus,

they are done in 3 hours). Convert both frac-

tions into twenty-fourths. ᎏ

2

8

4

ᎏ per hour (both)

– ᎏ

2

3

4

ᎏ per hour (just Anthony) = ᎏ

2

5

4

ᎏ per hour

(just Elise). Thus, Elise completes ᎏ

2

5

4

ᎏ of the

task per hour. It will take her 2ᎏ

4

5

ᎏ hours to

complete the entire task. ᎏ

2

5

4

ᎏ = 4ᎏ

4

5

ᎏ hours.

32. d. 40 hours of work + 60 hours of work = 100

total hours. Therefore, when considering the

percent of work each did, it would be fair to

give Rose 40% of the money and Marie 60%

of the money. Marie gets 60% of $2,000, or

60% × $2,000 = 0.60 × $2,000 = $1,200.

Alternatively, when combining their efforts,

Marie and Rose earned a total of $2,000 for

–WORD PROBLEMS–

100

100 hours of work. This is a rate of $20 per

hour. Since Marie worked 60 hours, she gets

60 hrs × ᎏ

$

h

2

r

0

ᎏ = $1,200.

33. c. The ratio of time spent is 18:24, which reduces

to 3:4. Use this 3 to 4 ratio in the algebraic

equation 3x + 4x = 7x, where 3x is the amount

of money Alison gets, 4x is the amount of

money Artie gets, and 7x is the total amount of

money (which you know is $7,000). Thus, if 7x

= $7,000, x = $1,000. Artie’s share equals 4x or

(4)($1,000) = $4,000. Alternatively, you can

calculate the fractional part of the job that

each one worked and then use that fraction to

calculate each person’s share of the contracted

amount. Alison worked 18 hours and Artie

worked 24 hours. The combined work time is

18 + 24 = 42 hours. This means the fractional

part of the job for Alison and Artie equals ᎏ

1

4

8

2

ᎏ

and ᎏ

2

4

4

2

ᎏ, respectively. Thus, Artie gets ᎏ

2

4

4

2

ᎏ of the

total $7,000. ᎏ

2

4

4

2

ᎏ reduces to ᎏ

4

7

ᎏ; ᎏ

4

7

ᎏ of $7,000 =

$4,000, choice c.

34. b. Tina gets paid $400 semiweekly (2 times a

week) so she gets $800 per week. Multiply

this weekly amount by the 4 weeks per

month: $800 per week × 4 weeks per month

= $3,200 per month. Jim gets paid $1,800

twice a month (semimonthly), so he gets

$3,600 per month. This means Jim makes

$400 more per month than Tina does.

35. c. Ethan can type 110 reports in 6 hours, so he

must type 55 reports in 3 hours. If Kayla

types 60 reports and Ethan types 55 reports

in 3 hours, the total number equals 115

reports. Now, compare this value with the

375 reports in the question. If they type 115

reports together in 3 hours, ᎏ

11

3

5

ᎏ = ;

= ᎏ

3 ×

11

3

5

75

ᎏand x = 9.78

36. c. The person works a 30-hour work week for

52 weeks per year. 30 hours per week × 52

weeks per year = 1,560 hours. Next, divide

the total amount of money by the total

amount of hours: $28,000 ÷ 1,560 = $17.95

per hour.

37. a. Use sixteenths when considering the situation.

This means ᎏ

1

1

6

ᎏ is coming in as ᎏ

1

8

ᎏ = ᎏ

1

2

6

ᎏ is going

out. So every minute the net loss of ﬂuid is ᎏ

1

2

6

ᎏ

– ᎏ

1

1

6

ᎏ = ᎏ

1

1

6

ᎏ per minute loss. Since the tank starts

out ᎏ

1

2

ᎏ full, it is ᎏ

1

8

6

ᎏ full. If ᎏ

1

1

6

ᎏ drains per minute,

it will take 8 minutes for the ᎏ

1

8

6

ᎏ to drain.

38. b. Pipe T ﬁlls ᎏ

1

6

ᎏ of the tank every minute. Pipe V

empties

ᎏ

1

4

ᎏ

of the tank per minute. This means

the net effect every minute is ᎏ

1

4

ᎏ – ᎏ

1

6

ᎏ = ᎏ

1

3

2

ᎏ – ᎏ

1

2

2

ᎏ

= ᎏ

1

1

2

ᎏ of the tank is drained. If

ᎏ

1

4

ᎏ

of the tank is

initially full, this equals ᎏ

1

3

2

ᎏ full. It will take 3

minutes for these ᎏ

1

3

2

ᎏ to drain out at a rate of

ᎏ

1

1

2

ᎏ per minute.

39. b. 10,000 liters = 10

4

liters. Since 10

6

liters = 100

times 10

4

, the number of grams of pollutant

that is removed is 100 times 0.7, or 70.

40. b. ᎏ

1

3

ᎏ gallon is lost per day over the course of a

week, or 7 days. So you multiply: ᎏ

1

3

ᎏ gal per

day × 7 days = ᎏ

7

3

ᎏ gal, or 2ᎏ

1

3

ᎏ gallons are lost.

Notice that it doesn’t matter that the tank

holds 14 gallons because the amount lost

doesn’t come close to 14.

41. b. Pipe A ﬁlls ᎏ

1

1

0

ᎏ of the tank every minute. Pipe

B empties ᎏ

1

8

ᎏ of the tank per minute. This

means the net effect every minute is ᎏ

1

8

ᎏ – ᎏ

1

1

0

ᎏ =

ᎏ

4

5

0

ᎏ – ᎏ

4

4

0

ᎏ = ᎏ

4

1

0

ᎏ of the tank is drained. If ᎏ

1

2

ᎏ of the

tank is initially full, this equals ᎏ

2

4

0

0

ᎏ full. It will

take 20 minutes for the ᎏ

2

4

0

0

ᎏ to drain out at a

rate of ᎏ

4

1

0

ᎏ per minute.

42. a. Use the constant rate equation: D = RT. Here

D = 60 kilometers × 3 hours = 180 kilometers.

43. c. 1 kilometer = 1,000 meters. Use D = RT with

D =1,000, R = ᎏ

2.

s

5

e

m

co

e

n

t

d

ers

ᎏ, and T as the

unknown. Rearrange D = RT to T = ᎏ

D

R

ᎏ = ᎏ

1,

2

0

.

0

5

0

ᎏ

= 400 seconds.

115x

ᎏ

115

375

ᎏ

x hours

–WORD PROBLEMS–

101

44. d. Rearrange D = RT into R = ᎏ

D

T

ᎏ. Substitute in

the given values: R = 20 minutes = ᎏ

1

3

ᎏ hour, D

= 2 miles into R = ᎏ

D

T

ᎏ and R = 2 miles ÷ ᎏ

1

3

ᎏ hr =

6 miles per hour.

45. b. Sipora’s speed on the way to Stephanie’s

house is irrelevant. To ﬁnd the speed of her

return trip, rearrange D = RT to R = D ÷ T =

220 ÷ 4 = 55 miles per hour.

46. c. Rearrange D = RT into R = D ÷ T. Amy’s rate

is R = 8 miles ÷ 40 minutes = 0.2 miles per

minute. Next, calculate Sharon’s rate in the

same units of miles per minute. This means

you need to convert the 1 hour into 60 min-

utes. Sharon’s rate is then R = 12 miles ÷ 60

minutes = 0.2 miles per minute.

47. b. First, convert minutes to hours: 20 minutes =

ᎏ

1

3

ᎏ hour and 30 minutes = ᎏ

1

2

ᎏ hour. Next, calcu-

late the two distances by using D = RT. Train

A will travel D = 60 × ᎏ

1

3

ᎏ = 20 miles. Train B

will travel D= 55 × ᎏ

1

2

ᎏ = 27.5 miles. Thus,

Train B travels the greater distance.

48. c. The ﬁrst train will travel D = RT = 60 × 1 =

60 miles west. The second train will travel D

= RT = 70 × 1 = 70 miles east. Thus, if the

initial distance between the 2 trains was 700

miles, now the distance is 700 miles – 60

miles – 70 miles = 700 – 130 = 570 miles.

49. c. The total distance covered is equal to the dis-

tance that both trains travel. Train A travels

east a total of D = RT = 70 × 2 = 140 miles.

Train B travels west a total of D = RT = 90 × 2

= 180 miles. Note that T = 2 because the

trains pass each other after 2 hours. Thus, the

total initial distance is 140 miles + 180 miles

= 320 miles.

50. d. The total distance will be equal to the dis-

tances traveled by both trains throughout the

unknown amount of time (T).

initial distance apart = 260 miles

= 60T + 70T

Thus, 260 = 60T + 70T = 130T, and T = 2.

The trains will pass each other after two

hours, so the time will be 6:00 P.M., choice d.

Penn Station

Train 1

D1 = 60T

SB Station

Train 2

D2 = 70T

initial distance apart

= 260 miles

= 60T + 70T

–WORD PROBLEMS–

102

W

hen you pick up the newspaper or watch a news report on TV, you’ll often see information

presented in a graph. More and more, you give and receive information visually. That’s one

reason you’re likely to ﬁnd graphs on the civil service exam, and a good reason to understand

how to read them. This chapter reviews the common kinds of graphs, charts, and tables you should be familiar

with before exam day. You will also review mean, median, mode, and probability—math concepts that are fre-

quently used in chart, table, or graph questions.

C H A P T E R

Charts, Tables,

and Graphs

8

103

$

Pi e Chart s

Pie charts show how the parts of a whole relate to one another. A pie chart is a circle divided into slices or wedges.

Each slice represents a category. Pie charts are sometimes called circle graphs. Let’s look at an example of a pie

chart and see what kind of information it provides.

Example: The following pie chart represents data collected from a recent telephone survey.

Using the “How Federal Dollars Are Spent” pie chart, answer the following questions.

1. Based on the survey, which category of spending best matches the voters’ wishes?

2. On which category of spending did the voters want most of the money spent?

3. Which category of spending receives the most federal dollars?

4. To which two categories of spending did voters want the most money to go? Which two categories of

spending actually received the most money?

Explanations:

1. Energy: Voters say they would like about 10% of the budget spent on energy and about 11% is spent on energy.

2. Health.

3. National defense.

4. Voters wanted money to go to health and environment. Defense and health received the most money.

$

Li ne Graphs

Line graphs show how two categories of data or information (sometimes called variables) relate to one another. The

data is displayed on a grid and is presented on a scale using a horizontal and a vertical axis for the different categories

of information compared on the graph. Usually, each data point is connected together to form a line so that you can

How Federal Dollars Are Spent

How Voters Think the

Money Should Be Spent

How the Money

Is Spent

Space

2%

National

Defense

2%

Environ-

ment

6%

Energy

11%

Space

12%

Health

14%

Other

4%

National

Defense

53%

Health

49%

Environment

29%

Energy

10%

Other

8%

–CHARTS, TABLES, AND GRAPHS–

104

see trends in the data and so that you can see how the data changes over time. Often you will see line graphs with time

on the horizontal axis. Let’s look at an example of a line graph and see the kind of information it can provide.

Example: Consider the following information:

Using the “How People Get to Work” line graph, answer the following questions.

1. What variable is shown on the vertical axis? What variable is shown on the horizontal axis?

2. As the population density increases, will more or fewer people drive their own car to work?

3. At about what point in population density does the use of public transportation begin to level off?

4. Which form of transportation becomes less popular as population density increases?

Explanations:

1. Look at the labels. The percent of workers using each form of transportation is shown on the vertical axis.

Population density is shown on the horizontal axis.

2. As population density increases, fewer people use their own cars to get to work.

3. At about 60 to 70 workers per acre, the percentage of workers using public transportation begins to level off.

4. Find the line that moves down as population density increases. It’s the line labeled “Own car.” This is the

form of transportation that decreases as population density increases.

$

Bar Graphs

Like pie charts, bar graphs show how different categories of data relate to one another. A bar represents each cat-

egory. The length of the bar represents the relative frequency of the category, compared to the other categories

on the graph. Let’s look at an example of a bar graph and see the kind of information it can provide.

How People Get to Work

Public Transportation

Walking or

Cycling

Own car

Population density (in workers per acre)

P

e

r

c

e

n

t

o

f

w

o

r

k

e

r

s

u

s

i

n

g

e

a

c

h

f

o

r

m

o

f

t

r

a

n

s

p

o

r

t

a

t

i

o

n

100

90

80

70

60

50

40

30

20

10

0

10 20 30 40 50 60 70 80 90 100 110 120 130 140 150

–CHARTS, TABLES, AND GRAPHS–

105

Example: The following bar graph compares the 2007 monthly rainfall in Cherokee County with

the average monthly rainfall in Cherokee County from 2002–2006.

Using the “Rainfall in Cherokee County” bar graph, answer the following questions.

1. What does each bar represent? What is the difference between the shaded bars and the white bars?

2. During which months is the rainfall in 2007 greater than the average rainfall?

3. During which months is the rainfall in 2007 less than the average rainfall?

4. How many more inches of rain fell in April 2007 than in January 2007?

5. How many more inches of rain fell in January 2007 than on average during January 2002–2006?

Explanations:

1. Look at the labels and the key. Each bar represents the number of inches of rainfall during a particular

month. From the key, you know that the shaded bars represent the average monthly rainfall for

2002–2006. The white bars represent the monthly rainfall in 2007.

2. Compare the white bars with the shaded bars. Rainfall in 2007 is greater than average during the months

that the white bar is taller than the shaded bar for that month. Rainfall in 2007 was greater than the aver-

age rainfall during January, February, and March.

3. Compare the white bars with the shaded bars. Rainfall in 2007 is less than the average during the months

that the shaded bar is taller than the white bar for that month. Rainfall in 2007 was less than the average

rainfall during April, May, and June.

4. Compare the height of the white bars for January and April. In April, 6 inches of rain fell. In January, 4

inches of rain fell. Then subtract: 6 – 4 = 2. So, in April, 2 more inches of rain fell than in January.

5. Compare the height of the shaded bar and the white bar for January. The shaded bar represents 2 inches.

The white bar represents 4 inches. Subtract: 4 – 2 = 2. So, two more inches of rain fell in January 2007 than

on average during January 2002–2006.

Rainfall in Cherokee County

Months

R

a

i

n

f

a

l

l

(

i

n

i

n

c

h

e

s

)

7.0

6.0

5.0

4.0

3.0

2.0

1.0

0.0

Jan Feb Mar Apr May June

Bar labels

Title

Scale

Key

Monthly

rainfall in

2007

Average

monthly

rainfall for

2002–2006

–CHARTS, TABLES, AND GRAPHS–

106

$

Get t i ng I nf ormat i on f rom Tabl es

Tables present information in rows and columns. Rows go across, or horizontally. Columns go up and down, or

vertically. The box, or cell, that is made where a row and a column meet provides speciﬁc information. When look-

ing for information in tables, it’s important to read the table title, the column headings, and the row labels so you

understand all of the information. Let’s look at some examples of tables and the types of information you might

expect to learn from them.

Example:

THE FUJITA-PEARSON TORNADO INTENSITY SCALE

CLASSIFICATION WIND SPEED (IN MILES PER HOUR) DAMAGE

F0 72 Mild

F1 73–112 Moderate

F2 113–157 Signiﬁcant

F3 158–206 Severe

F4 207–260 Devastating

F5 261–319 Cataclysmic

F6 320–379 Overwhelming

Using the “Fujita-Pearson Tornado Intensity Scale” table, answer the following questions.

1. If a tornado has a wind speed of 173 miles per hour, how would it be classiﬁed?

2. What kind of damage would you expect from a tornado having a wind speed of 300 miles per hour?

3. What wind speed would you anticipate if a tornado of F6 were reported?

Explanations:

1. The wind speed for F3 tornados ranges from 158–206 miles per hour.

2. F5 tornados range in wind speed of 261–319 mph and are cataclysmic.

3. F6 tornados range from wind speeds of 320–379 miles per hour.

$

St at i st i cs and Probabi l i t y

Statistics is a branch of mathematics that involves the study of data. Probability is the study of chance. At times,

civil service exam questions will involve charts, tables, and graphs, as well as data and chance—speciﬁcally, mean,

median, mode, and probability.

–CHARTS, TABLES, AND GRAPHS–

107

When dealing with sets of numbers, there are

measures used to describe the set as a whole. These are

for example, called measures of central tendency and

they include mean, median and mode.

Mean is the average of a set of data. To calculate

the mean of a set of data, add up all of the numbers in

the set and divide by how many entries are in the set. If

you are asked to ﬁnd the mean of a set of numbers and

the set is evenly spaced apart such as 2, 4, 6, 8, 10, 12,

14, the mean is the middle number in this set, because

there is an odd number of data items. In this example,

the mean is 8. If there is an even number of data items,

there are two middle numbers: 4, 8, 12, 16, 20, and 24.

In this case, the mean is the average of the two middle

numbers. 12 + 16 = 28, and 28 divided by two is 14.

Median is the middle value in a set of numbers

that are arranged in increasing or decreasing order. If

there are two middle numbers, it is the average of these

two. To calculate the median of a set of numbers, ﬁrst

arrange the data in increasing or decreasing order. Find

the middle value in a set of an odd number of entries.

The median is the mean of the two middle numbers in

a set of an even number of entries.

Mode is the value in the set that occurs most often.

There can be one mode, several modes, or no mode.

Probability is the likelihood that an event will

occur. This event is called a favorable outcome, whether

it is favorable to the situation or not. For example, ﬁnd

out the probability of rain in the forecast. If the prob-

ability of rain is 70%, then 70 out of 100 times it is

expected to rain. The rain is considered a favorable

outcome in this instance, even if rain is not desired.

Probability of, an event is a ratio, expressed as a frac-

tion, decimal, or percent that deﬁnes . The notation for

the probability of an event is P(event).

In probability problems, you can assume that all

outcomes occur at random, unless otherwise noted. If

the events described concern dice, assume that the dice

always lands “ﬂat” on a number. If the events concern

a spinner, assume that the spinner never lands on a

dividing line. Also, keep in mind:

The probability of an impossible event is zero.

P(impossible) = 0.

The probability of an event that is certain is one.

P(event that is certain) = 1.

All probabilities are a number between zero and

one. 0 ≤ P(event) ≤ 1.

Because an event, E, will either occur or it will not

occur, P(E) + P(not E) = 1.

–CHARTS, TABLES, AND GRAPHS–

108

$

Pract i ce Quest i ons

Use the following chart to answer questions 1 through 5.

1. What is the mean score of the people listed?

a. 90

b. 89

c. 88

d. 85

2. What is the median score of the people listed?

a. 90

b. 89

c. 88

d. 85

3. What is the range of the scores listed?

a. 90

b. 50

c. 24

d. 13

4. What is the mode of the scores listed?

a. 90

b. 89

c. 88

d. 85

5. If Anthony’s score was incorrectly reported as an

82 when his actual score on the test was a 90,

which of the following statements would be true

when his actual score is used in the calculations?

a. The mean, median, range, and mode will

change.

b. The mean, median, and range, will change;

the mode will remain the same.

c. Only the mean and median will change.

d. None of the above will ocur.

6. The following chart gives the times of four

swimmers in their race. Which swimmer had the

fastest time?

a. Molly

b. Jeff

c. Asta

d. Risa

SWIMMER TIME (SEC)

Molly 38.51

Jeff 39.23

Asta 37.95

Risa 37.89

NAME SCORE

Darin 95

Miguel 90

Anthony 82

Christopher 90

Samuel 88

–CHARTS, TABLES, AND GRAPHS–

109

Use the following information to answer questions 7

through 9.

The table lists the number of members present at the

monthly meetings for the Environmental Protection

Club.

7. What was the average monthly attendance over

the course of all the months listed?

a. 71

b. 65

c. 61

d. 56

8. What was the median number of members

attending during the course of the four months

shown?

a. 54

b. 61

c. 65.5

d. 70

9. If the data presented in the table were plotted as

a bar graph, which of the following represents

the data most accurately?

a.

b.

c.

d.

M

e

m

b

e

r

s

a

t

t

e

n

d

i

n

g

80

70

60

50

40

30

20

10

0

Sept Oct Nov Dec

M

e

m

b

e

r

s

a

t

t

e

n

d

i

n

g

80

70

60

50

40

30

20

10

0

Sept Oct Nov Dec

M

e

m

b

e

r

s

a

t

t

e

n

d

i

n

g

80

70

60

50

40

30

20

10

0

Sept Oct Nov Dec

M

e

m

b

e

r

s

a

t

t

e

n

d

i

n

g

80

70

60

50

40

30

20

10

0

Sept Oct Nov Dec

MONTH # OF MEMBERS

September 54

October 61

November 70

December 75

–CHARTS, TABLES, AND GRAPHS–

110

Use the following information to answer questions 10

through 12.

The pie chart shows the Johnson family’s monthly

budget.

10. In percent of overall expenses, how much more

money is spent on food than on transportation

and clothing combined?

a. 9%

b. 11%

c. 13%

d. 22%

11. If the Johnson family budget is $4,000 per

month, how much money is spent on housing

each month?

a. $800

b. $1,000

c. $1,200

d. $1,400

12. If the Johnson family budget is $4,000 per month,

how much money will they save each year?

a. $48,000

b. $4,800

c. $400

d. none of the above

Use the following information to answer questions 13

through 16.

This graph shows the yearly electricity usage for Finni-

gan Engineering, Inc. over the course of three years for

three departments.

13. The electricity cost for Sales during the year 2004

was how much greater than the electricity cost

for Customer Service in 2005?

a. $200

b. $150

c. $100

d. $50

D

o

l

l

a

r

a

m

o

u

n

t

c

o

n

s

u

m

e

d

1,000

900

800

700

600

500

400

300

200

100

0

2004 2005 2006 2007

Sales

Customer

Service

Engineering

Year

Johnson Family Budget

Housing

30%

Clothing

4%

Transportation

9%

Savings

10%

Entertainment

12%

Misc.

13%

Food

22%

–CHARTS, TABLES, AND GRAPHS–

111

14. Which of the following statements is supported

by the data?

a. The Sales Department showed a steady

increase in the dollar amount of electricity

used during the four-year period.

b. The Customer Service Department showed a

steady increase in the dollar amount of

electricity used during the 4-year period.

c. The Engineering Department showed a steady

increase in the dollar amount of electricity

used from 2005–2007.

d. none of the above

15. What was the percent decrease in electricity

usage (in dollar amount) from 2004 to 2005 for

the Engineering Department?

a. 25%

b. 20%

c. 15%

d. 10%

16. If the information in the bar graph associated

with question 13 is transcribed and a line graph

is generated, which of the following line graphs

is correct?

a.

b.

c.

d.

D

o

l

l

a

r

a

m

o

u

n

t

c

o

n

s

u

m

e

d

1,100

1,000

900

800

700

600

500

400

300

200

100

0

2004 2005 2006 2007

Sales

Customer

Service

Engineering

Year

D

o

l

l

a

r

a

m

o

u

n

t

c

o

n

s

u

m

e

d

1,100

1,000

900

800

700

600

500

400

300

200

100

0

2004 2005 2006 2007

Sales

Customer

Service

Engineering

Year

D

o

l

l

a

r

a

m

o

u

n

t

c

o

n

s

u

m

e

d

1,100

1,000

900

800

700

600

500

400

300

200

100

0

2004 2005 2006 2007

Sales

Customer

Service

Engineering

Year

D

o

l

l

a

r

a

m

o

u

n

t

c

o

n

s

u

m

e

d

1,100

1,000

900

800

700

600

500

400

300

200

100

0

2004 2005 2006 2007

Sales

Customer

Service

Engineering

Year

–CHARTS, TABLES, AND GRAPHS–

112

Use the following information to answer questions 17–19.

The table shows the numbers of male and female stu-

dents involved in several school activities.

17. Which activity has the lowest ratio of males to

females?

a. Drama

b. Journalism

c. Science Club

d. Debate

18. For all of the students listed, what percent of the

students is involved in Debate?

a. 15%

b. 20%

c. 27%

d. 29%

19. If 3 more males and 4 more females join the Sci-

ence Club, what percent of the students will be in

this club?

a. 15%

b. 20%

c. 27%

d. 29%

Use the following chart to answer questions 20 through 23.

20. Based on the chart, which answer choice repre-

sents a true statement?

a. Online Purchases have increased, whereas

Charge Card Interest has decreased, over the

course of the four years shown.

b. Charge Card Interest has increased, whereas

Online Purchases have decreased, over the

course of the four years shown.

c. In-Store Purchases have increased, whereas

Charge Card Purchases have decreased, over

the course of the four years shown.

d. Online Purchases have increased, whereas In-

Store Purchases have decreased, over the

course of the four years shown.

R

e

v

e

n

u

e

i

n

t

h

o

u

s

a

n

d

s

o

f

d

o

l

l

a

r

s

200

150

100

50

0

2004 2005 2006 2007

Charge Card

interest

In-Store

Purchases

Online

Purchases

Year

Montgomery Inc. Yearly Proﬁts

ACTIVITY MALE FEMALE

Drama 11 13

Journalism 12 10

Science Club 9 11

Debate 12 15

–CHARTS, TABLES, AND GRAPHS–

113

21. If all of the information on the bar graph was

converted into a table, which of the following

tables correctly displays the data (with revenue in

thousands of dollars)?

a.

b.

c.

d.

22. The Online Purchases in 2004 were what fraction

of the Charge Card Interest in 2007?

a. ᎏ

1

5

ᎏ

b. ᎏ

1

1

0

ᎏ

c. ᎏ

1

4

ᎏ

d. ᎏ

1

2

ᎏ

23. In-Store Purchases in 2004 made how much

more than In-Store Purchases in 2007?

a. $30

b. $60

c. $6,000

d. $30,000

Use the following information to answer questions 24

through 26.

The line graph shows earnings for the three divisions

of Steinberg Lumber Company throughout the four

quarters in 2007.

24. Which of the following statements is true?

a. The East Division consistently brought in

more revenue than the other 2 divisions.

b. The North Division consistently brought in

more revenue than the West Division.

c. The West Division consistently out performed

the East Division.

d. Both b and c are true.

R

e

v

e

n

u

e

i

n

t

h

o

u

s

a

n

d

s

o

f

d

o

l

l

a

r

s 100

80

60

40

20

0

1st 2nd 3rd 4th

Qtr Qtr Qtr Qtr

East

West

North

2004 2005 2006 2007

Charge Card $80 $90 $100 $150

Interest

In-Store $90 $80 $80 $70

Purchases

Online $15 $30 $60 $120

Purchases

2004 2005 2006 2007

Charge Card $80 $90 $100 $150

Interest

In-Store $100 $90 $80 $70

Purchases

Online $15 $30 $60 $120

Purchases

2004 2005 2006 2007

Charge Card $80 $90 $100 $120

Interest

In-Store $80 $80 $80 $70

Purchases

Online $15 $60 $60 $120

Purchases

2004 2005 2006 2007

Charge Card $80 $90 $100 $150

Interest

In-Store $80 $90 $80 $70

Purchases

Online $15 $60 $30 $120

Purchases

–CHARTS, TABLES, AND GRAPHS–

114

25. What is the percent decrease in revenue for the

North Division when analyzing dollar amounts

from the 3rd and 4th quarters?

a. 33ᎏ

1

3

ᎏ%

b. 40%

c. 50%

d. 60%

26. During the year 2007, Steinberg Lumber secured

a major contract with a developer in Canada.

The East and North Divisions both supplied

lumber for this project. Which of the following

statements seems to be supported by the data?

a. The West Division was angry that the other

two divisions supplied the lumber for this

contract.

b. The next big contract will be covered by the

West Division.

c. The contract with the Canadian developer was

secured in the third quarter.

d. The contract with the Canadian developer was

secured in the fourth quarter.

Use the following information to answer questions 27

through 29.

The pie chart shows the percentage of employees

in the various departments of Amelia Computer

Consultants, Inc.

27. Which two departments account for 32% of the

employees?

a. Marketing and Tech Support

b. Customer Service and Sales

c. Sales and Tech Support

d. Marketing and Customer Service

28. If the total number of employees is 400, how many

employees are in the Tech Support department?

a. 52

b. 76

c. 110

d. 220

29. Suppose that the Customer Service department

is expanded by adding 12 new employees. Which

of the following statements would be true?

a. Customer Service and Marketing have the

same number of employees.

b. The percent of employees in Marketing is

now 11%.

c. The percent of employees in sales is now 20%.

Customer

Service

Sales

Tech Support

Marketing

13% 13%

55%

19%

–CHARTS, TABLES, AND GRAPHS–

115

d. The percent of employees in Tech Support is

now 53%, while the percent of employees in

Customer Service is 16%.

30. The chart shows the composition by percent of

the human body with respect to various

elements.

For a man weighing 260 pounds, how much does

the carbon in his body weigh?

a. 46.8 pounds

b. 48.6 pounds

c. 52.4 pounds

d. 54.2 pounds

31. The following chart shows the cost for different

categories of UTP cabling. If Athena’s ofﬁce

needs to buy 100 feet of UTP cable that can send

data at a speed of 75 megabits per second, about

how much will she spend?

a. $3.00

b. $250

c. $275

d. $300

CATEGORY CHARACTERISTICS PRICE

PER

FOOT

Category 1 Does not support $ 0.75

data transmission

Category 2 Supports data $ 1.00

transmission speeds

up to 4 megabits

per second

Category 3 Supports data $ 1.75

transmission speeds

up to 16 megabits

per second

Category 4 Supports data $ 2.50

transmission speeds

up to 20 megabits

per second

Category 5 Supports data $ 3.00

transmission speeds

up to 100 megabits

per second

ELEMENT PERCENT BY

WEIGHT

Carbon 18%

Hydrogen 10%

Oxygen 65%

Other Elements 7%

–CHARTS, TABLES, AND GRAPHS–

116

32. During the year 2007 at Deluxe Vacuum Co., the

East and West divisions had equal sales and the

North sold the most. Which graph could be the

graph of Deluxe’s yearly sales for 2007?

a. 1

b. 2

c. 3

d. 4

Use the following information to answer questions 33

and 34.

Swimming Pool World pledged to donate 3.2% of their

sales during the second week of May to the Children’s

Hospital. Here is their sales chart for May.

33. How much did Swimming Pool World donate to

the Children’s Hospital?

a. $2,336.67

b. $3,651.05

c. $23,366.72

d. $36,510.50

34. If Swimming Pool World had pledged 1% of

sales for the entire month of May, how much

would they have donated?

a. about $300 more

b. about $300 less

c. about $500 more

d. about $500 less

35. The following chart shows registration for art

classes for Fall 2007.

If this is a representative sampling, how many

out of 500 students would be expected to choose

Stained Glass for their art course?

a. 21

b. 92

c. 105

d. 210

STUDENTS REGISTERING

FOR ART CLASSES

COURSE NUMBER OF

STUDENTS

Stained Glass 21

Beginning Drawing 48

Sculpture 13

Watercolors 18

TOTAL 100

MAY SALES

Week 1 $5,895

Week 2 $73,021

Week 3 $54,702

Week 4 $67,891

East West North

1

East West North

2

East West North

3

East West North

4

–CHARTS, TABLES, AND GRAPHS–

117

Use the following information to answer questions 36

through 37.

The table shows the rainfall, in inches, over a 5-day

period in August for Hilo, Hawaii. It also includes the

total rainfall for the year and the average rainfall for a

typical year.

36. Find the average rainfall for the 5-day period in

August.

a. 1.38 inches

b. 0.276 inches

c. 0.32 inches

d. 0.237 inches

37. Using Monday’s reading and rounding off to the

nearest whole percent, the year-to-date record is

what percent of the normal reading?

a. 13%

b. 15%

c. 87%

d. 115%

Use the following information to answer questions 38

through 40.

The chart shows the colors of replacement parts for

pocket PCs. The total number of parts shipped is 1,650.

38. If a person randomly grabbed a part out of the

box, what is the probability that the part would

be blue?

a. ᎏ

1

4

ᎏ

b. ᎏ

1

9

ᎏ

c. ᎏ

1

1

2

ᎏ

d. ᎏ

1

3

1

ᎏ

39. Approximately what percent of the total ship-

ment is red?

a. 18%

b. 20%

c. 26%

d. 30%

BOXED SET OF

REPLACEMENT PARTS

PART COLOR NUMBER OF

PIECES

Green 430

Red 425

Blue

Yellow 345

TOTAL 1,650

RAINFALL YEAR NORMAL

Monday 0.08 90.88 79.15

Tuesday 0.09 90.97 79.16

Wednesday 0.70 91.67 79.17

Thursday 0.19 91.86 79.17

Friday 0.32 92.18 79.50

–CHARTS, TABLES, AND GRAPHS–

118

40. If the following chart shows the number of

replacement parts that were found to be defec-

tive, what percent of the new parts is defective?

a. 22ᎏ

1

3

ᎏ%

b. 18%

c. 8ᎏ

1

2

ᎏ%

d. 2ᎏ

2

3

ᎏ%

Use the following information to answer questions 41

through 43.

The table lists the size of building lots in the Orange

Grove subdivision and the people who are planning to

build on those lots. For each lot, installation of utilities

costs $12,516. The city charges impact fees of $3,879

per lot. There are also development fees of 16.15 cents

per square foot of land.

41. The area of the smallest lot listed is approxi-

mately what percent of the area of the largest lot

listed?

a. 25%

b. 50%

c. 75%

d. 85%

42. How much land does Mr. Taylor own in the

Orange Grove subdivision?

a. 23,066 sq. ft

b. 29,765 sq. ft

c. 31,950 sq. ft

d. 32,070 sq. ft

43. How much will Mr. Smith pay in development

fees for his lot?

a. $1,157.00

b. $1,437.35

c. $143,735

d. $274,550

44. Felipe is planning to get wireless Internet service

at his house. Two service providers, A and B,

offer different rates as shown in the table below.

If Felipe plans on using 25 hours of Internet

service per month, which of the following state-

ments is true?

a. Provider A will be cheaper.

b. Provider B will be cheaper.

c. The providers will cost the same per month.

d. The answer cannot be determined from the

information given.

INTERNET SERVICE RATES

PROVIDER FREE BASE HOURLY

HOURS CHARGE CHARGE

A 17.5 $ 20.00 $ 1.00

B 20 $20.00 $1.50

LOT AREA (SQ. FT.) BUILDER

A 8,023 Ira Taylor

B 6,699 Alexis Funes

C 9,004 Ira Taylor

D 8,900 Mark Smith

E 8,301 Alexis Funes

F 8,269 Ira Taylor

G 6,774 Ira Taylor

BOXED SET OF

REPLACEMENT PARTS

PART COLOR NUMBER OF

DEFECTIVE

PIECES

Green 14

Red 10

Blue 8

Yellow 12

–CHARTS, TABLES, AND GRAPHS–

119

45. Refer to the following table to answer this ques-

tion. If you take recyclables to the recycler who

will pay the most, what is the most money you

could get for 2,200 pounds of aluminum, 1,400

pounds of cardboard, 3,100 pounds of glass, and

900 pounds of plastic?

a. $409

b. $440

c. $447

d. $485

46. Which of the following brands is the least

expensive per ounce?

a. W

b. X

c. Y

d. Z

Use the following information to answer questions 47

through 50.

When an earthquake occurs, some of the energy

released travels through the ground as waves. Two gen-

eral types of waves are generated. One type is called the

P wave, and the other is called the S wave. A graph can

be made of the travel times of these waves.

47. How many minutes does it take the S wave to

travel 5,500 kilometers?

a. 15 minutes

b. 20 minutes

c. 25 minutes

d. 30 minutes

48. Approximately how many minutes does it take a

P wave to travel 8,000 km?

a. 6 minutes

b. 12 minutes

c. 3 minutes

d. 15 minutes

49. An earthquake occurs at noon, and the recording

station receives the S wave at 12:04 P.M. How far

away is the earthquake?

a. 1,000 kilometers

b. 2,000 kilometers

c. 3,000 kilometers

d. 4,000 kilometers

50. How far away is an earthquake if the difference

in arrival time between the P and S waves is 5

minutes?

a. 1,000 kilometers

b. 3,000 kilometers

c. 4,000 kilometers

d. 7,000 kilometers

1,000 2,000 3,000 4,000 5,000 6,000 7,000 8,000 9,000 10,000

Distance from Epicenter (kilometers)

25

20

15

10

5

0

P wave

S wave

T

r

a

v

e

l

T

i

m

e

(

m

i

n

u

t

e

s

)

BRAND PRICE ($) WEIGHT (OZ.)

W 0.21 6

X 0.48 15

Y 0.56 20

Z 0.96 32

RECYCLER ALUMINUM CARDBOARD GLASS PLASTIC

X $.06/ $.03/ $.07/ $.02/

pound pound pound pound

Y $.07/ $.04/ $.08/ $.03/

pound pound pound pound

–CHARTS, TABLES, AND GRAPHS–

120

1. b. The formula for calculating the mean

(average) is:

Mean =

The sum of all the values given is: 95 + 90 +

82 + 90 + 88 = 445. The number of values

(scores) is 5. Thus, the mean = ᎏ

44

5

5

ᎏ = 89.

2. a. First, list all of the scores in order: 82, 88, 90,

90, 95. The middle score will be the median,

thus 90 is the median.

3. d. The range is calculated by subtracting the

lowest score from the highest score. Thus, the

range is 95 – 82 = 13.

4. a. The mode is the score that occurs the

most. Here, there are two 90s, thus 90 is the

mode.

5. d. Calculate the new median, mode, and range

and compare them to the original values. To

ﬁnd the new mean, ﬁrst add all the scores: 95

+ 90 + 90 + 90 + 88 = 453, and then divide

by 5: 453 ÷ 5 = 90.6. Next, you can calculate

the median and see if it is different: 88, 90, 90,

90, 95. Here you see that the median is the

same as it was before, 90. The mode is still 90

because 90 is the score that occurs the most.

The range is now 95 – 88 = 7. Thus, choice d

is the correct answer.

6. d. The fastest swimmer will have the quickest

time. 37.89 is the fastest. Thus, Risa is the

fastest swimmer.

7. b. The formula for calculating the mean (aver-

age) is:

Mean =

ᎏ

sum

# o

o

f

f

v

a

a

ll

lu

va

e

l

s

ues

ᎏ

The sum of all the values given is: 54 + 61 +

70 + 75 = 260. The number of values is 4.

Thus, the mean = 260 ÷ 4 = 65.

8. c. List all of the values in order: 54, 61, 70, 75.

Here, there is an even number of values, so

you average the middle 2 numbers. The aver-

age of 61 and 70 is ᎏ

13

2

1

ᎏ = 65.5.

9. b. The number of members attending for the

four months was: 54, 61, 70, 75, for Septem-

ber, October, November, and December,

respectively. This is accurately displayed in

choice b. Note that choice b is also the only

choice that depicts the ascending trend. That

is to say, the number of members in atten-

dance increases over time.

10. a. 22% is spent on food. When you combine

transportation (9%) and clothing (4%), the

sum is 13%. Thus, the amount spent on food

is 22% – 13% = 9% greater.

11. c. Housing is 30% of the monthly budget. 30% of

$4,000 is calculated by multiplying: 30% ×

$4,000 = 0.30 × $4,000 = $1,200.

12. b. They save 10% of $4,000 each month: 0.10 ×

$4,000 = $400. Over the course of a year

they will save $400 per month × 12 months

= $4,800.

13. d. The Sales Dept (black bar) spent $750 on

electricity in 2004. The Customer Service

Dept (lightest bar) spent $700 on electricity

in 2005. Thus, the Sales Dept spent $750 –

$700 = $50 more.

14. c. The usage for the Engineering Department

increases by $100 each year from 2005

through 2007. None of the other statements

are supported by the data. Claims of steady

increase over the course of four years would

be represented as four bars, each with a

greater height than the previous one.

15. b. The difference in dollar amounts used is $1,000

– $800 = 200. When compared with the origi-

nal $1,000 consumed, this can be expressed as a

percent by equating ᎏ

1

2

,0

0

0

0

0

ᎏ= ᎏ

10

x

0

ᎏ. Thus, x = 20%.

sum of all values

ᎏᎏ

# of values

–CHARTS, TABLES, AND GRAPHS–

121

$

Answers

16. d. The line graph in choice d accurately displays

the data that is obtained from the bar graph.

17. d. The M:F (male to female) ratios are as fol-

lows:

Drama: ᎏ

1

1

1

3

ᎏ ≈ 0.85

Journalism: ᎏ

1

1

2

0

ᎏ = 1.2

Science Club ᎏ

1

9

1

ᎏ ≈ 0.82

Debate ᎏ

1

1

2

5

ᎏ = 0.8

Here, 0.8 is the least value, so a ᎏ

1

1

2

5

ᎏ ratio is the

smallest M:F ratio listed.

18. d. This question is solved by adding a column

and row labeled “Total” onto the side and

bottom of the given chart:

Now you can see that 27 students out of the

93 total are involved in Debate. ᎏ

2

9

7

3

ᎏ ≈ 0.29. To

write these values as a percent, move the deci-

mal point two places to the right and add the

percent symbol: 29%.

19. c. Using the new information, our chart becomes:

This means that 27 out of 100 students are

now in the Science Club. ᎏ

1

2

0

7

0

ᎏ = 27%.

20. d. The black bars (Charge Card) increase from

year to year. The lightest bars (In-Store Pur-

chases) decrease from year to year. The gray

bars (Online Purchases) increase from year to

year. Thus, only choice d is correct.

21. c. The black bars (Charge Card) increase from

80 to 90 to 100 to 150. The lightest bars (In-

Store Purchases) decrease from 100 to 90 to

80 to 70. The gray bars (Online Purchases)

increase from 15 to 30 to 60 to 120. Only

choice c presents this data correctly.

22. b. In 2004, Online Purchases were at $15,000. In

2007, Chard Card Interest totaled $150,000.

Since 15 is ᎏ

1

1

0

ᎏ of 150, the answer is ᎏ

1

1

0

ᎏ, choice

b.

23. d. Note that all dollar amounts in the chart are

expressed as “Revenue in thousands of dol-

lars.” In 2004, the In-Store Purchases were at

$100,000. In 2007, the amount is $70,000.

Thus, the difference is $30,000. Thus, choice

d, $30,000, is correct.

24. b. Looking at the graph, you see that the line for

North (the line with triangular points) is

always higher than the line for West (the line

with the square points). All other statements

are not supported by the data in the graph.

Thus, only choice b is true.

25. a. Here the revenue in thousand of dollars

decreases from 60 to 40. Thus, the difference

is 20. As compared with the original 60, this

represents ᎏ

2

6

0

0

ᎏ = 0.333 . . . To express this as a

percent, just move the decimal point 2 places

to the right: 0.3333 →33ᎏ

1

3

ᎏ%.

26. c. Since you are told that this was a “major”

contract, the statement best supported by the

data is choice c: “The contract with the Cana-

dian developer was secured in the third quar-

ter.” The data supports this statement because

both the East and North Divisions had a sig-

ACTIVITY MALE FEMALE TOTAL

Drama 11 13 24

Journalism 12 10 22

Science Club 12 15 27

Debate 12 15 27

TOTAL 100

ACTIVITY MALE FEMALE TOTAL

Drama 11 13 24

Journalism 12 10 22

Science Club 9 11 20

Debate 12 15 27

TOTAL 93

–CHARTS, TABLES, AND GRAPHS–

122

niﬁcant revenue increase during the third

quarter, which might be indicative of having

a large contract for that quarter.

27. b. Customer Service (black) accounts are 13%

of the total, and Sales (dark gray) accounts

are 19% of the total. Together these add to

32%. Since both Marketing and Customer

Service are at 13%, either department could

be combined with Sales to total 32% of the

company employees. Note that only Cus-

tomer Service and Sales are listed as a choice.

28. d. Tech Support (the lightest) is 55% of the total.

55% of 400 equals 55% × 400 = 0.55 × 400 =

220. You can save time when answering a

question like this by noticing that 55% will be

slightly more than ᎏ

1

2

ᎏ the total of 400, so slightly

more that 200. Only choice d is correct.

29. d. Before the addition of the 12 new customer

service representatives, the number of

employees in each department was as follows:

Customer Service: 0.13 × 400 = 52

Marketing: 0.13 × 400 = 52

Sales: 0.19 × 400 = 76

Tech Support: 0.55 × 400 = 220

The new total is 400 + 12 = 412. The new

number of customer service employees is 52

+ 12 = 64. The percentages are as follows:

Customer Service: ᎏ

4

6

1

4

2

ᎏ ≈ 0.15534 ≈ 15.5 % ≈

16%

Marketing: ᎏ

4

5

1

2

2

ᎏ ≈ 0.12621 ≈ 12.6% ≈ 13%

Sales: ᎏ

4

7

1

6

2

ᎏ ≈ 0.18447 ≈ 18.4% ≈ 18%

Tech Support: ᎏ

2

4

0

1

0

2

ᎏ ≈ 0.53398 ≈ 53.4% ≈ 53%

Thus, the only choice that would be true is

choice d.

30. a. Carbon accounts for 18% of body weight.

18% of 260 = 0.18 × 260 = 46.8 pounds.

31. d. Since she needs to support a speed of 75

megabits per second, only Category 5 UTP

cable can be used. Note that Category 5 “Sup-

ports data transmission speeds up to 100

megabits per second.” This cable costs $3 per

foot, so 100 feet will cost 100 × $3.00 = $300.

32. d. The East and West divisions had equal sales, so

you need a graph where the bars for East and

West are the same height. North sold the most,

so you need a graph that also shows North as

having the largest bar in the graph. Graph 4

shows this situation. Thus, choice d is correct.

33. a. During Week 2, they made $73,021. To ﬁnd

3.2% of this amount, multiply by 0.032: 0.032

× $73,021 = $2,336.672. Rounded to the

nearest cent, the answer is $2,336.67.

34. b. First, calculate the total by adding up all the

dollar amounts:

$5,895

$73,021

$54,702

+ $67,891

$201,509

Next, take 1% of the total by multiplying by

0.01; 0.01 × $201,509 = $2,015.09. This is

about $300 less than the $2,336.67 that they

actually donated.

35. c. Since the sampling is representative, this

means that the same trend will be seen when

a larger sample is considered. Thus, multiply

by 5 to see how many students out of 500 will

choose stained glass. 5 × 21 = 105.

36. b. Add up the values for the 5 days shown: 0.08

+ 0.09 + 0.70 + 0.19 + 0.32 = 1.38. Divide

this amount by 5 to get the average: 1.38 ÷ 5

= 0.276 inches.

37. d. On Monday, the year to date is 90.88 inches.

The normal amount is 79.15. Thus, the year-

to-date value is above 100% of the normal

value, making choice d the only possible cor-

rect answer. (Note that ᎏ

9

7

0

9

.

.

1

1

8

5

ᎏ≈ 1.1482 ≈

114.82% ≈ 15%.)

–CHARTS, TABLES, AND GRAPHS–

123

38. d. 430 + 425 + 345 = 1,200 parts are accounted

for. Since the total is 1,650; 1,650 – 1,200 =

450 blue parts. When randomly picking a

part, the chance of getting blue is 450 out of

1,650 = ᎏ

1

4

,6

5

5

0

0

ᎏ. Simplify the expression:

ᎏ

1

4

,6

5

5

0

0

ᎏ

÷

ᎏ

1

1

5

5

0

0

ᎏ = ᎏ

1

3

1

ᎏ.

39. c. 425 out of 1,650 is red. ᎏ

1

4

,6

5

5

0

0

ᎏ = 425 ÷ 1,650 =

0.25757. To convert to a percent, move the dec-

imal point two places to the right and add the

percent symbol: 25.7575 . . . % ≈ 26%.

40. d. Add a row for the total at the bottom of the

given chart:

44 parts out of 1,650 are defective. ᎏ

1,

4

6

4

50

ᎏ=

0.02666. To express this as a percent, move

the decimal point two places to the right and

add the percent symbol: 2.66666 . . . %. This

equals 2ᎏ

2

3

ᎏ%.

41. c. The smallest lot is 6,699 square feet and the

largest lot is 9,004 square feet. 6,699 out of

9,004 = ᎏ

6

9

,

,

6

0

9

0

9

4

ᎏ≈ 0.74400 ≈ 74.40% ≈ 74%.

Thus, choice c, 75% is the best

approximation.

42. d. Look at the chart to see all of the land he

owns:

The total amount of land he owns is 8,023 +

9,004 + 8,269 + 6,774 = 32,070 square feet.

43. b. Mr. Smith’s lot is 8,900 square feet. You are

told “There are also development fees of

16.15 cents per square foot of land.” 16.15

cents = $0.1615. Thus, he must pay $0.1615 ×

8,900 = $1,437.35 in development fees.

44. c. When used for 25 hours per month, Provider

A will cost $20 + 7.5 × $1 (for the hourly

charge above the free hours). This equals

$27.50. Provider B will cost $20 plus 5 ×

$1.50 (for the hourly charge above the free

hours). This equals $20 + $7.50 = $27.50 as

well, so choice c is the correct answer.

45. d. Since Recycler Y pays more per pound for all

four types of recyclables, all four items

should be brought there. The aluminum will

yield 0.07 × 2,200 = $154. The cardboard will

yield 0.04 × 1,400 = $56. The glass will yield

0.08 × 3,100 = $248. The plastic will yield

0.03 × 900 = $27. These add to $485.

LOT AREA (SQ. FT.) BUILDER

A 8,023 Ira Taylor

B 6,699 Alexis Funes

C 9,004 Ira Taylor

D 8,900 Mark Smith

E 8,301 Alexis Funes

F 8,269 Ira Taylor

G 6,774 Ira Taylor

BOXED SET OF

REPLACEMENT PART

PART COLOR NUMBER OF

DEFECTIVE

PIECES

Green 14

Red 10

Blue 8

Yellow 12

TOTAL defective 44

–CHARTS, TABLES, AND GRAPHS–

124

46. c. Calculate the price per ounce (oz.) for each

brand:

W: ᎏ

.2

6

1

ᎏ = 0.035

X: ᎏ

.

1

4

5

8

ᎏ = 0.032

Y: ᎏ

.

2

5

0

6

ᎏ = 0.028

Z: ᎏ

.

3

9

2

6

ᎏ = 0.03

Thus, brand Y is the least expensive, choice c.

47. a. The solid line represents the S wave. This

crosses 550 kilometers at time = 15 minutes.

48. b. The P wave is the dashed line. It travels 8,000

kilometers at a point above time = 10, but

below time = 15. Hence, a time of 12 minutes

is the best answer.

49. a. The S wave was received 4 minutes after the

earthquake. Locate 4 minutes on the vertical

axis of the graph and then move across until

you reach the S-wave graph. Look down to

the horizontal axis to see that this means the

earthquake is 1,000 kilometers away.

50. b. A difference in time of 5 minutes can be seen

by looking at the vertical axis. The vertical

axis is marked by 5-minute intervals, so use

this distance to judge where the distance

(gap) between the waves is also 5 minutes.

Look down to see the horizontal axis to note

that this time difference occurs at 3,000

kilometers.

1,000 2,000 3,000 4,000 5,000 6,000 7,000 8,000 9,000 10,000

Distance from Epicenter (kilometers)

25

20

15

10

5

0

P wave

S wave

T

r

a

v

e

l

T

i

m

e

(

m

i

n

u

t

e

s

)

1,000 2,000 3,000 4,000 5,000 6,000 7,000 8,000 9,000 10,000

Distance from Epicenter (kilometers)

25

20

15

10

5

0

P wave

S wave

T

r

a

v

e

l

T

i

m

e

(

m

i

n

u

t

e

s

)

1,000 2,000 3,000 4,000 5,000 6,000 7,000 8,000 9,000 10,000

Distance from Epicenter (kilometers)

25

20

15

10

5

0

P wave

S wave

T

r

a

v

e

l

T

i

m

e

(

m

i

n

u

t

e

s

)

1,000 2,000 3,000 4,000 5,000 6,000 7,000 8,000 9,000 10,000

Distance from Epicenter (kilometers)

25

20

15

10

5

0

P wave

S wave

T

r

a

v

e

l

T

i

m

e

(

m

i

n

u

t

e

s

)

–CHARTS, TABLES, AND GRAPHS–

125

I

n the metric system, lengths are calculated in meters, masses are calculated in grams, and volumes are cal-

culated in liters. The preﬁx of each unit is very important. You should be familiar with the following

preﬁxes:

PREFIX MEANING EXAMPLE

milli ᎏ

1,0

1

00

ᎏof 1 milligram is ᎏ

1,0

1

00

ᎏof a gram.

centi ᎏ

1

1

00

ᎏ of 1 centimeter is ᎏ

1

1

00

ᎏ of a meter.

deci ᎏ

1

1

0

ᎏ of 1 decigram is ᎏ

1

1

0

ᎏ of a gram.

deca 10 times 1 decameter is 10 meters.

hecto 100 times 1 hectoliter is 100 liters.

kilo 1,000 times 1 kilometer is 1,000 meters.

C H A P T E R

Measurement

and Geometry

9

127

$

Engl i sh Uni t s

The relationships between the English, or customary, units are not as systematic as the relationships between units

in the metric system. Here, lengths are measured in inches, feet, yards, and miles. Weights are measured in pounds

and ounces. And volumes are measured in cubic inches, cubic feet, and so forth. Here is a chart of common con-

versions for English units.

COMMON CONVERSIONS

1 foot = 12 inches 1 cup = 8 ﬂuid ounces

3 feet = 1 yard 1 pint = 2 cups

1 mile = 5,280 feet 1 quart = 2 pints

1 acre = 43,560 square feet 1 gallon = 4 quarts

1 ton = 2,000 pounds 1 pound = 16 ounces

1 gross = 144 units 1 liter = 1,000 cubic centimeters

$

Convert i ng Uni t s

Conversion factors are an easy way to convert units. For example, using the knowledge that 12 inches = 1 foot,

you can generate two conversion factors: ᎏ

1

1

2

f

i

t

n

.

.

ᎏand ᎏ

1

1

2

f

i

t

n

.

.

ᎏSuppose you wanted to convert 5 feet into inches. You

can use the conversion factor ᎏ

1

1

2

f

i

t

n

.

.

ᎏ:

5 fft. × ᎏ

1

1

2

f

i

t

n

.

.

ᎏ= 60 in.

Notice that you crossed out the units you didn’t want (feet) and ended up with the units you did want

(inches). Having the feet in the denominator of this conversion factor lets us cross out the “ft.” unit in the origi-

nal 5 feet. In other instances, you may want to cross out inches and convert to feet. The conversion factor to use

would be

ᎏ

1

1

2

f

i

t

n

.

.

ᎏ

.

$

Cal cul at i ons wi t h Geomet ri c Fi gures

Perimeter is the distance around a ﬁgure. The perimeter of a circle is called its circumference. Area is a meas-

ure of the surface of a two-dimensional ﬁgure. Volume is a measure of the amount of space inside a three-dimen-

sional shape.

–MEASUREMENT AND GEOMETRY–

128

Formula Sheet

129

You should be familiar with the formulas presented on

this formula sheet.

Triangle: Area = ᎏ

1

2

ᎏbh, where b stands for base and h

stands for height.

The interior angles of a triangle add to 180°.

The interior angles of a quadrilateral (4-sided polygon)

add to 360°.

Square: Area = s

2

, where s stands for side.

Perimeter = 4s

Rectangle: Area = lw, where l stands for length and w

stands for width.

Circle: Area = r

2

, where r stands for radius.

Circumference = 2r = d, where d stands for diameter.

( ≈ 3.14 or ᎏ

2

7

2

ᎏ)

Parallelogram: Area = bh, where b stands for base

and h stands for height.

Trapezoid: Area = ᎏ

1

2

ᎏh(b

1

+ b

2

), where h stands for

height and b stands for base.

Pythagorean theorem: a

2

+ b

2

= c

2

, where a and b are

legs and c is the hypotenuse.

Right circular cylinder: Volume = r

2

h, where r stands

for radius and h stands for height.

Total Surface Area = 2πrh + 2πr

2

Rectangular solid: Volume = lwh, where l stands for

length, w stands for width, and h stands for height.

Total Surface Area = 2(lw) + 2(hw) + 2(lh)

h

w

l

h

r

c

a

b

h

b

1

b

2

h

b

r

w

l

s

b

h

$

Peri met er

Perimeter is an addition concept. It is a linear, one-dimensional measurement of the distance around the outside of

a ﬁgure. To ﬁnd perimeter, add up all the lengths of the sides of the ﬁgure. Then, name the units. Be alert when work-

ing with geometry problems to make sure that the units are consistent. If they are different, a conversion must be

made before calculating perimeter.

$

Area

Area is a measure of how many square units it takes to cover a closed ﬁgure. Area is measured in square units. Area

is a multiplication concept, where two measures are multiplied together. You can also think of units being multi-

plied together: cm × cm = cm

2

, or the words “centimeters squared.” Let’s look at an example involving area:

Example:

A rectangular swimming pool measures 204 feet long and 99 feet wide. What is the area of the pool

in square yards?

Convert both the length and the width into yards:

204 ft. × ᎏ

1

3

y

f

d

t.

.

ᎏ= 68 yd.

99 ft. × ᎏ

1

3

y

f

d

t.

.

ᎏ= 33 yd.

Next, use the area formula for a rectangle, A = lw:

A = 68 yards × 33 yards = 2,244 square yards.

$

Vol ume

Volume is a measure of how many cubic units it takes to ﬁll a solid ﬁgure. Volume is measured in cubic units.

Volume is a multiplication concept, where three measures are multiplied together.

Example:

One cubic centimeter of wood weighs 6 grams. How much would a cube weigh if it measured 10

centimeters on each side?

You are told that the weight is 6 grams per cubic centimeter, or ᎏ

c

6

m

g

3

ᎏ. You need to ﬁnd out how many cm

3

there are in the bigger cube, which is the volume of the cube. Recall that for a cube, V = side

3

. The bigger cube

has a side = 10, so V = 10

3

= 1,000 cm

3

. Then, to ﬁnd the weight, you multiply 1,000 cm

3

× ᎏ

c

6

m

g

3

ᎏ = 6,000 grams.

–MEASUREMENT AND GEOMETRY–

130

$

Pract i ce Quest i ons

1. What is the sum of 3 feet 5 inches, 10 feet 2

inches, and 2 feet 7 inches?

a. 14 feet 14 inches

b. 16 feet 4 inches

c. 15 feet 13 inches

d. 16 feet 2 inches

2. Three pieces of pipe measure 5 feet 8 inches, 4

feet 7 inches, and 3 feet 9 inches. What is the

combined length of all three pipes?

a. 14 feet

b. 13 feet 10 inches

c. 12 feet 9 inches

d. 12 feet 5 inches

3. How many inches are there in 3ᎏ

1

3

ᎏ yards?

a. 126

b. 120

c. 160

d. 168

4. 76,000 milliliters is equivalent to how many liters?

a. 7.6 liters

b. 76 liters

c. 760 liters

d. 7,600 liters

5. 2,808 inches is equivalent to how many yards?

a. 234

b. 110

c. 78

d. 36

6. What is the sum of 5 yards 2 feet, 8 yards 1 foot,

3 yards ᎏ

1

2

ᎏ foot, and 4 yards 6 inches?

a. 20 yards ᎏ

1

2

ᎏ foot

b. 20 yards 1 foot

c. 21 yards 1 foot

d. 21 yards ᎏ

1

2

ᎏ foot

7. How many yards are in a mile?

a. 1,760

b. 4,400

c. 5,280

d. 63,360

Use the following chart to answer questions 8 through

10.

8. Convert 3 feet 5 inches into centimeters.

a. 104.14 centimeters

b. 65.6 centimeters

c. 51.3 centimeters

d. 16.14 centimeters

9. 5,500 yards is equivalent to how many meters?

a. 13,970 meters

b. 6,111 meters

c. 9,800 meters

d. 4,950 meters

10. 1,280 miles is equal to how many kilometers?

a. 800 kilometers

b. 1,152 kilometers

c. 2,048 kilometers

d. 3,200 kilometers

ENGLISH—METRIC

UNIT CONVERSIONS

LENGTH

1 in. = 2.54 cm

1 yard = .9 m

1 mi. = 1.6 km

–MEASUREMENT AND GEOMETRY–

131

11. A child has a temperature of 40 degrees C. What

is the child’s temperature in degrees Fahrenheit?

F = ᎏ

9

5

ᎏC + 32

a. 101

º

b. 102

º

c. 103

º

d. 104

º

12. If John was waiting for 45 minutes for an

appointment with a contractor that lasted 1 hour

and 25 minutes, what is the total amount of time

spent at the contractor’s ofﬁce?

a. 2 hour 10 minutes

b. 2 hour 25 minutes

c. 2ᎏ

1

2

ᎏ hours

d. 3 hour 10 minutes

13. There are 12 yards of twine on a roll. Danielle

cuts off 2 feet of twine for a project. How many

feet of twine are left on the roll?

a. 2

b. 34

c. 36

d. 142

Use the following conversion chart to answer questions

14 through 17.

14. How many ounces are in 2 pints?

a. 16 ounces

b. 32 ounces

c. 44 ounces

d. 64 ounces

15. 364 ounces is equivalent to how many quarts?

a. 182 quarts

b. 91 quarts

c. 22.75 quarts

d. 11.375 quarts

16. How many ounces are in 3 gallons?

a. 384 ounces

b. 192 ounces

c. 96 ounces

d. 48 ounces

17. A 25-gallon tub of ﬂuid will be poured into con-

tainers that hold half of a quart each. If all of the

containers are ﬁlled to capacity, how many will

be ﬁlled?

a. 50

b. 100

c. 200

d. 250

18. A rotating door, pictured here, has four sections,

labeled a, b, c, and d. If section a is making a 45

degree angle with wall 1, what angle is section c

making with wall 2? (Note: Wall 1 and wall 2 are

segments of the same line.)

a. 15 degrees

b. 45 degrees

c. 55 degrees

d. 90 degrees

1 2

b

c d

a

LIQUID MEASURE

8 oz. = 1 c.

1 pt. = 2 c.

1 qt. = 2 pt.

4 qt. = 1 gal.

–MEASUREMENT AND GEOMETRY–

132

19. A rectangle has 2 sides equaling 6 feet and 1

yard, respectively. What is the area of the

rectangle?

a. 6 square feet

b. 12 square feet

c. 18 square feet

d. 20 square feet

20. A square with s = 6 centimeters has the same

area of a rectangle with l = 9 centimeters. What is

the width of the rectangle?

a. 4 centimeters

b. 6 centimeters

c. 8 centimeters

d. 9 centimeters

21. If the area of a circle is 9 square centimeters,

what is the circumference?

a. 3 square centimeters

b. 3 centimeters

c. 6 square centimeters

d. 6 centimeters

22. A rectangular tract of land measures 860 feet by

560 feet. Approximately how many acres is this?

(1 acre = 43,560 square feet.)

a. 12.8 acres

b. 11.06 acres

c. 10.5 acres

d. 8.06 acres

23. Marguerite is redoing her bathroom ﬂoor. Each

imported tile measures 1ᎏ

2

7

ᎏ inches by 1ᎏ

4

5

ᎏinches

What is the area of each tile?

a. 1ᎏ

3

8

5

ᎏ square inches

b. 1ᎏ

1

1

3

1

5

ᎏ square inches

c. 2ᎏ

1

3

1

5

ᎏ square inches

d. 3ᎏ

3

3

5

ᎏ square inches

24. A rectangular swimming pool measures 160 feet

long and 80 feet wide. What is the perimeter of

the pool in yards?

a. 480

b. 160

c. 240

d. 280

25. In the diagram, the angle x equals how many

degrees?

a. 70°

b. 110°

c. 140°

d. 290°

26. If the volume of a cube is 8 cubic inches, what is

its surface area?

a. 80 square inches

b. 40 square inches

c. 24 square inches

d. 16 square inches

x

40°

–MEASUREMENT AND GEOMETRY–

133

27. Giorgio is making an “open” box. He starts with

a 10 × 7 rectangle, then cuts 2 × 2 squares out of

each corner. To ﬁnish, he folds each side up to

make the box. What is the box’s volume?

a. 36 units

3

b. 42 units

3

c. 70 units

3

d. 72 units

3

28. How many six-inch square tiles are needed to tile

the ﬂoor in a room that is 12 feet by 15 feet?

a. 180 tiles

b. 225 tiles

c. 360 tiles

d. 720 tiles

Refer to the following polygon to answer questions 29

and 30.

29. What is the perimeter of the polygon?

a. 8 units

b. 12 units

c. 20 units

d. 24 units

30. What is the area of the polygon?

a. 8 square units

b. 12 square units

c. 20 square units

d. 24 square units

31. The standard distance of a marathon is 26.2

miles. If the length of a walker’s stride is 1.96

feet, approximately how many steps does this

walker take to walk a marathon?

a. 23,527

b. 70,580

c. 138,336

d. 271,139

32. What is the measure of angle C in the triangle?

a. 90°

b. 60°

c. 45°

d. 25°

C

1.96 ft.

2

2

2

2

2

2

10

7

2

–MEASUREMENT AND GEOMETRY–

134

33. How much greater is the area of circle B?

a. 16 square inches

b. 9 square inches

c. 25 square inches

d. 14 square inches

34. ABCD is a square and E is the midpoint of A ෆBෆ.

Find the area of the shaded region.

a. 4 square units

b. 6 square units

c. 8 square units

d. 12 square units

35. Two angles in quadrilateral ABCD have their

measures indicated. The other two angles show

variable expressions. What is x?

a. 50°

b. 60°

c. 70°

d. 80°

36. One cubic centimeter of clay weighs 3 grams.

How much would a cube weigh if it measured 5

centimeters on each side?

a. 15 grams

b. 125 grams

c. 375 grams

d. 75 grams

Use the following information and diagram to answer

questions 37–39.

Note: All of the sides of ⌬AЈBЈCЈ are half the value of the

corresponding sides of ⌬ABC.

37. Calculate the length of side AЈCЈ in triangle

⌬AЈBЈCЈ.

a. 10

b. 12

c. 13

d. 26

38. The perimeter of ⌬ABC is how much greater

than the perimeter of ⌬AЈBЈCЈ?

a. 30

b. 40

c. 45

d. 60

24 B C

A

5

B

C

A

A

100°

(2x° + 20)

x° 90°

D C

B

A

4

D C

E B

A

B

5

3

–MEASUREMENT AND GEOMETRY–

135

39. The area of ⌬ABC is how much greater than the

area of ⌬AЈBЈCЈ?

a. 30

b. 40

c. 60

d. 90

40. What is the value of X in the following ﬁgure?

a. 3

b. 4

c. 5

d. 6

41. Find the area of the shaded portion in the ﬁgure.

a.

b. – 1

c. 2 –

d. 4 –

42. What is the area of the shaded part of the circle if

the diameter is 6 inches? (Use 3.14 for .)

a. 4.71 square inches

b. 28.26 square inches

c. 60 square inches

d. 36 square inches

43. A cylindrical can measures 4.2 inches in height. Its

circular bases of ᎏ

1

2

ᎏ inch radii are removed, and the

cylinder is ﬂattened out. What is the surface area

of the ﬂattened-out cylinder? (Use 3.14 for .)

a. 3.297 square inches

b. 8.54 square inches

c. 12.1 square inches

d. 13.188 square inches

44. A point on the outer edge of a wheel is 2.5 feet

from the axis of rotation. If the wheel spins at a

full rate of 2,640 revolutions per minute, how

many miles will the point on the outer edge of

the wheel travel in one hour?

a. 75

b. 100

c. 112

d. 150

d = 6

60°

r = 1

10

1

X

–MEASUREMENT AND GEOMETRY–

136

45. What is the perimeter of the shaded area if the

shape is a quarter-circle with a radius of 3.5?

(Use = ᎏ

2

7

2

ᎏ.)

a. 7 units

b. 11 units

c. 22 units

d. 29 units

46. In the diagram, a half-circle is laid adjacent to a

triangle. What is the total area of the shape, if the

radius of the half-circle is 3 and the height of the

triangle is 4?

a. 6( + 4)

b. 6 + 12

c. 6 + 24

d. ᎏ

9

2

ᎏ + 12

47. What is the area of the following shaded

triangle?

a. 20 square units

b. 25 square units

c. 40 square units

d. 44 square units

48. A triangle has sides that are consecutive even

integers. The perimeter of the triangle is 24

inches. What is the length of the shortest side?

a. 10 inches

b. 8 inches

c. 6 inches

d. 4 inches

49. In the following diagram, a circle with an area of

100 square inches is inscribed in a square.

What is the length of AෆBෆ ?

a. 10 inches

b. 20 inches

c. 40 inches

d. 100 inches

50. A bike wheel has a radius of 12 inches. How

many revolutions will it take to cover 1 mile?

(Use 1 mile = 5,280 feet, and ( = ᎏ

2

7

2

ᎏ.)

a. 70

b. 84

c. 120

d. 840

A B

C D

5 6

10

–MEASUREMENT AND GEOMETRY–

137

1. d. First, add up all of the given values:

3 ft. 5 in.

10 ft. 2 in.

+ 2 ft. 7 in.

15 ft. 14 in.

Next, note that 14 inches = 1 foot + 2 inches.

This means 15 feet 14 inches = 16 feet 2

inches, choice d.

2. a. First, add up all of the given values:

5 ft. 8 in.

4 ft. 7 in.

+ 3 ft. 9 in.

12 ft. 24 in.

Next, note that 24 inches = 2 feet, so 12 feet

24 inches is equivalent to 14 feet.

3. b. Since there are 36 inches per yard, use the con-

version factor

ᎏ

3

1

6

y

i

d

n

.

.

ᎏ

, and multiply: 3ᎏ

1

3

ᎏ yd. × ᎏ

3

1

6

y

i

d

n

.

.

ᎏ

= ᎏ

1

3

0

ᎏ yd. × ᎏ

3

1

6

y

i

d

n

.

.

ᎏ= ᎏ

36

3

0

ᎏ inches. = 120 inches.

4. b. 1 liter = 1,000 milliliters so you can use the

conversion factor

ᎏ

1,0

1

00

L

ml

ᎏ

to convert the milli-

liters into liters. 76,000 ml ×

ᎏ

1,0

1

00

L

ml

ᎏ

= 76 L.

5. c. Since there are 36 inches per yard, use the

conversion factor ᎏ

3

1

6

y

i

d

n

.

.

ᎏand multiply:

2,808 in. × ᎏ

3

1

6

y

i

d

n

.

.

ᎏ= 78 yd.

6. c. First, note that 4 yards 6 inches is the same as

4 yards ᎏ

1

2

ᎏ foot, as this will help you combine

units. Next, add up all the values:

5 yd. 2 ft.

8 yd. 1 ft.

3 yd. ᎏ

1

2

ᎏ ft.

+ 4 yd.

ᎏ

1

2

ᎏ

ft.

20 yd. 4 ft.

Next, note that 4 feet = 1 yard + 1 foot.

Thus, 20 yards 4 feet can be converted to 21

yards 1 foot.

7. a. 1 mile equals 5,280 feet (memorize this).

Since there are 3 feet per yard, use the conver-

sion factor ᎏ

1

3

y

f

d

t.

.

ᎏand multiply: 5,280 feet × ᎏ

1

3

y

f

d

t.

.

ᎏ

= 1,760 yards.

8. a. First, convert 3 feet 5 inches into 36 inches +

5 inches = 41 inches. Next, use the informa-

tion given in the chart to make a conversion

factor. Since 1 inch = 2.54 centimeters, and

you want to end up with centimeters, you

make a conversion factor with inches in the

denominator: ᎏ

2.

1

54

in

c

.

m

ᎏNext, multiply: 41

inches × ᎏ

2.

1

54

in

c

.

m

ᎏ= 104.14 centimeters.

9. d. The chart shows that 1 yard = .9 meters, so

you can write the conversion factor as ᎏ

1

.9

y

m

d.

ᎏ

and multiply: 5,500 yd. × ᎏ

1

.9

y

m

d.

ᎏ= 4,950 meters.

10. c. The chart shows that 1 mile = 1.6 kilometers,

so you can write the conversion factor as

ᎏ

1

1

.6

m

k

i

m

.

ᎏ

and multiply: 1,280 miles ×

ᎏ

1

1

.6

m

k

i

m

.

ᎏ

=

2,048 kilometers.

11. d. Substitute 40 in for C in the given equation.

Thus, (F = ᎏ

9

5

ᎏ C + 32) becomes F = ᎏ

9

5

ᎏ(40) + 32

= (9)(8) + 32 = 72 + 32 = 104 degrees

Fahrenheit.

12. a. Line up the units and add:

45 min

+ 1 hr 25 min

1 hr 70 min

Next, note that 70 minutes = 1 hour 10 min-

utes. Thus, 1 hour 70 minutes = 2 hour 10

minutes.

13. b. First convert the 12 yards into feet: 12 yd. ×

ᎏ

1

3

y

f

d

t.

.

ᎏ= 36 feet at the start. Next, Danielle cuts

2 feet off, so 34 feet are left.

14. b. Using the chart, you can make conversion

factors where you will cross off pints and end

up with ounces (oz). Thus, you multiply: 2

pints × ᎏ

1

2

p

c

t

.

.

ᎏ × ᎏ

8

1

o

c

z

.

.

ᎏ= 32 ounces.

–MEASUREMENT AND GEOMETRY–

138

$

Answers

15. d. Using the chart, you can make conversion fac-

tors where you will cross off ounces (oz) and

end up with quarts (qt): 364 ounces × ᎏ

8

1

o

c

z

.

.

ᎏ× ᎏ

1

2

p

c

t

.

.

ᎏ

× ᎏ

2

1

p

q

t

t.

.

ᎏ= ᎏ

3

3

6

2

4

ᎏ = 11.375 quarts.

16. a. Using the chart you can make conversion fac-

tors where you will cross off gallons and end

up with ounces (oz): 3 gallons × ᎏ

1

4

g

q

a

t

l

.

.

ᎏ× ᎏ

2

1

p

qt

t

.

.

ᎏ ×

ᎏ

1

2

p

c

t

.

.

ᎏ × ᎏ

8

1

o

c

z

.

.

ᎏ= 384 ounces.

17. c. First, convert the gallons into quarts: 25

gallons × ᎏ

1

4

g

q

a

t

l

.

.

ᎏ= 100 qt. If the ﬂuid will ﬁll

100 one-quart containers, it will then ﬁll 200

ᎏ

1

2

ᎏ-quart containers.

18. b. If you draw a line on the diagram to denote

the 45° angle mentioned, you can see that the

angle section c makes with wall 2 must also be

45°. Recall that opposite angles formed by the

intersection of two straight lines are equal:

This means that section c makes a 45° angle

with wall 2.

19. c. First, convert the width (1 yard) into feet: 1

yard = 3 feet. Next, use A = lw = 6 × 3 = 18

square feet. (Note that all of the answer

choices are in ft.

2

, so converting to feet is a

good idea.)

20. a. The area of the square is A= s

2

= 6

2

= 36

square cm. The area of the rectangle must

then also be 36 square centimeters. Substitut-

ing this into the area formula, along with l =

9 you get: A = lw; 36 = 9 × w; w = 36 ÷ 9 = 4

centimeters.

21. d. You are told that Area = 9. If A = r

2

, then

r

2

= 9, and r = 3. Circumference, C = 2r

= 2 × 3 = 6 centimeters. Remember that

perimeters and circumferences are measured

in units (like centimeters) and areas are

measured in square units (like square cen-

timeters).

22. b. First, calculate the area in square feet. The

area of a rectangle is lw, so A = lw = 860

feet × 560 feet = 481,600 square feet. Next,

use the conversion factor ᎏ

43

1

,5

a

6

c

0

re

ft.

2

ᎏand multi-

ply: 481,600 ft

2

× ᎏ

43

1

,5

a

6

c

0

re

ft.

2

ᎏ≈ 11.056 acres ≈

11.06 acres.

23. c. Area = lw. First, convert the mixed numbers

to improper fractions: 1ᎏ

2

7

ᎏ inches = ᎏ

9

7

ᎏ inches

and 1ᎏ

4

5

ᎏ inches =

ᎏ

9

5

ᎏ

inches. Next, use these

fractions in the formula: Area = lw = ᎏ

9

7

ᎏ × ᎏ

9

5

ᎏ =

ᎏ

8

3

1

5

ᎏ square inches = 2ᎏ

1

3

1

5

ᎏ square inches.

24. b. The perimeter of a rectangle is the sum of all

its sides: 160 + 160 + 80 + 80 = 480 feet. Next,

convert to yards by multiplying 480 with the

conversion factor ᎏ

1

3

y

f

d

t.

.

ᎏ: 480 feet × ᎏ

1

3

y

f

d

t.

.

ᎏ= 160

yards.

25. d. The curved markings indicate that the two

bottom angles are equal. You can call these

two equal angles y. Thus y + y + 40 = 180, 2y

+ 40 = 180; 2y = 140; y = 70. Angles x and y

form a complete circle (360°). Thus, x = 360

– y° = 360° – 70° = 290°.

26. c. The volume formula for a cube is V = s

3

, so

here s

3

= 8 and s = 2 in. The surface area of

one face is s

2

= 2

2

= 4 square inches. Since

there are six faces, the total surface area is 6 ×

4 square inches = 24 square inches.

27. a. When the 2 × 2 squares are cut out, the length

of the box is 3, and the width is 6. The height

is 2:

The volume is 3 × 6 × 2, or 36.

28. d. Draw yourself a rectangle to represent the 12

feet × 15 feet ﬂoor. Since each tile is 6 inches by

3

6

2

1 2

b

c d

a

45°

45°

–MEASUREMENT AND GEOMETRY–

139

6 inches, or ᎏ

1

2

ᎏ foot by ᎏ

1

2

ᎏ foot, you can see that

you could get 24 tiles across the ﬂoor, and 30

tiles going down. Now you just multiply 24 by

30 to get the total tiles needed: 24 × 30 = 720.

29. d. Fill in the missing sides:

Next, add up all the sides: P = 6 + 6 + 6(2) =

12 + 12 = 24 units.

30. d. Divide up the ﬁgure into squares as shown:

The ﬁgure is composed of six squares. The

area of each square is s

2

= 2

2

= 4. Thus the

total area is 6 ϫ4 = 24 square units.

31. b. Convert 26.2 miles to feet, and divide by the

length of the walker’s stride to ﬁnd how many

steps this walker takes in a marathon: 1 mile

= 5,280 feet, so 26.2 miles = 138,336 feet.

Divide 138,336 by 1.96 feet per step to get

70,579.6. Round to the nearest whole number

to get 70,580 steps.

32. c. The two lines through the sides of the triangle

indicate that they are equal. The right angle is

90° and the two angles opposite the two equal

sides will be equal. Since the interior angles of

a triangle add to 180°, the two equal angles

must add to 180° – 90° = 90°. Thus each angle

will be equal to 45°. Thus, angle C = 45°.

33. a. Remember the formula for ﬁguring out the

area of a circle: A= r

2

. Circle A then is 3

2

or 9 and circle B is 5

2

or 25, so the area

of circle B is 16 greater than circle A.

34. c. To ﬁnd the area of the shaded region, subtract

the area of the triangle from the area of the

square. The area of the triangle is ᎏ

1

2

ᎏ bh = ᎏ

1

2

ᎏ (4)(4)

= 8 square units, and the area of the square is

s

2

= 4

2

= 16 square units. Thus, the area of the

shaded region is 16 – 8 = 8 square units.

35. a. Set up an equation. (Remember, all the angles

added up inside a four-sided ﬁgure equal

360°): 90 + 100 + x + 2x + 20 = 360, which is

3x + 210 = 360. Subtract 210 from both sides

to get 3x = 150. Divide by 3 to get x = 50.

36. c. For this question, you already know that the

weight is ᎏ

c

3

m

g

3

ᎏ. You need to ﬁnd out how many

cubic centimeters there are in the given cube,

which is the volume of the cube. For a cube,

the volume = side

3

. The given cube has a side

= 5, so V = 5

3

= 5 × 5 × 5 = 125. Then, to ﬁnd

the weight you multiply 125 cm

3

× ᎏ

c

3

m

g

3

ᎏ = 375

grams.

37. c. Since BC = 24, BЈCЈ will be half that, or 12.

Thus, ⌬AЈBЈCЈ is a right triangle with legs

equaling 5 and 12. You can use the

Pythagorean theorem to solve for the

hypotenuse: a

2

+ b

2

= c

2

becomes 5

2

+ 12

2

=

c

2

, then 25 + 144 = c

2

, then 169 = c

2

, so c = 13.

38. a. ⌬AЈBЈCЈ is a 5-12-13 right triangle (see

answer explanation for question 37) and

⌬ABC is double that, or 10-24-26. Thus, the

perimeter of ⌬AЈBЈCЈ is 5 + 12 + 13 = 30,

and the perimeter of ⌬ABC is twice that, or

60. Thus, the difference is 60 – 30 = 30.

2

2

2

2

2

2

6

6

2

2

2

2

2

2

–MEASUREMENT AND GEOMETRY–

140

39. d. ⌬AЈBЈCЈ is a 5-12-13 right triangle (see answer

explanation for question 37) and ⌬ABCis dou-

ble that, or 10-24-26. The base of ⌬AЈBЈCЈ is 24,

and its height is 10. Apply the area formula: A=

ᎏ

1

2

ᎏbh = ᎏ

1

2

ᎏ(24)(10) = 120 units

2

. The base of

⌬ABCis 12, and its height is 5. Apply the area

formula: A= ᎏ

1

2

ᎏbh = ᎏ

1

2

ᎏ (12)(5) = 30 units

2

. Thus,

the difference is 120 – 30 = 90 units.

40. a. You can use the Pythagorean theorem to solve

for the missing leg: a

2

+ b

2

= c

2

becomes 12 + x

2

= (͙10 ෆ)

2

, then 1 + x

2

= 10, so x

2

= 9, and x = 3.

41. d. The shaded area is the difference between the

area of the square and the circle. Because the

radius is 1, a side of the square is 2. The area of

the square is s

2

= 2

2

= 4, and the area of the circle

is r

2

= 1

2

= . Therefore, the answer is 4 – .

42. a. First, ﬁnd the area of the circle: Area = r

2

, or

3.14 × 9, which equals 28.26 square inches.

Then, notice there are 360° in a circle and 60

is one-sixth that (ᎏ

3

6

6

0

0

ᎏ = ᎏ

1

6

ᎏ). The shaded area is

then only one-sixth the area of the total circle.

Divide 28.26 by 6 to get 4.71 square inches.

43. d. After removing the circular bases, you are left

with a ﬂat rectangle. Since the height was 4.2

inches, the length of the rectangle is 4.2

inches. Since the circumference of the bases

was C = 2r = 2 × 3.14 × ᎏ

1

2

ᎏ = 3.14 inches, the

width of the rectangle is 3.14 inches Thus, the

area of the new rectangular ﬁgure is lw = 4.2

× 3.14 = 13.188 inches square

44. d. The point lies on the circumference of a circle

with a radius of 2.5 feet. Therefore, the distance

that the point travels in one rotation is the

length of the circumference of the circle, or 2r

= 2(2.5) = 5feet. Since the wheel spins at

2,640 revolutions per minute, the point travels

2,640 ×5feet per minute = 13,200 feet per

minute. Multiplying by 60 to ﬁnd the distance

traveled in one hour, you get 60 ×13,200=

792,000feet per hour. Dividing by 5,280 feet to

convert to miles, you get 150miles per hour.

45. d. The curved length of the perimeter is one

quarter of the circumference of a full circle: ᎏ

1

4

ᎏ

2r, = 2 (ᎏ

2

7

2

ᎏ)(3.5) = 7 × ᎏ

2

7

2

ᎏ = 22. The linear

(straight) lengths are radii, so the solution is

simply 22 + 2(3.5) or 29.

46. d. Because the radius of the hemisphere is 3,

and it is the same as half the base of the trian-

gle, the base must be 6. Therefore, the area of

the triangle is ᎏ

1

2

ᎏbh = ᎏ

1

2

ᎏ (4 × 6) = 12. The area

of the circle, if it was a whole circle, is r

2

,

which equals 9. Therefore, the area of a

half-circle is ᎏ

9

2

ᎏ. Adding gives ᎏ

9

2

ᎏ + 12.

47. a. To get the height of the triangle (h), using the

Pythagorean theorem: a

2

+ b

2

= c

2

becomes

6

2

+ h

2

= 10

2

, then 36 + h

2

= 100, and h

2

=

64, so the height, h, equals 8. Then 5 is

plugged in for the base and 8 for the height in

the area equation A = ᎏ

1

2

ᎏbh. Thus, A = ᎏ

1

2

ᎏ (5)(8)

= 20 square units.

48. c. An algebraic equation can be used to solve

this problem. The shortest side can be

denoted s. Therefore, s + (s + 2) + (s + 4) =

24; 3s + 6 = 24, and s = 6.

49. b. If the circle is 100 square inches, its radius must

be 10 inches (because A= r

2

and here A=

100). A ෆB ෆis twice the radius, so it is 20 inches.

50. d. The outer edge of the wheel is in contact with

the ground. Since you are told to use 1 mile =

5,280 feet, you would be wise to convert the 12

inch radius to 1 foot. You can ﬁnd the outer

edge (circumference) by using C = 2r =

2(ᎏ

2

7

2

ᎏ)(1) = ᎏ

4

7

4

ᎏ feet. Thus, each time it revolves

it covers ᎏ

4

7

4

ᎏ feet. Divide 5,280 feet by ᎏ

4

7

4

ᎏ feet to

ﬁnd the number of revolutions in 1 mile:

5,280 ÷ ᎏ

4

7

4

ᎏ = 5,280 × ᎏ

4

7

4

ᎏ = 840 revolutions.

–MEASUREMENT AND GEOMETRY–

141

A

ll civil service exams test vocabulary skills in some form. Nearly all include

a section testing your ability to read and understand extended passages.

Many also include questions about grammar, vocabulary, and spelling.

There are good reasons for including these skills on civil service exams. To be

an effective government employee, you must be able to read and comprehend memos,

policy statements, procedural instructions, documents, and reports. Similarly, most

positions require you to communicate effectively in writing. You can’t do that with-

out some mastery of English vocabulary, grammar, and spelling.

The good news is that these exams test basic skills. No one is going to ask you

to read a complicated novel and interpret its symbolism. Nor will a civil service exam

ask you to spell Australopithecus or to conjugate verbs in the future subjunctive tense

(or even to know what the future subjunctive tense is, for that matter). All you need

to do is to read a passage and answer some related questions, which will be pretty

straightforward, and to recall some fundamental principles of grammar and spelling.

The chapters that follow review the basic skills necessary to pass the vocabulary

portion of your civil service exam.

Remember, a rich vocabulary gives you a strong advantage in the workplace.

When you have an extensive vocabulary, you can write clear descriptions; you can

speak more ﬂuently and with more conﬁdence; you can understand more of what you

read; and you can read more sophisticated texts. Achieving a good vocabulary does

not come without hard work. Take the time now and make the commitment to

improve your verbal skills for your civil service exam.

S E C T I O N

Vocabulary Prep

for Civil Service

Exams

3

143

T

he vocabulary section of the civil service exam often includes a section of vocabulary in context ques-

tions. For this part of the exam, you will be asked to identify the meanings of vocabulary words used

in sentences. Because you will not be able to use a dictionary during the exam, it is important to

develop vocabulary strategies that will boost your score and give you the advantage you need.

As you might expect, vocabulary in context questions ask you to determine the meanings of particular

words. To prepare for this section of the exam, recall the skills you developed at an early age. First, it is a good

idea to be an active reader. This is a skill you can practice every day. As you read the daily newspaper, your favorite

magazine, or the latest book, have a dictionary handy. Look up as many unfamiliar words as you can so that your

bank of vocabulary words becomes as large as possible. Second, be aware that you can use the context of a sen-

tence to help you detect the meaning of a word. Simply put, this means that you can look for clues in and around

the vocabulary word.

For practice, try the following exercise to see how this can be done.

C H A P T E R

Vocabulary in

Context

10

145

As a result of many meetings held by the Human

Resources Department, a memo was written to help

hiring supervisors present information about new pro-

cedures that beneﬁt the company, the staff, and new

employees during a new employee orientation semi-

nar. The new procedures create a win-win situation for

all concerned, and the Human Resources Department

wants to make sure that those people who are instru-

mental in making the program work have all the infor-

mation they need. Imagine that your title is Hiring

Supervisor, and you receive the following memoran-

dum from the Human Resources Department. Read it

carefully. Circle any words that are unfamiliar to you,

but do not use a dictionary to look them up just yet.

–VOCABULARY IN CONTEXT–

146

TO: Hiring Supervisors

FROM: Human Resources

RE: New Employees

In order for new employees to begin work in the ofﬁce, the New Employee Introduction Manual has been

compiled. This manual should be distributed to all new hires during an orientation seminar that you will

conduct one week before a new employee begins work. During orientation, be sure to point out that not only

does the information in the manual inform new employees about ofﬁce protocol and employee beneﬁts, but

it gives them a sense of the new family they are about to join. As you leaf through the manual with new

hires, note that the manual begins with basic ofﬁce etiquette, procedures, and dress codes and then there

is a segue to important information about pay schedules and beneﬁts. Explain to your orientation group

that with this manual in hand, new employees will have a more global view of the company. They will know

what to expect and can ask questions that will make their new position a little more comfortable on the

ﬁrst day. The beneﬁts of the orientation seminar, in addition to the manual, will make our workplace a more

cohesive and productive environment for all employees.

As you read, you may have circled protocol or

segue. By looking for context clues—the way the words

are used in the paragraph—you can ﬁgure out what

these words mean.

What does protocol mean?

Reread the sentence with the word protocol.

“During orientation, be sure to point out that not

only does the information in the manual inform new

employees about ofﬁce protocol and employee beneﬁts,

but it gives them a sense of the new family they are

about to join.”

Even if you have no idea what protocol means,

you can still tell something about the word by how it

is used—by examining the words and ideas surround-

ing it. This is called determining word meaning

through context. Like detectives looking for clues at a

crime scene, you must look at the passage for clues that

will uncover the deﬁnition of the word.

Given the sentence you have here, you can begin

to consider the deﬁnition of protocol. Since the man-

ual informs new employees about ofﬁce protocol and

employee beneﬁts, this tells you that protocol must be

a procedure or system designed to make things run

smoothly in the ofﬁce. As you read the next sentence

in the memo, you see that the sections of the manual

cover many topics: etiquette, procedures, dress codes,

salaries, and employee beneﬁts. At this point, you

should be able to take a pretty good guess at the deﬁ-

nition of the word protocol.

¬ The best deﬁnition of the word protocol is

a. a meeting’s agenda.

b. a code of correct procedure.

c. a salary schedule.

It cannot be choice a because nowhere in the pas-

sage does it state that protocol is a list of items covered

in a meeting. While a salary schedule, choice c, is deter-

mined by a certain procedure, it is only part of the

scope of an ofﬁce system. The correct answer is choice

b, a code of correct procedure.

What does segue mean?

Look again at the sentence in which segue is used.

“As you leaf through the manual with new hires,

note that the manual begins with basic ofﬁce etiquette,

procedures, and dress codes and then there is a segue to

important information about pay schedules and beneﬁts.”

Again, even if you have no idea what segue means,

you can still tell what kind of word it is by the way it is

used in the sentence.

¬ Because the word segue falls between a list of

basic ofﬁce etiquette, procedures, and dress codes

and important information about pay schedules

and beneﬁts, you know this word is

a. an interference in the sentence.

b. a transition in the sentence.

There is one very obvious clue. As the hiring

supervisor leafs through the manual, he or she pages

through all sections of the text, highlighting the basic

elements contained in the opening chapters and then

notes that the chapters switch or move to important

facts about salaries and beneﬁts.

¬ Segue, in this case, can be deﬁned as

a. a disorganized ﬂow of ideas.

b. merely sketchy details and descriptions.

c. uninterrupted movement from one stage to

the next.

d. wordy and verbose language.

The correct answer is choice c, uninterrupted

movement from one state to the next. It cannot be

choice b or d because there is no indication that any-

thing in the manual is omitted or for that matter, wordy

or verbose. Choice a is not a suitable answer because the

manual, as it is outlined, appears to be well ordered.

$

How Much Cont ext Do You

Need?

In the previous example, you would still be able to

understand the main message of the memorandum

even if you did not know—or could not ﬁgure out—

the meanings of protocol and segue. In some cases,

though, your understanding of a sentence depends on

your understanding of a particular word or phrase. For

example, can you understand the following sentence

without knowing what adversely means?

The new policy will adversely affect all

employees.

You might not understand it in this short sen-

tence, and if you are an employee, you certainly would

want to know how you are going to be affected. More

deﬁning clues for the word adversely will help you

know whether it is something good or bad:

The new policy will adversely affect all

employees; it will freeze their pay, limit

their vacation time, and reduce their

health beneﬁts.

–VOCABULARY IN CONTEXT–

147

¬ In the sentence, adversely most nearly means

a. mildly or slightly.

b. regularly or steadily.

c. negatively or unfavorably.

d. immediately or swiftly.

The correct answer is choice c, negatively or unfa-

vorably. The addition of the second part of the sen-

tence now tells you exactly how the new policy will

affect the employees: “It will freeze their pay, limit their

vacations, and reduce their beneﬁts.” It is not choice a,

a slight or mild change, nor is it choice b, a regular or

steady change. You do not know if it is an immediate

or swift change, choice d, because the sentence says

nothing about the time frame in which this change will

take place. Remember, good detectives do not make

assumptions they are not able to support with facts,

and there are no facts in this sentence to support the

assumption that the changes will take place immedi-

ately. Thus, choice c is the best answer.

You may also have noticed that adversely is very

similar to the word adversary. If you know that an adver-

sary is a hostile opponent or enemy, then you know that

adversely is not likely to be something positive. Or, if you

know the word adversity—hardship or misfortune—

then you know that adversely must mean something

negative or difﬁcult. All of these words share the same

root: advers-. The only change is in the endings.

Being able to determine the meaning of unfamiliar

words from their context is an essential vocabulary skill.

Sometimes you will encounter an unfamiliar word whose

meaning is indecipherable without a dictionary. More

often than not, though, a careful look at the context will

give you enough clues to interpret the deﬁnition.

$

Pract i ce Quest i ons

Read the following paragraph. Some words that may

be unfamiliar to you are in italics. After you have read

and understood the paragraph, explain the context

clues that helped you with the meaning of the itali-

cized words. Write your answer on the lines provided

on the next page.

Medical researchers can now verify that college

freshman living in dormitories are at a greater risk

of contracting meningitis than other college stu-

dents. Meningococcal meningitis is a tenacious

bacterial infection of the membranes around the

brain and spinal chord that, if left untreated, can

be fatal. Symptoms include fever, neck stiffness,

and constant pain from a chronic headache. Col-

lege ofﬁcials are using this information as an

inducement for vaccinating incoming freshman.

Many universities are now offering this vaccine

either free or for a nominal fee. The vaccination’s

protracted effectiveness is three to ﬁve years.

–VOCABULARY IN CONTEXT–

148

–VOCABULARY IN CONTEXT–

149

$

Answers

After reading the paragraph, you learn that a study has

been done that shows that college freshman living in

dorms have a higher risk of getting meningitis; there-

fore, you can conclude that verify means conﬁrm.

Because this disease can be fatal, you can understand

that once contracted, it is not easily wiped out; thus, you

can infer that tenacious means persistent and not easily

stopped. Because the symptoms include constant pain

from a chronic headache, you can deduce that chronic

means continual. It makes sense that college ofﬁcials are

concerned about the possible outbreak of such a disease

on campus and would take measures to prevent its

occurrence, so you can infer that inducement means

encouragement. Students would be encouraged to take

the vaccine if it were free or inexpensive; therefore, you

can see that nominal means a small amount. Finally, you

can gather that protracted means drawn out by the men-

tion that the vaccine will last from three to ﬁve years.

O

n the civil service exam, your grasp of the English language will be measured with many differ-

ent types of vocabulary questions. Frequently, synonym and antonym questions are used to assess

your vocabulary aptitude. This chapter covers both of these types of questions. In addition, it pro-

vides useful tips and practice questions that will help you increase your chance of success on this part of the exam.

A common measure of verbal skills on standardized tests like the civil service exam is the ability to recognize

synonyms and antonyms. Synonyms are words that share the same meaning or nearly the same meaning as other

words. Antonyms are words with opposite meanings. Many antonyms seem obvious (good and bad, night and day,

noisy and silent), but others are not as easily recognizable. This is because many words have more than one mean-

ing. For example, the word clear could mean cloudless or transparent or unmistakable. And for each of those mean-

ings, clear has an opposite. If an antonym isn’t obvious, think about other possible meanings of the word.

C H A P T E R

Synonyms and

Antonyms

11

151

Test questions often ask you to ﬁnd the synonym

or antonym of a word. If you are lucky, the word will

be surrounded by a sentence that helps you guess what

the word means (this is vocabulary in context—see

Chapter 10), but the test question could list just a syn-

onym or antonym and four answer choices. In this

case, you have to ﬁgure out what the word means with-

out any help from context clues.

Questions that ask for synonyms and antonyms

can be difﬁcult because they require you to have a rel-

atively large vocabulary. Not only do you need to know

the word in question, but you may be faced with four

choices that are unfamiliar to you, too. Usually the best

strategy is to look at the structure of the word. See if a

part of the word—the root—looks familiar. Often you

will be able to determine the meaning of a word within

the root. (See “Appendix 5” on page 289 for a list of

common word roots.) For instance, the root of credi-

ble is cred, which means to trust or believe. Knowing

this, you will be able to understand the meaning of

incredible, sacred, and credit. Looking for related

words that have the same root as the word in question

can help you choose the correct answer—even if it is

by process of elimination.

Another way to dissect meaning is to look for

preﬁxes and sufﬁxes. Preﬁxes come before the word

root, and sufﬁxes are found at the end of a word. Either

of these elements can carry meaning or change the use

of a word in a sentence. For instance, the preﬁx can

change the meaning of a root word to its opposite: nec-

essary, unnecessary.

A sufﬁx like less can change the meaning of a noun:

pain to painless. To identify most word parts—word

root, preﬁx, or sufﬁx—the best strategy is to think of

words you already know that carry the same root, suf-

ﬁx, or preﬁx. Let what you know about those words help

you ﬁnd the meaning of words that are less familiar.

$

Denot at i on and Connot at i on

The denotation of a word is its dictionary deﬁnition.

For instance, look at the dictionary deﬁnitions for the

following words.

procrastination: to postpone or delay

needlessly

lazy: to be resistant to work or exertion;

slow-moving or sluggish

inactive: not active or tending to be active;

not functioning or operating

The connotation of a word is its tone. In other

words, it is the feeling or emotion you get when you hear

a word. Sometimes, the connotation can be favorable or

positive. Other times the connotation can be unfavor-

able or negative. Then again, some words do not arouse

any emotion at all and have a neutral connotation.

Look again at the three words just listed. Their

connotations are listed here with an explanation for a

favorable, unfavorable, or neutral designation.

procrastination—favorable. You have often

heard people say that they succumbed to

procrastination, and that admission is received

sympathetically and somewhat approvingly by

others because everyone has procrastinated at

one time or another. To admit to this trait is

considered acceptable at times.

lazy—unfavorable. Laziness, which is similar in

deﬁnition to procrastination, is most

assuredly unﬂattering. The connotation or

tone of this word brings up feelings that are

deﬁnitely unappealing.

inactive—neutral. This word does not elicit any

favorable or unfavorable emotions. It is

considered a neutral word in this group of

three, yet its meaning is similar to the others.

–SYNONYMS AND ANTONYMS–

152

$

Cl ari t y

Mark Twain said, “The difference between lightning

and the lightning bug is the difference between the

right word and the almost right word.” Taking this

comment into consideration, it is important to know

that there are often many synonyms for one word. It is

essential to be as clear as possible when choosing syn-

onyms. While some synonyms can be similar, they are

rarely identical. For instance, the words bountiful,

ample, plentiful, and glut suggest abundance. However,

one of these words suggests an overabundance. While

you can have a bountiful, ample, or plentiful supply of

food on the table for Thanksgiving dinner, a glut of

food is an excessive amount of food that suggests there

will be waste involved. It is important to choose your

words carefully.

$

Pract i ce Quest i ons

For questions 1–15, choose the synonym.

1. Which word means the same as enthusiastic?

a. adamant

b. available

c. cheerful

d. eager

2. Which word means the same as adequate?

a. sufﬁcient

b. mediocre

c. proﬁcient

d. average

3. Which word means the same as ecstatic?

a. inconsistent

b. positive

c. wild

d. thrilled

4. Which word means the same as affect?

a. accomplish

b. cause

c. sicken

d. inﬂuence

5. Which word means the same as continuous?

a. intermittent

b. adjacent

c. uninterrupted

d. contiguous

6. Which word means the same as courtesy?

a. civility

b. congruity

c. conviviality

d. rudeness

7. Which word means the same as frail?

a. vivid

b. delicate

c. robust

d. adaptable

8. Which word means the same as recuperate?

a. mend

b. endorse

c. persist

d. worsen

–SYNONYMS AND ANTONYMS–

153

9. Which word means the same as meager?

a. majestic

b. scarce

c. tranquil

d. adequate

10. Which word means the same as composure?

a. agitation

b. poise

c. liveliness

d. stimulation

11. Which word means the same as eccentric?

a. normal

b. frugal

c. peculiar

d. selective

12. Which word means the same as commendable?

a. admirable

b. accountable

c. irresponsible

d. noticeable

13. Which word means the same as passive?

a. inactive

b. emotional

c. lively

d. woeful

14. Which word means the same as vast?

a. attentive

b. immense

c. steady

d. slight

15. Which word means the same as comply?

a. subdue

b. entertain

c. ﬂatter

d. obey

For questions 16–25, choose the word that has the same

or nearly the same meaning as the capitalized word.

16. JOURNAL

a. trip

b. receipt

c. diary

d. list

17. OPPORTUNITY

a. sensitivity

b. arrogance

c. chance

d. reference

18. INVENT

a. insert

b. discover

c. apply

d. allow

19. SPHERE

a. air

b. spread

c. globe

d. enclosure

20. REFINE

a. condone

b. provide

c. change

d. purify

–SYNONYMS AND ANTONYMS–

154

21. PLEDGE

a. picture

b. idea

c. quote

d. promise

22. GANGLY

a. illegally

b. closely

c. ugly

d. lanky

23. SAGE

a. wise

b. obnoxious

c. conceited

d. heartless

24. NAVIGATE

a. search

b. decide

c. steer

d. assist

25. DORMANT

a. hidden

b. slumbering

c. rigid

d. misplaced

For questions 26–40, choose the antonym.

26. Which word means the opposite of prompt?

a. punctual

b. slack

c. tardy

d. regular

27. What word is the opposite of delay?

a. slow

b. hasten

c. pause

d. desist

28. What word is the opposite of soothe?

a. increase

b. comfort

c. aggravate

d. delight

29. Which word means the opposite of moderate?

a. original

b. average

c. ﬁnal

d. excessive

30. Which word means the opposite of reveal?

a. disclose

b. achieve

c. retreat

d. conceal

31. Which word means the opposite of initial?

a. ﬁrst

b. crisis

c. ﬁnal

d. right

32. Which word means the opposite of brittle?

a. ﬂexible

b. breakable

c. grating

d. thin

–SYNONYMS AND ANTONYMS–

155

33. Which word means the opposite of capable?

a. unskilled

b. absurd

c. apt

d. able

34. What word is the opposite of stray?

a. remain

b. inhabit

c. wander

d. incline

35. What word is the opposite of dainty?

a. delicate

b. coarse

c. harsh

d. delicious

36. Which word means the opposite of craving?

a. desire

b. nonchalance

c. motive

d. repugnance

37. Which word means the opposite of ferocious?

a. docile

b. savage

c. explosive

d. noble

38. Which word means the opposite of grueling?

a. effortless

b. casual

c. exhausting

d. empty

39. Which word means the opposite of forsake?

a. admit

b. abandon

c. submit

d. cherish

40. What word is the opposite of restrain?

a. control

b. liberate

c. maintain

d. distract

For questions 41–50, choose the word that has the oppo-

site meaning as the capitalized word.

41. ABSORB

a. acquire

b. repel

c. consume

d. assist

42. CRITICAL

a. inimical

b. judgmental

c. massive

d. trivial

43. NIMBLE

a. sturdy

b. sluggish

c. thoughtless

d. relaxed

44. TRANQUIL

a. agitated

b. explicit

c. assertive

d. composed

–SYNONYMS AND ANTONYMS–

156

45. SPRIGHTLY

a. eager

b. lofty

c. dull

d. local

46. INFANTILE

a. despicable

b. adolescent

c. mature

d. perpetual

47. IMPULSIVE

a. secure

b. mandatory

c. rash

d. cautious

48. AMIABLE

a. dangerous

b. permissive

c. aloof

d. congenial

49. COMPETENT

a. incomplete

b. intense

c. inept

d. massive

50. PROMOTE

a. explicate

b. curtail

c. concede

d. remote

–SYNONYMS AND ANTONYMS–

157

1. d. Enthusiastic means eager or excited.

2. a. If something is adequate, it is sufﬁcient.

3. d. A person who is ecstatic is thrilled or

exhilarated.

4. d. To affect means to inﬂuence.

5. c. Continuous means marked by uninterrupted

extension in space and time.

6. a. A courtesy implies being courteous or man-

nerly; it is civility.

7. b. A frail person is weak and delicate.

8. a. Recuperate means to heal; to mend.

9. b. Meager and scarce both mean lacking.

10. b. If you gain your composure, you have poise.

11. c. An eccentric person is considered to be

peculiar.

12. a. Commendable is the same as admirable.

13. a. Passive means not active.

14. b. Vast means very great in size; immense.

15. d. To comply is the same as to obey.

16. c. A journal and a diary are both records of

daily happenings.

17. c. An opportunity to do something is the same

as a chance to do it.

18. b. Invent means to create or to discover.

19. c. Sphere and globe both mean ball or orb.

20. d. To reﬁne and to purify both mean to remove

impurities.

21. d. Pledge and promise both mean a declaration

that one will do something.

22. d. Gangly and lanky both mean tall, thin, and

awkward.

23. a. Sage and wise both mean intelligent or

perceptive.

24. c. To navigate and to steer both mean to direct

a course.

25. b. Dormant and slumbering both mean sleeping.

26. c. Prompt means punctual; tardy means late.

27. b. To delay is to slow; to hasten is to hurry.

28. c. To soothe is to comfort; to aggravate is

to irritate.

29. d. Moderate means average; excessive means

extreme.

30. d. To reveal is to disclose; to conceal is to hide.

31. c. Initial means ﬁrst; ﬁnal means last.

32. a. Brittle means breakable; ﬂexible means

pliable.

33. a. Capable means able; unskilled means unable.

34. a. To stray is to wander; to remain is to stay.

35. b. Dainty means delicate; coarse means

indelicate.

36. d. Craving means desire; repugnance means

aversion.

37. a. Ferocious means savage; docile means tame.

38. a. Grueling means exhausting; effortless means

easy.

39. d. To forsake is to abandon; to cherish is to

nurture.

40. b. To restrain is to control; to liberate is to release.

41. b. Absorb means to take in or consume; to repel

is to reject or force away.

42. d. To be critical is to be important or vital to

something; to be trivial is to be unimportant.

43. b. Nimble means quick and light in motion;

sluggish means slow or inactive.

44. a. Tranquil means peaceful; agitated means dis-

turbed or excited.

–MATH AND VOCABULARY FOR CIVIL SERVICE TESTS–

158

$

Answers

45. c. Sprightly means lively; dull suggests a lack or

loss of keenness or zest.

46. c. Infantile means childish, mature means

grown up.

47. d. To be impulsive is to be swayed by emotion or

to make rash decisions; to be cautious is to

show forethought.

48. c. Amiable means friendly; the opposite of

friendly is aloof.

49. c. Competent means having adequate abilities;

inept means incapable or not competent.

50. b. To promote is to advance someone to a higher

rank or to advocate something; to curtail is to

cut something short.

–SYNONYMS AND ANTONYMS–

159

B

ecause understanding what you read is such a vital skill, most civil service exams include a read-

ing comprehension section that tests your ability to understand what you read. To read effectively,

you should be able to ﬁnd the main idea of a passage, select the topic sentence, locate basic sup-

port material or details, discern fact from opinion, and make inferences. This chapter reviews each of these skills.

The reading comprehension portion of the civil service exam is usually presented as a multiple choice test

and will ask questions based on brief passages. Reading comprehension questions offer you two advantages as a

test taker. First, you do not need any prior knowledge about the topic of the passage. Second, you will be tested

only on the information presented in the passage. The disadvantage is that you have to know where and how to

ﬁnd the information you need under certain time constraints and in an unfamiliar text. This somewhat stress-

ful combination makes it easy to choose one of the wrong answer choices, especially since the choices are delib-

erately designed to mislead you. If you are in a hurry, it is easy to make a mistake.

C H A P T E R

Reading

Comprehension

12

161

As you study this reading comprehension sec-

tion, understand that your vocabulary skills play a vital

role when you have to decipher any written text. Some-

times, just one difﬁcult word can skew your under-

standing of a sentence. Two or three unknown words

can make a passage difﬁcult, or even impossible, to

interpret. The study of vocabulary in combination with

reading comprehension go hand in hand as you con-

tinue your test preparation.

The best way to do well on a reading compre-

hension test is to be very familiar with the kinds of

questions that are typically asked, and then to know

how to respond to these questions. Questions most fre-

quently ask you to:

■

determine the main idea of the passage.

■

identify a speciﬁc fact or detail in the passage.

■

identify the topic sentence.

■

discern fact from opinion.

■

make an inference based on the passage.

■

deﬁne a vocabulary word from the passage. (Refer

to Chapter 10 to practice this skill.)

Once you know the kinds of questions that will

be asked, you can develop some strategies to help you

choose correct answers. To do this, you must be a dis-

criminating reader and know where to look for the

information, facts, and details you need to help you

choose correctly.

One strategy used by many readers is highlight-

ing and underlining. By highlighting or underlining

key words and phrases, you can make important

details stand out. This helps you quickly ﬁnd the infor-

mation later when you need to answer a question or

write a summary. To highlight key words and ideas,

you must be able to determine which facts and ideas

are most important.

Here are three guidelines for highlighting or

underlining your text.

1. Be selective. If you highlight four sentences in a

ﬁve-sentence paragraph, this will not help you.

The key is to identify what is most important in

the paragraph. Ask yourself two questions:

■

What is the main point the author is trying

to make—what is the main idea of the

paragraph?

■

What information is emphasized or seems to

stand out as especially important?

2. Watch for word clues. Certain words and

phrases indicate that key information will follow.

Words and phrases such as most important, the

key is, and signiﬁcantly are clues to watch out for.

3. Watch for visual clues. Key words and ideas are

often boldfaced, underlined, or italicized. They

may be boxed or repeated in a sidebar as well.

For practice, read the following paragraph and

answer the questions that follow. The answer explana-

tion following each type of question—main idea,

detail/support material, topic sentence, fact/opinion,

and inference—will point out reading comprehension

strategies that help you choose the correct answer.

Today’s postal service is more efﬁcient and reliable than

ever before. Mail that used to take months to move by

horse and by foot now moves around the country in days

or hours by truck, train, and plane. First class mail usu-

ally moves from New York City to Los Angeles in three

days or fewer. If your letter or package is urgent, the U.S.

Postal Service offers Priority Mail and Express Mail serv-

ices. Priority Mail offers delivery to most locations in the

United States in two to three days or fewer. Express Mail

is guaranteed to get your package there overnight. Addi-

tionally, the U.S. Postal Service offers lower rates for the

same services offered by many competitors.

–READING COMPREHENSION–

162

Mai n I dea Quest i on

1. What is the main idea of this paragraph?

a. The U.S. Postal Service offers many services.

b. Express Mail is a good way to send urgent mail.

c. First class mail usually takes three days or fewer.

d. Mail service today is more effective and

dependable.

If you selected choice a, you would be choosing

the subject of the paragraph, not the main idea. The

main idea must say something about the subject. To

accurately ﬁnd the main idea of a text, remember that

it is usually an assertion about the subject. An assertion

is a statement that requires evidence or proof to be

accepted as true. While the main idea of a passage is an

assertion about its subject, it is something more. It is

the idea that holds together or controls the passage.

The other sentences and ideas in the passage will all

relate to that main idea and serve as evidence that the

assertion is true.

You might think of the main idea as an umbrella

that is held over the other sentences. It must be general

enough or big enough to cover all of these ideas under-

neath it (in the paragraph or passage). Choice b is too

speciﬁc to be the main idea; it tells you only about

Express Mail. It does not include any information

about Priority Mail or ﬁrst class mail, so it cannot be

the main idea of the paragraph. Choice c is also too

speciﬁc. It tells you about ﬁrst class mail only, so this

choice can be excluded. Choice d is general enough to

encompass the entire passage. The rest of the sentences

in the paragraph support the idea that this sentence

asserts. Each sentence offers proof that the postal

expresses the writer’s purpose—to show the efﬁciency

and reliability of today’s postal service.

Fact / Det ai l Quest i on

2. Today’s mail is transported by

a. foot.

b. horse.

c. trucks, trains, and planes.

d. overnight services.

Choices a and b are mentioned in the paragraph,

and you may mistakenly choose one of these if you

only scan the paragraph quickly. However, if you read

more closely, you will see that in the past, “Mail used

to take months to move by horse and by foot,” but it

“now moves around the country in days or hours by

truck, train, and plane,” choice c. Choice d is mislead-

ing. Overnight mail services are transported by truck,

train, and plane as well.

Topi c Sent ence Quest i on

3. Of the following sentences, which one is the

topic sentence?

a. Mail that used to take months to move by horse

and by foot now moves around the country in

days or hours by truck, train, and plane.

b. Today’s postal service is more efﬁcient and

reliable than ever before.

c. If your letter or package is urgent, the U.S.

Postal Service offers Priority Mail and Express

Mail services.

d. Express Mail is guaranteed to get your

package there overnight.

You will notice that in the paragraph, the main

idea is expressed clearly in the ﬁrst sentence, choice b.

A sentence such as this one that clearly expresses the

main idea of a paragraph or passage is called the

topic sentence. In many cases, you will ﬁnd the topic

–READING COMPREHENSION–

163

sentence at the beginning of the paragraph, but this is

not a hard and fast rule. The topic sentence can be

found in the middle or at the end of a paragraph. How-

ever, for the sentence to be labeled a topic sentence, it

must be an assertion, and it needs proof. The proof is

found in the facts and ideas that make up the rest of the

paragraph. Choices a, c, and d are sentences that offer

speciﬁc facts and ideas that support choice b.

Fact / Opi ni on Quest i on

3. “Express Mail is guaranteed to get your package

there overnight.” This statement is a(n)

a. fact.

b. opinion.

Facts are things known for certain to have hap-

pened, to be true, or to exist. Opinions are things

believed to have happened, believed to be true, or

believed to exist. As you can see, the key difference

between fact and opinion lies in the difference between

believing and knowing. Opinions may be based on

facts, but they are still what you think, not what you

know. Opinions are debatable; facts are not. The state-

ment in the question, “Express Mail is guaranteed to

get your package there overnight,” is a fact, so choice a

is correct.

I nf erence Quest i on

4. Based on the information in the paragraph, it is

safe to say that

a. it is economical for businesses to take

advantage of Express Mail services.

b. the old-fashioned pony express system of mail

delivery did not work.

c. ﬁrst class mail service is unreliable.

d. there is no way to deliver urgent mail.

An inference is a conclusion that can be drawn

based on fact or evidence. You can infer that businesses

could take advantage of Express Mail service to speed

up deliveries, choice a, based on the evidence in the

paragraph. “Express Mail is guaranteed to get your

package there overnight,” justiﬁably supports this

inference. Choices b, c, and d cannot be inferred based

on any concrete evidence from the paragraph.

Knowing that reading comprehension questions

can include main idea, topic sentence, detail, fact/opin-

ion, or inference questions is a practical beginning for

reading comprehension skills.

–READING COMPREHENSION–

164

$

Pract i ce Quest i ons

Read the following paragraphs and answer the reading

comprehension questions based on your knowledge of the

main idea of each paragraph.

If you are a ﬁtness walker, there is no need for a

commute to a health club. Your neighborhood can

be your health club. You do not need a lot of fancy

equipment to get a good workout, either. All you

need is a well-designed pair of athletic shoes.

1. This paragraph best supports the statement that

a. ﬁtness walking is a better form of exercise

than weight lifting.

b. a membership in a health club is a poor

investment.

c. walking outdoors provides a better workout

than walking indoors.

d. ﬁtness walking is a convenient and valuable

form of exercise.

Critical reading is a demanding process. To read

critically, you must slow down your reading and,

with pencil in hand, perform speciﬁc operations

on the text. Mark up the text with your reactions,

conclusions, and questions. In other words, when

you read, become an active participant.

2. This paragraph best supports the statement that

a. critical reading is a slow, dull, but essential

process.

b. the best critical reading happens at critical

times in a person’s life.

c. readers should get in the habit of questioning

the truth of what they read.

d. critical reading requires thoughtful and

careful attention.

One New York publisher has estimated that 50,000

to 60,000 people in the United States want an

anthology that includes the complete works of

William Shakespeare. What accounts for this

renewed interest in Shakespeare? As scholars point

out, his psychological insights into both male and

female characters are amazing, even today.

3. This paragraph best supports the statement that

a. Shakespeare’s characters are more interesting

than ﬁctional characters today.

b. people today are interested in Shakespeare’s

work because of the characters.

c. academic scholars are putting together an

anthology of Shakespeare’s work.

d. New Yorkers have a renewed interest in the

work of Shakespeare.

There are no effective boundaries when it comes

to pollutants. Studies have shown that toxic

insecticides—already banned in many countries—

are riding the wind from countries where they

remain legal. Compounds such as DDT and

toxaphene have been found in remote places like

the Yukon and other Arctic regions.

4. This paragraph best supports the statement that

a. bans on toxins have done little to stop the

spread of pollutants.

b. more pollutants ﬁnd their way into polar

climates than they do into warmer areas.

c. studies show that many countries have

ignored their own anti-pollution laws.

d. DDT and toxaphene are the two most toxic

insecticides in the world.

–READING COMPREHENSION–

165

The Fourth Amendment to the Constitution pro-

tects citizens against unreasonable searches and

seizures. No search of a person’s home or personal

effects may be conducted without a written search

warrant issued on probable cause. This means that

a neutral judge must approve the factual basis jus-

tifying a search before it can be conducted.

5. This paragraph best supports the statement that

police ofﬁcers cannot search a person’s home or

private papers unless they have

a. legal authorization.

b. direct evidence of a crime.

c. read the person his or her constitutional rights.

d. a reasonable belief that a crime has occurred.

Mathematics allows us to expand our conscious-

ness. Mathematics tells us about economic trends,

patterns of disease, and the growth of populations.

Math is good at exposing the truth, but it can also

perpetuate misunderstandings and untruths. Fig-

ures have the power to mislead people.

6. This paragraph best supports the statement that

a. the study of mathematics is dangerous.

b. the study of mathematics can be both

beneﬁcial and confusing.

c. the study of mathematics is more important

than other disciplines.

d. the power of numbers is that they cannot lie.

Human technology began with the development

of the ﬁrst stone tools about two and a half mil-

lion years ago. In the beginning, the rate of devel-

opment was slow, and hundreds of thousands of

years passed without many technological changes.

Today, new technologies are reported daily on tel-

evision and in newspapers.

7. This paragraph best supports the statement that

a. stone tools were not really technology.

b. stone tools were in use for two and a half

million years.

c. there is no way to know when stone tools ﬁrst

came into use.

d. in today’s world, new technologies are

constantly being developed.

Read the following paragraphs and choose the correct fact

or detail to answer the questions.

Ratatouille is a dish that has grown in popularity

over the last few years. It features eggplant, zuc-

chini, tomato, peppers, and garlic chopped, mixed,

sautéed, and ﬁnally, cooked slowly over low heat.

As the vegetables cook slowly, they make their own

broth, which can be extended with a little tomato

paste. The name ratatouille comes from the French

word touiller, meaning to mix or stir together.

8. Which of the following is the correct order of

steps for making ratatouille?

a. Chop vegetables, add tomato paste, stir or mix

together.

b. Mix the vegetables together, sauté them, and

add tomato paste.

c. Cook the vegetables slowly, mix them

together, add tomato paste.

d. Add tomato paste to extend the broth and

cook slowly over low heat.

9. Ratatouille can best be described as a

a. French pastry.

b. sauce to put over vegetables.

c. pasta dish extended with tomato paste.

d. vegetable stew.

–READING COMPREHENSION–

166

After a snow or ice fall, the city streets are treated

with ordinary rock salt. In some areas, the salt is

combined with calcium chloride, which is more

effective in below-zero temperatures and which

melts ice better. This combination of salt and cal-

cium chloride is also less damaging to foliage

along the roadways.

10. In deciding whether to use ordinary rock salt or

the salt and calcium chloride mixture on a par-

ticular street, which of the following is NOT a

consideration?

a. the temperature at the time of treatment

b. the plants and trees along the street

c. whether there is ice on the street

d. whether the street is a main or secondary road

11. According to the snow treatment passage, which

of the following is true?

a. If the temperature is below zero, a salt and

calcium chloride mixture is effective in

treating snow- and ice-covered streets.

b. Crews must wait until the snow or ice stops

falling before salting streets.

c. Major roads are always salted ﬁrst.

d. If the snowfall is light, the city road crews will

not salt the streets because this would be a

waste of the salt supply.

Many cities have distributed standardized recy-

cling containers to all households. One city

attached the following directions: “We prefer that

you use this new container as your primary recy-

cling container, as this will expedite pick-up of

recyclables. Additional recycling containers may

be purchased as needed from the Sanitation

Department.”

12. According to the passage, each household

a. may use only one recycling container.

b. must use the new recycling container.

c. should use the new recycling container.

d. must buy a new recycling container.

13. According to the passage, which of the following

is true about the new containers?

a. The new containers are far better than other

containers in every way.

b. The new containers will help increase the

efﬁciency of the recycling program.

c. The new containers hold more than the old

containers did.

d. The new containers are less expensive than

the old.

Read the following paragraphs and choose the topic sen-

tence that best ﬁts the paragraph.

Spices is a pleasant word, whether it connotes ﬁne

French cuisine or down-home cinnamon-ﬂavored

apple pie. . In the

past, individuals traveled the world seeking exotic

spices for proﬁt and, in searching, have changed

the course of history. Indeed, to gain control of

lands harboring new spices, nations have actually

gone to war.

14. a. The taste and aroma of spices are the main

elements that make food such a source or

fascination and pleasure.

b. The term might equally bring to mind Indian

curry made thousands of miles away or those

delicious barbecued ribs sold down at Harry’s.

c. It is exciting to ﬁnd a good cookbook and

experiment with spices from other lands—

indeed, it is one way to travel around the globe.

–READING COMPREHENSION–

167

d. The history of spices, however, is another

matter altogether, and it can be ﬁlled with

danger and intrigue.

It weighs less than three pounds and is hardly

more interesting to look at than an overly ripe

cauliﬂower. . It has

created poetry and music, planned and executed

wars, devised intricate scientiﬁc theories. It thinks

and dreams, plots and schemes, and easily holds

more information than all the libraries on Earth.

15. a. The human brain is made of gelatinous mat-

ter and contains no nerve endings.

b. The science of neurology has found a way to

map the most important areas of the human

brain.

c. Nevertheless, the human brain is the most

mysterious and complex object on earth.

d. However, scientists say that each person uses

only 10% of brainpower over the course of a

lifetime.

Gary is a very distinguished-looking man with a

touch of gray at the temples. Even in his early

ﬁfties, he is still the one to turn heads. He enjoys

spending most of his time admiring his proﬁle in

the mirror. In fact, he considers his good looks to

be his second most important asset in the world.

The ﬁrst, however, is money. He was fortunate

enough to be born into a wealthy family, and he

loves the power his wealth has given him.

. He can buy

whatever he desires. Gary checks the mirror often

and feels great delight with what he sees.

16. a. Gary’s gray hair is his worst characteristic.

b. Conceit is the beginning and the end of Gary’s

character: conceit of person and situation.

c. Gary feels blessed to be wealthy and the joy

consumes his every thought.

d. The only objects of Gary’s respect are others

who hold positions in society above him.

Read the following topic sentences and choose the sen-

tence that best develops or supports the topic sentence.

17. Life on Earth is ancient, and at its ﬁrst appear-

ance, unimaginably complex.

a. Scientists place its beginnings at some three

billion years ago, when the ﬁrst molecule

ﬂoated up out of the ooze with the unique

ability to replicate itself.

b. The most complex life form is, of course, the

mammal—and the most complex mammal is

humankind.

c. It is unknown exactly where life started—

where the ﬁrst molecule was “born” that had

the ability to replicate itself.

d. Darwin’s theory of evolution was one attempt

to explain what essentially remains a great

mystery.

18. The continuing fascination of the public with

movie star Marilyn Monroe is puzzling, yet it is

still strong, even after many decades.

a. She became a star in the 1950s and died in 1962.

b. The ﬁlm that most clearly demonstrates her

talent is The Misﬁts.

c. Her name was originally Norma Jean, but she

changed it to Marilyn.

d. One reason might simply be her life’s sad and

premature end.

–READING COMPREHENSION–

168

19. One scientiﬁc theory of the origin of the universe

is the much misunderstood big bang theory.

a. Physicists now believe they can construct what

happened in the universe during the ﬁrst

three minutes of its beginning.

b. Many scientists believe that, during

microwave experiments, you can actually

“hear” echoes of the big bang.

c. The popular notion is that the big bang was a

huge explosion in space, but this is far too

simple a description.

d. The big bang theory, if accepted, convinces us

that the universe was not always as it is now.

20. There is no instruction by the old bird in the

movements of ﬂight, no conscious imitation by

the young.

a. The most obvious way in which birds differ

from humans in behavior is that they can

do all that they have to do, without ever

being taught.

b. More extraordinary than a bird being able to

ﬂy untaught is that it is able to build a nest

untaught.

c. Young birds frequently make their ﬁrst ﬂights

with their parents out of sight.

d. Young birds brought up by hand in artiﬁcial

nests will build the proper kind of nest for

their species when the time comes.

21. The reintroduced wolves are producing more

offspring than expected.

a. Ranchers and some biologists are protesting

the reintroduction of the wolves.

b. The gray wolf will be taken off the list of

endangered species in the northern Rocky

Mountains when ten breeding pairs reside in a

region for three years.

c. There are active efforts to reintroduce wolves

to national parks in the United States.

d. The success of an attempt to reintroduce

red wolves to parts of North Carolina is not

yet clear.

22. The Puritans established a wide variety of pun-

ishments to enforce their strict laws.

a. The Puritans believed that some lawbreakers

should be shamed in public by the use of

stocks and the pillory.

b. Disobedient children would feel the sting of

the whip.

c. The Eighth Amendment of the Bill of Rights

prohibits cruel and unusual punishment.

d. Today, many of the punishments used by the

Puritans in Massachusetts Bay seem cruel

and excessive.

–READING COMPREHENSION–

169

Read the following supporting sentences and choose the

sentence that would make the best topic sentence.

23. Irish Catholics continued to ﬁght against

British rule.

a. The struggle today is over the control of these

six counties.

b. For centuries, all of Ireland was ruled by Great

Britain.

c. Six counties in the north—where Protestants

outnumber Catholics two to one—remained a

part of Great Britain and became known as

Northern Ireland.

d. Political violence has claimed many lives in

Northern Ireland.

24. In Oklahoma, a girl is forbidden to take a bite

from her date’s hamburger.

a. It is illegal for teenagers to take a bath during

the winter in Clinton, Indiana.

b. On Sunday, children may not spin yo-yos in

Memphis, Tennessee.

c. It may be hard to believe, but these strange

laws are still on the books!

d. It is illegal to parade an elephant down Main

Street in Austin, Texas.

25. The hairs themselves are very sensitive.

a. A cat’s whiskers are among the most perfect

organs of touch.

b. The roots are provided with highly sensitive

nerve endings.

c. Serving as feelers, they aid the cat’s ability to

move in the dark.

d. This is most important for a cat that does its

prowling at night.

26. French explorers probably taught the Inuit Eski-

mos how to play dominoes.

a. It was known in 181 A.D. in China.

b. Also, it was played during the 1700s in Italy.

c. The game of dominoes has been popular for

centuries.

d. From Italy, it was introduced to the rest of the

world.

27. It is a fact that people are now living longer than

ever before for many reasons.

a. Some people in Russia’s Caucasus Mountains

live to be over one hundred years of age.

b. No one seems to understand this

phenomenon.

c. Advances in medical science have done

wonders for longevity.

d. The people in this region do not seem to gain

anything from medical science.

28. For 16 years, he spread violence and death

throughout the west.

a. Jesse was gunned down on April 3, 1882.

b. He left a trail of train and bank robberies.

c. His crimes were committed during the

late 1860s.

d. Jesse Woodson James was the most legendary

of all American outlaws.

–READING COMPREHENSION–

170

Read the following questions that ask you to differenti-

ate fact from opinion. Write F in the blank if the state-

ment is a fact and O if it is an opinion.

29. Mr. Orenstein is a terriﬁc boss.

30. Many companies have dress-down days

on Fridays.

31. Dress-down days improve employee

morale.

32. Wednesday is the fourth day of the week.

33. Wednesday is the longest day of the week.

34. There are many different ways to invest

your money to provide for a ﬁnancially secure

future.

35. Many people invest in stocks and bonds.

36. Savings accounts and CDs (certiﬁcates

of deposit) are the best way to invest your hard-

earned money.

37. Stocks and bonds are often risky

investments.

38. Savings accounts and CDs are fully

insured and provide steady, secure interest on

your money.

Read the following paragraphs and respond to the

questions.

The use of computer equipment and software to

create high quality printing for newsletters, busi-

ness cards, letterhead, and brochures is called

Desktop Publishing, or DTP. The most important

part of any DTP project is planning. Before you

begin, you should know your intended audience,

the message you want to communicate, and what

form your message will take.

39. This paragraph best supports the statement that

a. DTP is one way to become acquainted with a

new business audience.

b. computer software is continually being

reﬁned to produce more high quality printing.

c. the ﬁrst stage of any proposed DTP project

should be organization and design.

d. the planning stage of any DTP project should

not include talking with the intended

audience.

–READING COMPREHENSION–

171

Many ofﬁce professionals have expressed an inter-

est in replacing the currently used keyboard, known

as the QWERTY keyboard, with a keyboard that can

keep up with technological changes and make

ofﬁces more efﬁcient. The best choice is the Dvorak

keyboard. Studies have shown that people using the

Dvorak keyboard can type 20–30% faster and are

able to cut their error rate in half. Dvorak puts vow-

els and other frequently used letters right under the

ﬁngers—on the home row—where typists make

70% of their keystrokes.

40. This paragraph best supports the statement that

the Dvorak keyboard

a. is more efﬁcient than the QWERTY.

b. has more keys right under the typists’ ﬁngers

than the QWERTY.

c. is favored by more typists than the QWERTY.

d. is—on average—70% faster than the

QWERTY.

Every year, Americans use over one billion sharp

objects to administer health care in their homes.

These sharp objects include lancets, needles, and

syringes. If not disposed of in puncture-resistant

containers, they can injure sanitation workers.

Sharp objects should be disposed of in hard plas-

tic or metal containers with secure lids. The con-

tainers should be clearly marked and should be

puncture resistant.

41. This paragraph best supports the idea that sani-

tation workers can be injured if they

a. do not place sharp objects in puncture-

resistant containers.

b. come in contact with sharp objects that have

not been placed in secure containers.

c. are careless with sharp objects such as lancets,

needles, and syringes in their homes.

d. do not mark the containers they pick up with

a warning that those containers contain sharp

objects.

One of the missions of the Peace Corps is to bring

trained men and women to work in countries who

need trained professionals in certain ﬁelds. People

who work for the Peace Corps are volunteers.

However, in order to keep the Peace Corps

dynamic and vital, no staff member can work for

the agency for more than ﬁve years.

42. This paragraph best supports the statement that

Peace Corps employees

a. are highly intelligent people.

b. must train for about ﬁve years.

c. are hired for a limited term of employment.

d. have both academic and work experience.

More and more ofﬁce workers telecommute from

ofﬁces in their own homes. The beneﬁts of

telecommuting allow for greater productivity and

greater ﬂexibility. Telecommuters produce an

average of 20% more than if they were to work in

an ofﬁce. In addition, their ﬂexible schedules allow

them to balance their families with their work

responsibilities.

43. This paragraph best supports the statement that

telecommuters

a. get more work done in a given time period

than workers who travel to the ofﬁce.

b. produce a better quality work product than

workers who travel to the ofﬁce.

c. are more ﬂexible in their ideas than workers

who travel to the ofﬁce.

d. would do 20% more work if they were to

work in an ofﬁce.

–READING COMPREHENSION–

172

Close-up images of Mars by the Mariner 9 probe

indicated networks of valleys that looked like the

stream beds on Earth. These images also implied

that Mars once had an atmosphere that was thick

enough to trap the Sun’s heat. If this is true, some-

thing must have happened to Mars billions of years

ago that stripped away the planet’s atmosphere.

44. This paragraph best supports the statement that

a. Mars once had a thicker atmosphere than

Earth does.

b. the Mariner 9 probe took the ﬁrst pictures

of Mars.

c. Mars now has little or no atmosphere.

d. Mars is closer to the Sun than Earth is.

It is a myth that labor shortages today center mostly

on computer jobs. Although it is true that the lack

of computer-related skills accounts for many of the

problems in today’s job market, there is a lack of

skilled labor in many other ﬁelds. There is a short-

age of uniformed police ofﬁcers in many cities and

a shortage of trained criminal investigators in some

rural areas. These jobs may utilize computer skills,

but they are not essentially computer jobs.

45. This paragraph best supports the statement that

a. people with computer skills are in demand in

police and criminal investigator jobs.

b. unemployment in computer-related ﬁelds is

not as widespread as some people think.

c. there is a shortage of skilled workers in a

variety of ﬁelds, including police work.

d. trained criminal investigators are often

underpaid in rural areas.

The competitive civil service system is designed to

give candidates fair and equal treatment and to

ensure that federal applicants are hired based on

objective criteria. Hiring has to be based solely on

a candidate’s knowledge, skills, and abilities—

sometimes abbreviated as KSA—and not on exter-

nal factors such as race, religion, or sex. Whereas

employers in the private sector can hire employees

for subjective reasons, federal employers must be

able to justify their decision with objective evi-

dence of candidate qualiﬁcation.

46. This paragraph best supports the statement that

a. hiring in the private sector is inherently

unfair.

b. KSA is not as important as test scores to

federal employers.

c. federal hiring practices are simpler than those

employed by the private sector.

d. the civil service strives to hire on the basis of a

candidate’s abilities.

It is well known that the world urgently needs

adequate distribution of food, but adequate distri-

bution of medicine is just as urgent. Medical

expertise and medical supplies need to be redis-

tributed throughout the world so that people in

emerging nations will have proper medical care.

47. This paragraph best supports the statement that

a. the majority of the people in the world have

no medical care.

b. medical resources in emerging nations have

diminished in the past few years.

c. not enough doctors give time and money to

those in need of medical care.

d. many people who live in emerging nations are

not receiving proper medical care.

–READING COMPREHENSION–

173

In the past, suggesting a gas tax has usually been

considered a political blunder, but that does not

seem to be the case today. Several states are pro-

moting bills in their state legislatures that would

cut income or property taxes and make up the

revenue with taxes on fossil fuel.

48. This paragraph best supports the statement that

a. gas taxes produce more revenue than income

taxes.

b. states with low income tax rates are increasing

their gas taxes.

c. state legislators no longer fear increasing gas

taxes.

d. taxes on fossil fuels are more popular than

property taxes.

Whether you can accomplish a speciﬁc goal or

meet a speciﬁc deadline depends ﬁrst on how

much time you need to get the job done. What

should you do when the demands of the job

exceed the time you have available? The best

approach is to divide the project into smaller

pieces. Different goals will have to be divided in

different ways, but one seemingly unrealistic goal

can often be accomplished by working on several

smaller, more reasonable goals.

49. This paragraph best supports the statement that

a. jobs often remain only partially completed

because of lack of time.

b. the best way to complete projects is to make

sure your goals are achievable.

c. the best way to tackle large projects is to

problem-solve ﬁrst.

d. the best approach to a demanding job is to

delegate responsibility.

Before you begin to compose a business letter, sit

down and think about your purpose for writing

the letter. Do you want to request information,

order a product, register a complaint, or apply for

something? Do some brainstorming and gather

information before you begin writing. Always

keep your objective in mind.

50. This paragraph best supports the statement that

a. for many different kinds of writing tasks,

planning is an important ﬁrst step.

b. business letters are frequently complaint

letters.

c. brainstorming and writing take approximately

equal amounts of time.

d. while some people plan ahead when they are

writing a business letter, others do not.

–READING COMPREHENSION–

174

1. d. By stating that ﬁtness walking does not require

a commute to a health club, the author stresses

the convenience of this form of exercise. The

paragraph also states that ﬁtness walking will

result in a good workout. Choice a is incorrect

because no comparison to weight lifting is

made. Choice b may seem like a logical

answer, but the paragraph refers only to people

who are ﬁtness walkers, so for others, a health

club might be a good investment. Choice c is

not supported by the passage.

2. d. This answer is implied by the whole para-

graph. The author stresses the need to read

critically by performing thoughtful and care-

ful operations on the text. Choice a is incor-

rect because the author never says that

reading is dull. Choices b and c are not sup-

ported by the paragraph.

3. b. The last sentence in the paragraph clearly

gives support for the idea that the interest in

Shakespeare is due to the development of his

characters. Choice a is incorrect because the

writer never makes this type of comparison.

Choice c is incorrect because even though

scholars are mentioned in the paragraph,

there is no indication that the scholars are

compiling the anthology. Choice d is incor-

rect because there is no support to show that

most New Yorkers are interested in this work.

4. a. The support for this choice is in the second

sentence, which states that in some countries

toxic insecticides are still legal. Choice b is

incorrect because even though polar regions

are mentioned in the paragraph, there is no

support for the idea that warmer regions are

not just as affected. There is no support for

choice c. Choice d can be ruled out because

there is nothing to indicate that DDT and

toxaphene are the most toxic insecticides.

5. a. The second and third sentence combine to

give support to choice a. The statement

stresses that there must be a judge’s approval

(i.e., legal authorization) before a search can

be conducted. Choices b and d are incorrect

because it is not enough for the police to have

direct evidence or a reasonable belief—a judge

must authorize the search for it to be legal.

Choice c is not mentioned in the passage.

6. b. This answer is clearly stated in the last sen-

tence of the paragraph. Choice a can be ruled

out because there is no support to show that

studying math is dangerous. Choice d is a

contradiction to the information in the pas-

sage. There is no support for choice c.

7. d. The last sentence states that new technologies

are reported daily, and this implies that new

technologies are being constantly developed.

There is no support for choice a. With regard

to choice b, stone tools were ﬁrst used two

and a half million years ago, but they were

not necessarily in use all that time. Choice c is

incorrect because the paragraph states when

stone tools ﬁrst came into use.

8. b. See the second and third sentences for the

steps in making ratatouille. Only choice b

reﬂects the correct order.

9. d. The main part of the passage describes how

to cook vegetables. Only choice d indicates

that vegetables are included in the dish. The

other choices are not reﬂected in the passage.

10. d. The passage mentions nothing about main or

secondary roads.

11. a. The other choices may be true but are not

mentioned in the passage.

–READING COMPREHENSION–

175

$

Answers

12. c. The passage indicates that the city prefers,

but does not require, the use of the new

containers. Also, customers may use more

than one container if they purchase an addi-

tional one.

13. b. The passage states that the use of the new con-

tainers will expedite pick-up of recyclables.

This indicates that the new containers will

make the recycling program more efﬁcient.

14. d. The mention that searching for spices has

changed the course of history and that nations

have gone to war over this condiment implies

that the subject of the paragraph is history, not

cooking, choices a, b, and c. The use of the

word war involves danger and intrigue, so

choice d is correct.

15. c. The mention of the amazing things the brain

is capable of doing is directly relevant to its

mysterious and complex nature. Choices a, b,

and d are less relevant and speciﬁc.

16. b. Choice b addresses both of Gary’s vanities:

his person and his situation. Choice a deals

only with Gary’s vanity of person. Choice c

deals only with his vanity of position. Choice

d is not supported by the passage.

17. a. This choice refers both to age and complex-

ity; choices b and c refer only to complexity.

Choice d is less relevant to the topic sentence

than the other choices.

18. d. Choice d reveals the fascination fans had with

Marilyn. Choices a, b, and c are merely facts

about Marilyn and are not about people’s fas-

cination with her.

19. c. The topic sentence speaks of the big bang

theory being much misunderstood, and

choice c addresses this. The other choices are

off topic.

20. a. This choice is a clear comparison between

humans and birds: neither one needs

instruction to do what is important to its

survival. Choices b, c, and d do not support

this topic sentence.

21. b. Because the wolves have produced more off-

spring than expected, chances are they will be

taken off the endangered species list. Choices

a, c, and d do not reinforce the context of the

topic sentence.

22. d. The topic sentence refers to punishment used

in early America. Choice a gives a reason for

the use of punishment by Puritans. Choices b

and c state why you do not have such punish-

ment today and compares historical punish-

ment with today’s sensibility.

23. d. The topic sentence states that violence has

claimed many lives in Northern Ireland.

Choices a, b, and c only show what led to

the situation.

24. c. This choice introduces the idea that some laws

are strange. Choices a, b, and d are examples

of strange laws, but not the topic sentence.

25. a. This topic sentence states the importance of

a cat’s whiskers. Choices b, c, and d give

other details that do not directly support the

topic sentence.

26. c. This choice states the popularity of the game.

Choices a and b state the game’s origin.

Choice d explains how its popularity spread.

27. c. This sentence gives a reason for why people

are living longer. Choices a, b, and d are

about longevity but are not topic sentences.

28. a. Choice a pronounces an end to sixteen years

of violence. Choice b, c, and d are facts about

James’s life.

29. O. This sentence is an opinion because it can be

debated. Someone could just as easily take the

opposite position.

30. F. This sentence is a fact. It can proven.

–READING COMPREHENSION–

176

31. O. This sentence is an opinion. While it could

be a good idea, there are no statistics to

prove this.

32. F. This sentence is a fact. Wednesday is the

fourth day of the week.

33. O. This sentence is an opinion. While Wednes-

day may seem longer to some people, it is the

same length as any other day of the week.

34. F. This sentence is a fact. There are many

opportunities for investment.

35. F. This sentence is a fact. People do invest in

stocks and bonds.

36. O. This sentence is an opinion. Savings

accounts and CDs do not always earn the

highest interest rates.

37. F. This sentence is a fact. The stock market can

be uncertain.

38. F. This sentence is a fact. Steady, secure inter-

est can be earned using these methods

of investing.

39. c. This sentence indicates the importance of

organization and design. Choices a, b, and d,

even if true, are not in the passage.

40. a. Choice a reﬂects the idea that the Dvorak

keyboard is more efﬁcient than the QWERTY.

Choices b, c, and d are not in the passage.

41. b. Choice b is the only choice that tells how peo-

ple should dispose of sharp objects in order to

avoid placing sanitation workers in danger.

Choices a, c, and d discuss how users should

deal with sharp objects.

42. c. The last sentence of the passage supports

choice c. Choices a, b, and d are not in

the passage.

43. a. Choice a details the greater productivity of

telecommuters. Choices b, c, and d contain

words and phrases from the paragraph, but

are incorrect.

44. c. Choice c indicates that the atmosphere of

Mars has been stripped away.

45. c. Choice c expresses the overall theme of the

paragraph—a shortage of skilled workers in

many ﬁelds.

46. d. Choice d is the best comprehensive statement

about the paragraph.

47. d. Choice d is implied by the statement that

redistribution is needed so that people in

emerging nations can have proper medical

care. Choices a, b, and c are not mentioned in

the paragraph.

48. c. Choice c is the best answer because the para-

graph indicates that legislators once feared

suggesting gas taxes, but now many of them

are promoting bills in favor of these taxes.

There is no indication that choice a is true.

Choice b is incorrect because the paragraph

does not say why more gas taxes are being

proposed. There is no support for choice d.

49. b. The passage is about making a larger goal

more achievable by setting smaller goals.

Only choice b mentions this.

50. a. Choice a is the best overall statement to sum-

marize the message given by the paragraph.

Choices b, c, and d do not support the main

idea of the paragraph.

–READING COMPREHENSION–

177

T

he ability to write correctly is fundamental for any civil service position. This chapter reviews such

grammar essentials as sentence boundaries, capitalization, punctuation, subject-verb agreement, verb

tenses, pronouns, and commonly confused words.

There is plenty of writing involved in most civil service jobs. Forms, memos, e-mails, letters, and reports

have to be written during the course of every workday, and the grammar section of the written exam helps the

government determine whether you have the competence it takes to complete such tasks. As you apply the vocab-

ulary you have learned in this book, it is important to use these words correctly in sentences. Poor usage can get

in the way of what you want to say. Correct usage of standard English shows that you have made the effort to

understand the conventions of the English language. When English is used according to the conventions that have

been established, your words allow the reader—and your employer or supervisor—to understand exactly what

you intend to say. Studying the proper ways to use the vocabulary of the English language can give you a good

score on the grammar section of the exam and will show that you are indeed capable and proﬁcient as a writer.

The tips and exercises in this chapter will help you ensure that you are ready to excel on this portion of the exam.

C H A P T E R

Grammar

13

179

$

Compl et e Sent ences and

Sent ence Fragment s

Sentences are the basic units of written language. Com-

plete sentences express a whole thought. They do not

leave you guessing about who the subject is, or what

action the subject is taking. When you are writing in

the workplace, complete sentences are the correct and

accepted format for most pieces of information. For

that reason, it is important to distinguish between

complete sentences and sentence fragments.

A sentence expresses a complete thought, while a

fragment is missing something—it could be a verb or

it could be a subject, but the sentence does not express

a complete thought. Look at the following examples.

The ﬁrst fragment in this pair of sentences is an

example of a sentence that is missing part of its verb.

It needs the helping verb was before ﬁling to make a

complete thought. The second fragment has neither a

subject nor a verb. Only when a subject and verb are

added is this sentence complete.

Look at the following incomplete sentences.

When you saw the tornado approaching.

Before the new house was built in 1972.

Since you are leaving in the morning.

You may have noticed that the fragments have an

extra word at the beginning. These words are called

subordinating conjunctions. When a group of words

that would normally be a complete sentence is pre-

ceded by a subordinating conjunction, something

more is needed to complete the thought. These sen-

tence fragments can easily be corrected:

■

When you saw the tornado approaching, you

headed for cover.

■

Before the new house was built in 1972, the old

house was demolished.

■

Since you were leaving in the morning, you went

to bed early.

Knowing that a subordinating conjunction can

signal a sentence fragment, it is a good idea to be famil-

iar with some of the most frequently used subordinat-

ing conjunctions. Then you can double-check your

work for errors. Use this list as a handy reminder.

after that

although though

as unless

because until

before when

if whenever

once where

since wherever

than while

$

Run-On Sent ences

Run-on sentences are two or more independent

clauses (complete sentences) written as though they

were one sentence. The main cause of run-on sen-

tences is often faulty punctuation, such as a comma

instead of a period between two independent clauses

(complete thoughts). End marks like periods, excla-

mation points, and question marks can solve the run-

on sentence problem. Look at the following example.

FRAGMENT COMPLETE SENTENCE

The assistant The assistant was

ﬁling folders. ﬁling folders.

Leaving messages Janet was always leaving

for me. messages for me

–GRAMMAR–

180

A complete report has to be submitted every week,

it is due on Friday.

This run-on sentence could be corrected in a few

different ways. One way is to add a conjunction after

the comma and in between the two independent

clauses. Words such as and, or, but, as, or because are

conjunctions that join sentences.

Using the same sentence as a model, it would be

considered correct if you wrote:

A complete report has to be submitted every week,

and it is due on Friday.

It would also be correct to delete the comma and

separate the two sentences with a semicolon. A semi-

colon indicates that the next part of the sentence is a

complete sentence, but it is so closely related to the ﬁrst

that there is no reason to make it into a sentence of its

own. So, it would be correct to say:

A complete report has to be submitted every week;

it is due on Friday.

The sentence would be correct if you separated

the two independent clauses to make two complete

sentences. You could rewrite it as follows:

A complete report has to be submitted every week.

It is due on Friday.

Last, the sentence would be correct if written

with a dash:

A complete report has to be submitted every

week—it is due on Friday.

$

Capi t al i zat i on

You may encounter questions on your civil service

exam that test your ability to use capital letters cor-

rectly. If you know the most common capitalization

rules, you will be better prepared to correct these

errors.

■

Capitalize the ﬁrst word of a sentence. If the ﬁrst

word is a number, write it as a word.

■

Capitalize the pronoun I.

■

Capitalize the ﬁrst word of a complete quotation:

“What is the address?” she asked. However, do not

capitalize the ﬁrst word of a partial quotation: He

called me “the best employee” and nominated me

for an award.

■

Capitalize proper nouns and proper adjectives.

Proper nouns are names of people, places, or

things, like Lyndon B. Johnson; Austin, Texas; or

Mississippi River. They are different from com-

mon nouns like president, city, state, or river.

■

Proper adjectives are adjectives formed from

proper nouns. For instance, if the proper noun is

Japan, the proper adjective would be Japanese

language. If the proper noun is South America, the

proper adjective would be South American cli-

mate. See the table that follows for examples of

proper nouns and adjectives.

–GRAMMAR–

181

–GRAMMAR–

182

CATEGORY EXAMPLE OF PROPER NOUNS

Days of the week Friday, Saturday

Months of the year January, February

Holidays Christmas, Halloween

Special events Two Rivers Festival, City Writers’ Conference

Names of individuals John Henry, George Washington

Names of structures Lincoln Memorial

Buildings The Empire State Building

Names of trains Orient Express

Ships Queen Elizabeth II

Aircraft Cessna

Product names Honda Accord

Geographic locations (cities, states, counties, Des Moines, Iowa

countries, and geographic regions) Canada

Middle East

Streets Grand Avenue

Highways Interstate 29

Roads Dogwood Road

Landmarks Continental Divide

Public areas Grand Canyon, Glacier National Park

Bodies of water Atlantic Ocean

Mississippi River

Ethnic groups Asian-American

Languages English

Nationalities Irish

Ofﬁcial titles (capitalized only when they appear Mayor Bloomberg

before a person’s name—Marie Hanson, President Johnson

president of the City Council, vs. City Council

President Marie Hanson)

Institutions Dartmouth College

Organizations Chrysler Corporation

Businesses Girl Scouts

Proper adjectives (adjectives formed English mufﬁns, French cuisine

from proper nouns)

$

Punct uat i on

A section on the written civil service exam may test

your punctuation skills. Knowing how to correctly use

periods, commas, and apostrophes will boost your

score on the exam.

Periods

If you know the most common rules for using periods,

you will have a much easier time spotting and correct-

ing sentence errors.

■

Use a period at the end of a sentence that is not a

question or an exclamation.

■

Use a period after an initial in a name.

■

Example: John F. Kennedy

■

Use a period after an abbreviation, unless the

abbreviation is an acronym.

■

Abbreviations: Mr., Ms., Dr., A.M., General

Motors Corp.; Allied, Inc.

■

Acronyms: NASA, SCUBA, RADAR

■

If a sentence ends with an abbreviation, use only

one period.

■

Example: You brought pens, paper, pencils, etc.

Commas

Commas are more important than many people real-

ize. The correct use of commas helps present ideas

and information clearly to readers. Missing or misplaced

commas, on the other hand, can confuse readers and

convey a message quite different from what is

intended. This chart demonstrates just how much

impact commas can have on meaning.

–GRAMMAR–

183

There is an indeterminate number of people My sister Diane John Carey Melissa and I

in this sentence. went to dinner.

There are four people in this sentence. My sister Diane, John Carey, Melissa, and I

went to dinner.

There are ﬁve people in this sentence. My sister, Diane, John Carey, Melissa, and I

went to dinner.

There are six people in this sentence. My sister, Diane, John, Carey, Melissa, and I

went to dinner.

If you know the most common rules for using

commas, you will have a much easier time identifying

sentence errors and correcting them.

■

Use a comma before and, but, so, or, for, nor, and

yet when they separate two groups of words that

could be complete sentences. Example: The man-

ual listed the steps in sequence, and that made it

easy for any reader to follow.

■

Use a comma to separate items in a series. Exam-

ple: The student driver stopped, looked, and lis-

tened when she approached the railroad tracks.

■

You may wonder if the comma after the last item

in a series is really necessary. This is called a series

comma, and is used to ensure clarity.

■

Use a comma to separate two or more adjectives

modifying the same noun. Example: The hot,

black, rich coffee was just what I needed on Monday

morning. (Notice that there is no comma

between rich—an adjective—and coffee—the

noun it describes.)

■

Use a comma after introductory words, phrases,

or clauses in a sentence. Example of an introduc-

tory word: Usually, the secretary reads the minutes

of the meeting. Example of an introductory phrase:

During her lunch break, she went shopping. Exam-

ple of an introductory clause: After you found the

source of the problem, it was easily rectiﬁed.

■

Use a comma after a name followed by Jr., Sr.,

M.D., Ph.D., or any other abbreviation. Example:

The ceremony commemorated Martin Luther King,

Jr. Remember that commas should be on both

sides of an abbreviation—The life of Martin Luther

King, Jr., was the subject of the documentary.

■

Use a comma to separate items in an address.

Example: The package was addressed to 1433 West

G Avenue, Orlando, Florida 36890.

■

Use a comma to separate a day and a year, as well

as after the year when it is in a sentence. Example:

I was born on July 21, 1954, during a thunderstorm.

■

Use a comma after the greeting of a friendly letter

and after the closing of a letter. Example of a

greeting: “Dear Uncle John,.” Example of a closing:

“Sincerely yours,.”

■

Use a comma to separate contrasting elements in

a sentence. Example: Your speech needs strong

arguments, not strong opinions, to convince me.

■

Use commas to set off appositives—words or

phrases that explain or identify the noun in a

sentence. Example: My dog, a dachshund, is

named Penny.

Apostrophes

Apostrophes are used to show ownership or relation-

ships, to show where letters have been omitted in a con-

traction, and to form the plurals of numbers and letters.

If you know the most common rules for using

apostrophes, you will have a much easier time spotting

and correcting punctuation errors.

■

Use an apostrophe in contractions. This tells the

reader that a letter has been omitted.

■

Example: do not = don’t

■

I will = I’ll

■

it is = it’s

■

Use an apostrophe to form the plural of numbers

and letters.

■

Example: There are two o’s and two m’s in

the word roommate.

■

She chose four a’s on the multiple choice exam.

■

Use an apostrophe to show possession.

USING APOSTROPHES TO SHOW

–GRAMMAR–

184

POSSESSION

SINGULAR NOUNS PLURAL NOUNS ENDING IN S PLURAL NOUNS

RULE: ADD ’S RULE: ADD ’ NOT ENDING IN S

RULE: ADD ’S

boy’s boys’ men’s

child’s kids’ children’s

lady’s ladies’ women’s

$

Verbs

The subject of a sentence—who or what the sentence

is about, the person or thing performing the action—

should agree with its verb in number. Simply put, this

means that if a subject is singular, the verb must be sin-

gular; if the subject is plural, the verb must be plural.

If you are unsure whether a verb is singular or plural,

use this simple test. Fill in the blanks below using the

verb speak. Be sure that it agrees with the subject.

He . (The correct form of the verb

in this sentence would be singular because the

subject—he—is singular. The sentence, written cor-

rectly, would be: He speaks.)

They . (The correct form of the

verb in this sentence would be plural because the

subject—they—is plural. The sentence, written cor-

rectly, would be: They speak.)

Try this simple test with other verbs such as sing,

write, think, or plan if you are confused about sub-

ject/verb agreement. Notice that a verb ending with s

is usually a sign of the singular form of the verb, and

there would be a singular subject in the sentence. Sim-

ilarly, a subject ending with s is the sign of a plural sub-

ject, and the verb in the sentence would be plural.

If a sentence includes a verb phrase (a main verb

and one or more helping verbs), the helping verb (a

verb that helps the main verb express action or make

a statement) has to agree with the subject.

Example: The gymnast is performing.

The gymnasts are performing.

The new schedule has interfered with our plans.

The new schedules have interfered with our plans.

$

Agreement When Usi ng

Pronoun Subj ect s

Few people have trouble matching noun subjects and

verbs, but pronouns are sometimes difﬁcult for even the

most sophisticated writers. Some pronouns are always

singular; others are always plural. Still others can be

either singular or plural, depending on the usage.

These pronouns are always singular:

each everyone

either no one

neither one

anybody nobody

anyone someone

everybody somebody

For example, you would say “Neither of them

has been to Chicago”—not “Neither of them have

been to Chicago.” Neither is the subject, so the verb

must be singular.

The indeﬁnite pronouns each, either, and neither

are most often misused. You can avoid a mismatch by

mentally adding the word one after the pronoun and

removing the other words between the pronoun and

the verb. Look at the following examples.

Each of the men wants his own car.

Each one of the men wants his own car.

Either of the sales clerks knows where the sale mer-

chandise is located.

Either one of the sales clerks knows where the sale

merchandise is located.

It is important to note that a subject is never

found in a prepositional phrase. Any noun or pronoun

found in a prepositional phrase is the object of the

preposition, and this word can never be the subject of

–GRAMMAR–

185

the sentence. Try to ﬁlter out prepositional phrases

when looking for the subject of a sentence. Using the

two sentences as models, note the prepositional

phrases in bold. When you have identiﬁed these

phrases, you will have a much easier time ﬁnding the

subject of the sentence.

Each of the men wants his own car.

Either of the sales clerks knows where the sale

merchandise is located.

These kinds of sentences may sound awkward

because many speakers misuse these pronouns, and

you may be used to hearing them used incorrectly. To

be sure that you are using them correctly, the substi-

tution trick—inserting one for the words following the

pronoun—will help you avoid making an error.

Some pronouns are always plural and require a

plural verb. They are:

both many

few several

Other pronouns can be either singular or plural:

all none

any some

most

The words or prepositional phrases following

these pronouns determine whether they are singular or

plural. If what follows the pronoun is plural, the verb

must be plural. If what follows is singular, the verb

must be singular.

All of the work is ﬁnished.

All of the jobs are ﬁnished.

Is any of the pizza left?

Are any of the pieces of pizza left?

None of the time was wasted.

None of the minutes were wasted.

$

Agreement When Usi ng

Subj ect s Joi ned by and

If two nouns or pronouns are joined by and, they

require a plural verb.

He and she want to buy a new house.

Bill and Verna want to buy a new house.

$

Agreement When Usi ng

Subj ect s Joi ned by or or nor

If two nouns or pronouns are joined by or or nor,

they require a singular verb. Think of them as two

separate sentences, and you will never make a mis-

take in agreement.

He or she wants to buy a new house.

He wants to buy a new house.

She wants to buy a new house.

Neither Portuguese nor Dutch is widely spoken

today.

Portuguese is not widely spoken today.

Dutch is not widely spoken today.

$

Verb Tense

The tense of a verb tells the reader when the action

occurs, occurred, or will occur. Present tense verbs let

the reader imagine the action as it is being read. Past

tense verbs tell the reader what has already happened.

Future tense verbs tell the reader what will happen.

–GRAMMAR–

186

Read the three paragraphs that follow. The ﬁrst is

written in the present tense, the second in the past

tense, and the third in the future tense. Notice the dif-

ference in the verbs; they are highlighted so that you

can easily see them.

1. To plan for growth in the small city, a city plan-

ner is hired to speak to the town council. The

city planner presents a map of the city where

some public buildings are located. Each of the

squares on the map represents one city block.

Street names are labeled. Arrows on streets indi-

cate that the street is one way only in the direc-

tion of the arrow. Two-way trafﬁc is allowed on

streets with no arrows. This plan alleviates traf-

ﬁc in the downtown area.

2. To plan for growth in the small city, a city planner

was hired. The city planner presented a map of

the city where some public buildings were

located. Each of the squares on the map repre-

sented one city block. Street names were labeled.

Arrows on streets indicated that the street was

one way only in the direction of the arrow. Two-

way trafﬁc was allowed on streets with no arrows.

This plan alleviated trafﬁc in the downtown area.

3. To plan for growth in the small city, a city plan-

ner will be hired. The city planner will present a

map of the city where some public buildings will

be located. Each of the squares on the map will

represent one city block. Street names will be

labeled. Arrows on streets will indicate that the

street will be one way only in the direction of the

arrow. Two-way trafﬁc will be allowed on streets

with no arrows. This plan will alleviate trafﬁc in

the downtown area.

It is easy to distinguish present, past, and future

tense by trying the word in a sentence beginning with

today (present tense), yesterday (past tense), or tomor-

row (future tense).

–GRAMMAR–

187

PRESENT TENSE PAST TENSE FUTURE TENSE

TODAY, I YESTERDAY, I TOMORROW, I

drive drove will drive

think thought will think

rise rose will rise

catch caught will catch

The important thing to remember about verb

tense is to be consistent. If a passage begins in the pres-

ent tense, keep it in the present tense unless there is a

speciﬁc reason to change—to indicate that some action

occurred in the past, for instance. If a passage begins in

the past tense, it should remain in the past tense. Sim-

ilarly, if a passage begins in the future tense, it should

remain in the future tense. Verb tense should never be

mixed as it is in the following sample.

Incorrect

The doorman opens the door and saw the crowd

of people.

Correct

Present Tense: The doorman opens the door and

sees the crowd of people.

Past Tense: The doorman opened the door

and saw the crowd of people.

Future Tense: The doorman will open the door

and will see the crowd of people.

Sometimes it is necessary to use a different verb

tense in order to clarify when an action took place.

Read the following sentences and their explanations.

1. The game warden sees the ﬁsh that you caught.

(The verb sees is in the present tense and indi-

cates that the action is occurring in the present.

The verb caught is in the past tense and indicates

that the ﬁsh were caught at some earlier time.)

2. The house that was built over a century ago sits

on top of the hill. (The verb was built is in the

past tense and indicates that the house was built

in the past. The verb sits is in the present tense

and indicates that the action is still occurring.)

$

Pronouns

Using a single pronoun in a sentence is usually easy to

do. In fact, most people would readily be able to iden-

tify the mistakes in the following sentences.

Me went to the movie with he.

My instructor gave she a ride to the class.

Most people know that me in the ﬁrst sentence

should be I and that he should be him. In the second

sentence, she should be her. Such errors are easy to spot

when the pronouns are used alone in a sentence. The

problem occurs when a pronoun is used with a noun

or another pronoun. See if you can spot the errors in

the following sentences.

The director rode with Jerry and I.

Belle and himare going to the company picnic.

The errors in these sentences are not as easy to

spot as those in the sentences using a single pronoun.

In order to remedy this problem, you can turn the sen-

tence with two pronouns into two separate sentences.

Then the error becomes very obvious.

The director rode with Jerry.

The director rode with me (not I).

Belle is going to the company picnic.

He (not him) is going to the company picnic.

To help you move through this grammar prob-

lem with ease, you should know that subject

pronouns—those that are the subject in a sentence or

the predicate nominative—are in the nominative case.

(A predicate nominative is a noun or pronoun that is

the same as the subject. For example: It was I. In this

sentence, the subject it is the same as the pronoun I.)

Subjective pronouns are I, he, she, we, and they.

Objective pronouns—those that are the object of

a preposition or the direct/indirect object of the

sentence—are in the objective case. (A direct object is

the word that receives the action of the verb or shows

the result of the action. It answers the question who or

whom. For example: She went with me. An indirect

object is the word that comes before the direct object. It

tells to whomor for whomthe action of the verb is done.

For example: She gave me some ﬂowers on my birthday.)

–GRAMMAR–

188

Objective pronouns are me, him, her, us, and

them. You and it do not change their forms, so there is

no need to memorize case for those words. Knowing

when to use objective pronouns can become prob-

lematic when they are used in compounds such as:

She directed her comments to Margaret and me.

A simple way to ﬁnd the correct pronoun is to

test each one separately.

She directed her comments to Margaret.

She directed her comments to me.

$

Pronoun Agreement

Using singular and plural pronouns can be a problem

at times. Like subjects and verbs, pronouns must match

the number of the nouns they represent. If the noun

that a pronoun represents is singular, the pronoun

must be singular. On the other hand, if the noun a pro-

noun represents is plural, the pronoun must be plural.

Sometimes a pronoun represents another pro-

noun. If so, either both pronouns must be singular or

both pronouns must be plural. Consult the lists of singular

and plural pronouns you saw earlier in this chapter.

The doctor must take a break when she is tired.

(singular)

Doctors must take breaks when they are tired.

(plural)

One of the girls misplaced her purse. (singular)

All of the girls misplaced their purses. (plural)

If two or more singular nouns or pronouns are

joined by and, use a plural pronoun to represent them.

If he and she want to join us, they are welcome to

do so.

Mark and Jennifer planned a meeting to discuss

their ideas.

If two or more singular nouns or pronouns are

joined by or, use a singular pronoun. If a singular and

a plural noun or pronoun are joined by nor, the pro-

noun should agree with the closest noun or pronoun

it represents.

The bank or the credit union can lend money to its

patrons.

The treasurer or the assistant will loan you his

calculator.

Neither the soldiers nor the sergeant was sure of

her location.

Neither the sergeant nor the soldiers was sure of

their location.

$

Commonl y Conf used Words

The following word pairs are often misused in written

language. By reading the explanations and looking at

the examples, you can learn to use these words cor-

rectly every time.

Its/It’s

Its is a possessive pronoun and shows that some-

thing belongs to it. It’s is a contraction for it is or it has.

The only time you should ever use it’s is when you can

also substitute the words it is or it has.

The dog knows its way home.

It’s only fair that I should do the dishes for you

tonight.

–GRAMMAR–

189

Who/That

Who refers to people. That refers to things.

There is the man who helped me ﬁnd my wallet.

The ofﬁce worker who invented White-Out was very

creative.

This is the house that my sister bought.

The book that I need is no longer in print.

There/Their/They’re

Their is a possessive pronoun that shows owner-

ship. There is an adverb that tells where an action or

item is located. They’re is a contraction for the words

they are. It is easy to remember the differences if you

remember these tips.

■

Their means belonging to them. Of the three

words, their can be most easily transformed into

the word them. Extend the r on the right side and

connect the i and the r to turn their into them.

This clue will help you remember that their

means that it belongs to them.

■

Their coats should be hanging on racks by

the door.

■

If you examine the word there, you can see that it

contains the word here. Whenever you use there,

you should be able to substitute here, and the

sentence should still make sense.

■

She told me to wait over there for the next

available salesperson.

■

Imagine that the apostrophe in they’re is actually a

very small letter a. Use they’re in a sentence only

when you can substitute they are.

■

Yes, they’re coming to dinner with us next Sat-

urday night.

Your/You’re

Your is a possessive pronoun that means some-

thing belongs to you. You’re is a contraction for the

words you are. The only time you should use you’re is

when you can substitute the words you are.

Your name will be the next one called.

You’re the next person to be called.

To/Too/Two

To can be used as a preposition or an inﬁnitive.

■

A preposition shows relationships between other

words in a sentence.

■

Example: My car is in the employee parking lot.

The word in shows the relation of my car to

parking lot. The meaning of the sentence

would be different if another preposition such

as on, over, or beside were used. Other exam-

ples: to the ofﬁce, in the red, to my home, beside

the table, over the top, at his restaurant, to our

disadvantage, in an open room, by the door

■

An inﬁnitive is to followed by a verb. For exam-

ple: to talk, to deny, to see, to ﬁnd, to advance, to

read, to build, to want, to misinterpret, to peruse

■

Example; To ﬁnd the correct answer, I did

some very careful thinking.

Too means also. To see if you are using the correct

spelling of the word too, substitute the word also. The

sentence should still make sense. Example: I did not

know that you wanted to go too.

Too can also mean excessively.

It was too hot inside the car.

Two is a number, as in one, two. If you memorize

this, you will never misuse this form.

There are only two people in our party.

–GRAMMAR–

190

$

Pract i ce Quest i ons

For questions 1–8, look for run-on sentences or sentence

fragments. Choose the answer choice that does NOT

express a correct, complete sentence. If there are no mis-

takes, select choice d.

1. a. Manuel wanted to complete all of his courses

so he could get his degree.

b. She couldn’t believe the premise of the story.

c. The train leaving the station.

d. no mistakes

2. a. At the end of the day, they hoped to be ﬁn-

ished with all tasks.

b. When will you teach me how to cook like you

do?

c. I can’t wait Janet can’t either.

d. no mistakes

3. a. The medieval literature class was very

interesting.

b. The children in the park, including all of the

girls on the swings.

c. Christina is an excellent elementary school

teacher.

d. no mistakes

4. a. Sandra Day O’Connor was the ﬁrst woman to

serve on the U.S. Supreme Court.

b. You visited the presidential library of Lyndon

B. Johnson.

c. I saw Dr. Sultana because Dr. Das was on

vacation.

d. no mistakes.

5. a. What is the best route to Philadelphia?

b. The artichokes cost more than the asparagus

does.

c. Turn off the television it’s time for dinner!

d. no mistakes.

6. a. Baseball is the national pastime of the United

States.

b. Ernest Hemingway won the Nobel Prize for

Literature.

c. The rest of the story coming to you later.

d. no mistakes.

7. a. The sky was a brilliant blue this morning.

b. John is an avid stamp collector.

c. Elvis Presley’s home is in Memphis, Tennessee.

d. no mistakes

8. a. If you see a grizzly bear, do not make any sud-

den movements.

b. The county executive a person who works

very hard.

c. The national park system in the United States

preserves land for all to enjoy.

d. no mistakes

For questions 9–13, choose the sentence that uses commas

correctly.

9. a. Ecstatic the winner, hugged her coach.

b. My best friend, James is always on time.

c. As far as I know, that room is empty.

d. Maureen my cousin, is going to Hawaii in

August.

–GRAMMAR–

191

10. a. Concerned about her health, Jessica made an

appointment to see a doctor.

b. Those sneakers are available in black tan red,

and white.

c. After, checking our equipment you began our

hiking trip.

d. Exhausted I climbed, into bed.

11. a. Hoping for the best, I called Dan.

b. You visited England, France Spain, and Italy.

c. You can have chocolate ice cream or, you can

have a dish of vanilla pudding.

d. Timothy, however will attend a community

college in the fall.

12. a. Max was the most physically ﬁt and he won

the 5K, race.

b. Shortly she will answer, all messages.

c. My physician, Dr. O’Connor, told me I was

very healthy.

d. Bonnie was outgoing friendly, and sociable.

13. a. After his vacation to the Caribbean Art,

decided to learn scuba diving.

b. I like jazz, classical, and blues music.

c. My good friend, Melanie sent me a picture of

her new puppy.

d. The abundant, blue, violets were scattered

everywhere in the woodland garden.

For questions 14–19, choose the sentence or phrase that

has a mistake in capitalization or punctuation. If you

ﬁnd no mistakes, select choice d.

14. a. My favorite season is Spring.

b. Last Monday, Aunt Ruth took me shopping.

c. You elected Ben as treasurer of the freshman

class.

d. no mistakes

15. a. He shouted from the window, but you could-

n’t hear him.

b. NASA was launching its ﬁrst space shuttle of

the year.

c. The boys’ wore identical sweaters.

d. no mistakes

16. a. Occasionally someone will stop and ask for

directions.

b. When you come to the end of Newton Road,

turn left onto Wilson Street.

c. Lauren’s father is an auto mechanic.

d. no mistakes

17. a. That book must be yours.

b. This is someone elses coat.

c. Don B. Norman was one of the founders of

the community.

d. no mistakes

18. a. The US ﬂag should be ﬂown proudly.

b. She served eggs, toast, and orange juice for

breakfast.

c. He wanted turkey, lettuce, and mayonnaise on

his sandwich.

d. no mistakes

–GRAMMAR–

192

19. a. Dear Anne,

b. Sincerely, yours

c. Yours truly,

d. no mistakes

For questions 20–25, choose the correct verb form.

20. I am trying to become more skilled at weaving

before winter

a. arrived.

b. will have arrived.

c. will arrive.

d. arrives.

21. While trying to his cat

from a tree, he fell and hurt himself.

a. be rescuing

b. have rescued

c. rescue

d. rescuing

22. The volunteers from the ﬁre department

quickly and extinguished a

ﬁre on North Country Road.

a. will respond

b. responded

c. will have responded

d. have responded

23. In Tuesday’s paper, the owner of the supermarket

was recognized for helping a customer who

on the icy sidewalk.

a. falls

b. would fall

c. had fallen

d. has fallen

24. The people who bought this old lamp at the

antique auction very smart.

a. was

b. were

c. is

d. has been

25. I her speak on Friday night

about the advantages of organic gardening.

a. will have heard

b. would hear

c. would have heard

d. will hear

For questions 26–30, choose the correct pronoun form.

26. That snappy looking sports car belongs to my

sister and .

a. I

b. me

c. mine

d. myself

27. The person made this deli-

cious cheesecake has my vote.

a. that

b. which

c. who

d. whose

28. George and Michael left

backpacks in the car.

a. his

b. their

c. there

d. its

–GRAMMAR–

193

29. You arranged the ﬂowers and placed

in the center of the table.

a. them

b. this

c. it

d. that

30. met more than ten years

ago at a mutual friend’s birthday party.

a. Her and I

b. Her and me

c. She and me

d. She and I

For questions 31–40, ﬁnd the sentence that has a mistake

in grammar or usage. If there are no mistakes, select

choice d.

31. a. Have you ever read the book called The Firm?

b. She urged me not to go.

c. Stop, look, and listen.

d. no mistakes

32. a. Three’s a crowd.

b. If you’re not sure, look in the dictionary.

c. They weren’t the only ones that didn’t like the

movie.

d. no mistakes

33. a. Anne will leave ﬁrst and Nick will follow her.

b. Maya Angelou, a famous poet, recently spoke

at our school.

c. The clerk asked for my address and phone

number.

d. no mistakes

34. a. That parrot doesnt talk.

b. Don’t spend too much money.

c. You waited until he stopped to make a phone

call.

d. no mistakes

35. a. Alberto laughed loudly when he saw us.

b. They’re looking for another apartment.

c. The ﬁrst house on the street is there’s.

d. no mistakes

36. a. I love the ﬁreworks on the Fourth of July.

b. The dog’s barking woke us from a sound sleep.

c. My grandparents live in Dallas, Texas.

d. no mistakes

37. a. Ursula has broke one of your plates.

b. The sun rose from behind the mountains.

c. Don’t spend too much time on that project.

d. no mistakes

38. a. She believed in keeping a positive attitude.

b. After you sat down to eat dinner, the phone

rung.

c. Sign all three copies of the form.

d. no mistakes

39. a. The Adirondack Mountains are in New York.

b. President Carter returned control of the

Panama Canal to Panama.

c. She missed the bus and arrives late.

d. no mistakes

–GRAMMAR–

194

40. a. The childrens books are over there.

b. There is not enough paper in the printer for

the entire document.

c. What’s the weather forecast for today?

d. no mistakes

For questions 41–45, choose the sentence that does not use

the correct form of the commonly confused word. If there

are no mistakes, select choice d.

41. a. If it’s nice weather tomorrow, I plan to go for

a hike.

b. Some analysts think the stock market has seen

it’s best days.

c. It’s usually a good idea to purchase life

insurance.

d. no mistakes

42. a. She spoke too quickly to the group in the

lobby.

b. Can you attend this morning’s meeting too?

c. Save all of your ﬁles in to or three folders.

d. no mistakes

43. a. When will you bring you’re pictures to work?

b. It is your responsibility to arrange the details.

c. If you’re planning to attend, please let me

know in advance.

d. no mistakes

44. a. Only their supervisor can answer those

questions.

b. There is a phone call for you.

c. They’re are only two ways to handle that

situation.

d. no mistakes

45. a. They are the ones who deserve all the credit.

b. This is the house that I told you about.

c. Marie sent a gift to her grandmother, who is

in the hospital.

d. no mistakes

For questions 46–50, choose the sentence that is correct

in both grammar and punctuation.

46. a. The trip was scheduled for Friday the family

was excited.

b. The trip was scheduled for Friday, and the

family was excited.

c. The trip was scheduled for. Friday the family

was excited.

d. The trip, was scheduled for Friday, and the

family was excited.

47. a. They ﬁnished their lunch. Left the building.

And returned at 1:30.

b. They ﬁnished their lunch, left the building,

and returns at 1:30.

c. They ﬁnished their lunch, left the building,

and returned at 1:30.

d. They ﬁnished their lunch, left the building,

and returning at 1:30.

48. a. Searching for her keys, Kira, knew she would

be late.

b. Searching for her keys Kira knew she would be

late.

c. Searching, for her keys and Kira knew she

would be late.

d. Searching for her keys, Kira knew she would

be late.

–GRAMMAR–

195

49. a. The longtime residents in the community

were proud of there school district.

b. The longtime residents in the community

were proud of their school district.

c. The longtime residents in the community was

proud of their school district.

d. The longtime residents in the community,

were proud of their school district.

50. a. Lisa, Dara, and Amy wanted to work together

on the committee.

b. Lisa Dara and Amy wants to work together on

the committee.

c. Lisa, Dara, and Amy wanting to work together

on the committee.

d. Lisa, Dara, and Amy have wants to work

together on the committee.

–GRAMMAR–

196

1. c. This is a sentence fragment.

2. c. This is a run-on sentence.

3. b. This is a sentence fragment.

4. d. There are no mistakes.

5. c. This is a run-on sentence.

6. c. This is a sentence fragment.

7. d. There are no mistakes.

8. b. This is a sentence fragment.

9. b. The commas set off an introductory phrase.

10. a. The comma sets off an introductory clause.

11. a. The comma sets off an introductory phrase.

12. c. The comma sets off the appositive in the

sentence.

13. b. The commas separate items in a series.

14. a. Spring should not be capitalized.

15. c. The word boys’ should not show possession;

no apostrophe is needed.

16. a. A comma is need to set off the introductory

word, occasionally.

17. b. An apostrophe is needed before the last s in

the word elses to show possession.

18. a. There should be periods after the abbrevia-

tion U.S.

19. b. The comma should be placed after the word

yours.

20. d. This sentence is in the present tense.

21. c. The inﬁnitive form of the verb is used in this

sentence.

22. b. This sentence is in the past tense.

23. c. This sentence needs a verb that is in the past

tense.

24. b. Were is in agreement with the plural subject

people.

25. d. This sentence is in the future tense.

26. b. The correct form of the pronoun is me

(objective case).

27. c. The correct pronoun is who because it refers

to a person.

28. b. The pronoun their agrees with the plural sub-

ject, George and Michael.

29. a. The pronoun themagrees with the plural

noun ﬂowers.

30. d. She and I is the subject of the sentence, so the

subjective case is needed.

31. d. There are no mistakes.

32. c. The word that should be who because it refers

to people.

33. a. There should be a comma before the con-

junction and in this sentence to separate two

complete thoughts.

34. a. The contraction doesn’t should have an

apostrophe.

35. c. The correct possessive pronoun is theirs, not

there’s.

36. d. There are no mistakes.

37. a. The correct verb form is has broken.

38. b. The correct verb form is rang.

39. c. Both verbs, missed and arrives should be in

the past tense.

40. a. An apostrophe should be added before the s

in children’s to make it possessive.

41. b. This sentence requires the possessive form

(with no apostrophe), its.

42. c. The required form of this word is the number

two.

43. a. This sentence should use the possessive form

of the word your.

44. c. This sentence should use the adverb there.

45. d. There are no mistakes.

46. b. This choice uses the comma and the conjunc-

tion correctly. Choice a is a run-on sentence.

Choice c contains sentence fragments. Choice

d misuses commas.

–GRAMMAR–

197

$

Answers

47. c. The word returned is in the past tense, as are

ﬁnished and left. Choice a contains sentence

fragments. Choices b and d misuse verb tense.

48. d. The comma in this sentence correctly sepa-

rates the introductory phrase. Choices a and

c misuse commas. Choice b lacks

punctuation.

49. b. This sentence uses the correct form of their,

the correct verb, and the correct punctuation.

The word there is used incorrectly in choice a.

Choice c uses verb tense incorrectly. Choice d

is an example of comma misuse.

50. a. This sentence uses the correct punctuation in

a series and the correct verb form. Choices b,

c, and d misuse commas and verb tense.

–GRAMMAR–

198

B

ecause accurate spelling is such an essential and important communication skill, it is always tested

on the civil service exam. In this chapter, you will ﬁnd spelling rules, test tips, and practice exer-

cises that will make the spelling section of the exam easier for you.

There is no “quick ﬁx” for spelling. The secret to correct spelling is memorization. If you take the time to

commit the words you encounter every day to memory, not only will you excel on this section of the exam, but

your correspondence and written work will be more clear and effective and look more professional.

Spelling tests are usually given in multiple-choice format. Typically, you will be given several possible

spellings for a word and asked to identify the one that is correctly spelled. This can be a difﬁcult task, even for

the best speller, because you must be able to see very subtle differences between word spellings. The best way to

prepare for a spelling test is to put your memorization skills into high gear, have a good grasp of spelling rules,

and know the exceptions to those rules. The fundamental rules and their exceptions are outlined here.

C H A P T E R

Spelling

14

199

SPELLING RULES AND EXCEPTIONS

THE RULE THE EXCEPTION

Use i before e—as in piece. Use i before e except after c—as in receive or

conceive—or when ei sounds like a—as in neighbor

or weigh.

When adding preﬁxes, do not change the spelling none

of the word—as in unnecessary or misspell

When adding sufﬁxes, do not change the spelling When a word ends in y, change the y to i before

of the word—as in ﬁnally or usually. adding ness or ly—as in heaviness or readily.

One-syllable words ending in y generally remain the

same—as in dryness or shyly.

Drop the ﬁnal e before adding a sufﬁx that begins Keep the ﬁnal e to retain the soft sound of c or g

with a vowel—as in caring or usable. preceding the e—as in noticeable or courageous.

Keep the ﬁnal e before a sufﬁx beginning with Words like truly, argument, judgment, or

a consonant—as in careful or careless. acknowledgment are exceptions.

When words end in y and a consonant precedes none

the y, change the y to i before adding a sufﬁx

with i—as in hurried or funnier.

When a sufﬁx begins with a vowel, double the If the accent is not on the last syllable, do not add a

ﬁnal consonant before the sufﬁx if the word double consonant—as in canceled or preferable.

has only one syllable—as in planning—or if the

word ends with a single consonant preceded

by a single vowel—as in forgetting.

When spelling the plural form of a noun, none

add an s—as in books or letters.

add an es—as in boxes or lunches.

Nouns are normally made plural by

adding an s. An es is added when there

is an extra sound heard in words that end

in s, sh, ch, or x—as in dresses, birches,

bushes, or boxes.

If the noun ends in a y, change the y to an i and If the noun ends in y and is preceded by a vowel,

add es—as in salaries or ladies. just add s—as in attorneys or monkeys.

If a noun ends in f or fe, add an s Some nouns that end in f or fe are formed by changing

—as in chiefs or roofs. the f to v and adding s or es—as in knives or leaves.

–SPELLING–

200

THE RULE THE EXCEPTION

If a noun ends in o and is preceded by a vowel, Some nouns that end in o preceded by a consonant

add an s—as in pianos or radios are formed by adding es—as in potatoes or tomatoes.

Plural or compound nouns can be spelled with Some plural nouns are irregular nouns and have to be

an s or an es—as in bookmarks or mailboxes. memorized—as in children, men, or women.

When a noun and a modiﬁer make a compound A few compound nouns are irregular—as in six year olds

noun, the noun is made plural—as in or drive-ins. Some nouns take the same form in the

sisters-in-law or passers-by. singular and the plural—as in deer, species, or sheep.

Numbers, letters, signs, and words that take the none

shape of words are spelled with an apostrophe

and an s—She received all A’s on her report card or

There are two o’s and two m’s in roommate.

Some foreign words are formed as they are in their

original language—as in alumni or data.

Some foreign words may be spelled as they are in

the original language or by adding s or es—as in

appendixes/appendices or indexes/indices.

Some foreign words are formed according to

the ending of the word:

*singular ending in is

plural ending in es—as in analysis/analyses or crisis/crises.

*singular ending in um

plural ending in a—as in curriculum/curricula.

*singular ending in on

plural ending in a—as in criterion/criteria.

*singular ending in eau

plural ending in eaux—as in beau/beaux.

*singular ending in a

plural ending in ae—as in formula/formulae.

*singular ending in us

plural ending in i—as in stimulus/stimuli.

When using -cede, -ceed, or -sede, memorize

the following:

There is only one English word ending in

sede—supersede.

There are only three common verbs ending

in ceed—exceed, proceed, and succeed.

Other words that have the same sound end

in cede—secede, precede, and concede, for example.

–SPELLING–

201

202

Shortcut—How to Answer Spelling Questions

■

Sound out the word in your mind. Remember that long vowels inside words usually are followed by single

consonants—as in sofa, total, or crime. Short vowels inside words usually are followed by double

consonants—as in dribble, scissors, or toddler.

■

Give yourself auditory (listening) clues when you learn words. Say Wed-nes-day or lis-ten or bus-i-ness to

yourself so that you remember to add the silent letters when you write the word.

■

Look at each part of the word. See if there is a root, preﬁx, or sufﬁx that will always be spelled the same

way. For example, in the word uninhabitable, un, in, and able are always spelled the same. Habit is a self-

contained root word that is easy to spell.

Memorize as many spelling rules as you can and know the exceptions to the rules.

$

Usi ng Spel l i ng Li st s

When you apply to take your civil service exam, you

may be given a list of spelling words to study. If so, here

are some suggestions to make your studying a little eas-

ier and quicker.

■

Cross out or discard any words that you already

know for certain. Do not let them get in the way

of the words you need to study.

■

Divide the list into groups to study. The groups

can be bunched as three, ﬁve, or seven words.

Consider making ﬂash cards for the words that

you ﬁnd the most difﬁcult.

■

Say the words as you read them. Spell them out in

your mind so you can “hear” the spelling.

■

Highlight or circle the tricky elements in each

word.

■

Quiz yourself and then check your spelling.

If you do not receive a list of spelling words to study,

the following list is a good one to use. These words are

typical of the words that appear on spelling exams.

achievement doubtful ninety

allege eligible noticeable

anxiety enough occasionally

appreciate enthusiasm occurred

asthma equipped offense

arraignment exception ofﬁcial

autonomous fascinate pamphlet

auxiliary fatigue parallel

brief forfeit personnel

ballistics gauge physician

barricade grieve politics

beauty guilt possess

beige guarantee privilege

business harass psychology

bureau hazard recommend

calm height referral

cashier incident rehearsal

capacity indict salary

cancel initial schedule

circuit innocent seize

colonel irreverent separate

comparatively jeopardy speciﬁc

courteous knowledge statistics

criticism leisure surveillance

custody license suspicious

cyclical lieutenant tentative

debt maintenance thorough

deﬁnitely mathematics transferred

descent mortgage withhold

$

Homophones

Words that sound alike but have different meanings are

called homophones or homonyms. The following

chart shows some of the most common homophones

for you to study. It is best to study the spellings and the

deﬁnitions until you have each word memorized.

–SPELLING–

203

HOMOPHONES

ad: a shortened form of advertisement

add: to combine to form a sum

affect: to inﬂuence

effect: outcome or result

allowed: permitted

aloud: using a speaking voice

bare: without covering

bear: a large furry animal; to tolerate

board: a group of people in charge; a piece of wood

bored: to be tired of something

brake: to slow or stop something

break: to split or crack

build: to construct

billed: presented a statement of costs

cite: to quote as an authority or example

sight: ability to see; a scene

site: place or setting of something

council: a group that advises

counsel: advice; to advise

dew: moisture

do: to make or carry out

due: owed

fair: consistent with the rules; having a pleasing appearance; moderately good

fare: transportation charge; food and drink; to get along

for: because of or directed to

fore: located at or toward the front

four: a number between three and ﬁve

grate: reduce to fragments; make a harsh, grinding sound; irritate or annoy

great: very large in size

hear: to listen to

here: a speciﬁc place

heard: the past tense of hear

herd: a large group of animals

hole: an opening

whole: entire or complete

hour: 60 minutes

our: a pronoun showing possession

knew: past tense of know

new: recent

know: to understand

no: not permitted

lead: ﬁrst or foremost position; a margin; information pointing toward a clue

led: past tense of lead

leased: rented for a speciﬁc time period

least: lowest in importance or rank

lessen: made fewer in amount or quantity

lesson: exercise in which something is learned

made: past tense of make

maid: a servant

meat: the edible part of an animal

meet: come together

–SPELLING–

204

passed: the past tense of pass

past: previous, beforehand

peace: free from war

piece: a part of something

plain: level area; undecorated; clearly seen

plane: ﬂat and even; a tool used to smooth wood; a shortened form of airplane

rain: water falling in drops

reign: period during which a monarch rules

right: correct or proper

rite: a ritual or ceremony

write: to record in print

role: function or position; character or part played by a performer

roll: to move forward by turning over

scene: the place something happens

seen: form of the verb see

soar: to ﬂy or rise high into the air

sore: painful

stair: part of a ﬂight of steps

stare: to look directly and ﬁxedly

sweet: having a sugary taste

suite: series of connected rooms

their: ownership of something

there: a place

they’re: a contraction of they are

threw: the past tense of throw; an act of motion

through: by means of; among or between

tide: variation of the level of bodies of water caused by gravitational forces

tied: the past tense of tie

to: indicates direction

too: also

two: the number after one

vary: to change

very: complete; extremely

–SPELLING–

205

ware: articles of the same general kind, e.g., hardware, software

wear: to have or carry on the body

where: location or place

weather: condition of the atmosphere

whether: a possibility

wood: material that trees are made of

would: form of the verb will

–SPELLING–

206

$

Pract i ce Quest i ons

For questions 1–14, choose the correctly spelled word.

1. It is my that municipal employees

handle their jobs with great professionalism.

a. beleif

b. bilief

c. belief

d. beleaf

2. The accounting ﬁrm was for

fraudulent practices.

a. prosecuted

b. prossecuted

c. prosecutted

d. prosecuited

3. Every has to be handled differently.

a. sittuation

b. situation

c. situachun

d. sitiation

4. It was a day for the department’s

annual picnic.

a. superb

b. supperb

c. supurb

d. sepurb

5. To be elected , candidates must

have a solid background in law enforcement.

a. sherrif

b. sherriff

c. sherif

d. sheriff

6. To be hired for the job, he needed to have

ability.

a. mechinical

b. mechanical

c. mechenical

d. machanical

7. The agents were searching for

cargo on the airplane.

a. elicitt

b. ellicit

c. illicet

d. illicit

8. There will be an immediate into

the cause of the accident.

a. inquiry

b. inquirry

c. enquirry

d. enquery

9. The union workers’ contract could not be

before the calendar year ended.

a. terminated

b. termenated

c. terrminated

d. termanated

10. A can be obtained at the town hall.

a. lisense

b. lisence

c. lycence

d. license

11. In many states, passing a road test requires driv-

ers to park.

a. paralel

b. paralell

c. parallal

d. parallel

12. The paramedics attempted to the

victim.

a. stabilize

b. stablize

c. stableize

d. stableise

13. The attorney asked a question that was

to the case; the judge overruled it.

a. irelevent

b. irelevant

c. irrelevant

d. irrelevent

14. The mayor highlighted the statis-

tics during her campaign speech.

a. encouredging

b. encouraging

c. incurraging

d. incouraging

For questions 15–36, choose the misspelled word. If there

are no mistakes, select choice d.

15. a. radios

b. leaves

c. alumni

d. no mistakes

16. a. anouncement

b. advisement

c. description

d. no mistakes

17. a. omission

b. aisle

c. litrature

d. no mistakes

18. a. informal

b. servent

c. comfortable

d. no mistakes

–SPELLING–

207

19. a. vegetable

b. width

c. variation

d. no mistakes

20. a twentieth

b. fortieth

c. ninetieth

d. no mistakes

21. a. association

b. unecessary

c. illegal

d. no mistakes

22. a. villin

b. volunteer

c. voracious

d. no mistakes

23. a. hindrence

b. equipped

c. possessive

d. no mistakes

24. a. procedure

b. judgment

c. testamony

d. no mistakes

25. a. explicit

b. abduct

c. rotate

d. no mistakes

26. a. through

b. threw

c. thorough

d. no mistakes

27. a. quantaty

b. quality

c. quaint

d. no mistakes

28. a. requirement

b. reverence

c. resistent

d. no mistakes

29. a. incorporate

b. contridict

c. exhale

d. no mistakes

30. a. pertain

b. reversel

c. memorization

d. no mistakes

31. a. marshal

b. martial

c. tyrenny

d. no mistakes

32. a. optimum

b. palpable

c. plunder

d. no mistakes

33. a. ravinous

b. miraculous

c. wondrous

d. no mistakes

–SPELLING–

208

34. a. phenomonal

b. emulate

c. misconception

d. no mistakes

35. a. mischief

b. temperture

c. lovable

d. no mistakes

36. a. stadium

b. competitor

c. atheletic

d. no mistakes

For the questions 37–50, choose the correct homophone.

37. My favorite is peach pie with

vanilla ice cream.

a. desert

b. dessert

38. While nuclear energy is efﬁcient, storing nuclear

is always a problem.

a. waste

b. waist

39. The price for the carpet was .

a. fair

b. fare

40. This is the of the new art museum.

a. sight

b. cite

c. site

41. Come the park later this evening

to see the sunset.

a. buy

b. bye

c. by

42. This is the book George has read.

a. fourth

b. forth

43. The acoustics in the auditorium made it easy for

the audience to the melodic

sounds of the soloist.

a. here

b. hear

44. Our choice to stay in the comfortable, cozy

house was a good decision.

a. guessed

b. guest

45. Have dinner with us at the restaurant; we’ll meet

you .

a. they’re

b. their

c. there

46. May I have a of cheese?

a. piece

b. peace

47. All children have the to an

education.

a. write

b. rite

c. right

–SPELLING–

209

48. It is a good idea to exercise on a

bicycle during inclement weather.

a. stationery

b. stationary

49. At the beach, we went digging for clams and

.

a. mussels

b. muscles

50. We the exit and had to turn

around.

a. past

b. passed

–SPELLING–

210

1. c. belief

2. a. prosecuted

3. b. situation

4. a. superb

5. d. sheriff

6. b. mechanical

7. d. illicit. This word should not be confused with

elicit, which means to draw out or extract.

8. a. inquiry

9. a. terminated

10. d. license

11. d. parallel

12. a. stabilize

13. c. irrelevant

14. b. encouraging

15. d. no mistakes

16. a. announcement

17. c. literature

18. b. servant

19. d. no mistakes

20. d. no mistakes

21. b. unnecessary

22. a. villain

23. a. hindrance

24. c. testimony

25. d. no mistakes

26. d. no mistakes

27. a. quantity

28. c. resistant

29. b. contradict

30. b. reversal

31. c. tyranny

32. d. no mistakes

33. a. ravenous

34. a. phenomenal

35. b. temperature

36. c. athletic

37. b. Dessert is an after-dinner treat; a desert is an

arid land.

38. a. Waste means material that is rejected during

a process; the waist is the middle of the body.

39. a. Fair means equitable; a fare is a transporta-

tion fee.

40. c. Site refers to a place; cite means to refer to;

sight is the ability to see.

41. c. By means near; bye is used to express farewell;

buy means to purchase.

42. a. Fourth refers to the number four; forth means

forward.

43. b. Hear means to perceive sound with the ear;

here is a location, place, or position.

44. b. A guest is one who is a recipient of hospital-

ity. Guessed is the past tense of guess.

45. c. There refers to a place; their is a possessive

pronoun; they’re is a contraction for they are.

46. a. A piece is a portion; peace means calm or

quiet.

47. c. A right is a privilege; to write is to put words

on paper; a rite is a ceremonial ritual.

48. b. Stationary means standing still; stationery is

writing paper.

49. a. Mussels are marine animals; muscles are body

tissues.

50. b. Passed is the past tense of pass; past means a

time gone by.

–SPELLING–

211

$

Answers

D

on’t close this book and run away just yet. “Test time” should not be

a phrase that inspires sweaty palms and nervous stomachs. The prac-

tice tests in this section are intended to gauge your skills before you

sit down to take the civil service exam. By knowing in what areas you are strong and

in what areas you are rusty, you will be better prepared on the day of the ofﬁcial civil

service exam. Like any scout will tell you, it’s best to be prepared!

After reviewing Sections 1 through 3 in this book, you should be able to put all

that you have learned together and tackle these questions. Allow yourself about two

hours to complete Practice Test 1. After you are done, be sure to check your answers

against the answer section. Then, reevaluate questions you answered incorrectly by

going back and studying the necessary material from earlier chapters. You can make

ﬂashcards for math formulas or tricky vocabulary concepts.

Then try your skills again—take Practice Test 2. Again, if there are topics with

which you are not comfortable, make sure you review these sections before the ofﬁ-

cial test day. Good luck!

S E C T I O N

Test Time!

4

213

C H A P T E R

Practice Test 1

15

215

1. If a piece of packaging foam is .05 in. thick, how

thick would a stack of 350 pieces of foam be?

a. 7,000 in.

b. 700 in.

c. 175 in.

d. 17.5 in.

2. 30% of what number equals 60% of 9,000?

a. 18,000

b. 5,400

c. 2,400

d. 1,620

3. Three pieces of wood measure 4 yd. 1 ft. 3 in., 5

yd. 2 ft. 4 in., and 4 yd. 1 ft. 5 in. lengthwise.

When these boards are laid end to end, what is

their combined length?

a. 14 yd. 2 ft.

b. 14 yd. 1 ft. 11 in.

c. 13 yd. 2 in.

d. 13 yd. 2 ft.

4. Select the answer choice that best completes the

following sequence.

a.

b.

c.

d.

5. During a relay race, markers will be placed along

a roadway at 0.2-mile intervals. If the entire

roadway is 10,560 feet long, how many markers

will be used?

a. 10

b. 100

c. 20

d. 200

6. If it takes 27 nails to build 3 boxes, how many

nails will it take to build 7 boxes?

a. 64

b. 72

c. 56

d. 63

7. The average purchase price (arithmetic mean) of

four shirts is $9. If one shirt was priced at $15,

and another at $7, what might be the prices of

the other two shirts?

a. $4 and $3

b. $7 and $15

c. $9 and $9

d. $10 and $4

8. What percent of ᎏ

3

8

ᎏ is ᎏ

1

2

ᎏ?

a. 25%

b. 33ᎏ

1

3

ᎏ%

c. 75%

d. 133ᎏ

1

3

ᎏ%

9. A large bag of cement mix weighs 38ᎏ

1

2

ᎏ pounds.

How many quarter-pound bags of mix can be

made from this large bag?

a. fewer than 10 bags

b. 16 bags

c. 80 bags

d. 154 bags

––PRACTICE TEST 1––

217

10. Use (F = ᎏ

9

5

ᎏ C + 32) to convert 15

o

C into the

equivalent Fahrenheit temperature.

a. 59

o

b. 60

o

c. 62

o

d. 65

o

11. What is the perimeter of the shaded area if the

shape is a quarter circle with a radius of 8?

a. 2

b. 4

c. 2 + 8

d. 4 + 16

12. Select the answer choice that best completes the

following sequence.

CMM, EOO, GQQ, , KUU

a. GRR

b. GSS

c. ISS

d. ITT

13. How many ounces are in 5 pints?

a. 10 oz.

b. 20 oz.

c. 40 oz.

d. 80 oz.

14. A rod that is 3.5 × 10

7

cm is how much shorter

than a rod that is 7 × 10

14

cm?

a. 20,000,000 times shorter

b. 4,000,000 times shorter

c. 50,000 times shorter

d. 20,000 times shorter

15. Joel had to insert form letters into 800 envelopes.

In the ﬁrst hour he completed ᎏ

1

8

ᎏ of the total. In

the second hour he completed ᎏ

2

7

ᎏ of the remain-

der. How many envelopes does he still have to ﬁll?

a. 300

b. 400

c. 500

d. 700

16. Jen’s median bowling score is greater than her

mean bowling score for 5 tournament games. If

the scores of the ﬁrst four games were 140, 192,

163, and 208, which could have been the score of

her ﬁfth game?

a. 130

b. 145

c. 168

d. 177

17. An 18-gallon barrel of liquid will be poured into

containers that each hold half a pint of ﬂuid. If

all of the containers are ﬁlled to capacity, how

many will be ﬁlled?

a. 36

b. 72

c. 144

d. 288

18. Select the answer choice that best completes the

sequence.

a.

b.

c.

d.

–PRACTICE TEST 1–

218

19. In a box of 300 nails, 27 are defective. If a nail is

chosen at random, what is the probability that it

will NOT be defective?

a. ᎏ

1

2

0

7

0

ᎏ

b. ᎏ

1

9

0

1

0

ᎏ

c. ᎏ

3

2

0

7

0

ᎏ

d. ᎏ

3

9

0

1

0

ᎏ

20. When Christian and Henrico work together, they

can complete a task in 6 hours. When Christian

works alone, he can complete the same task in 10

hours. How long would it take for Henrico to

complete the task alone?

a. 45

b. 30

c. 15

d. 10

21. The square root of 52 is between which two

numbers?

a. 6 and 7

b. 7 and 8

c. 8 and 9

d. none of the above

22. Juliet made $12,000 and put ᎏ

3

4

ᎏ of that amount

into an account that earned interest at a rate of

4%. After 3 years, what is the dollar amount of

the interest earned?

a. $10,080

b. $10,800

c. $1,800

d. $1,080

23. If the area of a circle is 16 square inches, what

is the circumference?

a. 2 inches

b. 4 inches

c. 8 inches

d. 12 inches

24. Select the answer choice that best completes the

sequence.

QAR, RAS, SAT, TAU,

a. UAV

b. UAT

c. TAS

d. TAT

25. A container was ﬁlled ᎏ

1

3

ᎏ of the way with ﬂuid.

Damian added 24 liters more, ﬁlling the con-

tainer to full capacity. How many liters are in the

container now?

a. 12 L

b. 30 L

c. 36 L

d. 48 L

26. Bolts cost $4 per 10 dozen and will be sold for 10

cents each. What is the rate of proﬁt?

a. 200%

b. 150%

c. 100%

d. 75%

––PRACTICE TEST 1––

219

27. Select the answer choice that best completes the

sequence.

a.

b.

c.

d.

28. $6,000 is deposited into an account. If interest is

compounded semiannually at 2% for 6 months,

then what is the new amount of money in the

account?

a. $120

b. $6,120

c. $240

d. $6,240

Use the following information to answer questions 29–32.

A forest ﬁre engulfed the Wildlife Preserve in Blackhill

County in 2003. Since then, park rangers have kept track

of the number of forest animals living in the forest. The

following is a graph of how many deer, foxes, and owls

were reported during the years following the ﬁre.

29. Which of the following statements appears to be

true for the years shown?

a. The fox population doubled every year since

2004.

b. The deer population doubled every year since

2005.

c. The owl population showed neither a steady

increase nor a steady decrease.

d. Both b and c are true.

30. Which statement might explain the data pre-

sented in the graph?

a. The owl population was greatly reduced by

the ﬁre and thus the trend shows a steady

increase in this population during the years of

recovery.

b. The owls were able to ﬂy away from the ﬁre,

thus the owl population does not show the

pattern of recovery that the deer and fox

population exhibit.

c. Factors independent of the ﬁre are causing a

steady decline in the owl population.

d. A steep decline in the owl population can be

attributed to illness.

31. The growth of the deer population from

2006–2007 was how much greater than the

growth of the fox population for the same year?

a. 10

b. 20

c. 30

d. 40

32. What was the percent increase in deer from

2004–2005?

a. 33ᎏ

1

3

ᎏ%

b. 50%

c. ᎏ

3

4

ᎏ%

d. ᎏ

1

3

ᎏ%

N

u

m

b

e

r

o

f

a

n

i

m

a

l

s

80

70

60

50

40

30

20

10

0

2004 2005 2006 2007

deer

foxes

owls

Year

–PRACTICE TEST 1–

220

33. A square with 8 in. sides has the same area of a

rectangle with a width of 4 in. What is the length

of the rectangle?

a. 8 in.

b. 12 in.

c. 16 in.

d. 64 in.

34. A rectangular tract of land measures 440 feet by

1,782 feet. What is the area in acres? (1 acre =

43,560 square feet.)

a. 14 acres

b. 16 acres

c. 18 acres

d. 20 acres

35. What is the mode of the following numbers?

12, 9, 8, 7, 8, 9, 5, 9

a. 7

b. 8.375

c. 9

d. 9.5

36. The largest sector of the pie chart below has a

central angle equal to approximately how many

degrees?

a. 15 degrees

b. 45 degrees

c. 90 degrees

d. 180 degrees

37. The following chart shows the monthly attendance

for union meetings over the course of four

months. Which two months had the same number

of members attending?

a. November and December

b. December and February

c. November and February

d. December and January

38. If the radius of a cylindrical tank is 7 cm and its

volume is 1,540 cm

3

, what is the height in cm?

a. 10 cm

b. 15.4 cm

c. 10 cm

d. 15.4 cm

39. If Martin exchanges 120 quarters, 300 dimes, 600

nickels, and 500 pennies for bills, he may get

a. 4 20-dollar bills, 2 10-dollar bills, and 1 5-

dollar bill.

b. 3 20-dollar bills, 1 10-dollar bill, and 1 5-

dollar bill.

c. 2 50-dollar bills and 1 20-dollar bill.

d. 1 50-dollar bill, 2 20-dollar bills, and 1 5-

dollar bill.

40. Brian jogged 12 miles. For the ﬁrst 2 miles, his

pace was 3 mph. For the next 3 miles, his pace was

5 mph. For the remainder of his jog, his pace was

4 mph. What was his approximate average speed?

a. 3.98 mph

b. 6.86 mph

50

40

30

20

10

0

Nov Dec Jan Feb

––PRACTICE TEST 1––

221

c. 7.2 mph

d. 2ᎏ

2

3

ᎏ mph

Choose the correct vocabulary word to complete each of

the following sentences.

41. The newspaper the state-

ment made in the article because it was incor-

rectly stated.

a. abolished

b. invalidated

c. retracted

d. annulled

42. The proposition was read, and the committee

was asked to vote on the issue; Connor decided

to from the vote.

a. tackle

b. undermine

c. abstain

d. destabilize

43. Typically, computer designs reach

within six months.

a. division

b. discord

c. obsolescence

d. secrecy

44. For information about making a sound invest-

ment, you should get advice from a(n)

.

a. prospectus

b. entrepreneur

c. teller

d. cashier

45. The new senator was considered a

because she refused to fol-

low her party’s platform on nearly every issue.

a. mentor

b. maverick

c. protagonist

d. visionary

46. School calendars were originally based on

a(n) lifestyle,

where all family members needed to be available

to help in the ﬁelds.

a. business

b. technological

c. scientiﬁc

d. agrarian

47. The project seemed both

and beneﬁcial, and the ofﬁce staff supported it

enthusiastically.

a. implacable

b. feasible

c. savory

d. irreparable

–PRACTICE TEST 1–

222

48. Judith, a young worker,

diligently replaced all of the research ﬁles at the

end of every day.

a. erudite

b. insightful

c. meticulous

d. sagacious

49. His behavior made him

seem childish and immature.

a. beguiling

b. receding

c. forlorn

d. puerile

50. The young woman gave

generously to many worthy causes.

a. incisive

b. benevolent

c. gregarious

d. personable

51. , the pediatric nurse fed the

premature baby.

a. Carelessly

b. Precariously

c. Gingerly

d. Wantonly

52. The furniture in the attic turned out to be a veri-

table of valuable antiques.

a. reproof

b. bonanza

c. censure

d. rubble

53. Choosing to her estate to

the literacy foundation, she was able to help

those who could not read.

a. conﬁscate

b. eliminate

c. bequeath

d. extract

54. Her haughty and manner

was not appealing to her constituents.

a. poignant

b. nocturnal

c. amicable

d. supercilious

55. donations from a generous

but anonymous benefactor were received every

year at the children’s hospital.

a. Magnanimous

b. Parsimonious

c. Prudent

d. Diplomatic

Read the passage and respond to the questions that follow.

Today, bicycles are elegantly simple machines that

are common all over the globe. Many people ride

bicycles for recreation while others use them as a

means of transportation. The ﬁrst bicycle, called a

draisienne, was invented in Germany in 1818 by

Baron Karl de Draid de Sauerbrun. Because it was

made of wood, the draisienne was not very durable,

nor did it have pedals. Riders moved it by pushing

their feet against the ground.

In 1839, Kirkpatrick Macmillan, a Scottish black-

smith, invented a much better bicycle. Macmillan’s

machine had tires with iron rims to keep them from

getting worn down. He also used foot-operated

cranks similar to pedals so his bicycle could be

––PRACTICE TEST 1––

223

ridden at a quick pace. It did not look much like the

modern bicycle because its back wheel was sub-

stantially larger than its front wheel. Although

Macmillan’s bicycle could be ridden easily, they were

never produced in large numbers.

In 1861, Frenchman Pierre Michaux and his

brother Ernest invented a bicycle with an improved

crank mechanism. They called their bicycle a veloci-

pede, but most people called it a bone shaker

because of the jarring effect of the wood and iron

frame. Despite the unﬂattering nickname, the

velocipede was a hit and the Michaux family made

hundreds of the machines annually. Most of them

were for fun-seeking young people.

Ten years later, James Starley, an English inventor,

made several innovations that revolutionized bicy-

cle design. He made the front wheel many times

larger than the back wheel, put a gear on the pedals

to make the bicycle more efﬁcient, and lightened the

wheels by using wire spokes. Although this bicycle

was much lighter and less tiring to ride, it was still

clumsy, extremely top-heavy, and ridden mostly for

entertainment.

It was not until 1874 that the ﬁrst truly modern

bicycle appeared on the scene. Invented by another

Englishman, H. J. Lawson, this safety bicycle would

look familiar to today’s cyclists. The safety bicycle

had equalized wheels, which made it much less

prone to toppling over. Lawson also attached a chain

to the pedals to drive the rear wheel. By 1893, the

safety bicycle had been further improved with air-

ﬁlled rubber tires, a diamond-shaped frame, and

easy braking. With the improvements provided by

Lawson, bicycles became extremely popular and

useful for transportation. Today they are built, used,

and enjoyed all over the world.

56. There is enough information in this passage to

show that

a. several people contributed to the development

of the modern bicycle.

b. only a few velocipedes built by the Michaux

family are still in existence.

c. for most of the nineteenth century, few people

rode bicycles just for fun.

d. bicycles with wheels of different sizes cannot

be ridden easily.

57. The ﬁrst person to use a gear system on bicycles was

a. H. J. Lawson.

b. Kirkpatrick Macmillan.

c. Pierre Michaux.

d. James Starley.

58. This passage was most likely written in order to

a. persuade readers to use bicycles for

transportation.

b. describe the problems that bicycle

manufacturers encounter.

c. compare bicycles used for fun with bicycles

used for transportation.

d. tell readers a little about the history of the

bicycle.

59. Macmillan added iron rims to the tires of his

bicycle to

a. add weight to the bicycle.

b. make the tires last longer.

c. make the ride less bumpy.

d. made the ride less tiring.

–PRACTICE TEST 1–

224

60. Read the following sentence from the fourth

paragraph:

Ten years later, James Starley, an English

inventor, made several innovations that revo-

lutionized bicycle design.

As it is used in the sentence, the word

revolutionized most nearly means

a. canceled.

b. transformed.

c. maintained.

d. preserved.

61. Which of the following statements from the pas-

sage represents the writer’s opinion?

a. The safety bicycle would look familiar to

today’s cyclists.

b. Two hundred years ago, bicycles did not even

exist.

c. The Michaux brothers called their bicycle a

velocipede.

d. Macmillan’s machine had tires with iron rims.

Read the directions for each of the following questions

and select the word that is the synonym or antonym for

the word provided.

62. A synonym for apathetic is

a. pitiable.

b. indifferent.

c. suspicious.

d. evasive.

63. A synonym for surreptitious is

a. expressive.

b. secretive.

c. emotional.

d. artistic.

64. An antonym for deterrent is

a. encouragement.

b. obstacle.

c. proponent.

d. discomfort.

65. An antonym for impertinent is

a. reverential.

b. rude.

c. relentless.

d. polite.

66. A synonym for animated is

a. abbreviated.

b. civil.

c. secret.

d. lively.

67. A synonym for augment is

a. repeal.

b. evaluate.

c. increase.

d. criticize.

68. An antonym for ludicrous is

a. absurd.

b. somber.

c. reasonable.

d. charitable.

69. An antonym for archaic is

a. tangible.

b. modern.

c. ancient.

d. haunted.

––PRACTICE TEST 1––

225

70. A synonym for vindictive is

a. outrageous.

b. insulting.

c. spiteful.

d. offensive.

Answer each of the following grammar and usage

questions.

71. Which of the following sentences uses the cor-

rect pronoun form?

a. Do you think you will work with Jason or I on

this project?

b. Do you think you will work with Jason or me

on this project?

c. Do you think you will work with Jason or she

on this project?

d. Do you think you will work with Jason or he

on this project?

72. Which of the following sentences is correctly

punctuated?

a. Charlotte, who ran in the Boston Marathon

last year will compete in this years New York

City Marathon.

b. Charlotte who ran in the Boston Marathon,

last year, will compete in this year’s New York

City Marathon.

c. Charlotte who ran in the Boston Marathon

last year, will compete in this years New York

City Marathon.

d. Charlotte, who ran in the Boston Marathon

last year, will compete in this year’s New York

City Marathon.

73. Which of the following sentences is capitalized

correctly?

a. The Governor gave a speech at the fourth of

July picnic, which was held at morgan’s beach.

b. The Governor gave a speech at the Fourth of

July picnic, which was held at Morgan’s beach.

c. The governor gave a speech at the Fourth of

July picnic, which was held at Morgan’s Beach.

d. The governor gave a speech at the fourth of

july picnic, which was held at Morgan’s Beach.

74. Which of the following sentences uses the cor-

rect verb form?

a. Before I learned to read, my sister takes me to

the public library.

b. Before I learned to read, my sister will take me

to the public library.

c. Before I learned to read, my sister took me to

the public library.

d. Before I learned to read, my sister has took me

to the pubic library.

75. Which of the following sentences shows sub-

ject/verb agreement?

a. The art professor, along with several of her

students, is planning to attend the gallery

opening tomorrow evening.

b. The art professor, along with several of her

students, are planning to attend the gallery

opening tomorrow evening.

c. The art professor, along with several of her

students, plan to attend the gallery opening

tomorrow evening.

d. The art professor, along with several of her

students, have planned to attend the gallery

opening tomorrow evening.

–PRACTICE TEST 1–

226

76. In which of the following sentences is the verb

NOT in agreement with the subject?

a. Where are the forms you want me to ﬁll out?

b. Which is the correct form?

c. Here is the forms you need to complete.

d. There are two people who still need to

complete the form.

77. In which of the following sentences is the pro-

noun NOT correct?

a. Francine can run much faster than me.

b. Erin and Bob are painting the house by

themselves.

c. Five members of the team and I will represent

our school.

d. Our neighbors gave us some tomatoes from

their garden.

78. Which of the following sentences uses the cor-

rect verb form?

a. Only one of the many problems were solved.

b. Only one of the many problems was solved.

c. Only one of the many problems been solved.

d. Only one of the many problems are solved.

79. Which of the following sentences uses punctua-

tion correctly?

a. Dr. Richard K Brown, CEO of the company,

will speak to the scientists at Brookhaven

National Laboratory on Wed at 9:00 A.M.

b. Dr Richard K Brown, C.E.O. of the company,

will speak to the scientists at the Brookhaven

National Laboratory on Wed. at 9:00 A.M.

c. Dr. Richard K. Brown, C.E.O. of the company,

will speak to the scientists at the Brookhaven

National Laboratory on Wed. at 9:00 A.M.

d. Dr. Richard K. Brown, C.E.O. of the company,

will speak to the scientists at the Brookhaven

National Laboratory on Wed at 9:00 A.M.

80. Which of the following sentences is NOT a run-

on sentence?

a. He was from a small town, he moved to a very

large city.

b. He was from a small town he moved to a very

large city.

c. He was from a small town, but he moved to a

very large city.

d. He was from a small town but he moved to a

very large city.

Choose the correctly spelled word to complete each of the

following sentences.

81. Each of the new employees has similar

.

a. asspirations

b. asparations

c. aspirrations

d. aspirations

82. The president and the vice president were a

pair.

a. compatible

b. compatable

c. commpatible

d. compatibel

83. I was skeptical of the claims made by the

salesman.

a. loquatious

b. loquacious

c. loquacius

d. loquecious

––PRACTICE TEST 1––

227

84. Who is your immediate ?

a. supervisor

b. supervizor

c. superviser

d. supervizer

85. There are two types of :

viral and bacterial.

a. neumonia

b. pnumonia

c. pnemonia

d. pneumonia

Choose the misspelled word in the following questions. If

there are no mistakes, select choice d.

86. a. illuminate

b. enlighten

c. clarify

d. no mistakes

87. a. abolish

b. forﬁt

c. negate

d. no mistakes

88. a. zoology

b. meterology

c. anthropology

d. no mistakes

89. a. ajournment

b. tournament

c. conﬁnement

d. no mistakes

90. a. vague

b. trepidation

c. vengence

d. no mistakes

–PRACTICE TEST 1–

228

1. d. To solve, multiply the thickness of each piece

of foam by the total number of pieces; .05 ϫ

350 = 17.5 in.

2. a. “30% of what number equals 60% of 9,000?”

can be written mathematically as .30 × x =

.60 × 9,000. Dividing both sides by .30 will

yield

ᎏ

.3

x

0

ᎏ = = = 18,000

3. a. First, line up all of the units and add:

4 yd. 1 ft. 3 in.

5 yd. 2 ft. 4 in.

+ 4 yd. 1 ft. 5 in.

13 yd. 4 ft. 12 in.

Next, note that 12 in. = 1 ft., so 13 yd. 4 ft. 12

in. is the same as 13 yd. 5 ft., and that 3 ft. = 1

yd., so 5 ft. = 1 yd. + 2 ft. Ultimately, you can

rewrite the entire length as 14 yd. 2 ft.

4. d. The amount of the shaded area changes from

ᎏ

1

4

ᎏ ¬ᎏ

1

2

ᎏ ¬ᎏ

1

4

ᎏ

Thus, you need to ﬁnd the answer that is ᎏ

1

4

ᎏ

shaded followed by ᎏ

1

2

ᎏ shaded. Choice d is

correct.

5. a. 5,280 feet = 1 mile, so 10,560 feet = 2 miles.

To solve, divide the total 2 mile distance by

the interval, .2 miles: 2 ÷ .2 = 10.

6. d. First set up a proportion: ᎏ

2

3

7

ᎏ = ᎏ

7

x

ᎏ. You can

reduce the ﬁrst fraction: ᎏ

9

1

ᎏ = ᎏ

7

x

ᎏ and then cross

multiply: 1(x) = 9(7), so x = 63.

7. d. If the cost of four shirts averaged out to $9,

then the sum of all four shirts was 4 × 9 =

$36. (Note that the sum of all 4 shirts must

equal $36 in order for the average to equal 9:

Average = sum ÷ 4 = 36 ÷ 4 = 9.) Of the $36

total, $22 is accounted for (one shirt was $15,

and another $7), leaving $14 unaccounted

for. Only choice d adds to $14.

8. d. Recall that “What percent” can be expressed

as ᎏ

10

x

0

ᎏ. The question “What percent of ᎏ

3

8

ᎏ is ᎏ

1

2

ᎏ?”

can be expressed as: ᎏ

10

x

0

ᎏ × ᎏ

3

8

ᎏ = ᎏ

1

2

ᎏ. This simpli-

ﬁes to = ᎏ

1

2

ᎏ. Cross multiplying yields 6 ×

x = 800. Dividing both sides by 6 yields x =

133ᎏ

1

3

ᎏ%.

9. d. Divide 38ᎏ

1

2

ᎏ by ᎏ

1

4

ᎏ. By expressing 38ᎏ

1

2

ᎏ as its

equivalent 38.5, you get: 38.5 ÷ ᎏ

1

4

ᎏ = 38.5 × ᎏ

4

1

ᎏ

= 154 bags.

10. a. Substitute 15

o

C in for the variable C in the

given equation. Thus, F = ᎏ

9

5

ᎏC + 32 becomes F

= ᎏ

9

5

ᎏ(15) + 32 = (9)(3) + 32 = 27 + 32 = 59

degrees Fahrenheit.

11. d. The perimeter of the curved length is a quar-

ter of the circumference of a whole circle

when r = 8. Since C = 2r and you want a

quarter of this value, solve ᎏ

1

4

ᎏ × 2 × × r = ᎏ

1

4

ᎏ ×

2 × × 8 = 4. The two straight edges are

radii and are each 8 units long. Thus, the total

perimeter = 4 + 8 + 8 = 4 + 16.

12. c. The ﬁrst letter of each triplet changes by skip-

ping 1 letter : C ¬E ¬G ¬I ¬K. Thus, the

ﬁrst letter in the missing triplet is I. The last 2

letters of each triplet follow the same pattern

(skip 1 letter): MM ¬OO ¬QQ ¬SS ¬

UU. Thus, the answer is ISS.

13. d. Using the knowledge that 1 pt. = 2 c. and 1 c.

= 8 oz., you can use a series of conversion fac-

tors to eliminate pints and keep ounces. Thus,

you multiply: 5 pt. × ᎏ

1

2

p

c

t

.

.

ᎏ × ᎏ

8

1

o

c

z

.

.

ᎏ = 80 oz.

14. a. To ﬁnd how many “times shorter” the ﬁrst

rod is, divide: ᎏ

3

7

.5

×

×

10

1

1

0

4

7

ᎏ

= 2 ϫ10

14 – 7

= 2 × 10

7

= 20,000,000 times

shorter.

Hint: Treat their division like two separate

division operations, 7 ÷ 3.5 and 10

14

÷ 10

7

.

But you must remember that the dividends

3 × x

ᎏ

800

5,400

ᎏ

.30

(.60)(9,000)

ᎏᎏ

.30

––PRACTICE TEST 1––

229

$

Answers

are multiplied together in the end. Also, to

divide 10

14

by 10

7

, subtract the exponents.

15. c. Joel starts with 800 envelopes to ﬁll. During

the ﬁrst hour he ﬁlled ᎏ

1

8

ᎏ of the 800: ᎏ

1

8

ᎏ × 800 =

100. He then had 800 – 100 = 700 left to ﬁll.

In the second hour he ﬁlled ᎏ

2

7

ᎏ of the remain-

ing 700; ᎏ

2

7

ᎏ × 700 = 200 ﬁlled in the second

hour. After two hours, Joel has 700 – 200 =

500 remaining.

16. d. The mean is found by adding up the numbers

and dividing by the number of values. The

median is found by listing all of the numbers

in order and taking the middle value. To ﬁnd

the solution, try out each answer choice to

see if it works. A score of 130 would give a

mean of 167 and a median of 163. A score of

145 would give a mean of 169 and a median

of 163. A score of 168 would give a mean of

174 and a median of 168. A score of 177

would give a mean of 176 and a median of

177. 177 is the only one that has a median

greater than the mean:

Median = 140 163 177 192 208

Mean = (140 + 163 + 177 + 192 + 208) ÷ 5 =

880 ÷ 5 = 176

17. d. Using the knowledge that 1 gal. = 4 qt. and 1

qt. = 2 pt., you can generate a series of con-

version factors and multiply them so that you

can cross out the units you do not want (gal.)

and keep the units you do want (pt.): 18 gal.

× ᎏ

1

4

g

q

a

t

l

.

.

ᎏ× ᎏ

2

1

p

qt

t

.

.

ᎏ = 144 pints. Next, remember

you are looking for half-pints. 144 pints will

ﬁll 288 half-pint containers.

18. d. This is an alternating series. The ﬁrst and

third segments are repeated. The second seg-

ment is a reverse of the other two.

19. b. If 27 of the 300 are defective, then 300 – 27 =

273 are not defective. Thus, the probability of

selecting a nail that is not defective will be

273 out of 300:

ᎏ

2

3

7

0

3

0

ᎏ = ᎏ

1

9

0

1

0

ᎏ

20. c. Christian can complete ᎏ

1

1

0

ᎏ of the task in 1

hour (you assume this because he completes

the entire task in 10 hours). Together, Christ-

ian and Henrico complete ᎏ

1

6

ᎏ of the task in 1

hour. Convert both fractions into thirtieths.

ᎏ

3

5

0

ᎏ per hour (both men) – ᎏ

3

3

0

ᎏ per hour (just

Christian) = ᎏ

3

2

0

ᎏ = ᎏ

1

1

5

ᎏ per hour (just Henrico).

Since Henrico completes ᎏ

1

1

5

ᎏ of the task per

hour, it will take him 15 hours to complete

the entire task when working alone.

21. b. 7

2

= 49 and 8

2

= 64. So the square root of 52

will equal a number that is between 7 and 8.

22. d. Use the formula I = PRT, which means Inter-

est = principal × rate of interest × time, where

principal equals your original amount of

money (in dollars), and time is in years. Here

the original amount of money (P) is $9,000

because she put ᎏ

3

4

ᎏ of the $12,000 into the

account. I = .04 and T = 3 years. Substituting

into I = PRT, you get I = (9000)(.04)(3) =

$1,080.

23. c. You are told that Area = 16 . Since A = r

2

,

16 = r

2

, and r = 4. Use this r in the circumfer-

ence formula: Circumference = C = 2r = 2

× 4 = 8 inches.

24. a. The ﬁrst letter in each triplet progresses from

Q ¬R ¬S ¬T, so the next triplet will begin

with U. The second letter of each triplet is a

constant: A. The third letter of each triplet

progresses from R ¬S ¬T ¬U, so the third

letter in the next triplet will be V. Thus, the

answer is UAV.

25. c. 24 L represents ᎏ

2

3

ᎏ of the whole capacity. You

can ask yourself “ᎏ

2

3

ᎏ of what number is 24?”

This can be expressed mathematically as ᎏ

2

3

ᎏ ×

x = 24; x = 24 ÷ ᎏ

2

3

ᎏ = 24 × ᎏ

3

2

ᎏ = 36 L.

–PRACTICE TEST 1–

230

26. a. 10 dozen bolts = 10 × 12 = 120 bolts. When

they are all sold, the amount collected is $.10

× 120 = $12. Since the 10 dozen cost $4, the

proﬁt is $12 – $4 = $8. Next, to ﬁnd the rate

of proﬁt, set up a proportion:

ᎏ

i

$

n

8

it

p

ia

r

l

o

$

fi

4

t

ᎏ

=

ᎏ

10

x

0

ᎏ

Cross multiply to get (100)(8) = (4)(x), or

800 = (4)(x). Divide both sides by 4 to get x =

200. Thus, the rate of proﬁt is 200%.

27. a. As the series progresses, the amount of shad-

ing changes from ᎏ

1

2

ᎏ ¬ᎏ

3

4

ᎏ ¬whole ¬none ¬

ᎏ

1

4

ᎏ ¬ᎏ

1

2

ᎏ ¬ᎏ

3

4

ᎏ ¬whole. So the next two terms

will be: none ¬ᎏ

1

4

ᎏ.

28. b. Because the interest is compounded semian-

nually (twice a year), after half a year (6

months) the amount of interest earned I =

PRT = 6,000 × .02 × ᎏ

1

2

ᎏ = $120. Now the

account has $6,000 + $120 = $6,120 in it.

29. d. The fox population (lightest bars) went up by

10 animals each year. Thus, choice a is incor-

rect. The deer population (black bar) dou-

bled every year since 2005 (20 ¬40 ¬80).

The owl population stayed around 30, show-

ing neither an increase nor a decrease. Thus,

both b and c are true statements, making

choice d, “Both b and c are true,” the correct

answer.

30. b. The owl population is essentially maintaining

its size. There is not a steady increase (a is

incorrect), a steady decline (c is incorrect), or

a steep decline (d is incorrect). Thus, choice b

is the correct answer.

31. c. The deer (black bar) went from 40 in 2006 to

80 in 2007. That is an increase of 40 deer. The

fox population (lightest bar) grew from 30 in

2006 to 40 in 2007. That is an increase of 10.

Thus the difference in growth is 40 – 10 = 30.

32. a. The deer (black bar) increased from 15 in

2004 to 20 in 2005. This is a change of 5 deer.

When compared to the initial 15, 5 out of 15

represents ᎏ

1

5

5

ᎏ = ᎏ

10

x

0

ᎏ; x = 33ᎏ

1

3

ᎏ%.

33. c. The area of the square is A = side

2

= s

2

= 8

2

=

64 in.

2

. The area of the rectangle must then

also be 64 in.

2

. Substituting this area and the

given width w = 4 into the area formula, you

get: A = lw; 64 = l × 4 ; l = 64 ÷ 4 = 16 in.

34. c. First, calculate the area in square feet: Area =

lw = 440 ft. × 1782 ft. = 784,080 ft.

2

. Next

convert to acres by using the conversion fac-

tor ᎏ

43

1

,5

a

6

c

0

re

ft.

2

ᎏand multiply: 784,080 ft.

2

×

ᎏ

43

1

,5

a

6

c

0

re

ft.

2

ᎏ= 18 acres.

35. c. The mode is the number that occurs the

most. You are given:

12, 9, 8, 7, 8, 9, 5, 9.

Note that 9 occurs the most and is the mode.

36. c. The largest sector takes up a quarter of the

pie chart (the black sector). The interior

angles of a circle add to 360 degrees and ᎏ

1

4

ᎏ of

360 = ᎏ

1

4

ᎏ × 360 = 90 degrees.

37. c. The attendance for both November and Feb-

ruary was 20 members each. You can tell that

this is true because the bars for these months

are the same height.

38. a. If you use = ᎏ

2

7

2

ᎏ, and the formula V = r

2

h,

you get 1,540 = ᎏ

2

7

2

ᎏ × 7

2

× h. This simpliﬁes to

1,540 = 154 × h. Dividing both sides by 154

yields h = 10 cm.

39. d. Multiply the number of coins by the value of

the coin:

120 quarters = 120 × $.25 = $30

300 dimes = 300 × $.10 = $30

600 nickels = 600 × $.05 = $30

500 pennies = 500 × $.01 = $5

Next, add all of the dollar amounts up: $30 +

$30 + $30 + $5 = $95. The only choice that

represents $95 is d: 1 50-dollar bill, 2 20-dollar

bills, and 1 5-dollar bill.

––PRACTICE TEST 1––

231

40. b. To ﬁnd the average speed, you must use D =

RT (Distance = Rate (Time) with the total

distance and the total time as D and T respec-

tively. You are given the total distance of 12

miles. You need the total time. This can be

found by using the information in the ques-

tion. The formula D = RT can be rewritten as

T = ᎏ

D

R

ᎏ. Making a chart for yourself will help

you stay organized:

Now you can use the total time and total dis-

tance in the formula D = RT. Since you want

R, you can rearrange this formula to R = D ÷

T. Thus, you have R = D ÷ T = 12 ÷ 3.02 hr ≈

3.98 mph.

41. c. To retract something is to take it back or dis-

avow it. This is the term usually applied to

withdrawing something erroneous or libelous

printed in a newspaper.

42. c. To abstain means to refrain from something

by one’s own choice.

43. c. Obsolescence is the state of being outdated.

44. a. A prospectus is a published report of a busi-

ness and its plans for a program or offering.

45. b. A maverick is a political independent, non-

conformist, or free spirit.

46. d. Agrarian means having to do with agriculture

or farming.

47. b. To be feasible is to be practical, manageable,

convenient, or serviceable.

48. c. Meticulous means extremely and excessively

concerned with details.

49. d. Puerile means to be of or like a child; to be

boyish, triﬂing, or silly.

50. b. A benevolent person is one who is charitable,

giving.

51. c. To handle a baby gingerly would be to handle

it delicately and with great caution.

52. b. A bonanza is a source of great wealth or

prosperity.

53. c. To bequeath something is to pass it to another

when you die.

54. d. To be supercilious means to show arrogant

superiority and disdain for those one views as

unworthy.

55. a. Magnanimous donations are noble in mind

or heart.

56. a. Each paragraph of the passage describes an

inventor whose inventions became more and

more advanced. There is no evidence to sup-

port choice b. Choices c and d are incorrect

because they both make statements that,

according to the passage, are untrue.

57. d. The fourth paragraph states that James Star-

ley added a gear to the pedals.

58. d. The passage gives the history of the bicycle.

Choice a is incorrect because few opinions

are included in the passage. There is no sup-

port for choices b and c.

59. b. This information is clearly stated in the sec-

ond paragraph. The iron rims kept the tires

from wearing down, and the tires lasted

longer. Choice a is incorrect because although

the iron rims probably did make the machine

heavier, that was not Macmillan’s goal.

Choice c is incorrect because no information

is given about whether iron-rimmed or

wooden tires moved more smoothly. There is

no support for choice d.

60. b. Based on the paragraph, this is the only pos-

sible choice. Starley revolutionized the bicycle;

INFO TIME

2 mi. @ 3 mph T = ᎏ

D

R

ᎏ = ᎏ

2

3

ᎏ = ᎏ

4

6

0

0

ᎏ

3 mi. @ 5 mph T = ᎏ

D

R

ᎏ = ᎏ

3

5

ᎏ = ᎏ

3

6

6

0

ᎏ

7 mi. @ 4 mph T = ᎏ

D

R

ᎏ = ᎏ

7

4

ᎏ = ᎏ

1

6

0

0

5

ᎏ

Total time = ᎏ

1

6

8

0

1

ᎏ hr ≈ 3.02 hr

–PRACTICE TEST 1–

232

he made many innovative changes, thereby

transforming the form and shape of the bicy-

cle. Based on the context, the other choices

are incorrect.

61. a. This is the only choice that states an opinion.

The writer cannot be certain that the safety

bicycle would look familiar to today’s cyclists;

it is his or her opinion that this is so. The

other choices are presented as facts.

62. b. To be apathetic is to show little emotion or

interest; to be indifferent is to have no partic-

ular interest or concern.

63. b. Surreptitious is acting in a stealthy or secretive

manner.

64. a. A deterrent prevents or discourages; encour-

agement inspires or heartens.

65. d. Someone who is impertinent is rude; some-

one who is polite is courteous.

66. d. To be animated is to be ﬁlled with activity or

vigor; lively is to be ﬁlled with energy.

67. c. To augment means to increase or expand in

size or extent.

68. c. To be ludicrous is to be absurd; to be reason-

able is to be rational.

69. b. Archaic means ancient or outdated; modern is

current or contemporary.

70. c. To be vindictive is to be vengeful; to be spite-

ful means to be malicious

71. b. Jason or me is the object of the sentence; the

objective pronoun me is used.

72. d. In this sentence, the appositive—who ran in

the Boston Marathon last year—describes

Charlotte and is separated from the rest of

the sentence with commas. The word year’s is

possessive and has an apostrophe.

73. c. All proper nouns—Fourth of July and Mor-

gan’s Beach—are capitalized correctly in this

sentence.

74. c. This sentence is in the past tense and uses the

verb took.

75. a. The subject of the sentence, art professor, is

singular and takes the singular verb is

planning.

76. c. The subject forms should take the plural verb

are, not the singular is.

77. a. If completed, the sentence would read,

Francine can run much faster than I can run;

therefore, the subjective pronoun I should be

used.

78. b. The subject of the sentence one takes the sin-

gular verb was solved.

79. c. Periods are correctly placed after all abbrevia-

tions in this sentence.

80. c. This sentence has a comma before the con-

junction but, which correctly connects the

two complete thoughts in the sentence.

81. d. aspirations

82. a. compatible

83. b. loquacious

84. a. supervisor

85. d. pneumonia

86. d. no mistakes

87. b. forfeit

88. b. meteorology

89. a. adjournment

90. c. vengeance

––PRACTICE TEST 1––

233

C H A P T E R

Practice Test 2

16

235

1. What is the mode of the following numbers?

12, 9, 8, 7, 7, 2, 9, 5, 7

a. 5

b. 7

c. 8

d. 9

Use the following chart to answer questions 2 and 3.

2. 3.5 ft. is equivalent to approximately how many

meters?

a. 4 m

b. 3.85 m

c. 3.18 m

d. 18 m

3. 5 yd. 2 ft. is equivalent to approximately how

many centimeters?

a. 523 cm

b. 79.56 cm

c. 52.3 cm

d. 6.63 cm

4. Select the answer choice that best completes the

sequence.

VAB, WCD, XEF, , ZIJ

a. AKL

b. UHG

c. YGH

d. GHW

5. 20% of what number equals 40% of 120?

a. 48

b. 96

c. 200

d. 240

6. The ratio of multimedia designers to graphic

designers at a production house is 2:1. If the

combined number of multimedia designers and

graphic designers is 180, and half of the multi-

media designers are women, how many women

multimedia designers are there?

a. 60

b. 80

c. 90

d. 120

7. If a map drawn to scale shows 5.2 cm between

two points and the scale is 1 cm = 1.5 km, how

far apart are the two points in meters?

a. 7.8

b. 780

c. 7,800

d. 78,000

8. Use F = ᎏ

9

5

ᎏC + 32 to convert 113

o

F into the

equivalent Celsius temperature.

a. 38

º

b. 45

º

c. 54

º

d. 63

º

9. Damian earns a semimonthly salary of $2,300.

What is his yearly salary?

a. $55,200

b. $34,000

c. $27,600

d. $24,000

METRIC UNITS TO

ENGLISH UNITS CONVERSIONS

1 cm = .39 in.

1 m = 1.1 yd.

1 km = .6 mi.

––PRACTICE TEST 2––

237

10. It took Amanda 45 minutes to jog 3 miles at a

constant rate. Find her rate in mph.

a. 3 mph

b. 4 mph

c. 10 mph

d. 15 mph

11. What percent of ᎏ

1

8

ᎏ is ᎏ

3

1

2

ᎏ?

a. 35 percent

b. 30 percent

c. 20 percent

d. 25 percent

12. Nicole bought Blue Diamond stock at $15 per

share. After six months, the stock is worth $20

per share. This represents a percent increase of

a. 25%.

b. 30%.

c. 33ᎏ

1

3

ᎏ%.

d. 75%.

13. One construction job can be completed by 15

workers in 8 days. How many days would if take

20 workers to complete the job?

a. 4 days

b. 6 days

c. 8 days

d. 10 days

14. 3 pieces of wood measure 8 yd. 2 ft. 1 in., 6 yd. 1

ft. 9 in., and 3 yd. 1 ft. 7 in. length. When these

boards are laid end to end, what is their com-

bined length?

a. 18 yd. 17 in.

b. 18 yd. 5 ft.

c. 18 yd. 2 ft. 5 in.

d. 18 yd. 5 in.

15. What percent of ᎏ

1

3

6

ᎏ is ᎏ

6

1

4

ᎏ?

a. 5%

b. 8ᎏ

1

3

ᎏ%

c. 33%

d. 80 %

Use the following information to answer questions 16–18.

1,200 new nursing students were asked to complete a

survey in which they were asked which type of nurs-

ing they would like to pursue. The data was used to

make the following pie chart.

16. How many nursing students would like to pur-

sue pediatrics?

a. 360

b. 400

c. 600

d. 800

17. Half of the nurses who indicated that would like

to pursue surgical nursing also noted that they

would like to transfer to a sister school across

town. How many students indicated that they

would like to make such a transfer?

a. 240 students

b. 120 students

c. 60 students

d. 10 students

10%

30%

20%

40%

Nursing Survey

Pediatrics

Surgical

Maternity

ER

–PRACTICE TEST 2–

238

18. If the same color scheme is used, which of the

following bar graphs could represent the same

data as the pie chart?

a.

b.

c.

d.

19. (8

5

× 3

4

) ÷ (8

3

× 3

2

) is equivalent to

a. 576.

b. 420.

c. 376.

d. 256.

20. Pipe A leads into a tank and Pipe B drains the

tank. Pipe A can ﬁll the entire tank in 1 hour.

Pipe B can drain the entire tank in 45 minutes.

At a certain point in time, the valves leading to

both pipes are shut and the tank is ᎏ

1

2

ᎏ full. If both

valves are opened simultaneously, how long will

it take for the pipe to drain?

a. ᎏ

1

2

ᎏ hr

b. 1 hr

c. 1ᎏ

1

2

ᎏ hr

d. 1ᎏ

3

4

ᎏ hr

21. Select the answer choice that best completes the

sequence.

B

2

CD, , BCD

4

, B

5

CD, BC

6

D

a. B

2

C

2

D

b. BC

3

D

c. B

2

C

3

D

d. BCD

7

22. Select the answer choice that best completes the

sequence.

a.

b.

c.

d.

23. The reduced price of a computer is $1,250 after

a 20% deduction is applied. The original price

was

a. $250.

b. $1,000.

c. $1,562.50.

d. $6,250.

24. Three cylindrical solids with r = ͙7 ෆ m and h = 1

m are packed into a rectangular crate with l = 10

m, w = 9 m, and h = 1.2 m. The empty space will

be ﬁlled with shredded paper. What volume will

the shredded paper occupy?

a. 86 m

2

b. 66 m

2

c. 42 m

3

d. 42 m

3

––PRACTICE TEST 2––

239

25. External hard drives cost $280 each. When more

than 30 drives are purchased, a 10% discount is

applied to each drive’s cost. How much money

will 40 drives cost (excluding tax)?

a. $7,000

b. $8,200

c. $10,080

d. $ 11,200

26. Select the answer choice that best completes the

following sequence.

BOC, COB, DOE, EOD,

a. FOG

b. DOG

c. DOF

d. FOE

27. Which of the following is longest?

(1 cm = 0.39 inches)

a. 1 meter

b. 1 yard

c. 32 inches

d. 85 centimeters

28. ᎏ

2

5

ᎏ% =

a. ᎏ

2

1

50

ᎏ

b. .4

c. ᎏ

2

1

5

ᎏ

d. 04

29. A box contains 23 iron washers, 15 steel washers,

and 32 aluminum washers. If a washer is chosen

at random, what is the probability that a steel

washer will be chosen?

a. ᎏ

1

3

4

ᎏ

b. ᎏ

2

7

3

0

ᎏ

c. ᎏ

3

7

2

0

ᎏ

d. ᎏ

1

7

5

ᎏ

30. If the volume of a cube is 27 cubic centimeters,

what is its surface area?

a. 3 cm

2

b. 6 cm

2

c. 9 cm

2

d. 54 cm

2

Use the following information to answer questions 31–33.

This graph shows the number of inches of rain for ﬁve

towns in Suffolk County during spring 2007.

31. What was the median number of inches for the

ﬁve towns?

a. 5

b. 8

c. 9

d. 10

32. What was the mode?

a. 5

b. 8

c. 9

d. 10

33. What was the average number of inches for the

season shown?

a. 5

b. 8

c. 9

d. 10

10

8

6

4

2

0

Shirley Mastic Moriches Manorville Ridge

–PRACTICE TEST 2–

240

34. When expressed as a percent, ᎏ

1

9

7

ᎏ is most accu-

rately approximated as

a. .0053%.

b. 45.2 %.

c. 50%.

d. 52.9%.

35. The length of a rectangle is equal to 3 inches

more than twice the width. If the width is 2 in.,

what is the area of the rectangle?

a. 7 square inches

b. 14 square inches

c. 18 square inches

d. 21 square inches

36. Kira’s register contains 10 20-dollar bills, 3 5-dol-

lar bills, 98 1-dollar bills, 88 quarters, 52 dimes,

200 nickels, and 125 pennies. How much money

is in the register?

a. $351.45

b. $351.20

c. $350

d. $345.51

37. Select the answer choice that best completes the

sequence.

DEF, DEF

2

, DE

2

F

2

, , D

2

E

2

F

3

a. DEF

3

b. D

3

EF

3

c. D

2

E

3

F

d. D

2

E

2

F

2

38. Hannah’s yard is square. A lamp is placed in the cen-

ter of her yard. The lamp shines a radius of 10 feet on

her yard, which is 20 feet on each side. How much of

the yard, in square feet, is NOT lit by the lamp?

a. 400

b. 40 – 10

c. 400 – 10

d. 400 – 100

39. Chris drove for 100 miles. During the ﬁrst 45

miles, he drove at a rate of 75 mph. During the

next 45 miles, he drove at a rate of 50 mph. For

the last 10 miles, he drove at a rate of 25 mph.

What was his approximate average rate for the

whole trip?

a. 40 mph

b. 53 mph

c. 55 mph

d. 60 mph

40. What is the area of the shaded ﬁgure inside the

rectangle?

Note: Figure not drawn to scale.

a. 18

b. 36

c. 54

d. 60

Choose the correct vocabulary word for each of the fol-

lowing sentences.

41. Portland’s oldest citizen was

; he refused to

leave his home, even when he was warned of ris-

ing ﬂoodwaters.

a. recitative

b. redundant

c. repatriated

d. recalcitrant

3

3

12

––PRACTICE TEST 2––

241

42. Michael and Brenda had such terriﬁc

; they always seemed to know, with-

out being told, what the other felt.

a. altercation

b. equilibrium

c. rapport

d. symmetry

43. The politician’s voice

detailed the many projects he planned to tackle

once he was in ofﬁce.

a. clamorous

b. ﬂocculent

c. affable

d. fervent

44. The audience puzzled over the

remark made by the may-

oral candidate.

a. obvious

b. cryptic

c. shrewd

d. conniving

45. She shed tears when she

heard the tragic news.

a. copious

b. scant

c. nonchalant

d. genteel

46. After graduation, Charles requested a(n)

so that he did not have to

pay his school loans immediately.

a. surrogate

b. deferment

c. tincture

d. improvement

47. The nonproﬁt agency bought ofﬁce supplies

using a tax number.

a. liability

b. exempt

c. information

d. accountability

48. With this group of person-

alities, she was sure her party would be a success.

a. scintillating

b. mundane

c. irradiated

d. burnished

49. Her remarks were not taken

seriously by anyone on the nominating

committee.

a. porous

b. obsessive

c. frivolous

d. durable

50. A key reference book detailing eyewitness

accounts had to have

updates when new information surfaced.

a. subsequent

b. personable

c. rote

d. steadfast

51. The National Parks Service, in

with its mission, preserves

the great outdoors for all to enjoy.

a. contention

b. amnesty

c. conﬂict

d. accordance

–PRACTICE TEST 2–

242

52. The exhibit at the botanical gardens is an

unusual collection of cacti and other

from around the world.

a. perennials

b. succulents

c. annuals

d. tubers

53. Although the freeway system continues to grow,

it often cannot keep pace with a

population.

a. burgeoning

b. beckoning

c. capitulating

d. exasperating

54. With admirable , the

renowned orator spoke to the crowd gathered in

the lecture hall.

a. toil

b. ado

c. ﬁnesse

d. tedium

55. The advice offered by his

friend saved him from making a grave mistake.

a. insensitive

b. judicious

c. metaphorical

d. unorthodox

Read the passage and respond to the questions that follow.

Although many companies offer tuition reimburse-

ment, most companies reimburse employees only

for classes that are relevant to their position. This is

a very limiting policy. A company that reimburses

employees for all college credit courses—whether

job-related or not—offers a service not only to the

employees, but to the entire company and greater

community.

One good reason for giving employees uncondi-

tional tuition reimbursement is that it shows the

company’s dedication to its employees. In today’s

economy, where job security is a thing of the past

and employees feel more and more expendable, it is

important for a company to demonstrate to its

employees that it cares. The best way to do this is

with concrete investments in the employees and

their futures.

In turn, this dedication to the betterment of com-

pany employees will create greater employee loyalty.

A company that releases funds to pay for the edu-

cation of its employees will get its money back by

having employees stay with the company longer.

Employee turnover will be reduced because even the

employees who do not take advantage of the tuition

reimbursement program will be more loyal to their

company—just knowing that their company cares

enough to pay for their education invokes loyalty.

Most importantly, the company that has an unre-

stricted tuition reimbursement program will have

higher quality employees. Although these compa-

nies do indeed run the risk of losing money on an

employee who goes on to another job in a different

company as soon as he or she gets a degree, more

often than not, the employee will stay with the com-

pany. And even if employees do leave after gradua-

tion, it generally takes several years to complete any

degree program. If the employee leaves upon grad-

uation, the employer will have had a more sophis-

ticated, more intelligent, and therefore more

valuable and productive employee during that

employee’s tenure with the company. If the

employee stays, that education will doubly beneﬁt

the company. Not only is the employee more edu-

cated, but now that employee can be promoted, and

the company does not have to ﬁll a high-level

––PRACTICE TEST 2––

243

vacancy from the outside. Vacancies can be ﬁlled by

people who already know the company well.

Though unconditional tuition reimbursement

requires a signiﬁcant investment on the employer’s

part, it is perhaps one of the wisest investments a

company can make.

56. According to the passage, unconditional tuition

reimbursement is good for which of the follow-

ing reasons?

a. Employees get a cheaper education.

b. Employees become more valuable.

c. Employees can ﬁnd better jobs.

d. Employers lose a great deal of money.

57. Which of the following statements from the pas-

sage is NOT an opinion?

a. The best way to do this is with concrete

investments in them.

b. Most importantly, the company that has an

unrestricted tuition reimbursement program

will have higher quality employees.

c. Although many companies offer tuition

reimbursement, most companies only

reimburse employees for classes that are

relevant to their position.

d. A company that puts out funds to pay for the

education of its employees will get its money

back by having employees stay with the

company longer.

58. The author’s reason for writing this passage was to

a. entertain the reader.

b. narrate a story.

c. explain tuition reimbursement.

d. persuade the reader.

59. The writer most likely uses the word wisest in the

last sentence, rather than words such as prof-

itable, practical, or beneﬁcial, because

a. wisdom is associated with education, the

subject of the passage.

b. the writer is trying to appeal to people who

are already highly educated.

c. education could not be considered practical.

d. the word beneﬁcial is too abstract for readers

to comprehend.

60. Which of the following words best describes the

tone of this passage?

a. insincere

b. deceitful

c. optimistic

d. cynical

61. The passage suggests that, compared to employ-

ees of companies that offer unconditional tuition

reimbursement, employees of companies that do

not offer this beneﬁt are

a. less loyal.

b. more likely to be promoted.

c. not as smart.

d. more likely to stay with the company.

62. In paragraph two, the word expendable most

nearly means

a. expensive.

b. ﬂexible.

c. replaceable.

d. extraneous.

–PRACTICE TEST 2–

244

63. The main idea of the passage is that

a. companies should reimburse employees for

work-related courses.

b. both companies and employees would beneﬁt

from unconditional tuition reimbursement.

c. companies should require their employees to

take college courses.

d. by insisting on a college degree, companies will

be better able to ﬁll vacancies from within.

Read each question and select the word that is the syn-

onym or antonym for the word provided.

64. An antonym for disperse is

a. gather.

b. agree.

c. praise.

d. satisfy.

65. A synonym for droll is

a. forget.

b. charm.

c. sedate.

d. absurd.

66. A synonym for commendable is

a. admirable.

b. accountable.

c. irresponsible.

d. noticeable.

67. An antonym for prevarication is

a. accolade.

b. veracity.

c. deprecation.

d. mendacity.

68. An antonym for mirth is

a. pallor.

b. solemnity.

c. penury.

d. lethargy.

69. A synonym for domain is

a. entrance.

b. rebellion.

c. formation.

d. territory.

70. An antonym for orient is

a. confuse.

b. arouse.

c. deter.

d. simplify.

Answer each of the following grammar and usage

questions.

71. Which of the following sentences uses capitaliza-

tion correctly?

a. Last Thursday, my Mother, my Aunt Barbara,

and I went to the museum to see an exhibit of

African art.

b. Last Thursday, my mother, my Aunt Barbara,

and I went to the museum to see an exhibit of

African art.

c. Last Thursday, my mother, my aunt Barbara,

and I went to the Museum to see an exhibit of

African art.

d. Last Thursday, my mother, my aunt Barbara,

and I went to the museum to see an exhibit of

African Art.

––PRACTICE TEST 2––

245

72. Which of the following sentences uses periods

correctly?

a. Dr Harrison will speak at the hotel in

Chicago, Ill, on thurs at 3:00 P.M.

b. Dr. Harrison will speak at the hotel in

Chicago, Ill, on Thurs at 3:00 P.M.

c. Dr Harrison will speak at the hotel in

Chicago, Ill, on Thurs. at 3:00 P.M.

d. Dr. Harrison will speak at the hotel in

Chicago, Ill., on Thurs. at 3:00 P.M.

73. Which of the following sentences is NOT a com-

plete sentence?

a. Hearing the thunder, the lifeguard ordered us

out of the water.

b. Turn off the lights.

c. Sunday afternoon spent reading and playing

computer games.

d. I was surprised to see that my neighbor had

written a letter to the editor.

74. Which of the following sentences is a complete

sentence?

a. The newspapers are supposed to be delivered

by 7:00, but I am usually ﬁnished before 6:45.

b. I called the delivery service this morning, they

told me the shipment would arrive on time.

c. Look in the closet you should ﬁnd it there.

d. I was the ﬁrst to sign the petition Harry was

the second.

75. Which of the following sentences uses the cor-

rect verb form?

a. Margaret brang a cake so that everyone in the

ofﬁce could help celebrate her birthday.

b. Margaret brought a cake so that everyone in

the ofﬁce could help celebrate her birthday.

c. Margaret bring a cake so that everyone in the

ofﬁce could help celebrate her birthday.

d. Margaret had brung a cake so that everyone in

the ofﬁce could help celebrate her birthday.

76. Which of the following sentences shows sub-

ject/verb agreement?

a. Neither of the dogs have been to obedience

training.

b. Neither of the dogs were to obedience

training.

c. Neither of the dogs is been to obedience

training.

d. Neither of the dogs has been to obedience

training.

77. Which of the following sentences shows sub-

ject/verb agreement?

a. One of the customers have complained about

poor service.

b. Neither of the customers have complained

about poor service.

c. Each of the customers have complained about

poor service.

d. Some of the customers have complained

about poor service.

–PRACTICE TEST 2–

246

78. Which of the following sentences does NOT use

the italicized pronoun correctly?

a. Alicia and me want to spend Saturday at Six

Flags Amusement Park.

b. Either Sam or William will bring his CD

player to the party.

c. She and I will work together on the project.

d. Why won’t you let her come with us?

79. Which of the following sentences uses the itali-

cised pronouns correctly?

a. Four band members and me were chosen to

attend the state competition; one of you will

do the driving.

b. Four band members and me were chosen to

attend the state competition; one of us will do

the driving.

c. Four band members and I were chosen to

attend the state competition; one of we will do

the driving.

d. Four band members and I were chosen to

attend the state competition; one of us will do

the driving.

Choose the misspelled word in the following questions. If

there are no mistakes, select choice d.

80. a. embarrassment

b. accomodate

c. weird

d. no mistakes

81. a. inadvertant

b. occasion

c. liquefy

d. no mistakes

82. a. tyranny

b. dessicate

c. subpena

d. no mistakes

83. a. dictionary

b. auditorium

c. biology

d. no mistakes

84. a. geometry

b. perimeter

c. circumferance

d. no mistakes

85. a. general

b. corporal

c. lieutenant

d. no mistakes

Choose the correct spelling of the word for the following

sentences.

86. Do you think I should run for a seat on the city

?

a. counsel

b. council

87. The amount for the carpet was a

price.

a. fair

b. fare

88. This problem is complex.

a. two

b. to

c. too

––PRACTICE TEST 2––

247

89. My grandmother is an

historian.

a. imminent

b. immanent

c. eminent

90. only four o’clock in the

afternoon.

a. It’s

b. Its

–PRACTICE TEST 2–

248

1. b. To ﬁnd the mode, see which number occurs

the most: 12, 9, 8, 7, 7, 2, 9, 5, 7. Thus, 7 is the

mode.

2. c. You should know that 3 ft. = 1 yd. and the

chart tells you that 1 m = 1.1 yd. Thus, you

can create conversion factors that let you

cross off feet and end up with meters: 3.5 ft. ×

ᎏ

1

3

y

f

d

t.

.

ᎏ × ᎏ

1.

1

1

m

yd.

ᎏ≈ 3.18 m.

3. a. 5 yd. = 15 ft., so 5 yd. 2 ft. = 17 ft. Next,

using the fact that 1 ft. = 12 in. and 1 cm =

.39 in., you can create conversion factors

that let you cross off feet and end up with

cm: 17 ft. × ᎏ

1

1

2

f

i

t

n

.

.

ᎏ × ᎏ

.3

1

9

cm

in.

ᎏ≈ 523 cm.

4. c. The ﬁrst term of each triplet represents the

alphabet in sequence: V ¬W ¬X ¬Y ¬Z.

Thus, the ﬁrst letter of the missing triplet is Y.

The second and third letters of the triplets

follow the pattern of skipping one letter.

Thus, the second term of the missing triplet

will be: A ¬C ¬E ¬G ¬I. And the third

term of the missing triplet will be: B ¬D ¬

F ¬H¬I. Therefore, the answer is YGH.

5. d. “20% of what number equals 40% of 120?”

can be written mathematically as .20 × x =

.40 × 120. Dividing both sides by .20 yields:

x = ᎏ

(.40

.

)

2

(

0

120)

ᎏ= 240

6. a. You are told that the ratio of multimedia

designers to graphic designers at a produc-

tion house is 2:1. Thus, ᎏ

2

3

ᎏ of the 180 total

must be multimedia designers. ᎏ

2

3

ᎏ of 180 = ᎏ

2

3

ᎏ

ϫ180 = 120 multimedia designers. Half of

these are women, so there are 60 women

multimedia designers.

7. c. First use a proportion to get the real-life

value: ᎏ

1

1

.5

c

k

m

m

ᎏ= ᎏ

5

x

.2

k

c

m

m

ᎏ; x = 1.5 × 5.2 = 7.8 km.

Next, convert kilometers to meters by multi-

plying by ᎏ

1,

1

00

k

0

m

m

ᎏ: 7.8 km × ᎏ

1,

1

00

k

0

m

m

ᎏ= 7,800 m.

8. b. Substitute 113 for F in the given equation.

Thus, F = ᎏ

9

5

ᎏ C + 32 becomes 113 = ᎏ

9

5

ᎏ C + 32;

113 – 32 = ᎏ

9

5

ᎏ C; 81 = ᎏ

9

5

ᎏ C; 81 × ᎏ

5

9

ᎏ = C; 9 × 5 =

C; C = 45 degrees.

9. a. Recall that semimonthly means twice a

month. This means he makes 2 × $2,300 =

$4,600 per month. Multiply by 12 months per

year: 12 months × $4,600 = $55,200 per year.

10. b. First, you should rearrange D = RT into R =

ᎏ

D

T

ᎏ. Substitute the given values into the for-

mula. Here, R = 45 min = ᎏ

3

4

ᎏ hour, and D = 3

mi. Thus, R = ᎏ

D

T

ᎏ becomes R = 3 mi ÷ ᎏ

3

4

ᎏ hr =

4 mph.

11. d. The question “What percent of ᎏ

1

8

ᎏ is ᎏ

3

1

2

ᎏ?” can

be written mathematically as ᎏ

10

x

0

ᎏ × ᎏ

1

8

ᎏ = ᎏ

3

1

2

ᎏ.

Recall that what percent is ᎏ

10

x

0

ᎏ, of means ×,

and is means =. Solving, you get ᎏ

80

x

0

ᎏ = ᎏ

3

1

2

ᎏ; x =

ᎏ

8

3

0

2

0

ᎏ = 25%.

12. c. The Blue Diamond stock rose from $15 to

$20. This is a difference of $20 – $15 = $5.

When compared with the original $15, ᎏ

1

5

5

ᎏ =

ᎏ

10

x

0

ᎏ; x = ᎏ

5

1

0

5

0

ᎏ = 33ᎏ

1

3

ᎏ%.

13. b. If it takes 15 workers 8 days to complete a

job, it would take 1 worker 15 × 8 = 120 days.

It would take 20 workers 120 ÷ 20 = 6 days.

14. c. First, line up and add all of the units:

8 yd. 2 ft. 1 in.

6 yd. 1 ft. 9 in.

+ 3 yd. 1 ft. 7 in.

17 yd. 4 ft. 17 in.

Next, note that 12 in. = 1 ft., so 17 yd. 4 ft. 17

in. is the same as 17 yd. 5 ft. 5 in. Next, note

that 3 ft. = 1 yd., so you can rewrite the

length as 18 yd. 2 ft. 5 in.

15. b. Recall that “What percent” can be expressed

as ᎏ

10

x

0

ᎏ. The question “What percent of ᎏ

1

3

6

ᎏ is

–PRACTICE TEST 2–

249

$

Answers

ᎏ

6

1

4

ᎏ?” can be expressed as: ᎏ

10

x

0

ᎏ × ᎏ

1

3

6

ᎏ = ᎏ

6

1

4

ᎏ; ᎏ

= ᎏ

6

1

4

ᎏ; 3 × x = 25; x = ᎏ

2

3

5

ᎏ = 8ᎏ

1

3

ᎏ%.

16. a. 30% (black sector) of the 1,200 nursing stu

dents indicated that they would like to pursue

pediatrics; .30 × 1,200 = 360 students.

17. b. 20% (darkest gray) of the nursing students

chose surgical nursing. Half of these want to

transfer to the sister school, so that is 10%.

10% of 1,200 = .10 × 1,200 = 120 students.

18. b. If the same color scheme is used (as stated),

then in decreasing size order, the bars should

be lightest gray, black, darkest gray, and

medium gray. Only choice b has bars that

match this description.

19. a. You can apply the rules of exponents to the

terms that have the same bases. Thus, (8

5

× 3

4

)

÷ (8

3

× 3

2

) is equivalent to 8

5 – 3

× 3

4 – 2

= 8

2

×

3

2

= 64 × 9 = 576. Recall that when multiplying

and/or dividing exponential numbers, those

exponents of numbers with the same base

value (e.g., 8

5

, 8

3

, or 3

4

, 3

2

) can be either added

or subtracted depending on the operation

asked to be performed (multiplication →add

exponents, division →subtract exponents).

20. c. First, convert the hour into minutes. 1 hour =

60, so Pipe A ﬁlls ᎏ

6

1

0

ᎏ of the tank every minute.

Pipe B empties ᎏ

4

1

5

ᎏ of the tank per minute.

This means the net effect—every minute—is

ᎏ

4

1

5

ᎏ – ᎏ

6

1

0

ᎏ = ᎏ

1

4

80

ᎏ – ᎏ

1

3

80

ᎏ = ᎏ

1

1

80

ᎏ of the tank is

drained. If ᎏ

1

2

ᎏ of the tank is initially full, this

equals ᎏ

1

9

8

0

0

ᎏ full. It will take 90 minutes for the

ᎏ

1

9

8

0

0

ᎏ to drain out (at a rate of ᎏ

1

1

80

ᎏ per minute).

90 min = 1ᎏ

1

2

ᎏ hr.

21. b. Notice that the number grows by 1 and

moves to the letter on the right of its current

position: B

2

CD, BC

3

D, BCD

4

, B

5

CD, BC

6

D.

Thus, the missing term is BC

3

D.

22. d. Note that the number of line segments

increases and then decreases by one: 1 ¬2 ¬

3 ¬4 ¬5 ¬4 ¬3. Thus the next 2 members

of the series will have 2 sides and then 1 side.

23. c. If a 20% deduction was applied, then $1,250

represents 80% of the original cost. This

question is really asking: “80% of what is

$1,250?” This can be written mathematically

as .80 × x = 1,250; x = ᎏ

1,

.

2

8

5

0

0

ᎏ= $1,562.50.

24. d. The formula for a cylinder is V = r

2

h. If you

use ≈ ᎏ

2

7

2

ᎏ, and substitute the given values

into this formula, you have: V = ᎏ

2

7

2

ᎏ × (͙7ෆ)

2

×

1 = ᎏ

2

7

2

ᎏ × 7 = 22 m

3

. Three such cylinders will

occupy a volume of 3 × 22 m

3

= 66 m

3

inside

the rectangular crate. The volume of the crate

is lwh = 10 × 9 × 1.2 = 108 m

3

. The empty

space (to be ﬁlled with shredded paper) is

108 m

3

– 66 m

3

= 42 m

3

.

25. c. Since more than 40 drives are being pur-

chased, use the discounted price. Take 10%

($28) off the cost of each drive. So, instead of

costing $280 each, the drives will cost $280 –

$28 = $252 each. Next, multiply 40 drives by

the price of each drive: 40 × 252 = $10,080.

26. a. The ﬁrst term progresses from B ¬C ¬D ¬

E, so the last triplet will begin with F. Note

that the second term is always O. Every other

triplet is the inverse of the triplet before it.

So, the third letter of the last triplet, like its

predecessors, is the next letter of the alphabet

after F.

27. a. In order to compare the choices, covert them

all into inches:

a. 1 m = 100 cm = 100 cm × = 39 in.

b. 1 yd. = 36 in.

c. 32 in.

d. 85 cm is less than 1 m (choice a) so you need

not waste time converting this choice to inches.

Thus, choice a, 1 m (39 inches) is the longest.

39 in.

ᎏ

cm

3 × x

ᎏ

1,600

–PRACTICE TEST 2–

250

28. a. This can be solved by equating the percent to

its equivalent fractional form(s): ᎏ

2

5

ᎏ% = .4% =

.004 = ᎏ

1,0

4

00

ᎏ= ᎏ

2

1

50

ᎏ.

29. a. First, add all the washers together: 23 + 15 +

32 = 70. There are 15 steel washers, so the

chance of pulling a steel washer is 15 out of

70: ᎏ

1

7

5

0

ᎏ = ᎏ

1

3

4

ᎏ.

30. d. The volume formula for a cube is V = s

3

, so

here s

3

= 27 and s = 3 cm. The surface area of

one face is s

2

= 3

2

= 9 cm

2

. Since there are six

faces, the total surface area is 6 × 9 cm

2

= 54

cm

2

.

31. d. First, list the numbers in order. The middle

number will be the median: 5 5 10 10 10

32. d. To ﬁnd the mode, select the number that

occurs the most:

10 10 5 5 10

10 occurs three times and is the mode.

33. b. First, add up all the values: 10 + 10 + 5 + 5 +

10 = 40. Next divide by 5 (the number of val-

ues): 40 ÷ 5 = 8 inches.

34. d. First, convert ᎏ

1

9

7

ᎏ to a decimal: 9 ÷ 17 ≈ .529.

Next, to express this value as a percent, move

the decimal point over two places to the right

≈ 52.9%.

35. b. “The length of a rectangle is equal to 3 inches

more than twice the width,” can be expressed

mathematically as l = 2w + 3. You know w =

2, so l = (2)(2) + 3 = 7. The area is then A =

lw = 7 × 2 = 14 square inches.

36. a. First, multiply the number of coins (or bills)

by the value of the coin (or bill):

10 20-dollar bills = 10 × $20 = $200

3 ﬁve-dollar bills = 3 × $5 = $15

98 one-dollar bills = 98 × $1 = $98

88 quarters = 88 × $.25 = $22

52 dimes = 52 × $.10 = $5.20

200 nickels = 200 × $.05 = $10

125 pennies = 125 × $.01 = $1.25

Next, add up all the money: $200 + $15 + $98

+ $22 + $5.20 + $10 + $1.25 = $351.45.

37. d. The letters remain the same: DEF. The num-

bers change as follows (a dash, such as “-“

represents no number): - - - ¬- - 2 ¬- 2 2

¬2 2 2 ¬2 2 3.

38. d. The area of the dark yard is the area of her

square yard (A = s

2

) minus the circle of light

around the lamp (A = r

2

).

Thus, the dark area = 20

2

– ( × 10

2

), or 400

– 100.

39. b. To ﬁnd the average rate, you must use D = RT

with the total distance and the total time as D

and T respectively. You are given the total dis-

tance of 100 miles. You need the total time.

This can be found by using the information

in the question. The formula D = RT can be

rewritten as T = ᎏ

D

R

ᎏ. Making a chart for your-

self will help you stay organized:

INFO TIME

45 mi @ 75 mph T = ᎏ

D

R

ᎏ = ᎏ

4

7

5

5

ᎏ = ᎏ

1

9

5

0

0

ᎏ hr

45 mi @ 50 mph T = ᎏ

D

R

ᎏ = ᎏ

4

5

5

0

ᎏ = ᎏ

1

1

3

5

5

0

ᎏ hr

10 mi @ 25 mph T = ᎏ

D

R

ᎏ = ᎏ

1

2

0

5

ᎏ = ᎏ

1

6

5

0

0

ᎏ hr

*Note that the least

common multiple of

75, 50, and 25 was

chosen as the denominator

for the times listed.

Total time = ᎏ

2

1

8

5

5

0

ᎏ hr = 1.9 hr

––PRACTICE TEST 2––

251

20 ft.

Now you can use the total time and total

distance in the formula D = RT. Since you

want R, you can rearrange this formula to R

= D ÷ T. Thus, you have R = D ÷ T = 100 ÷

1.9 ≈ 53 mph.

40. c. Each little white triangle in the corner is a

tiny right triangle with a hypotenuse of ͙18 ෆ

and a leg of 3. Use a

2

+ b

2

= c

2

to ﬁnd the

other leg: 3

2

+ b

2

=(͙18 ෆ)

2

; 9 + b

2

= 18; b

2

=

9; b = 3. Thus the width of the rectangle is 3

+ 3 = 6 units. The area of the entire rectangle

is lw = 12 × 6 = 72 units

2

. To ﬁnd the area of

the shaded region, you must subtract out the

area of the 4 tiny triangles. Each triangle has

an area equal to ᎏ

1

2

ᎏbh = ᎏ

1

2

ᎏ × 3 × 3 = 4.5 units

2

,

so the four triangles take up 4 × 4.5 = 18

units

2

. Subtract this amount from the area of

the rectangle to ﬁnd the area of the shaded

region: 72 – 18 = 54 units

2

.

41. d. To be recalcitrant is to be stubbornly resistant.

42. c. To have rapport is to have mutual trust and

emotional afﬁnity.

43. d. A fervent voice is one that has great emotion

or zest.

44. b. Cryptic means mysterious, hidden, or

enigmatic.

45. a. Copious means plentiful or abundant.

46. b. A deferment is a delay.

47. b. Exempt means to be excused from a rule or

obligation.

48. a. That which is scintillating is brilliant or

sparkling.

49. c. Frivolous means not worthy of serious atten-

tion; of little importance.

50. a. Subsequent means following a speciﬁed thing

in order or succession.

51. d. Accordance means in agreement or harmony.

52. b. Succulents are plants that have leaves speciﬁ-

cally for storing water.

53. a. Burgeoning means emerging or new growth.

54. c. Finesse is skill, tact, and cleverness.

55. b. Judicious means to use or show good judg-

ment; to be wise or sensible.

56. b. The idea that employees will become more

valuable if they take courses is stated in the

fourth paragraph: “the employer will have

had a more sophisticated, more intelligent,

and therefore more valuable and productive

employee.”

57. c. This statement describes the many positions

that companies can take when considering

reimbursement for educational classes. This

statement could be veriﬁed as fact by survey-

ing companies to ﬁnd out their tuition reim-

bursement policies.

58. d. The writer of this passage states an opinion:

“A company that reimburses employees for

all college credit courses—whether job

related or not—offers a service not only to

the employees but to the entire company.”

The writer then proceeds to give reasons to

persuade the reader of the validity of this

statement.

59. a. By using a word associated with education,

the writer is able to reinforce the importance

of education and tuition reimbursement.

60. c. The passage is optimistic and describes only

positive effects of unconditional reimburse-

ment; there are virtually no negative words.

61. a. If employees of companies that offer uncon-

ditional tuition reimbursement are more

loyal to their companies (see the second and

third paragraphs), it follows that other

employees will be less loyal because their

company is not showing enough dedication

to their betterment.

62. c. Expendable means replaceable. The writer

uses the word immediately after saying that

–PRACTICE TEST 2–

252

job security is a thing of the past. This clue

tells you that workers do not feel they are

important or valuable to a company that can

ﬁre them on a moment’s notice.

63. b. This main idea is explicitly stated in the last

sentence of the ﬁrst paragraph and again at

the end of the passage.

64. a. Disperse means to scatter; to gather means to

collect in one place.

65. c. Droll means to have a humorous or odd qual-

ity; sedate means unrufﬂed or serious.

66. a. Both commendable and admirable mean wor-

thy, qualiﬁed, or desirable.

67. b. Prevarication is an evasion of the truth; verac-

ity means truthfulness.

68. b. Mirth means merriment; solemnity means

seriousness.

69. d. A domain is an area governed by a ruler; a

territory is an area for which someone is

responsible.

70. a. To orient means to adjust, become familiar; to

confuse means to bewilder.

71. b. Every proper noun and adjective in this sen-

tence is correctly capitalized.

72. d. Periods are placed after Dr., Ill., Thurs., and P.M.

73. c. This is a sentence fragment and is missing the

helping verb was that would make it a com-

plete sentence.

74. a. Choice a is the only complete sentence.

Choices b, c, and d are run-on sentences.

75. b. This sentence is in the past tense and cor-

rectly uses the verb brought.

76. d. Neither is singular, as is has been.

77. d. Some is plural, as is have complained.

78. a. Alicia and I is the subject of the sentence;

therefore, the subjective pronoun I has to be

used to make the sentence correct.

79. d. Four band members and I is the subject of the

sentence; the subjective pronoun I is correct.

Us is the object of the preposition; the objec-

tive pronoun us is correct.

80. b. accomodate

81. a. inadvertent

82. c. subpoena

83. d. no mistakes

84. c. circumference

85. d. no mistakes

86. b. council

87. a. fair

88. c. too

89. c. eminent

90. a. It’s

––PRACTICE TEST 2––

253

T

his book has provided you with focused practice and an essential review of

math and vocabulary skills. Now, use these additional helpful resources to

drive home some key skills before you sit down to take the civil service exam.

In the math and vocabulary glossaries as well as the commonly tested words

appendix, you will ﬁnd a compiled list of terms you may need to know for the civil

service exam. These lists can seem intimidating, but don’t let that prevent you from

tackling them. If the word list looks intimidating, try this:

1. Figure out how many days there are until you take the civil service exam.

2. Multiply that number by 10.

If you have 30 days until the test day, you can learn 300 new words by learning

only ten new words each day! And, remember, some of these words may already be

familiar to you. Each night, target ten words that you feel you do not know. Read the

deﬁnitions and the way each word is used in a sentence. Try to use the words in con-

versation, in your reports or memos, or even in an e-mail. The more you use a word,

the more familiar it will become to you. When words are familiar, you can count on

them to help you with all forms of communication—or to pass any kind of test.

One way to manage these word lists is to work with ﬂash cards. Write the vocab-

ulary word on one side and the deﬁnition on the other. Or, try writing a sentence that

uses the word on one side of the ﬂash card and the deﬁnition of the word on the other.

Flash cards are easy to handle and they’re portable.

In this resource section, you will also ﬁnd a list of some of the most common

Latin and Greek word roots, preﬁxes, and sufﬁxes. A familiarity with common pre-

ﬁxes, sufﬁxes, and word roots can dramatically improve your ability to determine the

S E C T I O N

Helpful

Resources

5

255

meaning of unfamiliar vocabulary words. The tables list

common preﬁxes, sufﬁxes, and word roots; their mean-

ings; an example of a word with that preﬁx, sufﬁx, or

word root; the meaning of that word; and a sentence

that demonstrates the meaning of that word. Review

the list carefully, taking note of the examples, which are

mostly everyday words. Remember to study any roots,

preﬁxes, or sufﬁxes that are unfamiliar to you.

In this section, you will also ﬁnd a quick math ref-

erence sheet with many of the formulas you will need

to know for math questions on the civil service exam.

These resources are here to make your math and

vocabulary skills stronger before the day of your civil

service exam—make the commitment to work with

them as you prepare for your exam.

–MATH AND VOCABULARY FOR CIVIL SERVICE TESTS–

256

area: a measure of the space inside a two-dimensional ﬁgure. Area is expressed in square units.

arithmetic series: a series that progresses by adding (or subtracting) a constant number to each term.

associative law: this property applies to grouping of addition or multiplication equations and expressions. It

can be represented as a + (b + c) = (a + b) + c or a × (b × c) = (a × b) × c. For example, 10 + (12 + 14) =

(10 + 12) + 14.

circumference: the distance around a circle.

commutative law: this property applies to addition and multiplication and can be represented as a + b = b + a

or a × b = b × a. For example, 2 + 3 = 3 + 2 and 4 × 2 = 2 × 4 exhibit the commutative law.

compounded annually: interest is paid each year.

compounded daily: interest is paid every day.

compounded monthly: interest is paid every month.

compounded quarterly: interest is paid four times per year.

compounded semiannually: interest is paid two times per year.

constant rate equation: an equation that is used to relate distance, rate, and time when dealing with a constant

velocity: D = RT.

denominator: the bottom number in a fraction.

diameter: any line segment that goes through the center of a circle and has both endpoints on the circle.

difference: the answer obtained by subtracting.

distributive law: this property applies to multiplication over addition and can be represented as a(b + c) = ab

+ ac. For example, 3(5 + 7) = 3 × 5 + 3 × 7.

geometric series: a series that progresses by multiplying each term by a constant number to get the next term.

improper fraction: a fraction whose numerator is greater than the denominator, such as ᎏ

8

7

ᎏ.

Appendix 1:

Glossary of Math Terms

257

least common denominator (LCD): the smallest

number that is a multiple of the original denom-

inators present.

mean: the average of a set of values found by adding

the values and dividing by the number of values.

median: the middle number in a group of numbers

arranged in sequential order. In a set of num-

bers, half will be greater than the median and

half will be less than the median.

mixed number: A number that is expressed as a whole

number with a fraction to the right, such as 1ᎏ

1

2

ᎏ.

mode: the number in a set of numbers that occurs

most frequently. To ﬁnd the mode, look for

numbers that occur more than once and ﬁnd the

one that appears most often.

numerator: the top number in a fraction.

order of operations: The order in which operations

must be performed. An easy way to remember the

order of operations is to use the mnemonic PEM-

DAS, where each letter stands for an operation:

Parentheses: Always calculate the values inside of

parentheses ﬁrst; Exponents: Second, calculate

exponents (or powers); Multiplication/Division:

Third, multiply or divide in order from left to

right; Addition/Subtraction: Last, add or subtract

in order from left to right.

percent change: when calculating the percent

increase or decrease, equate the ratio of the

amount of change to the initial value with the

ratio of a new value, x, to 100. The general pro-

portion to use is: ᎏ

c

i

h

n

a

it

n

ia

g

l

e

ᎏ= ᎏ

10

x

0

ᎏ

percent error: found by converting the ratio between

the calculated value and the actual value to a

value out of 100: = ᎏ

10

x

0

ᎏ

percent: a ratio that expresses a value as per 100

parts. For example, 30% is equivalent to 30 per

100, or ᎏ

1

3

0

0

0

ᎏ. You can express a percent as a frac-

tion by placing the number before the percent

symbol over the number 100. You can express a

percent as a decimal by moving the current deci-

mal point two places to the left.

perimeter: the distance around a two-dimensional

geometric ﬁgure.

prime number: a number that has only two factors,

the number 1 and itself.

product: the answer obtained by multiplying.

proper fraction: a fraction where the numerator is

less than the denominator, such as ᎏ

1

2

ᎏ.

proportion: a pair of equivalent ratios in the form ᎏ

a

b

ᎏ = ᎏ

d

c

ᎏ

quotient: the answer obtained by dividing.

radius: any line that begins at the center of a circle

and ends on a point on the circle.

ratio: a comparison of two or more numbers.

reciprocal: the multiplicative inverse of a number;

for example, the reciprocal of ᎏ

4

5

ᎏ is ᎏ

5

4

ᎏ.

simple interest: interest is calculated with the formula

I = PRT. The amount of money deposited is called

the principal, P. The annual interest rate is repre-

sented by R, and T represents the time in years.

sum: the answer obtained by adding.

symbol series: a visual series based on the relation-

ship between images.

volume: a measure of the amount of space inside a

three-dimensional shape. Volume is expressed in

cubic units.

difference in values

ᎏᎏ

actual values

–APPENDIX 1: GLOSSARY OF MATH TERMS–

258

Percent

ᎏ

w

p

h

a

o

rt

le

ᎏ

=

ᎏ

pe

1

r

0

ce

0

nt

ᎏ ᎏ

o

is

f

ᎏ

=

ᎏ

pe

1

r

0

ce

0

nt

ᎏ ᎏ

o

c

r

h

i

a

g

n

in

g

a

e

l

ᎏ

=

ᎏ

pe

1

r

0

ce

0

nt

ᎏ

Distance Formula

D = R × T

Simple Interest Formula

I = P × R × T

Rules of Exponents

x

0

= 1 x

–a

= ᎏ

x

1

a

ᎏ x

a

× x

b

= x

a + b

x

a

÷ x

b

= x

a – b

ᎏ

x

x

b

a

ᎏ = x

a – b

(x

a

)

b

= x

a × b

x = ᎏ

͙

a

xෆ

ᎏ

Probability

P(E) = P(E

1

or E

2

) = P(E

1

) + P(E

2

)

P(E

1

and E

2

) = P(E

1

) × P(E

2

)

Pythagorean theorem:

a

2

+ b

2

= c

2

Perimeter

Rectangle: P = 2 × l + 2 × w Square: P = 4 × s

Circumference:

C = × d or C = 2 × × r

Area

Triangle: A = ᎏ

1

2

ᎏ × b × h

Rectangle: A = b × h

Trapezoid: A = ᎏ

1

2

ᎏ × h × (b

1

+ b

2

)

Volume

V = B × h (B is the area of the base)

Rectangular Solid: V = l × w × h

Cylinder: V = × r

2

× h

#favorable outcomes

ᎏᎏᎏ

#total outcomes

1

ᎏa

Appendix 2:

Math Formula Sheet

259

active voice: when the subject is performing the action (as opposed to passive voice).

agreement: the state of being balanced in number (e.g., singular subjects and singular verbs; plural

antecedents and plural pronouns).

antecedent: the noun that is replaced by a pronoun.

cause: a person or thing that makes something happen.

clause: a group of words containing a subject and predicate.

comparative: the adjective form showing the greater degree in quality or quantity, formed by adding -er

(e.g., happier).

comparison: showing how two ideas or items are similar.

complex sentence: a sentence with at least one dependent and one independent clause.

compound sentence: a sentence with at least two independent clauses.

conjunctive adverb: a word or phrase that often works with a semicolon to connect two independent clauses

and show the relationship to one another (e.g., however, therefore, likewise).

contraction: a word that uses an apostrophe to show that a letter or letters have been omitted (e.g., can’t).

contrast: showing how two ideas or items are different.

coordinating conjunction: one of seven words—and, but, for, nor, or, so, yet—that serve to connect two inde-

pendent clauses.

dependent clause: a clause that has a subordinating conjunction and expresses an incomplete thought.

direct object: the person or thing that receives the action of the sentence.

fragment: an incomplete sentence (may or may not have a subject and predicate).

gerund: the noun form of a verb, created by adding -ing to the verb base.

Appendix 3:

Glossary of

Vocabulary Terms

261

helping verb: (auxiliary verb) verbs that help indi-

cate exactly when an action will take place, is tak-

ing place, did take place, should take place, might

take place, etc.

homophone: a word that sounds exactly like another

word but has a different spelling and meaning

(e.g., bare, bear).

independent clause: a clause that expresses a com-

plete thought and can stand on its own.

indirect object: the person or thing that receives the

direct object.

inﬁnitive: the base form of a verb plus the word to

(e.g., to go).

intransitive verb: a verb that does not take an object

(the subject performs the action on

his/her/itself).

mechanics: the rules governing punctuation, capital-

ization, and spelling.

modiﬁer: a word or phrase that describes or qualiﬁes

a person, place, thing, or action.

parallel structure: a series of words, phrases, or clauses

that all follow the same grammatical pattern.

participial phrase: the adjective form of a verb, cre-

ated by adding -ing to the verb base.

passive voice: when the subject of the sentence is

being acted upon (passively receives the action).

past participle: the verb form expressing what hap-

pened in the past, formed by a past tense helping

verb + the simple past tense form of the verb.

phrase: a group of words that do not contain both a

subject and a predicate.

predicate: the part of the sentence that tells us what

the subject is or does.

present participle: the verb form expressing what is

happening now, formed by a present tense help-

ing verb and -ing.

proper noun: a noun that identiﬁes a speciﬁc person,

place, or thing, such as Elm Street.

redundancy: the unnecessary repetition of words

or ideas.

run-on: a sentence that has two or more independ-

ent clauses without the proper punctuation or

connecting words (e.g., subordinating conjunc-

tion) between them.

style: the manner in which something is done; in

writing, the combination of a writer’s word

choice, sentence structure, tone, level of formal-

ity, and level of detail.

subject: the person, place, or thing that performs the

action of the sentence.

subjunctive: the verb form that indicates something

that is wished for or contrary to fact.

subordinating conjunction: a word or phrase that

introduces an adverb clause, making the clause

dependent and showing its relationship to

another (usually independent) clause (e.g.,

because, since, while).

superlative: the adjective form showing the greatest

degree in quality or quantity, formed by adding

-est (e.g., happiest).

transition: a word or phrase used to move from one

idea to the next and to show the relationship

between those ideas (e.g., however, next, in contrast).

transitive verb: a verb that takes an object (someone

or something receives the action of the verb).

usage: the rules that govern the form of the words

you use and how you string words together in

sentences.

–APPENDIX 3: GLOSSARY OF VOCABULARY TERMS–

262

aberration (a˘b·e˘·'ray·sho˘n) n. deviation from what is

normal, distortion. His new scientiﬁc theory was

deemed an aberration by his very conservative

colleagues.

abeyance (a ˘·'bay·a ˘ns) n. suspension, being temporarily

suspended or set aside. Construction of the highway is in

abeyance until we get agency approval.

abhor (ab·'hohr) v. to regard with horror, detest. I abhor

such hypocrisy!

abjure (ab·'joor) v. 1. to repudiate, renounce under oath

2. to give up or reject. When Joseph became a citizen,

he had to abjure his allegiance to his country of origin.

abrogate ('ab·ro˘·ayt) v. to abolish, do away with, or

annul by authority. It was unclear if the judge would

abrogate the lower court’s ruling.

abscond (ab·'skond) v. to run away secretly and hide, often

in order to avoid arrest or prosecution. Criminals will

often head south and abscond with stolen goods to Mexico.

absolution (ab·so˘·'loo·sho˘n) n. 1. an absolving or clear-

ing from blame or guilt 2. a formal declaration of for-

giveness, redemption. The jury granted Alan the

absolution he deserved.

abstain (ab·'stayn) v. to choose to refrain from some-

thing, especially to refrain from voting. I have decided

to abstain on this issue.

abstruse (ab·'stroos) adj. difﬁcult to comprehend,

obscure. Albert Einstein’s abstruse calculations can be

understood by only a few people.

abysmal (a ˘·'biz·ma ˘l) adj. 1. extreme, very profound, limit-

less 2. extremely bad. Tom’s last-place ﬁnish in the race

was an abysmal turn of events for the team.

accolade ('ak·o˘·layd) n. 1. praise or approval 2. a cere-

monial embrace in greeting 3. a ceremonious tap on

the shoulder with a sword to mark the conferring of

knighthood. He received accolades from his superiors

for ﬁnding ways to cut costs and increase productivity.

accretion (a˘·'kree·sho˘n) n. 1. growth or increase by

gradual, successive addition; building up 2. (in biol-

ogy) the growing together of parts that are normally

separate. The accretion of sediment in the harbor chan-

nel caused boats to run aground.

acrid ('ak·rid) adj. 1. having an unpleasantly bitter, sharp

taste or smell 2. bitter or caustic in language or manner.

The burning tires in the junkyard gave off an acrid odor.

Appendix 4:

Commonly Tested

Vocabulary Words

263

ad hoc (ad 'hok) adj. for a speciﬁc, often temporary, pur-

pose; for this case only. She acted as the ad hoc scout

leader while Mr. Davis—the ofﬁcial leader—was ill.

adamant ('ad·a˘·ma˘nt) adj. 1. unyielding to requests,

appeals, or reason 2. ﬁrm, inﬂexible. The senator was

adamant that no changes would be made to the defense

budget.

addle ('ad·e˘l) v. 1. to muddle or confuse 2. to become rot-

ten, as in an egg. The jury found the defendant addled

at the end of the prosecuting attorney’s questions.

ado (a˘·'doo) n. fuss, trouble, bother. Without much ado,

she completed her book report.

aﬁcionado (a˘·'fish·yo·'nah·doh) n. a fan or devotee,

especially of a sport or pastime. The Jeffersons’ atten-

dance at every game proved that they were true aﬁ-

cionados of baseball.

alacrity (a˘·'lak·ri·tee) n. a cheerful willingness; being

happily ready and eager. The alacrity she brought to

her job helped her move up the corporate ladder quickly.

allay (a˘·'lay) v. 1. to reduce the intensity of, alleviate 2. to

calm, put to rest. The remarks by the C.E.O did not

allay the concerns of the employees.

altercation (awl·te˘r·'kay·sho˘n) n. a heated dispute or

quarrel. To prevent an altercation at social functions,

one should avoid discussing politics and religion.

ambivalent (am·'biv·a˘·le˘nt) adj. having mixed or con-

ﬂicting feelings about a person, thing, or situation;

uncertain. She was ambivalent about the proposal for

the shopping center because she understood the argu-

ments both for and against its construction.

ameliorate (a˘·'meel·yo˘·rayt) v. to make or become bet-

ter, to improve. The diplomat was able to ameliorate

the tense situation between the two nations.

amorphous (a˘·'mor·fu˘s) adj. having no deﬁnite shape or

form; shapeless. The amorphous cloud of steam drifted

over her head.

amulet ('am·yu˘·lit) n. something worn around the neck

as a charm against evil. The princess wore an amulet

after being cursed by a wizard.

anachronism(a ˘·'nak·ro˘·niz·e˘m) n. 1. something that is

placed into an incorrect historical period 2. a person,

custom, or idea that is out of date. The authenticity and

credibility of the 1920s movie were damaged by the many

anachronisms that appeared throughout the scenes.

anarchy ('an·a˘r·kee) n. 1. the complete absence of gov-

ernment or control resulting in lawlessness 2. political

disorder and confusion. The days immediately follow-

ing the revolution were marked by anarchy.

anomaly (a˘·'nom·a˘·lee) n. something that deviates from

the general rule or usual form; one that is irregular,

peculiar or abnormal. Winning millions of dollars from

a slot machine would be considered an anomaly.

antipathy (an·'tip·a˘·thee) n. 1. a strong aversion or dis-

like 2. an object of aversion. It is a moment I recall

with great antipathy.

antithesis (an·'tith·e˘·sis) n. the direct or exact opposite,

opposition or contrast. Martin’s parenting style is the

antithesis of mine.

apathetic (ap·a˘·'thet·ik) adj. feeling or showing a lack of

interest, concern, or emotion; indifferent, unrespon-

sive. Ms. Brownstone was distressed by how apathetic

her eighth-grade students were.

aperture ('ap·e˘r·chu˘r) n. an opening or gap, especially

one that lets in light. The aperture setting on a camera

has to be set perfectly to ensure that pictures will have

enough light.

apex ('ay·peks) n. 1. the highest point 2. tip, pointed end.

Upon reaching the apex of the mountain, the climbers

placed their ﬂag in the snow.

apocalypse (a˘·'pok·a˘·lips) n. a cataclysmic event bring-

ing about total devastation or the end of the world.

Many people feared an apocalypse would immediately

follow the development of nuclear weapons.

apostate (a˘·'pos·tayt) n. one who abandons long-held

religious or political convictions. Disillusioned with

the religious life, Reverend Gift lost his faith and left

the ministry, not caring if he’d be seen as an apostate by

colleagues who chose to remain.

–APPENDIX 4: COMMONLY TESTED VOCABULARY WORDS–

264

apotheosis (a˘·poth·ee·'oh·sis) n. deiﬁcation, an exalted

or gloriﬁed ideal. Lancelot was the apotheosis of

chivalry until he met Guinevere.

appease (a˘·'peez) v. to make calm or quiet, soothe; to still

or pacify. His ability to appease his constituents helped

him win the election.

apprise (a˘·'pr ¯z) v. to inform, give notice to. Part of

Susan’s job as a public defender was to apprise people of

their legal rights.

approbation (ap·ro˘·'bay·sho˘n) n. approval. The local

authorities issued an approbation to close the street for a

festival on St. Patrick’s Day.

appropriate (a ˘·'pro¯ ·pre¯· ˘t) v. to take for one’s own use,

often without permission; to set aside for a special

purpose. The state legislature will appropriate two mil-

lion dollars from the annual budget to build a new

bridge on the interstate highway.

apropos (ap·ro˘·'poh) adj. appropriate to the situation;

suitable to what is being said or done. The chairman’s

remarks referring to the founding fathers were apropos

since it was the Fourth of July.

arcane (ahr·'kayn) adj. mysterious, secret, beyond com-

prehension. A number of college students in the 1980s

became involved in the arcane game known as “Dun-

geons and Dragons.”

archaic (ahr·'kay·ik) adj. belonging to former or ancient

times; characteristic of the past. Samantha laughed at

her grandfather’s archaic views of dating and

relationships.

archetype ('ahr·ki·t ¯p) n. an original model from which

others are copied; original pattern or prototype. Elvis

Presley served as the archetype for rock-and-roll per-

formers in the 1950s.

ardor ('ahr·do˘r) n. ﬁery intensity of feeling; passionate

enthusiasm, zeal. The ardor Larry brought to the cam-

paign made him a natural spokesperson.

arduous ('ahr·joo·u˘s) adj. 1. very difﬁcult, laborious;

requiring great effort 2. difﬁcult to traverse or sur-

mount. Commander Shackleton’s arduous journey

through the Arctic has become the subject of many books

and movies.

ascetic (a˘·'set·ik) adj. practicing self-denial, not allowing

oneself pleasures or luxuries; austere. Some religions

require their leaders to lead an ascetic lifestyle as an

example to their followers.

askew (a˘·'skyoo) adj. & adv. crooked, not straight or

level; to one side. Even the pictures on the wall stood

askew after my five-year-old son’s birthday party.

asperity ('a˘·sper·i·tee) n. harshness, severity; roughness

of manner, ill temper, irritability. The asperity that

Marvin, the grumpy accountant, brought to the meet-

ings usually resulted in an early adjournment.

assay ('a˘·say) v. 1. to try, put to a test 2. to examine 3. to

judge critically, evaluate after an analysis. The chief

engineer wanted a laboratory to assay the steel before

using it in the construction project.

assiduous (a˘·'sij·oo·u˘s) adj. diligent, persevering,

unremitting; constant in application or attention. The

nurses in the intensive care unit are known for providing

assiduous care to their patients.

assuage (a˘·'swayj) v. to make something less severe, to

soothe; to satisfy (as hunger or thirst). The small cups

of water offered to the marathon runners helped to

assuage their thirst.

attenuate (a˘·'ten·yoo·ayt) v. 1. to make thin or slender

2. to weaken, reduce in force, value, or degree. The

Russian army was able to attenuate the strength and

number of the German forces by leading them inland

during winter.

audacious (aw·'day·shu˘s) adj. fearlessly or recklessly

daring or bold; unrestrained by convention or propri-

ety. Detective Malloy’s methods were considered bold

and audacious by his superiors, and they often achieved

results.

august (aw·'ust) adj. majestic, venerable; inspiring

admiration or reverence. Jackie Kennedy’s august dig-

nity in the days following her husband’s assassination

set a tone for the rest of the nation as it mourned.

–APPENDIX 4: COMMONLY TESTED VOCABULARY WORDS–

265

auspice ('aw·spis) n. 1. protection or support, patronage

2. a forecast or omen. The children’s art museum was

able to continue operating through the auspices of an

anonymous wealthy benefactor.

auspicious (aw·'spish·u˘s) adj. favorable, showing signs

that promise success; propitious. Valerie believed it an

auspicious beginning when it rained on the day that she

opened her umbrella store.

austere (aw·'steer) adj. 1. severe or stern in attitude or

appearance 2. simple, unadorned, very plain. With its

simple but functional furniture and its obvious lack of

decorative elements, the interior of the Shaker meeting

hall was considered austere by many people.

authoritarian (a˘·'thor·i·'tair·i·a˘n) adj. favoring com-

plete, unquestioning obedience to authority as

opposed to individual freedom. The military main-

tains an authoritarian environment for its ofﬁcers and

enlisted soldiers alike.

avant-garde (a·vahnt·'ahrd) adj. using or favoring an

ultramodern or experimental style; innovative, cutting-

edge, especially in the arts or literature. Though it seems

very conventional now, in the 1950s, Andy Warhol’s art

was viewed as avant-garde.

aversion (a˘·'vur·zho˘n) n. 1. a strong, intense dislike;

repugnance 2. the object of this feeling. Todd has an

aversion to arugula and picks it out of his salads.

B

baleful ('bayl·fu˘l) adj. harmful, menacing, destructive,

sinister. Whether it’s a man, woman, car, or animal,

you can be certain to ﬁnd at least one baleful character

in a Stephen King horror novel.

banal (ba˘·'nal) adj. commonplace, trite; obvious and

uninteresting. Though Tom and Susan had hoped for

an adventure, they found that driving cross-country on

the interstate offered mostly banal sites, restaurants, and

attractions.

bane (bayn) n. 1. cause of trouble, misery, distress, or

harm 2. poison. The bane of the oak tree is the Asian

beetle.

beguile (bi·' ¯l) v. to deceive or cheat through cunning; to

distract the attention of, divert; to pass time in a

pleasant manner, to amuse or charm. Violet was able

to beguile the spy, causing him to miss his secret

meeting.

belie (bi·'l ¯) v. 1. to give a false impression, misrepresent

2. to show to be false, to contradict. By wearing an

expensive suit and watch, Alan hoped to belie his lack of

success to everyone at the reunion.

bellicose ('bel· ˘·kohs) adj. belligerent, quarrelsome,

eager to make war. There was little hope for peace fol-

lowing the election of a candidate known for his belli-

cose nature.

belligerent (bi·'lij·e ˘r·e ˘nt) adj. hostile and aggressive, show-

ing an eagerness to ﬁght. Ms. Rivera always kept an eye

on Daniel during recess, as his belligerent attitude often

caused problems with other children.

bevy ('bev·ee) n. 1. a large group or assemblage 2. a ﬂock

of animals or birds. There was a lively bevy of eager

bingo fans waiting outside the bingo hall for the game to

begin.

bilk (bilk) v. to deceive or defraud; to swindle, cheat, espe-

cially to evade paying one’s debts. The stockbroker was

led away in handcuffs, accused of trying to bilk senior cit-

izens out of their investment dollars.

blasphemy ('blas·fe˘·mee) n. contemptuous or irreverent

acts, utterances, attitudes or writings against God or

other things considered sacred; disrespect of some-

thing sacrosanct. If you committed blasphemy during

the Inquisition, the consequences were severe.

blatant ('blay·tant) adj. completely obvious, not

attempting to conceal in any way. Samuel’s blatant dis-

regard of the rules earned him a two-week suspension.

blight (bl ¯t) n. 1. a plant disease that causes the affected

parts to wilt and die 2. something that causes this

condition, such as air pollution 3. something that

impairs or destroys 4. an unsightly object or area.

–APPENDIX 4: COMMONLY TESTED VOCABULARY WORDS–

266

They still do not know what caused the blight that

destroyed half of the trees in the orchard.

blithe (bl ¯th) adj. light-hearted, casual, and carefree.

Rachel’s blithe attitude toward spending money left her

broke and in debt.

boisterous ('boi·ste˘·ru˘s) adj. 1. loud, noisy, and lacking

restraint or discipline 2. stormy and rough. The bois-

terous crowd began throwing cups onto the ﬁeld during

the football game.

bolster ('bohl·ste˘r) v. 1. to support or prop up 2. to buoy

or hearten. Coach Edmond’s speech bolstered the team’s

conﬁdence.

bombastic (bom·'bas·tik) adj. speaking pompously, with

inﬂated self-importance. Ahmed was shocked that a

renowned and admired humanitarian could give such a

bombastic keynote address.

boor (boor) n. a crude, offensive, ill-mannered person.

Seeing Chuck wipe his mouth with his sleeve, Maribel

realized she was attending her senior prom with a clas-

sic boor.

bourgeois (boor·'zhwah) adj. typical of the middle class;

conforming to the standards and conventions of the

middle class. A house in the suburbs, two children, two

cars, and three TVs are key indicators of a bourgeois

lifestyle.

bravado (bra˘·'vah·doh) n. false courage, a show of pre-

tended bravery. Kyle’s bravado often got him in trouble

with other kids in the neighborhood.

broach (brohch) v. 1. to bring up, introduce, in order to

begin a discussion of 2. to tap or pierce, as in to draw

off liquid. It was hard for Sarah to broach the subject of

her mother’s weight gain.

bumptious ('bump·shu˘s) adj. arrogant, conceited. The

bumptious man couldn’t stop talking about himself or

looking in the mirror.

buoyant ('boi·a ˘nt) adj. 1. able to ﬂoat 2. light-hearted,

cheerful. In science class, the children tried to identify

which objects on the table would be buoyant.

burgeon ('bur·jo˘n) v. to begin to grow and ﬂourish; to

begin to sprout, grow new buds, blossom. The tulip

bulbs beneath the soil would burgeon in early spring

providing there was no late frost.

burnish ('bur·nish) v. to polish, rub to a shine. When

Kathryn began to burnish the old metal teapot, she real-

ized that it was, in fact, solid silver.

C

cabal (ka˘·'bal) n. 1. a scheme or conspiracy 2. a small

group joined in a secret plot. With Antonio as their

leader, the members of the cabal readied themselves to

begin the uprising.

cadge (kaj) v. to beg, to obtain by begging. Their dog Cleo

would cadge at my feet, hoping I would throw him some

table scraps.

capricious (ka ˘·'prish·u˘s) adj. impulsive, whimsical and

unpredictable. Robin Williams, the comedian, demon-

strates a most capricious nature even when he is not

performing.

careen (ka˘·'reen) v. 1. to lurch from side to side while in

motion 2. to rush carelessly or headlong. Watching the

car in front of us careen down the road was very

frightening.

caste (kast) n. a distinct social class or system. While visit-

ing India, Michael was fascinated to learn the particu-

lars of each caste and the way they related to each other.

castigate ('kas·t ˘·ayt) v. to inﬂict a severe punishment

on; to chastise severely. When she was caught stealing

for the second time, Maya knew her mother would casti-

gate her.

catharsis (ka˘·'thahr·sis) n. the act of ridding or cleans-

ing; relieving emotions via the experiences of others,

especially through art. Survivors of war often experi-

ence a catharsis when viewing Picasso’s painting Guer-

nica, which depicts the bombing of a town during the

Spanish civil war.

censure ('sen·shu˘r) n. expression of strong criticism or

disapproval; a rebuke or condemnation. After the sen-

–APPENDIX 4: COMMONLY TESTED VOCABULARY WORDS–

267

ator was found guilty of taking bribes, Congress unani-

mously agreed to censure him.

chastise ('chas·t ¯z) v. to punish severely, as with a beating; to

criticize harshly, rebuke. Charles knew that his wife would

chastise him after he inadvertently told the room full of

guests that she had just had a face lift.

chauvinist ('shoh·v ˘n·ist) n. a person who believes in

the superiority of his or her own kind; an extreme

nationalist. Though common in the early days of the

women’s movement, male chauvinists are pretty rare

today.

churlish ('chur·l ˘sh) adj. ill-mannered, boorish, rude.

Angelo’s churlish remarks made everyone at the table

uncomfortable and ill at ease.

circumspect ('sur·ku˘m·spekt) adj. cautious, wary,

watchful. The captain was circumspect as she guided the

boat through the fog.

coeval (koh·'ee·va˘l) adj. of the same time period, con-

temporary. The growth of personal computers and CD

players were coeval during the late twentieth century.

cogent ('koh·je˘nt) adj. convincing, persuasive, com-

pelling belief. Ella’s cogent arguments helped the debate

team win the state championship.

collusion (ko˘·'loo·zho˘n) n. a secret agreement between

two or more people for a deceitful or fraudulent pur-

pose; conspiracy. The discovery of the e-mail proved

that collusion existed between the C.E.O and C.F.O to

defraud the shareholders.

complaisant (ko˘m·'play·sa˘nt) adj. tending to comply,

obliging, willing to do what pleases others. To preserve

family peace and harmony, Lenny became very com-

plaisant when his in-laws came to visit.

conciliatory (ko˘n·'sil·ee·a ˘·tohr·ee) adj. making or willing

to make concessions to reconcile, soothe, or comfort;

mollifying, appeasing. Abraham Lincoln made concilia-

tory gestures toward the South at the end of the Civil War.

conclave ('kon·klav) n. a private or secret meeting. The

double agent had a conclave with the spy she was sup-

posed to be observing.

consternation (kon·ste˘r·'nay·sho˘n) n. a feeling of deep,

incapacitating horror or dismay. The look of conster-

nation on the faces of the students taking the history

exam alarmed the teacher, who thought he had pre-

pared his students for the test.

contentious (ko˘n·'ten·shu˘s) adj. 1. quarrelsome, com-

petitive, quick to ﬁght 2. controversial, causing con-

tention. With two contentious candidates on hand, it

was sure to be a lively debate.

conundrum(ko˘·'nun·dru˘m) n. a hard riddle, enigma; a

puzzling question or problem. Alex’s logic professor

gave the class a conundrum to work on over the

weekend.

cornucopia (kor·nyu˘·'koh·pi·a) n. abundance; a horn of

plenty. The ﬁrst graders made cornucopias for Thanks-

giving by placing papier-mache vegetables into a hol-

lowed-out horn.

countenance ('kown·te˘·na˘ns) n. the appearance of a

person’s face, facial features and expression. As she

walked down the aisle, Julia’s countenance was

absolutely radiant.

craven ('kray·ve˘n) adj. cowardly. “This craven act of vio-

lence will not go unpunished,” remarked the police chief.

credulous ('krej·u˘·lu˘s) adj. gullible, too willing to believe

things. All the tables, graphs, and charts made the com-

pany’s assets look too good to the credulous potential

investors at the meeting.

D

daunt (dawnt) v. to intimidate, to make afraid or discour-

aged. Members of the opposing team were trying to

daunt the home teamby yelling loudly and beating their

chests.

de facto (dee 'fak·toh) in reality or fact; actual. Though

there was a ceremonial head of government, General

Ashtononi was the de facto leader of the country.

debacle (di·'bah·ke˘l) n. 1. a disaster or collapse; a total

defeat or failure 2. a sudden breaking up or breaking

–APPENDIX 4: COMMONLY TESTED VOCABULARY WORDS–

268

loose; violent ﬂood waters, often caused by the break-

ing up of ice in a river. The diplomatic talks became a

debacle when the enemy state refused to negotiate.

decimate ('des· ˘·mayt) v. to destroy a large portion of.

Neglect and time would eventually decimate much of

the housing in the inner cities.

decorum(di·'kohr·u˘m) n. appropriateness of behavior,

propriety; decency in manners and conduct. When

questions concerning decorum arise, I always refer to

Emily Post.

deign (dayn) v. to condescend, to be kind or gracious

enough to do something thought to be beneath one’s

dignity. Would you deign to spare a dime for a poor old

beggar like me?

delineate (di·'lin·ee·ayt) v. to draw or outline, sketch; to

portray, depict, describe. The survey will clearly delin-

eate where their property ends.

demagogue ('dem·a˘·aw) n. a leader who obtains power

by appealing to people’s feelings and prejudices rather

than by reasoning. Hilter was the most infamous dema-

gogue of the twentieth century.

demur (di·'mur) v. to raise objections, hesitate. Polly

hated to demur, but she didn’t think adding ten cloves of

garlic to the recipe would taste good.

demure (di·'myoor) adj. modest and shy, or pretending

to be so. When it was to her advantage, Sharon could be

very demure, but otherwise she was quite outgoing.

denigrate ('den·i·rayt) v. to blacken the reputation of,

disparage, defame. The movie script reportedly con-

tained scenes that would denigrate the queen, so those

scenes were removed.

denouement (day·noo·'mahn) n. the resolution or clear-

ing up of the plot at the end of a narrative; the out-

come or solution of an often complex series of events.

The students sat at the edge of their seats as they listened

to the denouement of the story.

deprecate ('dep·re˘·kayt) v. to express disapproval of; to

belittle, depreciate. Grandpa’s tendency to deprecate the

children’s friends was a frequent source of family strife.

derisive (di·'r ¯·siv) adj. scornful, expressing ridicule;

mocking, jeering. In order to promote productive dis-

cussion, derisive comments were forbidden in the

classroom.

derivative (di·'riv·a˘·tiv) adj. derived from another

source, unoriginal. The word “atomic” is a derivative of

the word “atom.”

desecrate ('des·e˘·krayt) v. to violate the sacredness of, to

profane. Someone desecrated the local cemetery by

spray-painting grafﬁti on tombstones.

desultory (des·'u˘l·tohr·ee) adj. aimless, haphazard;

moving from one subject to another without logical

connection. The family became concerned listening to

Steven’s desultory ramblings.

dichotomy (d ¯·'kot·o˘·mee) n. division into two usually

contradictory parts or kinds. When the teacher

broached the subject of the election, there was a pre-

dictable dichotomy among the students.

difﬁdent ('dif·i·de˘nt) adj. lacking self-conﬁdence, shy

and timid. Alan’s difﬁdent nature is often misinter-

preted as arrogance.

dilatory ('dil·a ˘·tohr·ee) adj. slow or late in doing some-

thing; intended to delay, especially to gain time. Resent-

ful for having to work the holiday, Miguel’s dilatory

approach to getting himself up and dressed was his own

small act of passive resistance.

disabuse (dis·a˘·'byooz) v. to undeceive, correct a false

impression or erroneous belief. Natalie needed to disa-

buse Chin of his belief that she was in love with him.

disconcert (dis·ko˘n·'surt) v. 1. to upset the composure of,

rufﬂe 2. to frustrate plans by throwing into disorder.

The arrival of Miriam’s ex-husband and his new wife

managed to disconcert the typically unﬂappable Miriam.

disconsolate (dis·'kon·so˘·lit) adj. 1. sad, dejected, disap-

pointed 2. inconsolable, hopelessly unhappy. The dis-

consolate look on Peter’s face revealed that the letter

contained bad news.

disenfranchise (dis·en·'fran·ch ¯z) v. to deprive of the

rights of citizenship, especially the right to vote. The

–APPENDIX 4: COMMONLY TESTED VOCABULARY WORDS–

269

independent monitors were at polling locations to ensure

neither party tried to disenfranchise incoming voters.

disingenuous (dis·in·'jen·yoo·u˘s) adj. 1. insincere, cal-

culating; not straightforward or frank 2. falsely pre-

tending to be unaware. Carl’s disingenuous comments

were not taken seriously by anyone in the room.

disparage (di·'spar·ij) v. to speak of in a slighting or

derogatory way, belittle. Comedians often disparage

politicians as part of their comedic routines.

dissemble (di·'sem·be˘l) v. to disguise or conceal one’s

true feelings or motives behind a false appearance.

Tom needed to dissemble his desire for his boss’s job by

acting supportive of her planned job change.

dissuade (di·'swayd) v. to discourage from or persuade

against a course of action. I tried to dissuade them

from painting their house purple, but they didn’t listen.

dither ('dith·e˘r) v. 1. to hesitate, be indecisive and uncer-

tain 2. to shake or quiver. During a crisis, it is impor-

tant to have a leader who will not dither.

dogma ('daw·ma˘) n. a system of principles or beliefs, a

prescribed doctrine. Some ﬁnd the dogma inherent in

religion a comfort, whereas others ﬁnd it too restrictive.

dogmatic (daw·'ma·tik) adj. 1. asserting something in a

positive, absolute, arrogant way 2. of or relating to

dogma. His dogmatic style of conversation was not very

popular with his young students.

dross (draws) n. 1. waste product, sludge 2. something

worthless, commonplace, or trivial. Work crews imme-

diately began the task of cleaning the dross at the aban-

doned plastics factory.

dulcet ('dul·sit) adj. melodious, harmonious, sweet-

sounding. The chamber orchestra’s dulcet tunes were a

perfect ending to a great evening.

E

ebullient (i·'bul·ye˘nt) adj. bubbling over with enthusi-

asm, exuberant. The ebullient children were waiting to

stick their hands into the grab bag and pull out a toy.

éclat (ay·'klah) n. conspicuous success; great acclaim or

applause; brilliant performance or achievement. Even

the ruinous deceit of the envious Salieri could not impede

the dazzling éclat of the young and gifted Mozart.

edifying ('ed· ˘·f ¯·in) adj. enlightening or uplifting with

the aim of improving intellectual or moral develop-

ment; instructing, improving. His edifying speech chal-

lenged the community to devote more time to charitable

causes.

efﬁcacious (ef· ˘·'kay·shu˘s) adj. acting effectively, pro-

ducing the desired effect or result. Margaret’s efﬁca-

cious approach to her job in the collections department

made her a favorite with the C.F.O.

effrontery (i·'frun·te˘·ree) n. brazen boldness, impu-

dence, insolence. The customs ofﬁcials were infuriated

by the effrontery of the illegal alien who nonchalantly

carried drugs into the country in his shirt pocket.

effusive (i·'fyoo·siv) adj. expressing emotions in an

unrestrained or excessive way; profuse, overﬂowing,

gushy. Anne’s unexpectedly effusive greeting made

Tammy uncomfortable.

egalitarian (i·al·i·'tair·ee·a˘n) adj. characterized by or

afﬁrming the principle of equal political, social, civil,

and economic rights for all persons. Hannah was

moved by the candidate’s egalitarian speech.

eke (eek) v. to get or supplement with great effort or strain;

to earn or accomplish laboriously. Working two jobs

enabled Quincy to eke out a living wage for his family.

élan (ay·'lahn) n. 1. vivacity, enthusiasm, vigor 2. distinc-

tive style or ﬂair. The new designer’s élan and original-

ity was sure to help him succeed in the highly

competitive fashion industry.

elite (i·'leet) n. 1. the best or most skilled members of a

social group or class 2. a person or group regarded as

superior. Within the student orchestra, there existed a

small group of musical elite who performed around the

country.

eloquent ('el·o˘·kwe˘nt) adj. expressing strong emotions

or arguments in a powerful, ﬂuent, and persuasive

–APPENDIX 4: COMMONLY TESTED VOCABULARY WORDS–

270

manner. Abraham Lincoln’s Gettysburg Address is con-

sidered one of the most eloquent speeches ever given by a

U.S. president.

eminent ('em· ˘·ne˘nt) adj. towering above or more promi-

nent than others, lofty; standing above others in qual-

ity, character, reputation, etc.; distinguished. The

chairperson proudly announced that the keynote speaker

at the animal rights convention would be the eminent

primatologist Jane Goodall.

empirical (em·'pir·i·kal) adj. based on observation or

experience rather than theory. Frank’s empirical data

suggested that mice would climb over the walls of the

maze to get to the cheese rather than navigate the maze

itself.

enclave ('en·klayv) n. a distinct territory lying wholly

within the boundaries of another, larger territory. The

country of Lesotho is an enclave of South Africa.

endemic (en·'dem·ik) adj. 1. prevalent in or characteris-

tic of a speciﬁc area or group of people 2. native to a

particular region. Kudzu, a hairy, purple-ﬂowered vine

often thought to be endemic to the southeastern United

States, was actually imported from Japan.

enervate ('en·e˘r·vayt) v. to weaken, deprive of strength

or vitality; to make feeble or impotent. Stephanie’s

cutting remarks managed to enervate Hasaan.

engender (en·'jen·de ˘r) v. to produce, give rise to, bring into

existence. Professor Sorenson’s support worked to engen-

der Samantha’s desire to pursue a Ph.D.

enigma (e˘·'ni·ma˘) n. 1. something that is puzzling or

difﬁcult to understand; a perplexing or inexplicable

thing that cannot be explained 2. a bafﬂing problem

or difﬁcult riddle. How Winston came to be the presi-

dent of this organization is a true enigma.

enormity (i·'nor·mi·tee) n. 1. excessive wickedness 2. a

monstrous offense or evil act, atrocity. (Note: Enor-

mity is often used to indicate something of great size

(e.g., the enormity of the task), but this is considered

an incorrect use of the word.) The enormity of the duo’s

crimes will never be forgotten.

ephemeral (i·'fem·e˘·ra˘l) adj. lasting only a very short

time, transitory. Numerous ephemeral ponds and pools

can be found in the desert during the rainy season.

epicurean (ep·i·'kyoor·ee·a˘n) n. a person devoted to

the pursuit of pleasure and luxury, especially the

enjoyment of good food and comfort. While on vaca-

tion at a posh resort hotel, Joan became a true

epicurean.

epitome (i·'pit·o˘·mee) n. 1. something or someone that

embodies a particular quality or characteristic, a rep-

resentative example or a typical model 2. a brief sum-

mary or abstract. With his ten-gallon hat, western shirt,

and rugged jeans, Alex was the epitome of the American

cowboy.

equanimity (ee·kwa˘·'nim·i·tee) n. calmness of tempera-

ment, even-temperedness; patience and composure,

especially under stressful circumstances. The hostage

negotiator’s equanimity during the standoff was

remarkable.

equivocate (i·'kwiv·o˘·kayt) v. to use unclear or ambigu-

ous language in order to mislead or conceal the truth.

Raj tried to equivocate when explaining why he came

home after his curfew.

eradicate (i·'rad· ˘·kayt) v. to root out and utterly

destroy; to annihilate, exterminate. The exterminator

said he would eradicate the vermin from the house.

erratic (i·'rat·ik) adj. 1. moving or behaving in an irregu-

lar, uneven, or inconsistent manner 2. deviating from

the normal or typical course of action, opinion, etc.

During an earthquake, a seismograph’s needle moves in

an erratic manner.

erudite ('er·yu˘·d ¯t) adj. having or showing great learning;

profoundly educated, scholarly. The scholarly work of

nonﬁction was obviously written by an erudite young

author.

ethos ('ee·thos) n. the spirit, attitude, disposition or

beliefs characteristic of a community, epoch, region,

etc. The ethos of their group included a commitment to

paciﬁsm.

–APPENDIX 4: COMMONLY TESTED VOCABULARY WORDS–

271

eulogy ('yoo·lo˘·ee) n. a formal speech or piece of writing in

praise of someone or something. Richard was asked to

give a eulogy for his fallen comrade.

euphoria (yoo·'fohr·ee·a˘) n. a feeling of well-being or

high spirits. When falling in love, it is not uncommon

to experience feelings of euphoria.

evince (i·'vins) v. to show or demonstrate clearly; to make

evident. The safety ofﬁcer tried to evince the dangers of

driving under the inﬂuence by showing pictures of alco-

hol-related automobile accidents.

exacerbate (i·'zas·e˘r·bayt) v. to make worse; to increase

the severity, violence, or bitterness of. You should have

known that splashing salt water on Dan’s wound would

exacerbate his pain.

exculpate (eks·'kul·payt) v. to free from blame, to clear

from a charge of guilt. When Anthony admitted to the

crime, it served to exculpate Marcus.

exigent ('ek·si·je˘nt) adj. 1. urgent, requiring immediate

action or attention, critical 2. requiring much effort

or precision, demanding. The late-night call on Paul’s

cell phone concerned matters of an exigent nature.

exorbitant (i·'zor·bi·ta˘nt) adj. greatly exceeding the

bounds of what is normal or reasonable; inordinate

and excessive. Three thousand dollars is an exorbitant

amount to pay for a scarf.

expedient (ik·'spee·dee·e˘nt) adj. (1) appropriate for a

purpose, a suitable means to an end (2) serving to

promote one’s own interests rather than principle. A

quick divorce was an expedient end to the couple’s two-

month marriage.

expunge (ik·'spunj) v. to wipe or rub out, delete; to elim-

inate completely, annihilate. After ﬁnishing probation,

juveniles can petition the courts to expunge their crimi-

nal records.

extenuate (ik·'sten·yoo·ayt) v. to reduce the strength or

lessen the seriousness of, to try to partially excuse.

Fred claimed that extenuating circumstances forced him

to commit forgery.

F

facetious (fa˘·'see·shu˘s) adj. humorous and witty, clev-

erly amusing; jocular, sportive. Ms. Weston’s facetious

remarks always made people laugh.

fatuous ('fach·oo·u˘s) adj. complacently stupid; feeble-

minded and silly. Since Sam was such an intellectually

accomplished student, Mr. Britt was surprised to dis-

cover that Sam’s well-meaning but fatuous parents were

not at all like him.

feckless ('fek·lis) adj. 1. lacking purpose or vitality; fee-

ble, weak 2. incompetent and ineffective, careless.

Jake’s feckless performance led to his termination from

the team.

fecund ('fek·u˘nd) adj. fertile. The fecund soil in the valley

was able to sustain the growing community.

feign (fayn) v. to pretend, to give the false appearance of.

Walter feigned illness to avoid attending the meeting.

felicitous (fi·'lis·i·tu˘s) adj. 1. apt, suitably expressed,

apropos 2. marked by good fortune. The felicitous

turn of events during her promotional tour propelled

Susan’s book to the bestseller list.

fervent ('fur·e˘nt) adj. 1. having or showing great emotion;

ardent, zealous 2. extremely hot, burning. Norman had

a fervent belief that aliens had already landed on earth.

fervor ('fur·vo˘r) n. zeal, ardor, intense emotion. The fer-

vor of the fans in the stands helped propel the team to

victory.

fetter ('fet·e˘r) v. 1. to shackle, put in chains 2. to impede

or restrict. The presence of two security guards fettered

their plans to get backstage.

ﬂaccid ('ﬂa-sid) adj. hanging loose or wrinkled; weak,

ﬂabby, not ﬁrm. The skin of cadavers becomes ﬂaccid in

a matter of hours.

ﬂippant ('flip·a˘nt) adj. not showing proper seriousness;

disrespectful, saucy. Ursula’s ﬂippant remarks in front

of her ﬁancé’s parents were an embarrassment to us all.

ﬂorid ('flor·id) adj. 1. elaborate, ornate 2. (of complex-

ion) ruddy, rosy. The ﬂorid architecture in Venice did

–APPENDIX 4: COMMONLY TESTED VOCABULARY WORDS–

272

not appeal to me; I prefer buildings without so much

ornamentation.

ﬂout (flowt) v. to disobey openly and scornfully; to reject,

mock, go against (as in a tradition or convention). Flappers

in the early 20th century would ﬂout convention by bobbing

their hair and wearing very short skirts.

forbearance (for·'bair·a˘ns) n. patience, willingness to

wait, tolerance. Gustaf dreaded the security check in the

airport, but he faced it with great forbearance because

he knew it was for his own safety.

forestall (fohr·'stawl) v. to prevent by taking action ﬁrst,

preempt. The diplomat was able to forestall a conﬂict by

holding secret meetings with both parties.

forswear (for·'swair) v. 1. to give up, renounce 2. to deny

under oath. Natasha had to forswear her allegiance to

her homeland in order to become a citizen of the new

country.

frugal ('froo·a˘l) adj. 1. careful and economical, sparing,

thrifty 2. costing little. My grandparents survived the

Great Depression by being very frugal.

fulminate ('ful·m ˘·nayt) v. 1. to issue a thunderous ver-

bal attack, berate 2. to explode or detonate. The sena-

tor was prone to fulminating when other legislators

questioned her ideology.

fulsome ('ful·so˘m) adj. offensive due to excessiveness,

especially excess ﬂattery or praise. Her new coworker’s

fulsome attention bothered Kathryn.

G

gainsay ('ayn·say) v. to deny, contradict, or declare

false; to oppose. Petra would gainsay all accusations

made against her.

gargantuan(ahr·'an·choo·a ˘n) adj. gigantic, huge. It was a

gargantuan supermarket for such a small town.

garish ('air·ish) adj. excessively bright or overdecorated,

gaudy; tastelessly showy. Though Susan thought Las

Vegas was garish, Emily thought it was perfectly

beautiful.

garrulous ('ar·u˘·lu˘s) adj. talkative. Andrew had the

unfortunate luck of being seated next to a garrulous

young woman for his 12-hour ﬂight.

genteel (jen·'teel) adj. elegantly polite, well-bred, reﬁned.

The genteel host made sure that the entrées were cooked

to each guest’s speciﬁcations.

gregarious (re˘·'air·ee·u˘s) adj. 1. seeking and enjoying

the company of others, sociable 2. tending to form a

group with others of the same kind. John was a gre-

garious fellow who always had fun at social events.

guffaw (u·'faw) n. a noisy, coarse burst of laughter.

Michael let out quite a guffaw when Jamal told him the

outlandish joke.

guile ( ¯l) n. treacherous cunning; shrewd, crafty deceit.

The most infamous pirates displayed tremendous guile.

H

hallow ('hal·oh) v. to make holy, consecrate. The religious

leader proclaimed the new worship hall a hallowed space.

hapless ('hap·lis) adj. unlucky, unfortunate. The hapless

circumstances of her journey resulted in lost luggage,

missed connections, and a very late arrival.

harangue (ha˘·'ran) n. a long, often scolding or bombas-

tic speech; a tirade. Members of the audience began to

get restless during the senator’s political harangue.

harbinger ('hahr·bin·je˘r) n. a person, thing, or event

that foreshadows or indicates what is to come; a fore-

runner or precursor. The arrival of the robins is a har-

binger of spring.

harrowing ('har·oh·in) adj. distressing, creating great

stress or torment. The turbulent ﬂight proved to be a

harrowing experience for Jane.

haughty ('haw·tee) adj. scornfully arrogant and conde-

scending; acting as though one is superior and others

unworthy, disdainful. Stanley is so haughty that he has

very few friends.

hegemony (hi·'jem·o˘·nee) n. predominant inﬂuence or

leadership, especially of one government over others.

–APPENDIX 4: COMMONLY TESTED VOCABULARY WORDS–

273

A military takeover in the impoverished country secured

the hegemony of the Centrist Party in its bid for power.

hermetic (hur·'met·ik) adj. having an airtight closure;

protected from outside inﬂuences. Astronauts go for

space walks only when wearing hermetic space suits.

I

iconoclast ( ¯·'kon·oh·klast) n. 1. a person who attacks

and seeks to overthrow traditional ideas, beliefs, or

institutions 2. someone who opposes and destroys

idols used in worship. Using words as weapons, the

well-spoken iconoclast challenged religious hypocrisy

and fanaticism wherever she found it.

ignoble (i·'noh·be˘l) adj. 1. lacking nobility in character

or purpose, dishonorable 2. not of the nobility, com-

mon. Mark was an ignoble successor to such a well-

respected leader, and many members of the organization

resigned.

ignominious (i·no˘·'min·ee·u˘s) adj. 1. marked by shame

or disgrace 2. deserving disgrace or shame; despicable.

The evidence of plagiarism brought an ignominious end

to what had been a notable career for the talented young

author.

imbroglio (im·'brohl·yoh) n. a confused or difﬁcult situ-

ation, usually involving disagreement. An imbroglio

developed when the bus drivers went on strike, leaving

thousands of commuters stranded at the bus station

with no way to get home.

immolate ('im·o˘·layt) v. 1. to kill, as a sacriﬁce 2. to kill or

destroy by ﬁre. After the relationship ended, she chose to

immolate the letters they had exchanged.

impasse ('im·pas) n. a deadlock, stalemate; a difﬁculty

without a solution. The labor negotiations with man-

agement reached an impasse, and a strike seemed

imminent.

impassive (im·'pas·iv) adj. not showing or feeling emo-

tion or pain. It was hard to know what she was feeling

by looking at the impassive expression on her face.

impecunious (im·pe˘·'kyoo·nee·u˘s) adj. having little or

no money; poor, penniless. Many impecunious immi-

grants to the United States eventually were able to make

comfortable lives for themselves.

imperialism(im·'peer·ee·a˘·liz·e˘m) n. the policy of

extending the rule or authority of a nation or empire

by acquiring other territories or dependencies. Great

Britain embraced imperialism, acquiring so many terri-

tories that the sun never set on the British Empire.

imperious (im·'peer·ee·u˘s) adj. overbearing, bossy,

domineering. Stella was relieved with her new job

transfer because she would no longer be under the con-

trol of such an imperious boss.

impetuous (im·'pech·oo·u˘s) adj. 1. characterized by sud-

den, forceful energy or emotion; impulsive, unduly

hasty and without thought 2. marked by violent force.

It was an impetuous decision to run off to Las Vegas and

get married after a one-week courtship.

implacable (im·'plak·a˘·be˘l) adj. incapable of being pla-

cated or appeased; inexorable. Some of the people who

call the customer service desk for assistance are implaca-

ble, but most are relatively easy to serve.

importune (im·por·'toon) v. 1. to ask incessantly, make

incessant requests 2. to beg persistently and urgently.

Children can’t help but importune during the holidays,

constantly nagging for the irresistible toys they see

advertised on television.

imprecation (im·pre˘·'kay·sho˘n) n. an invocation of evil,

a curse. In the book I’m reading, the gypsy queen levies

an imprecation on the lead character.

impudent ('im·pyu˘·de˘nt) adj. 1. boldly showing a lack

of respect, insolent 2. shamelessly forward, immod-

est. Thumbing his nose at the principal was an impu-

dent act.

impute (im·'pyoot) v. to attribute to a cause or source,

ascribe, credit. Doctors impute the reduction in cancer

deaths to the nationwide decrease in cigarette smoking.

incendiary (in·'sen·dee·er·ee) adj. 1. causing or capable

of causing ﬁre; burning readily 2. of or involving

–APPENDIX 4: COMMONLY TESTED VOCABULARY WORDS–

274

arson 3. tending to incite or inﬂame, inﬂammatory.

Fire marshals checked for incendiary devices in the the-

ater after they received an anonymous warning.

inchoate (in·'koh·it) adj. 1. just begun; in an initial or

early stage of development, incipient 2. not yet fully

formed, undeveloped, incomplete. During the

inchoate stage of fetal growth, it is difﬁcult to distin-

guish between a cow, a frog, or a human; as they

mature, the developing embryos take on the characteris-

tics of their own particular species.

incredulous (in·'krej·u˘·lu˘s) adj. skeptical, unwilling to

believe. (Note: Do not confuse with incredible, mean-

ing “implausible or beyond belief.”) The members of

the jury were incredulous when they heard the defen-

dant’s far-fetched explanation of the crime.

incursion (in·'kur·zho˘n) n. a raid or temporary invasion

of someone else’s territory; the act of entering or run-

ning into a territory or domain. There was an incur-

sion on the western border of their country.

indefatigable (in·di·'fat· ˘·a˘·be˘l) adj. not easily

exhausted or fatigued; tireless. The indefatigability of

the suffragette movement led to the passage of the 19th

Amendment, guaranteeing women the right to vote.

indolent ('in·do˘·le˘nt) adj. 1. lazy, lethargic, inclined to

avoid labor 2. causing little or no pain; slow to grow

or heal. Iris’s indolent attitude did not bode well for her

professional future.

indomitable (in·'dom·i·ta˘·be˘l) adj. not able to be van-

quished or overcome, unconquerable; not easily dis-

couraged or subdued. The indomitable spirit of the

Olympic athletes was inspirational.

ineluctable (in·i·'luk·ta˘·be˘l) adj. certain, inevitable; not

to be avoided or overcome. The ineluctable outcome of

the two-person race was that there would be one winner

and one loser.

inﬁdel ('in·fi·de˘l) n. 1. a person with no religious beliefs

2. a non-believer, one who does not accept a particu-

lar religion, doctrine, or system of beliefs. Because

Tom had been raised with strict religious beliefs, it was

no surprise that he was viewed as a heathen and an

inﬁdel by his family when he refused to be married in

the church.

ingenuous (in·'jen·yoo·u˘s) adj. 1. not cunning or deceit-

ful, unable to mask feelings; artless, frank, sincere 2.

lacking sophistication or worldliness. (Note: Do not

confuse with ingenious, meaning “remarkably clever.”)

Don’s expression of regret was ingenuous, for even

though he didn’t know her well, he felt a deep sadness

when Mary died.

inimitable (i·'nim·i·ta˘·be˘l) adj. defying imitation,

unmatchable. His performance on the tennis court was

inimitable, and he won three championships.

inscrutable (in·'scroo·ta ˘·be˘l) adj. bafﬂing, unfathomable,

incapable of being understood. It was completely

inscrutable how the escape artist got out of the trunk.

insolent ('in·so˘·le˘nt) adj. haughty and contemptuous;

brazen, disrespectful, impertinent. Parents of teenagers

often observe the insolent behavior that typically accom-

panies adolescence.

insouciant (in·'soo·see·a ˘nt) adj. unconcerned, carefree,

indifferent. Wendy’s insouciant attitude toward her future

concerned her father, who expected her to go to college.

interdict (in·te˘r·'dikt) v. to prohibit, forbid. Carlos

argued that the agriculture department should interdict

plans to produce genetically modiﬁed foods.

intractable (in·'trak·ta˘·be˘l) adj. unmanageable, unruly,

stubborn. The young colt was intractable, and training

had to be cancelled temporarily.

intransigent (in·'tran·si·je˘nt) adj. unwilling to compro-

mise, stubborn. Young children can be intransigent

when it comes to what foods they will eat, insisting on

familiar favorites and rejecting anything new.

intrepid (in·'trep·id) adj. fearless, brave, undaunted. The

intrepid nature and fortitude of the U.S. Marines is

legendary.

inured (in·'yoord) adj. accustomed to, adapted. Trisha

had become inured to her boss’s criticism, and it no

longer bothered her.

–APPENDIX 4: COMMONLY TESTED VOCABULARY WORDS–

275

inveigle (in·'vay·e˘l) v. 1. to inﬂuence or persuade

through gentle coaxing or ﬂattery; to entice. Vanessa

inveigled her way into a promotion that should have

gone to Marie.

inveterate (in·'vet·e˘·rit) adj. habitual; deep rooted,

ﬁrmly established. I am an inveterate paciﬁst and am

unlikely to change my mind.

involute ('in·vo˘·loot) adj. intricate, complex. The tax

reform committee faces an extremely involute problem if

it wants to distribute the tax burden equally.

iota ( ¯·'oh·ta˘) n. a very small amount; the smallest possi-

ble quantity. Professor Carlton is so unpopular because

he doesn’t have one iota of respect for his students.

irascible (i·'ras· ˘·be˘l) adj. irritable, easily aroused to

anger, hot tempered. Her irascible temperament caused

many problems with the staff at the ofﬁce.

ire ( ¯r) n. anger, wrath. I was ﬁlled with ire when Vladimir

tried to take credit for my work.

irk (urk) v. to annoy, irritate, vex. Being a teenager means

being continually irked by your parents—and vice

versa.

irresolute (i·'rez·o˘·loot) adj. feeling or showing uncer-

tainty; hesitant, indecisive. Sandra is still irresolute, so

if you talk to her, you might help her make up her mind.

J

jocund ('jok·u˘nd) adj. merry, cheerful; sprightly and

lighthearted. Alexi’s jocund nature makes it a pleasure

to be near her.

L

laconic (la˘·'kon·ik) adj. brief, to the point, terse. Morri-

son’s ten-minute commencement address was every-

thing you could have asked for: laconic, powerful, and

inspirational.

laissez-faire (les·ay 'fair) adj. hands-off policy; noninter-

ference by the government in business and economic

affairs. I believe a more laissez-faire approach by man-

agement would make everyone more cooperative and

productive.

libertine ('lib·e˘r·teen) n. one who lives or acts in an

immoral or irresponsible way; one who acts according

to his or her own impulses and desires and is unre-

strained by conventions or morals. They claim to be

avant-garde, but in my opinion, they’re just a bunch of

libertines.

lilliputian (lil·i·'pyoo·sha˘n) adj. 1. very small, tiny 2.

trivial or petty. My troubles are lilliputian compared to

hers, and I am thankful that I do not have such major

issues in my life.

loquacious (loh·'kway·shu˘s) adj. talkative, garrulous.

The loquacious woman sitting next to me on the six-

hour bus ride talked the entire time.

lucid ('loo·sid) adj. 1. very clear, easy to understand,

intelligible 2. sane or rational. Andrea presented a very

lucid argument that proved her point beyond a shadow

of a doubt.

lucrative ('loo·kra˘·tiv) adj. proﬁtable, producing much

money. Teaching is a very rewarding career, but unfor-

tunately it is not very lucrative.

lugubrious (luu·'oo·bree·u˘s) adj. excessively dismal or

mournful, often exaggeratedly or ridiculously so. Billy

looks like a fool, acting so lugubrious over losing a silly bet.

M

maladroit (mal·a˘·'droit) adj. clumsy, bungling, inept.

The maladroit waiter broke a dozen plates and spilled

coffee on two customers.

malaise (ma˘·'layz) n.a feeling of illness or unease. After

his malaise persisted for more than a week, Nicholas

went to see a doctor.

malapropism('mal·a˘·prop·iz·e˘m) n. comical misuse of

words, especially those that are similar in sound. His

malapropisms may make us laugh, but they won’t win

our vote.

–APPENDIX 4: COMMONLY TESTED VOCABULARY WORDS–

276

malfeasance (ma˘l·'fee·za˘ns) n. misconduct or wrongdo-

ing, especially by a public ofﬁcial; improper profes-

sional conduct. The city comptroller was found guilty of

malfeasance and removed from ofﬁce.

malinger (ma˘·'lin·e˘r) v. to pretend to be injured or ill

in order to avoid work. Stop malingering and give me a

hand with this job.

malleable ('mal·ee·a˘·be˘l) adj. 1. easily molded or pressed

into shape 2. easily controlled or inﬂuenced 3. easily

adapting to changing circumstances. You should be

able to convince Xiu quickly; she’s quite a malleable

person.

maverick ('mav·e˘r·ik) n. rebel, nonconformist, one who

acts independently. Madonna has always been a mav-

erick in the music industry.

mélange (may·'lahnzh) n. a mixture or assortment.

There was a very interesting mélange of people at the

party.

melliﬂuous (me·'lif·loo·u˘s) adj. sounding sweet and

ﬂowing; honeyed. Her melliﬂuous voice ﬂoated in

through the windows and made everyone smile.

mendacity (men·'das·i·tee) n. 1. the tendency to be dis-

honest or untruthful 2. a falsehood or lie. Carlos’s

mendacity has made him very unpopular with his class-

mates, who don’t feel they can trust him.

mercurial (me˘r·'kyoor·ee·a˘l) adj. 1. liable to change

moods suddenly 2. lively, changeable, volatile. Fiona is

so mercurial that you never know what kind of reaction

to expect.

meretricious (mer·e˘·'trish·u˘s) adj. gaudy, tawdry; show-

ily attractive but false or insincere. With its casinos and

attractions, some people consider Las Vegas the most

meretricious city in the country.

mete (meet) v. to distribute, allot, apportion. The punish-

ments were meted out fairly to everyone involved in the plot.

mettlesome ('met·e˘l·so˘m) adj. courageous, high-spir-

ited. (Note: Do not confuse with meddlesome, mean-

ing inclined to interfere.) Alice’s mettlesome attitude

was infectious and inspired us all to press on.

mince (mins) v. 1. to cut into very small pieces 2. to walk

or speak affectedly, as with studied reﬁnement 3. to

say something more delicately or indirectly for the

sake of politeness or decorum. Please don’t mince your

words—just tell me what you want to say.

minutiae (m ˘·no¯o¯'she¯·a) n., pl. very small details; trivial

or triﬂing matters. His attention to the minutiae of the

process enabled him to make his great discovery.

mirth (murth) n. great merriment, joyous laughter. The

joyous wedding celebration ﬁlled the reception hall with

mirth throughout the evening.

misanthrope ('mis·an·throhp) n. one who hates or dis-

trusts humankind. Pay no mind to his criticism; he’s a

real misanthrope, and no one can do anything right in

his eyes.

miscreant ('mis·kree·a˘nt) n. a villain, criminal; evil per-

son. The miscreant had eluded the police for months,

but today he was ﬁnally captured.

mitigate ('mit· ˘·ayt) v. 1. to make less intense or severe

2. to moderate the force or intensity of, soften, dimin-

ish, alleviate. The unusual extenuating circumstances

mitigated her punishment.

mollify ('mol· ˘·f ¯) v. 1. to soothe the anger of, calm 2. to

lessen in intensity 3. to soften, make less rigid. The

crying child was quickly molliﬁed by her mother.

moot (moot) adj. debatable, undecided. Although this is a

moot issue, it is one that is often debated among certain

circles.

morose (mo˘·'rohs) adj. gloomy, sullen, melancholy. My

daughter has been morose ever since our dog ran away.

multifarious (mul·ti·'fair·ee·u˘s) adj. very varied, greatly

diversiﬁed; having many aspects. The job requires the

ability to handle multifarious tasks.

mundane (mun·'dayn) adj. 1. dull, routine; common-

place, ordinary 2. worldly as opposed to spiritual. My

job may be mundane, but it is secure and it pays well.

–APPENDIX 4: COMMONLY TESTED VOCABULARY WORDS–

277

N

nadir ('nay·d ˘r) n. the very bottom, the lowest point.

When he felt he was at the nadir of his life, Robert

began to practice mediation to elevate his spirits.

narcissism('narh·si·siz·e˘m) n. admiration or worship of

oneself; excessive interest in one’s own personal fea-

tures. Some critics say that movie stars are guilty of

narcissism.

nascent ('nas·e˘nt) adj. coming into existence, emerging.

The nascent movement gathered strength quickly and

soon became a nationwide call to action.

nemesis ('nem·e˘·sis) n. 1. source of harm or ruin, the

cause of one’s misery or downfall; bane 2. agent of ret-

ribution or vengeance. In Frankenstein, the monster

Victor creates becomes his nemesis.

nexus ('nek·su˘s) n. 1. a means of connection, a link or tie

between a series of things 2. a connected series or

group 3. the core or center. The nexus between the lob-

byists and the recent policy changes is clear.

noisome ('noi·so˘m) adj. 1. offensive, foul, especially in

odor; putrid 2. harmful, noxious. What a noisome

odor is coming from that garbage can!

non sequitur (non 'sek·wi·tu˘r) n. a conclusion that does

not logically follow from the evidence. Marcus’s argu-

ment started off strong, but it degenerated into a series

of non sequiturs.

nonchalant (non·sha˘·'lahnt) adj. indifferent or cool, not

showing anxiety or excitement. Victoria tried to be

nonchalant, but I could tell she was nervous.

noxious ('nok·shu˘s) adj. unpleasant and harmful,

unwholesome. The noxious smell drove everyone from

the room.

nullify ('nul· ˘·f ¯) v. 1. to make null (without legal force),

invalidate 2. to counteract or neutralize the effect of.

The opponents wanted to nullify the bill before it

became a law.

O

obdurate ('ob·du˘·rit) adj. stubborn and inﬂexible; hard-

hearted, not easily moved to pity. I doubt he’ll change

his mind; he’s the most obdurate person I know.

obfuscate ('ob·fus·kayt) v. 1. to make obscure or

unclear, to muddle or make difﬁcult to understand 2.

to dim or darken. Instead of clarifying the matter, Wal-

ter only obfuscated it further.

obstreperous (ob·'strep·e˘·ru˘s) adj. noisily and stub-

bornly deﬁant; aggressively boisterous, unruly. The

obstreperous child refused to go to bed.

obtrusive (o˘b·'troo·siv) adj. 1. prominent, undesirably

noticeable 2. projecting, thrusting out 3. tending to

push one’s self or one’s ideas upon others, forward,

intrusive. Thankfully, Minsun survived the accident,

but she was left with several obtrusive scars.

obtuse (o˘b·'toos) adj. 1. stupid and slow to understand 2.

blunt, not sharp or pointed. Please don’t be so obtuse;

you know what I mean.

obviate ('ob·vee·ayt) v. to make unnecessary, get rid of.

Hiring Magdalena would obviate the need to hire a

music tutor, for she is also a classical pianist.

occult (o˘·'kult) adj. 1. secret, hidden, concealed 2. involv-

ing the realm of the supernatural 3. beyond ordinary

understanding, incomprehensible. The rites and beliefs

of the occult organization were ﬁnally made a matter of

public record after a long investigation.

odious ('oh·di·u˘s) adj. contemptible, hateful, detestable.

This is an odious policy that will only damage the envi-

ronment more.

ofﬁcious (o˘·'fish·u˘s) adj. meddlesome, bossy; eagerly

offering unnecessary or unwanted advice. My ofﬁcious

Aunt Midge is coming to the party, so be prepared for

lots of questions and advice.

oligarchy ('ol· ˘·ahr·kee) n. form of government in

which the power is in the hands of a select few. The

small governing body calls itself a democracy, but it is

clearly an oligarchy.

–APPENDIX 4: COMMONLY TESTED VOCABULARY WORDS–

278

omnipotent (om·'nip·o˘·te˘nt) adj. having unlimited or

universal power or force. In Greek mythology, Zeus was

the most powerful god, but he was not omnipotent, since

even his rule was often held in check by the unchange-

able laws of the Three Fates.

omniscient (om·'nish·e ˘nt) adj. having inﬁnite knowledge;

knowing all things. In a story with an omniscient narrator,

you can hear the thoughts and feelings of all of the characters.

onus ('oh·nu˘s) n. duty or responsibility of doing some-

thing; task, burden. It was Clark’s idea, so the onus is

on him to show us that it will work.

opprobrious (o˘·'proh·bree·u˘s) adj. 1. expressing con-

tempt or reproach; scornful, abusive 2. bringing

shame or disgrace. It was inappropriate to make such

opprobrious remarks in front of everybody.

opulent ('op·yu˘·le˘nt) adj. 1. possessing great wealth,

afﬂuent 2. abundant, luxurious. Lee is very wealthy,

but he does not live an opulent lifestyle.

ostensible (o·'sten·s ˘·be˘l) adj. seeming, appearing as

such, put forward (as of a reason) but not necessarily

so; pretended. The ostensible reason for the meeting is

to discuss the candidates, but I believe they have already

made their decision.

ostracize ('os·tra˘·s ¯z) v. to reject, cast out from a group

or from society. Kendall was ostracized after he repeat-

edly stole from his friends.

overweening (oh·ve˘r·'wee·nin) adj. 1. presumptuously

arrogant, overbearing 2. excessive, immoderate. I quit

because I couldn’t stand to work for such an overween-

ing boss.

oxymoron (oks·ee·'moh·ro˘n) n. a ﬁgure of speech con-

taining a seemingly contradictory combination of

expressions. The term “non-working mother” is a con-

temptible oxymoron.

P

palliate ('pal·ee·ayt) v. 1. to make something less intense

or severe, mitigate, alleviate; to gloss over, put a positive

spin on 2. to provide relief from pain, relieve the

symptoms of a disease or disorder. The governor tried

to palliate his malfeasance, but it soon became clear that

he would not be able to prevent a scandal.

pallor ('pal·o˘r) n. paleness, lack of color. The fever sub-

sided, but her pallor remained for several weeks.

paradigm('par·a˘·d ¯m) n. 1. something that serves as a

model or example 2. set of assumptions, beliefs, val-

ues or practices that constitutes a way of understand-

ing or doing things. Elected “Employee of the Month,”

Winona is a paradigm of efﬁciency.

pariah (pa˘·'r ¯·a˘) n. an outcast, a rejected and despised

person. After he told a sexist joke, Jason was treated like

a pariah by all of the women in the ofﬁce.

partisan ('pahr·ti·za˘n) n. 1. a person fervently and often

uncritically supporting a group or cause 2. a guerilla,

a member of an organized body of ﬁghters who attack

or harass an enemy. The partisan lobby could not see

the logic of the opposing senator’s argument and did not

understand how the proposed legislation would infringe

upon basic constitutional rights.

paucity ('paw·si·tee) n. scarcity, smallness of supply or

quantity. The paucity of food in the area drove the herd

farther and farther to the south.

peccadillo (pek·a˘·'dil·oh) n. a trivial offense, a small sin

or fault. Don’t make such a big deal out of a little

peccadillo.

pedantic (pi·'da˘n·tik) adj. marked by a narrow, tiresome

focus on or display of learning, especially of rules or

trivial matters. Her lessons were so pedantic that I

found I was easily bored.

pedestrian (pe˘·'des·tri· a˘n) adj. commonplace, trite;

unremarkable, unimaginative, dull. Although the ﬁlm

received critical acclaim, its pedestrian plot has been

overused by screenwriters for decades.

pellucid (pe˘·'loo·sid) adj. 1. translucent, able to be seen

through with clarity 2. (e.g., of writing) very clear,

easy to understand. Senator Waterson’s pellucid argu-

ment made me change my vote.

–APPENDIX 4: COMMONLY TESTED VOCABULARY WORDS–

279

penchant ('pen·cha ˘nt) n. a strong inclination or liking. I

have a real penchant for science ﬁction and spend hours

reading my favorite authors every night.

penultimate (pi·'nul·t ˘·mit) adj. next to last. There’s a

real surprise for the audience in the penultimate scene.

penury ('pen·yu˘·ree) n. extreme poverty, destitution.

After ten years of penury, it’s good to be ﬁnancially

secure again.

peremptory (pe˘·'remp·to˘·ree) adj. 1. offensively self-

assured, dictatorial 2. commanding, imperative, not

allowing contradiction or refusal 3. putting an end to

debate or action. The father’s peremptory tone ended

the children’s bickering.

perﬁdious (pe˘r·'fid·ee·u˘s) adj. treacherous, dishonest;

violating good faith, disloyal. The perﬁdious knight

betrayed his king.

perfunctory (pe˘r·'funk·to˘·ree) adj. done out of a sense

of duty or routine but without much care or interest;

superﬁcial, not thorough. We were not satisﬁed with

his perfunctory work; we felt a more thorough job could

have been done.

perjury ('pur·ju˘·ree) n. the deliberate willful giving of

false, misleading, or incomplete testimony while

under oath. William was convicted of perjury for lying

about his whereabouts on the night of the crime.

pernicious (pe˘r·'nish·u˘s) adj. deadly, harmful, very

destructive. Nancy’s opponent started a pernicious

rumor that destroyed her chances of winning.

personable ('pur·so˘·na˘·be˘l) adj. pleasing in appearance

or manner, attractive. Sandra is personable and well-

liked by her peers.

pertinacious (pur·t ˘·'nay·shu˘s) adj. extremely stubborn or

persistent; holding ﬁrmly to a belief, purpose, or course

of action. The pertinacious journalist ﬁnally uncovered

the truth about the factory’s illegal disposal of toxins.

petrify ('pet·r ˘·f ¯) v. 1. to make hard or stiff like a stone

2. to stun or paralyze with fear, astonishment, or

dread. I was petriﬁed when I heard the door open in the

middle of the night.

petulant ('pech·u˘·la˘nt) adj. peevish; unreasonably or

easily irritated or annoyed. The pouting and sulking

child could only be described as petulant!

philistine ('fil·i·steen) n. a smug, ignorant person; some-

one who is uncultured and commonplace. Richards

thinks he is cosmopolitan, but he’s really just a

philistine.

phoenix ('fee·niks) n. 1. a person or thing of

unmatched beauty or excellence 2. a person or thing

that has become renewed or restored after suffering

calamity or apparent annihilation (after the mytho-

logical bird that periodically immolated itself and

rose from the ashes as a new phoenix). The phoenix

is often used to symbolize something that is

indomitable or immortal.

pillage ('pil·ij) v. to forcibly rob of goods, especially in

time of war; to plunder. The barbarians pillaged the

village before destroying it with ﬁre.

piquant ('pee·ka˘nt) adj. 1. agreeably pungent, sharp or

tart in taste 2. pleasantly stimulating or provocative.

The spicy shrimp salad is wonderfully piquant.

pique (peek) v. to wound (someone’s) pride, to offend; to

arouse or provoke. The article really piqued my interest

in wildlife preservation.

pith (pith) n. 1. the essential or central part; the heart or

essence (of the matter, idea, experience, etc.) 2. (in

biology) the soft, sponge-like central cylinder of the

stems of most ﬂowering plants. Her brief, but concise,

statement went right to the pith of the argument and

covered the most important issues.

placid ('plas·id) adj. calm and peaceful; free from distur-

bance or tumult. Lake Placid is as calm and peaceful as

its name suggests.

plaintive ('playn·tiv) adj. expressing sorrow; mournful,

melancholy. Janice’s plaintive voice made me decide to

stay and comfort her longer.

platitude ('plat·i·tood) n. a trite or banal statement,

especially one uttered as if it were new. Matthew

offered me several platitudes but no real advice.

–APPENDIX 4: COMMONLY TESTED VOCABULARY WORDS–

280

plethora ('pleth·o˘·ra) n. an overabundance, extreme

excess. There was a plethora of food at the reception.

poignant ('poin·ya ˘nt) adj. 1. arousing emotion, deeply

moving, touching 2. keenly distressing; piercing or

incisive. They captured the poignant reunion on ﬁlm.

polemical (po˘·'lem·ik·a˘l) adj. controversial, argumenta-

tive. The analyst presented a highly polemical view of

the economic situation.

poseur (poh·'zur) n. someone who takes on airs to impress

others; a phony. My ﬁrst impression of the arrogant new-

comer told me that he was a poseur; I just had a hunch that

he wasn’t what he seemed to be.

pragmatic (pra·'mat·ik) adj. practical, matter-of-fact; favor-

ing utility. Since you don’t have money or time to waste, I

think you should take the most pragmatic approach.

precarious (pri·'kair·ee·u˘s) adj. 1. fraught with danger 2.

dangerously unsteady or insecure. Between hang-glid-

ing and rock-climbing, Abram is constantly placing

himself in very precarious positions.

precept ('pree·sept) n. a rule establishing standards of

conduct. The headmaster reviewed the precepts of the

school with the students.

precipitous (pri·'sip·i·tu˘s) adj. 1. extremely steep, drop-

ping sharply 2. hasty, rash, foolhardy. Driving through

the state park, you spotted a grizzly bear on a precipi-

tous cliff and wondered if he would fall.

pretentious (pri·'ten·shu˘s) adj. showy, pompous, putting

on airs. Hannah thinks that being pretentious will make

people like her, but she is sorely mistaken.

prevaricate (pri·'var· ˘·kayt) v. to tell lies, to stray from

or evade the truth. Quit prevaricating and tell me what

really happened.

primeval (pr ¯·'mee·va˘l) adj. ancient, original, belonging

to the earliest ages. The primeval art found in the caves

was discovered by accident.

pristine (pris·'teen) adj. 1. in its original and unspoiled

condition, unadulterated 2. clean, pure, free from con-

tamination. We were awed by the beauty of the pristine

forest in northern Canada.

prodigal ('prod· ˘·a˘l) adj. 1. recklessly wasteful or

extravagant, especially with money 2. given in great

abundance, lavish or profuse. The parable of the prodi-

gal son shows what can happen when money is wasted.

profligate ('prof·l ˘·it) adj. 1. recklessly wasteful or

extravagant, prodigal 2. lacking moral restraint, dis-

solute. The profligate man quickly depleted his

fortune.

proletariat (proh·le ˘·'tair·ee·a ˘t) n. the working class, those

who do manual labor to earn a living. The proletariats

demanded fewer hours and better wages.

propinquity (proh·'pin·kwi·tee) n. 1. proximity, near-

ness 2. afﬁnity, similarity in nature. The two scientiﬁc

elements demonstrate a remarkable propinquity.

propitious (proh·'pish·u˘s) adj. auspicious, presenting

favorable circumstances. These are propitious omens

indeed and foretell a good journey.

prosaic (proh·'zay·ik) adj. unimaginative, ordinary, dull.

The prosaic novel was rejected by the publisher.

proscribe (proh·'skr ¯b) v. 1. to prohibit, forbid; to ban-

ish or outlaw 2. to denounce or condemn. The king

proscribed the worship of idols in his kingdom.

protean ('proh·tee·a˘n) adj. taking many forms, change-

able; variable, versatile. In Native American mythology,

the coyote is often called the “shape shifter” because he is

such a protean character.

protocol ('proh·to˘·kawl) n. 1. etiquette, ceremony, or

procedure with regard to people’s rank or status 2. a

ﬁrst copy of a treaty or document. Jackson was ﬁred for

repeatedly refusing to follow protocol.

provident ('prov·i·de˘nt) adj. wisely providing for future

needs; frugal, economical. Because my parents were so

provident, I didn’t have to struggle to pay for college.

proxy ('prok·see) n. 1. a person or agent authorized to

represent or act for another 2. a document authoriz-

ing this substitution. The president appointed a proxy

to handle business matters during his absence.

puerile ('pyoo˘·r ˘l) adj. 1. childish, immature 2. suitable

only for children, belonging to or of childhood.

–APPENDIX 4: COMMONLY TESTED VOCABULARY WORDS–

281

Andrew is a remarkably successful businessman for

someone so puerile.

pugnacious (pu·'nay·shu˘s) adj. contentious, quarrel-

some, eager to ﬁght, belligerent. Don’t be so

pugnacious—I don’t want to ﬁght.

punctilious (punk·'til·i·u˘s) adj. very conscientious and

precise, paying great attention to details or trivialities,

especially in regard to etiquette. Kira is as punctilious

in her personal affairs as she is in the workplace.

pundit ('pun·dit) n. a learned person or scholar; one who is

an authority on a subject. The journalist consulted several

legal pundits before drafting the article.

pungent ('pun·je˘nt) adj. 1. having a strong, sharp taste or

smell 2. penetrating, caustic, stinging. I love the pun-

gent taste of a good, strong curry.

purloin (pu˘r·'loin) v. to steal. The thief purloined a sculp-

ture worth thousands of dollars.

purport (pur·'pohrt) v. 1. to be intended to seem, to

have the appearance of being 2. propose or intend.

The letter purports to express your opinion on

the matter.

Q

quaff (kwahf) v. to drink hurriedly or heartily; to swallow

in large draughts. He quickly quaffed three glasses of

water.

quail (kwayl) v. to draw back in fear, ﬂinch, cower. Mona

quailed as soon as Otto entered the room.

querulous ('kwer·u˘·lu˘s) adj. complaining, peevish, dis-

contented. He’s a cantankerous and querulous old man,

but I love him.

queue (kyoo) n. 1. a line of people or vehicles waiting

their turn 2. a pigtail. Look how long the queue is! We’ll

be waiting for hours.

quid pro quo (kwid proh 'kwoh) n. a thing given in

return for something; an equal exchange or substitu-

tion. Let’s come up with a quid pro quo arrangement

that will create a win-win situation for both sides.

quiescent (kwi·'es·e˘nt) adj. inactive, quiet, at rest; dor-

mant, latent. The volcano is quiescent at the moment,

but who knows when it will erupt again.

quintessence (kwin·'tes·e˘ns) n. 1. the essence of a sub-

stance 2. the perfect example or embodiment of

something. Maura is the quintessence of kindness.

quixotic (kwik·'sot·ik) adj. extravagantly chivalrous and

unselﬁsh; romantically idealistic, impractical. His

quixotic ways charmed all the women at the dance.

quotidian (kwoh·'tid·ee·a˘n) adj. 1. daily 2. common-

place, pedestrian. Prudence took her quotidian dose of

medicine.

R

rakish ('ray·kish) adj. 1. debonair, smartly dressed or

mannered, jaunty in appearance or manner 2. uncon-

ventional and disreputable; dissolute or debauched.

The rakish young woman charmed everyone at the

table.

rancor ('ran·ko˘r) n. a bitter feeling of ill will, long-lasting

resentment. Greg is full of rancor toward his brother, and

this causes tension at family gatherings.

rapacious (ra˘·'pay·shu˘s) adj. excessively greedy and

grasping (especially for money); voracious, plunder-

ing. The rapacious general ordered his soldiers to pillage

the town.

raucous (raw-ku˘s) adj. 1. unpleasantly loud and harsh 2.

boisterous, disorderly, disturbing the peace. The rau-

cous music kept us awake all night.

reactionary (ree·'ak·sho˘·ner·ee) n. a person who favors

political conservativism; one who is opposed to

progress or liberalism. It should be an interesting mar-

riage: he’s a reactionary and she’s as liberal as they

come.

recalcitrant (ri·'kal·si·tra˘nt) adj. disobedient, unruly,

refusing to obey authority. The recalcitrant child

was sent to the principal’s office for the third time

in a week.

–APPENDIX 4: COMMONLY TESTED VOCABULARY WORDS–

282

recidivism(ri·'sid· ˘·vizm) n. a relapse or backslide, espe-

cially into antisocial or criminal behavior after con-

viction and punishment. Allowing prisoners to earn

their GED or a college degree has been shown to greatly

reduce recidivism.

recondite ('rek·o˘n·d ¯t) adj. 1. not easily understood,

obscure, and abstruse 2. dealing with abstruse or pro-

found matters. He loves the challenge of grasping a rec-

ondite subject.

refractory (ri·'frak·to˘·ree) adj. stubborn, unmanageable,

resisting control or discipline. Elena is a counselor for

refractory children in an alternative school setting.

regale (ri·'ayl) v. to delight or entertain with a splendid

feast or pleasant amusement. The king regaled his

guests until the early morning hours.

remonstrate (ri·'mon·strayt) v. 1. to say or plead in

protest, objection, or opposition 2. to scold or

reprove. The children remonstrated loudly when their

babysitter told them they couldn’t watch that movie.

renegade ('ren·e˘·ayd) n. 1. a deserter; one who rejects a

cause, group, etc. 2. a person who rebels and becomes

an outlaw. The renegade soldier decided to join the

guerilla ﬁghters.

renowned (ri·'nownd) adj. famous; widely known and

esteemed. The renowned historian Stephen Ambrose

wrote many books that were popular with both scholars

and the general public.

repartee (rep·a˘r·'tee) n. 1. a quick, witty reply 2. the abil-

ity to make witty replies. He wasn’t expecting such a

sharp repartee from someone who was normally so quiet.

replete (ri·'pleet) adj. 1. well-stocked or abundantly sup-

plied 2. full, gorged. The house was replete with expen-

sive antiques.

repose (ri·'pohz) n. 1. resting or being at rest 2. calmness,

tranquility, peace of mind. The wail of a police siren

disturbed my repose.

reprehensible (rep·ri·'hen·s ˘·be˘l) adj. deserving rebuke

or censure. The reprehensible behavior of the neighbor-

hood bully angered everyone on the block.

reprieve (ri·'preev) n. 1. postponement or cancellation of

punishment, especially of the death sentence 2. tem-

porary relief from danger or discomfort. The court

granted him a reprieve at the last moment because of

DNA evidence that absolved him.

reprisal (ri·'pr ¯·za˘l) n. 1. an act of retaliation for an

injury with the intent of inﬂicting at least as much

harm in return 2. the practice of using political or

military force without actually resorting to war. The

president promised a swift reprisal for the attack.

reprobate ('rep·ro˘·bayt) n. an immoral or unprincipled

person; one without scruples. Edgar deemed himself a

reprobate, a criminal, and a traitor in his written

confession.

repudiate (ri·'pyoo·di·ayt) v. to disown, disavow, reject

completely. Ms. Tallon has repeatedly repudiated your

accusations.

rescind (ri·'sind) v. to repeal or cancel; to void or annul.

They have rescinded their offer, so you must ﬁnd

another buyer.

resonant ('rez·o˘·na˘nt) adj. echoing, resounding. The new

announcer at the stadium has a wonderfully resonant

voice.

reticent ('ret·i·se˘nt) adj. tending to keep one’s thoughts

and feelings to oneself; reserved, untalkative, silent.

Annette is very reticent, so don’t expect her to tell you

much about herself.

rigmarole ('ri·ma˘·rohl) (also rigamarole) n. 1. rambling,

confusing, incoherent talk 2. a complicated, petty pro-

cedure. You had to go through a great deal of rigmarole

to get this approved.

rogue (roh) n. 1. a dishonest, unprincipled person 2. a

pleasantly mischievous person 3. a vicious and solitary

animal living apart from the herd. Yesterday, that rogue

hid all of my cooking utensils; today he’s switched every-

thing around in the cupboards!

roil (roil) v. 1. to make a liquid cloudy or muddy 2. to stir

up or agitate 3. to anger or annoy. That you could even

think such a thing really roils me.

–APPENDIX 4: COMMONLY TESTED VOCABULARY WORDS–

283

rubric ('roo·brik) n. 1. a class or category 2. a heading,

title, or note of explanation or direction. I would put

this under the rubric of “quackery,” not “alternative

medicine.”

S

sacrilegious (sak·r ˘·'lij·u˘s) adj. disrespectful or irrever-

ent towards something regarded as sacred. Her book

was criticized by the church for being sacrilegious.

sagacious (sa˘·'ay·shu˘s) adj. having or showing sound

judgment; perceptive, wise. My sagacious uncle always

gives me good, sound advice.

salient ('say·lee·e˘nt) adj. 1. conspicuous, prominent,

highly noticeable; drawing attention through a strik-

ing quality 2. spring up or jutting out. Jill’s most

salient feature is her stunning auburn hair.

salutary ('sal·yu˘·ter·ee) adj. producing a beneﬁcial or

wholesome effect; remedial. To promote better health,

I’ve decided to move to a more salutary climate.

sanctimonious (sank·t ˘·'moh·nee·u˘s) adj. hypocritically

pious or devout; excessively self-righteous. The thief ’s

sanctimonious remark that “a fool and his money are soon

parted” only made the jury more eager to convict him.

sangfroid (sahn·'frwah) n. composure, especially in dan-

gerous or difﬁcult circumstances. I wish I had Jane’s

sangfroid when I ﬁnd myself in a confrontational

situation.

sanguine ('san·win) adj. 1. conﬁdently cheerful, opti-

mistic 2. of the color of blood; red. People are drawn

to her because of her sanguine and pleasant nature.

sardonic (sahr·'don·ik) adj. sarcastic, mocking scorn-

fully. I was hurt by his sardonic reply.

saturnine ('sat·u˘r·n ¯n) adj. gloomy, dark, sullen. The sat-

urnine child sulked for hours.

savoir faire ('sav·wahr 'fair) n. knowledge of the right

thing to do or say in a social situation; graceful tact.

Savoir faire is essential if you want to be a successful

diplomat.

schism('skiz·e˘m) n. a separation or division into fac-

tions because of a difference in belief or opinion. The

schism between the two parties was forgotten as they

united around a common cause.

scintilla (sin·'til·a˘) n. a trace or particle; minute amount,

iota. She has not one scintilla of doubt about his guilt.

scurvy ('skur·vee) adj. contemptible, mean. That scurvy

knave has ruined my plans again.

sedulous ('sej·u˘·lu˘s) adj. diligent, persevering, hard

working. After years of sedulous research, the

researchers discovered a cure.

semantics (si·'man·tiks) n. 1. the study of meaning in

language 2. the meaning, connotation, or interpreta-

tion of words, symbols, or other forms 3. the study of

relationships between signs or symbols and their

meanings. He claims it’s a matter of semantics, but the

issue is not open to interpretation.

sententious (sen·'ten·shu˘s) adj. 1. expressing oneself

tersely, pithy 2. full of maxims and proverbs offered in

a self-righteous manner. I was looking for your honest

opinion, not a sententious reply.

shiftless ('shift·lis) adj. lazy and inefﬁcient; lacking

ambition, initiative, or purpose. My shiftless roommate

has failed all of his classes.

simian ('sim·ee·a˘n) adj. of or like an ape or monkey. Cre-

ationists do not believe that humans have simian

ancestors.

sinuous ('sin·yoo·u˘s) adj. winding, undulating, serpen-

tine. It is dangerous to drive fast on such a sinuous road.

slake (slayk) v. 1. to satisfy, quench 2. to reduce the intensity

of, moderate, allay. The deer slaked its thirst at the river.

sodden ('sod·e˘n) adj. 1. thoroughly saturated, soaked 2.

expressionless or dull, unimaginative. Caught in an

unexpected rainstorm, I was sodden by the time I

reached the bus stop.

solecism('sol·e˘·siz·e˘m) n. 1. a mistake in the use of lan-

guage 2. violation of good manners or etiquette,

impropriety. Frank’s solecism caused his debate team

much embarrassment.

–APPENDIX 4: COMMONLY TESTED VOCABULARY WORDS–

284

sophistry ('sof·i·stree) n. clever but faulty reasoning; a

plausible but invalid argument intended to deceive by

appearing sound. I was amused by his sophistry, but knew

he had a little more research to do before he presented his

argument to the distinguished scholars in his ﬁeld.

sordid ('sor·did) adj. 1. dirty, wretched, squalid 2.

morally degraded. This sordid establishment should be

shut down immediately.

specious ('spee·shu˘s) adj. 1. seemingly plausible but false

2. deceptively pleasing in appearance. Vinnie did not

fool me with his specious argument.

spurious ('spyoor·ee·u˘s) adj. false, counterfeit, not gen-

uine or authentic. The expert conﬁrmed that the Willie

Mays autograph was spurious.

squalid ('skwol·id) adj. 1. ﬁlthy and wretched 2. morally

repulsive, sordid. The housing inspectors noted such

deplorable and squalid living conditions in the building

on Water Street that they were forced to evacuate the

tenants.

stoical ('stoh·i·ka ˘l) adj. seemingly unaffected by pleasure or

pain; indifferent, impassive. He remained stoical while

his wife told him she was leaving.

stolid ('stohl·id) adj. not feeling or showing emotion,

impassive; not easily aroused or excited. Maxine is a

very stolid person, so it will be difﬁcult to tell how she

feels.

stringent ('str ¯·de˘nt) adj. very strict, according to very

rigorous rules, requirements or standards. The strin-

gent eligibility requirements greatly limited the number

of candidates for the scholarship.

stultify ('stul·t ˘·f ¯) v. 1. to impair or make ineffective,

cripple 2. to make (someone) look foolish or incom-

petent. Of course I’m angry! You stultiﬁed me at that

meeting!

stymie ('st ¯·mee) v. to hinder, obstruct, thwart; to pre-

vent the accomplishment of something. The negotia-

tions were stymied by yet another attack.

sublime (su˘·'bl ¯m) adj. having noble or majestic qualities;

inspiring awe, adoration, or reverence; lofty, supreme.

Beethoven’s music is simply sublime.

subliminal (sub·'lim· ˘·na˘l) adj. below the threshold of

consciousness. Subliminal advertising is devious but

effective.

subvert (sub·'vurt) v. 1. to overthrow 2. to ruin, destroy

completely 3. to undermine. She quietly subverted his

authority by sharing internal information with outside

agents.

sundry ('sun·dree) adj. various, miscellaneous. The

sundry items in her backpack reveal a great deal about

her personality.

supercilious (soo·pe˘r·'sil·ee·u˘s) adj. haughty, scornful,

disdainful. Sunil’s supercilious attitude and sarcastic

remarks annoy me greatly.

supplicant ('sup·l ˘·ka˘nt) n. a person who asks humbly

for something; one who beseeches or entreats. The

supplicants begged for forgiveness.

surly ('sur·lee) adj. bad-tempered, gruff, or unfriendly in

a way that suggests menace. Emily received a surly

greeting from the normally cheerful receptionist.

surrogate ('sur·o˘·it) n. a substitute; one who takes the

place of another. Martha agreed to be a surrogate

mother for her sister.

svelte (svelt) adj. slender and graceful, suave. The svelte

actress offered a toast to her guests.

sycophant ('sik·o˘·fa˘nt) n. a person who tries to win the

favor of inﬂuential or powerful people through ﬂat-

tery; a fawning parasite. The president is surrounded by

sycophants, so how will he really know if his ideas have

merit?

T

taciturn ('tas·i·turn) adj. habitually untalkative, reserved.

I’ve always known him to be taciturn, but yesterday he

regaled me with tales of his hiking adventures.

tangible ('tan·j ˘·be˘l) adj. able to be perceived by touch,

palpable; real or concrete. There is no tangible evidence

of misconduct; it’s all hearsay.

–APPENDIX 4: COMMONLY TESTED VOCABULARY WORDS–

285

tawdry ('taw·dree) adj. gaudy or showy but without any

real value; ﬂashy and tasteless. I’ve never seen such a

tawdry outﬁt as the three-tiered taffeta gown that the

music singer wore to the awards ceremony!

teem(teem) v. to be full of; to be present in large num-

bers. This city is teeming with tourists during the sum-

mer months.

temerity (te˘·'mer·i·tee) n. foolish disregard of danger;

brashness, audacity. This is no time for temerity; you

must move cautiously to avoid any further damage.

tenacious (te˘·'nay·shu˘s) adj. 1. holding ﬁrmly to some-

thing, such as a right or principle; persistent, stub-

bornly unyielding 2. holding ﬁrmly, cohesive 3.

sticking ﬁrmly, adhesive 4. (of memory) retentive.

When it comes to ﬁghting for equality, she is the most

tenacious person I know.

tendentious (ten·'den·shu˘s) adj. biased, not impartial,

partisan; supporting a particular cause or position.

The tendentious proposal caused an uproar on the Sen-

ate ﬂoor.

tenet ('ten·it) n. a belief, opinion, doctrine or principle

held to be true by a person, group, or organization.

This pamphlet describes the tenets of Amnesty

International.

tenuous ('ten·yoo·u˘s) adj. 1. unsubstantial, ﬂimsy 2. hav-

ing little substance or validity. Though the connection

between the two crimes seemed tenuous at ﬁrst, a thor-

ough investigation showed they were committed by the

same person.

timorous ('tim·o˘·ru˘s) adj. fearful, timid, afraid. The stray

dog was timorous, and it took a great deal of coaxing to

get him to come near the car.

toil (toil) n. exhausting labor or effort; difﬁcult or labori-

ous work. v. to work laboriously, labor strenuously.

Evan toiled for hours before solving the problem.

totalitarian (toh·'tal·i·'tair·ee·a˘n) adj. of a form of gov-

ernment in which those in control neither recognize

nor tolerate rival parties or loyalties, demanding total

submission of the individual to the needs of the state.

The totalitarian regime fell quickly when the people

revolted.

tractable ('trak·ta˘·be˘l) adj. easily managed or controlled;

obedient, docile. In the novel Brave New World, the

World Controllers use hypnosis and a “happiness drug”

to make everyone tractable.

transient ('tran·zhe˘nt) adj. lasting only a very short

time; ﬂeeting, transitory, brief. Their relationship was

transient but profound.

trenchant ('tren·cha˘nt) adj. 1. penetrating, forceful,

effective 2. extremely perceptive, incisive 3. clear-cut,

sharply deﬁned. It was a trenchant argument, and it

forced me to change my mind about the issue.

tribunal (tr ¯·'byoo·na˘l) n. a court of justice. He will be

sentenced for his war crimes by an international

tribunal.

truculent ('truk·yu˘·le˘nt) adj. 1. deﬁantly aggressive 2.

ﬁerce, violent 3. bitterly expressing opposition. The

outspoken council president gave a truculent speech

arguing against the proposal.

truncate ('trun·kayt) v. to shorten or terminate by (or

as if by) cutting the top or end off. The glitch in the

software program truncated the lines of a very impor-

tant document I was typing.

tumultuous (too·'mul·choo·u˘s) adj. 1. creating an

uproar, disorderly, noisy 2. a state of confusion, tur-

bulence, or agitation, tumult. It was another tumul-

tuous day for the stock market, and ﬂuctuating prices

were wreaking havoc for investors.

turpitude ('tur·pi·tood) n. 1. wickedness 2. a corrupt or

depraved act. Such turpitude deserves the most severe

punishment.

U

umbrage ('um·brij) n. offense, resentment. I took great

umbrage at your suggestion that I twisted the truth.

undulate ('un·ju˘·layt) v. to move in waves or in a wavelike

fashion, ﬂuctuate. The curtains undulated in the breeze.

–APPENDIX 4: COMMONLY TESTED VOCABULARY WORDS–

286

untoward (un·'tohrd) adj. 1. contrary to one’s best inter-

est or welfare; inconvenient, troublesome, adverse 2.

improper, unseemly, perverse. Jackson’s untoward

remarks made Amelia very uncomfortable.

upbraid (up·'brayd) v. to reprove, reproach sharply, con-

demn; admonish. The child was upbraided for misbe-

having during the ceremony.

urbane (ur·'bayn) adj. elegant, highly reﬁned in man-

ners, extremely tactful and polite. Christopher thinks

he’s so urbane, but he’s really quite pedestrian.

V

vacuous ('vak·yoo·u˘s) adj. empty, purposeless; senseless,

stupid, inane. This TV show is yet another vacuous

sitcom.

venal ('vee·na˘l) adj. easily bribed or corrupted; unprinci-

pled. The venal judge was removed and disbarred.

venerable ('ven·e˘·ra˘·be˘l) adj. worthy of reverence or

respect because of age, dignity, character or posi-

tion. The venerable Jimmy Carter won the Nobel

Peace Prize.

verbose (ve˘r·'bohs) adj. using more words than neces-

sary; wordy, long-winded. Her verbose letter rambled

so much that it didn’t seem to have a point.

verisimilitude (ver·'i·si·'mil·i·tood) n. the appearance

of being true or real. The movie aims for complete

verisimilitude and has painstakingly recreated the

details of everyday life in the 1920s.

veritable ('ver·i·ta˘·be˘l) adj. real, true, genuine. Einstein

was a veritable genius.

vex (veks) v. 1. to annoy, irritate 2. to cause worry to. I

was completely vexed by his puerile behavior.

vitriolic (vit·ri·'ol·ik) adj. savagely hostile or bitter, caus-

tic. Her vitriolic attack on her opponent was so hostile

that it may cost her the election.

volatile ('vol·a˘·til) adj. 1. varying widely, inconstant,

changeable, ﬁckle 2. unstable, explosive, likely to

change suddenly or violently 3. (in chemistry) evapo-

rating readily. Dan’s volatile personality has been com-

pared to that of Dr. Jekyll and Mr. Hyde.

voluble ('vol·yu˘·be˘l) adj. 1. talking a great deal and with

great ease; language marked by great ﬂuency; rapid,

nimble speech 2. turning or rotating easily on an axis.

Your new spokesperson is very voluble and clearly com-

fortable speaking in front of large audiences.

voracious (voh·'ray·shu˘s) adj. excessively greedy, rapa-

cious; having a great appetite for something, devour-

ing greedily. I have always been a voracious reader and

consume dozens of books every month.

X

xenophobia (zen·o˘·'foh·bee·a˘) n. a strong dislike, dis-

trust, or fear of foreigners. Many atrocities have been

committed because of xenophobia.

Z

zenith ('zee·nith) n. 1. the highest point, top, peak 2. the

point in the sky directly above the observer. She is at

the zenith of her career and has won every case this year.

–APPENDIX 4: COMMONLY TESTED VOCABULARY WORDS–

287

$

Pref i xes

Preﬁxes are syllables added to the beginnings of words to change or add to their meaning. This table lists some

of the most common preﬁxes in the English language. They are grouped together by similar meanings.

PREFIX MEANING EXAMPLE DEFINITION SENTENCE

uni- one unify v. to form into a The new leader was able to

single unit, to unite unify the three factions into one

strong political party.

mono- one monologue n. a long speech by one I was very moved by the

person or performer monologue in Scene III.

bi- two bisect v. to divide into two If you bisect a square, you will

equal parts get two rectangles of equal size.

duo- two duality n. having two sides or parts The novel explores the duality

of good and evil in humans.

tri- three triangle n. a ﬁgure having three In an isosceles triangle, two

angles of the three angles are the

same size.

quadri- four quadruped n. an animal with four feet Some quadrupeds evolved

into bipeds.

Appendix 5:

Preﬁxes, Sufﬁxes,

and Word Roots

289

PREFIX MEANING EXAMPLE DEFINITION SENTENCE

tetra- four tetralogy n. series of four related “Time Zone” was the

artistic works fourth and ﬁnal work in

Classman’s tetralogy.

quint- ﬁve quintuplets n. ﬁve offspring born at Each quintuplet weighed

one time less than four pounds at birth.

pent- ﬁve pentameter n. a line of verse (poetry) Most of Shakespeare’s sonnets

with ﬁve metrical feet are written in iambic pentameter.

multi- many multifaceted adj. having many sides This is a multifaceted issue,

and you must examine each

side carefully.

poly- many polyglot n. one who speaks or It’s no wonder she’s a polyglot;

understands several she’s lived in eight different

language countries.

omni- all omniscient adj. knowing all Dr. Perez seems omniscient;

she knows what all of us are

thinking in class.

micro- small microcosm n. little or miniature world; Some people say that Brooklyn

something representing Heights, the Brooklyn district

something else on a very across the river from the Wall

small scale Street area, is a microcosm

of Manhattan.

mini- small minority n. small group within a John voted for Bridget, but he

larger group was in the minority; most people

voted for Elaine.

macro- large macrocosm n. the large scale world or Any change to the macrocosm

universe; any great whole will eventually effect the

microcosm.

ante- before anticipate v. to give advance thought; to His decades of experience

foresee; expect enabled him to anticipate the

problem.

pre- before precede v. to come before in time The appetizers preceded the

or order main course.

post- after postscript n. message added after the His postscript was almost as

close of a letter long as his letter!

–APPENDIX 5: PREFIXES, SUFFIXES, AND WORD ROOTS–

290

PREFIX MEANING EXAMPLE DEFINITION SENTENCE

inter- between intervene v. to come between Romeo, trying to make peace,

intervened in the ﬁght between

Tybalt and Mercutio.

inter- together interact v. to act upon or inﬂuence The psychologist took notes

each other as she watched the children

interact.

intra- within intravenous adj. within or into a vein She couldn’t eat and had to be

fed intravenously for three days.

intro- into, within introvert n. a person whose attention Unlike his ﬂamboyant sister,

is largely directed inward, quiet Zeke was a real introvert.

toward himself or herself;

a shy or withdrawn person

in- in, into induct v. to bring in (to a group) She was inducted into the

honor society.

ex- out, from expel v. to drive out or away Let’s expel the invaders!

circum- around circumscribe v. to draw a line around; She carefully circumscribed

to mark the limits of the space that would become

her ofﬁce.

sub- under subvert v. to bring about the His attempt to subvert my

destruction of, overthrow; authority will cost him his job.

to undermine

super- above, over supervisor n. one who watches over Alex refused the promotion

to supervisor because he

didn’t feel comfortable being

his friends’ boss.

con- with, together consensus n. general agreement After hours of debate, the group

ﬁnally reached a consensus and

selected a candidate.

non- not nonviable adj. not able to live or survive The farmer explained that the

seedling was nonviable.

in- not invariable adj. not changing The weather here is invariable—

always sunny and warm.

un- not, against unmindful adj. not conscious or aware For better or worse, he is

of; forgetful unmindful of ofﬁce politics.

–APPENDIX 5: PREFIXES, SUFFIXES, AND WORD ROOTS–

291

PREFIX MEANING EXAMPLE DEFINITION SENTENCE

contra- against contradict v. to state that (what is said) I know we don’t have to agree

is untrue; to state the on everything, but she

opposite of contradicts everything I say.

anti- against, antipode n. exact or direct opposite North is the antipode of south.

opposite

counter- against, counter- working against Complaining is

opposing productive adj. production counterproductive.

dis- away, dispel v. to drive away To dispel rumors that I was

quitting, I scheduled a series

of meetings for the next

three months.

dis- not, opposite of not having order; messy, Two people were hurt when the

disorderly adj. untidy, uncontrolled crowd became disorderly during

or unruly the protest.

mis- wrong, ill misuse v. to use wrongly She misused her authority

when she reassigned Charlie to

a new team.

mal- bad, wrong, maltreat v. to treat badly or wrongly After the dog saved his life, he

swore he would never maltreat

another animal.

mal- ill malaise n. feeling of discomfort The malaise many women

or illness feel during the ﬁrst few months

of pregnancy is called “morning

sickness.”

pseudo- false, fake pseudonym n. false or fake name Mark Twain is a pseudonym for

Samuel Clemens.

auto- by oneself automaton n. a robot; a person who The workers on the

or by itself seems to act mechanically assembly line looked like

and without thinking automatons.

co- together with; cohesive adj. having a tendency to bond Though they came from

jointly or stick together; united different backgrounds, they have

formed a remarkably cohesive

team.

–APPENDIX 5: PREFIXES, SUFFIXES, AND WORD ROOTS–

292

$

Suf f i xes

Sufﬁxes are syllables added to the ends of words to change or add to their meaning. This table lists some of the

most common sufﬁxes in the English language. They are grouped together by similar meanings.

SUFFIX MEANING EXAMPLE DEFINITION SENTENCE

-en to cause broaden v. to make more broad, Traveling around the world will

to become widen broaden your understanding of

other cultures.

-ate to cause to be resuscitate v. to bring or come back Thanks to a generous gift

to life or consciousness; from an alumnus, we were

to revive able to resuscitate the

study-abroad program.

-ify/-fy to make or electrify v. to charge with electricity The singer electriﬁed the

cause to be audience with her performance.

-ize to make, alphabetize v. to put in alphabetical order Please alphabetize these

to give ﬁles for me.

-al capable of, practical adj. suitable for use; involving He has years of practical,

suitable for activity, as distinct from on-the-job experience.

study or theory

-ial pertaining to commercial adj. of or engaged in commerce Commercial vehicles must

have special license plates.

-ic pertaining to aristocratic adj. of or pertaining to Though he was never rich

the aristocracy or powerful, he has very

aristocratic manners.

-ly resembling, tenderly adv. done with tenderness; He held the newborn baby

having the gently, delicately, lovingly tenderly in his arms.

qualities of

-ly in the manner boldly adv. in a bold manner Despite his fear, he stepped

of boldly onto the stage.

-ful full of meaningful adj. signiﬁcant, full of meaning When Robert walked into the

room with Annette, she cast

me a meaningful glance.

-ous, -ose full of humorous adj. full of humor, funny His humorous speech made

the evening go by quickly.

–APPENDIX 5: PREFIXES, SUFFIXES, AND WORD ROOTS–

293

SUFFIX MEANING EXAMPLE DEFINITION SENTENCE

-ive having the descriptive adj. giving a description The letter was so descriptive

quality of that I could picture every place

he’d been.

-less lacking, free of painless adj. without pain, The doctor assured me that it is

not causing pain a painless procedure.

-ish having the childish adj. like a child; unsuitable for He didn’t get the job because

quality of a grown person of his childish behavior during

the interview.

-ance/ quality or tolerance n. willingness or ability He has a high level of

-ence state of to tolerate a person or thing tolerance for rudeness.

-acy quality or indeterminacy n. state or quality of being The indeterminacy of his

state of undetermined (without statement made it impossible

deﬁned limits) or vague to tell which side he was on.

-tion act, state or completion n. the act of completing; The second siren signaled

condition of the state of being the completion of the ﬁre drill.

completed or ﬁnished

-or/-er one who does narrator n. one who tells the story, A ﬁrst-person narrator

or performs gives an account of is usually not objective.

the action of

-atrium place for arboretum n. a garden devoted primarily They built a deck with an

-orium to trees and shrubs arboretum for their bonsai tree

-etum collection.

-ary place for, sanctuary n. a sacred place, refuge With three noisy roommates,

pertaining to Ellen frequently sought the quiet

sanctuary of the library.

-cide kill pesticide n. substance for killing insects This pesticide is also

dangerous for humans.

-ism quality, state optimism n. belief that things will Her optimism makes people

or condition of; turn out for the best; want to be around her.

doctrine of tendency to take a

hopeful view of things

-ity quality or morality n. state or quality of He argued that the basic

state of being moral morality of civilized societies

hasn’t changed much over

the centuries.

–APPENDIX 5: PREFIXES, SUFFIXES, AND WORD ROOTS–

294

SUFFIX MEANING EXAMPLE DEFINITION SENTENCE

-itis inﬂammation of tonsillitis n. inﬂammation and Her tonsillitis was so severe that

infection of the tonsils doctors had to remove her

tonsils immediately.

-ment act or judgment n. ability to judge or make He exercised good

condition of decisions wisely; act judgment by keeping his

of judging mouth shut during the meeting.

-ology the study of zoology n. the scientiﬁc study of She took a summer job at the

animal life zoo because of her strong

interest in zoology.

$

Common Lat i n Word Root s

Many words in the English language have their origins in Latin. The following table shows the original Latin words

that you have used (whether you know it or not) to create various English words. The Latin words serve as roots,

providing the core meaning of the words; preﬁxes, sufﬁxes, and other alterations give each word its distinct mean-

ing. The word roots are listed in alphabetical order.

ROOT MEANING EXAMPLE DEFINITION SENTENCE

amare to love amorous adj. readily showing or She told him to stop his

feeling love amorous advances, as she

was already engaged.

audire to hear audience n. assembled group of The audience was stunned

listeners or spectators; when the game show host

people within hearing slapped the contestant.

bellum war belligerent adj. inclined to ﬁght; hostile, The citizens feared that

aggressive their belligerent leader

would start an unjust war.

capere to take captivate v. to capture the fancy of The story captivated

me from the beginning;

I couldn’t put the book

down.

dicere to say, speak dictate v. to state or order; to say what She began to dictate her

needs to be written down notes into the microphone.

–APPENDIX 5: PREFIXES, SUFFIXES, AND WORD ROOTS–

295

ROOT MEANING EXAMPLE DEFINITION SENTENCE

duco to lead conduct v. to lead or guide (thorough) He conducted a detailed tour of

the building.

equus equal equilibrium n. a state of balance I have ﬁnally achieved an

equilibrium between work

and leisure.

facere to make or do manufacture v. to make or produce The clothes are manufactured

here in this factory.

lucere to light lucid adj. very clear No one could possibly

have misunderstood such a

lucid explanation.

manus hand manicure n. cosmetic treatment of To maintain her long ﬁngernails,

the ﬁngernails she gets a manicure every week.

medius middle median adj. middle point; middle in The median household income

a set of numbers in this wealthy neighborhood is

$89,000.

mittere to send transmit v. to send across The message was transmitted

over the intercom.

omnis all, every omnipresent adj. present everywhere That top-40 song is

omnipresent; everywhere

I go, I hear it playing.

plicare to fold application n. putting one thing on His loan application was

another; making a formal denied because of his poor

request credit history.

ponere/ to place position n. the place a person or Although he is only 22,

positum thing occupies he holds a very powerful

position in the company.

protare to carry transport v. to carry across The goods will be transported

by boat.

quarere to ask, inquiry n. act of inquiry, investigation, The inquiry lasted several

question or questioning months but yielded no new

information.

scribere to write scribe n. person who makes The scribe had developed thick

copies of writings calluses on his ﬁngers from

years of writing.

–APPENDIX 5: PREFIXES, SUFFIXES, AND WORD ROOTS––

296

ROOT MEANING EXAMPLE DEFINITION SENTENCE

sentire to feel sentient adj. capable of feeling No sentient beings should be

used for medical research.

specere to look at spectacle n. striking or impressive sight The debate was quite a

spectacle—you should have

seen the candidates attack

one another.

spirare to breathe respiration n. the act of breathing His respiration was steady, but

he remained unconscious.

tendere to stretch extend v. to make longer, stretch out Please extend the deadline by

two weeks so you can complete

the project properly.

verbum word verbatim adv. word for word The student failed because she

had copied an article verbatim

instead of writing her own essay.

$

Common Greek Word Root s

Many other English words have their origins in the ancient Greek language. The following table shows the Greek

words that you have used (whether you know it or not) to create various English words. The Greek words serve

as roots, providing the core meaning of the words; preﬁxes, sufﬁxes, and other alterations give each word its dis-

tinct meaning. The word roots are listed in alphabetical order.

ROOT MEANING EXAMPLE DEFINITION SENTENCE

bios life biology n. the science of He is majoring in biology and

living organisms plans to go to medical school.

chronos time chronological adj. arranged in the order in The story is confusing because

which things occurred she did not put the events in

chronological order.

derma skin dermatology n. branch of medical science She has decided to study

dealing with the skin and dermatology because she has

its diseases always been plagued by rashes.

gamos marriage, polygamy n. the practice or custom of Throughout history, certain

union having more than one cultures have practiced

spouse or mate at a time polygamy, but it is uncommon

today.

–APPENDIX 5: PREFIXES, SUFFIXES, AND WORD ROOTS–

297

ROOT MEANING EXAMPLE DEFINITION SENTENCE

genos race, sex, kind genocide n. deliberate extermination The recent genocide in Bosnia

of one race of people has created a crisis in orphaned

children.

geo earth geography n. the study of the Earth’s The geography of this region

surface; the surface or made it difﬁcult for the different

topographical features of tribes to interact

a place.

graphein to write calligraphy n. beautiful or elegant She used calligraphy when she

handwriting addressed the wedding

invitations.

krates member of democrat n. one who believes in or I have always been a

a group advocates democracy as democrat, but I refuse to join

a principle of government the democratic party.

kryptos hidden, secret cryptic adj. concealing meaning, He left such a cryptic message

puzzling on my answering machine that I

don’t know what he wanted.

metron to measure metronome n. device with a pendulum that She used a metronome to help

beats at a determined rate her keep the proper pace as she

to measure time/rhythm played the song.

morphe form polymorphous adj. having many forms Most mythologies have a

polymorphous ﬁgure, a “shape

shifter,” who can be both animal

and human.

pathos suffering, pathetic adj. arousing feelings of pity

feeling Willy Loman is a complex

or sadness character who is both pathetic

and heroic.

philos loving xenophile n. a person who is attracted Alex is a xenophile; I doubt he’ll

to foreign peoples, ever come back to the States.

cultures or customs

phobos fear xenophobe n. person who fears or hates Don’t expect Len to go on the

foreigners or strange trip; he’s a xenophobe.

cultures, or customs

photos light photobiotic adj. living or thriving only in Plants are photobiotic and will

the presence of light die without light.

–APPENDIX 5: PREFIXES, SUFFIXES, AND WORD ROOTS–

298

ROOT MEANING EXAMPLE DEFINITION SENTENCE

podos foot podiatrist n. an expert in diagnosis The podiatrist saw that the

and treatment of ailments ingrown toenail had

of the human foot become infected.

psuedein to deceive pseudonym n. false name Was George Eliot a pseudonym

for Mary Ann Evans?

pyr ﬁre pyromaniac n. one who has a compulsion The warehouse ﬁre was not an

to set things on ﬁre accident; it was set by a

pyromaniac.

soma body psychosomatic adj. of or involving both the In a psychosomatic illness,

mind and body physical symptoms are caused

by emotional distress.

tele distant telescope n. optical instrument for While Galileo did not invent the

making distant objects telescope, he was the ﬁrst to

appear larger and nearer use it to study the planets and

when viewed through the stars.

lens

therme heat thermos n. insulated jug or bottle that The thermos kept my coffee hot

keeps liquids hot or cold all afternoon.

–APPENDIX 5: PREFIXES, SUFFIXES, AND WORD ROOTS–

299

Copyright © 2008 LearningExpress, LLC. All rights reserved under International and Pan-American Copyright Conventions. Published in the United States by LearningExpress, LLC, New York. Library of Congress Cataloging-in-Publication Data: Math and vocabulary for civil service exams. p. cm. ISBN 978-1-57685-606-2 1. Civil service—United States—Examinations—Study guides. 2. Mathematics—Examinations—Study guides. 3. English language—Examinations—Study guides. JK716.M24 2008 513.076—dc22 2007037804 Printed in the United States of America 987654321 ISBN: 978-1-57685-606-2 For information on LearningExpress, other LearningExpress products, or bulk sales, please write to us at: LearningExpress 55 Broadway 8th Floor New York, NY 10006 Or visit us at: www.learnatest.com

Contents

SECTION 1

Preparing for Your Civil Service Exam CHAPTER CHAPTER 1 2 Civil Service Jobs The LearningExpress Test Preparation System

1 3 7 27 29 41 63 77 89 103 125

SECTION 2

Math Prep for Civil Service Exams CHAPTER CHAPTER CHAPTER CHAPTER CHAPTER CHAPTER CHAPTER 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 Arithmetic, Powers, and Roots Fractions and Decimals Percents Number Series Word Problems Charts, Tables, and Graphs Measurement and Geometry

iii

–MATH AND VOCABULARY FOR CIVIL SER VICE EXAMS–

SECTION 3

Vocabulary Prep for Civil Service Exams CHAPTER 10 CHAPTER 11 CHAPTER 12 CHAPTER 13 CHAPTER 14 Vocabulary in Context Synonyms and Antonyms Reading Comprehension Grammar Spelling

141 143 149 159 177 197 211

SECTION 4

Test Time! CHAPTER 15 CHAPTER 16 Practice Test 1 Practice Test 2

213 233 253

SECTION 5

Helpful Resources APPENDIX 1 APPENDIX 2 APPENDIX 3 APPENDIX 4 APPENDIX 5 Glossary of Math Terms Math Formula Sheet Glossary of Vocabulary Terms Commonly Tested Vocabulary Words Preﬁxes, Sufﬁxes, and Word Roots

255 257 259 263 289

iv

S E C T I O N

1

Preparing for Your Civil Service Exam

C

hoosing a career as a government employee can be very rewarding— you’ll see respectable salaries, generous beneﬁt packages, and opportunities for signiﬁcant career advancement. But before you begin your job, you’ll probably need to take a civil service exam. This exam requires candidates to score well on all parts of the exam, but the questions that require indepth math and vocabulary knowledge can be especially nerve-racking if it’s been a while since you’ve used these skills. Arm yourself with this book that will help you dust off your skills as you work your way through the most commonly tested math and vocabulary topics. By making the commitment to practice these difﬁcult questions for the civil service exam, you are promising yourself increased scores and marketability as you enter this career path. Is your civil service exam months away, or even maybe a few short weeks away? Have no fear—this book will help you prepare for success by working to review and improve your math and vocabulary skills. Carefully read Chapter 1 to learn about the civil service ﬁeld. Then, continue on to Chapter 2 (the LearningExpress Test Preparation System), so you can grasp effective test strategies and learn to budget your preparation time wisely. Chapter 2 presents a 30-day study plan and a 14-day study plan. You can decide which of these plans is right for you, or you can create a more personalized plan. Remember to stick as closely as you can to your study plan for the most effective results.

1

–PREPARING FOR YOUR CIVIL SER VICE EXAM–

Once you’ve set a study plan for yourself, look at the table of contents to see the types of math and vocabulary topics covered in this book. The book is organized in ﬁve sections: Section 1—Preparing for Your Civil Service Exam Section 2—Math Prep for Civil Service Exams Section 3—Vocabulary Prep for Civil Service Exams Section 4—Test Time! Section 5—Helpful Resources Sections 2 and 3 divide math and vocabulary concepts into compact parts so that you can work on each concept on its own and gain mastery. You may want to read the chapters in sequence, or you may decide to study the chapters that give you the most difﬁculty early on in your test preparation. Each chapter in Sections 2 and 3 contains practice questions to drill you on the chapter’s main concepts. As you answer the hundreds of practice questions in this book, you will undoubtedly want to check your answers against the answer section at the end of each chapter. If, after answering all the questions in a section you feel you need more practice, reread the questions and try your hand at responding one more time. Repetition is often the key to success as studies show that most repetitive tasks become part of a person’s inventory of skills over time.

Section 4 (“Test Time!”) includes two practice tests to help you gauge your math and vocabulary skills. These tests will give you the chance to measure what you have learned and review any problem areas you encounter. You may want to take one practice test before you begin Sections 2 and 3 to determine your areas of weakness. Then, you can take the other test after you’ve reviewed the math and vocabulary topics. Finally, don’t forget about Section 5—the resources at the end of this book. These resources include math words to know, basic math formulas, commonly tested vocabulary terms, and a list of general sufﬁxes, preﬁxes, and root words. You may consult these resources at any point as you work through this book. One good use of these resources may be to make ﬂashcards or notes about any words or formulas that are new or confusing to you. Then, work with a friend or family member to quiz yourself. You don’t even need a partner—try pulling out your ﬂashcards as you wait in line, commute on a bus, or whenever you have a few free minutes. Always keep your end goal in mind. If you study hard the ﬁrst time, you will not have to take the civil service exam again—ever! Use this book to get a feel for the math and vocabulary topics presented on the exam. Spend some quality time with these topics, take the practice tests, and then get ready to walk into the exam room with plenty of self-conﬁdence!

2

and from painting to nursing.C H A P T E R 1 C ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ Civil Service Jobs ivil service jobs range from clerical work to forestry. from social work to cartography. The government workforce is diverse with career possibilities in a wide array of specialties and ﬁelds. including: ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ Accounting Administration Agriculture Air Trafﬁc Control Biology Budgetary Work Cartography Chemistry Claims Work Clerical Work Conservation Court Work Custodial Work Defense-related Work Drafting Educational Service Electrical Work Engineering Finance Fireﬁghting Health Services Human Services 3 ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ Information Technology Law Enforcement Legal Machinist Work Nursing Painting Postal Work Service Work Social Work Treasury Work Visa Examination .

–CIVIL SER VICE JOBS– The government is the largest single employer in the United States. easily accessible sources of government job information. state. at 703–724–1850. and department. whereas junior college graduates may enter at GS-4. country. government job openings aren’t listed in the classiﬁed section of your city or local paper.gov. For example. Speciﬁc beneﬁts include: ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ 10 paid holidays a year 13 to 26 paid vacation days a year 13 sick days a year death and disability insurance group life insurance medical and dental beneﬁts (including healthcare ﬂexible spending accounts.usajobs. high school graduates may enter at GS2 (“GS” means “General Schedule”). Although this service offers around-the-clock convenience. 4 . Jobs by Phone. Each grade progresses upward through steps. The Ofﬁce of Personnel Management (OPM) updates a list of federal job vacancies daily. You can access this information 24 hours a day. The most user-friendly of the OPM resources. allows you to search for jobs by region. You can even create a resume online or electronically ﬁle your qualiﬁcations statement. HCFSAs) retirement beneﬁts alternative work schedules government-paid training tuition reimbursement Civilian government employees are grouped by the type of work they do. www. beware: It may take more than one phone call to ﬁnd exactly the information you need. The level of their relative positions (based on difﬁculty) is called the grade. Use this website to print a copy of application forms and access information about pay scales.opm. and provide paid training for employees. The higher the step. 7 days a week by calling the OPM’s automated telephone system. the more money you will earn. Unlike jobs in the private sector. Depending on your prior education. have great holiday and vacation schedules. This is called the series. offer health insurance. Government jobs are secure. you may enter the government pay scale at different grades. But there are excellent. zip code.

630 18.713 21.194 87.428 27.455 36.121 25.761 21.191 28.370 35.039 100.000 48.068 73.761 24.663 19.–CIVIL SER VICE JOBS – FEDERAL PAY SCHEDULES.902 25.809 75.389 99.370 67.006 32.088 42.672 61.322 37.848 102.267 18.575 97.974 56.142 21.211 102.893 33. and medical ﬁelds.331 30.574 20.769 33.839 44.824 42.030 41.294 49.130 41.937 20.151 38.752 96.165 17.063 17.418 34.161 28.118 44.667 42.502 71.588 51. certain hard-to-ﬁll jobs. 5 .115 93.798 36.521 29.204 44.740 35.455 53.264 22.178 69.601 35. The amount in the Base GS Pay Scale is multiplied by the percentage adjustment and the result is then added to the base pay.343 94.039 32.647 87.605 50.698 20.355 47.274 38.717 29.954 29.879 89.115 23.981 Please note that GS pay is adjusted according to your geographic location.243 31.183 46.286 22.686 78.146 43.879 120. Exact pay information can be found on position vacancy announcements.305 56.321 25.573 111.801 26.176 54.951 79.262 45.S. January 2007.841 29.301 66.026 18.512 23.477 29.401 22.798 23.880 54.185 19.730 57.580 61.317 84.495 41.167 21.238 63.807 20.924 25.111 92.882 52.185 31.081 23.540 58.180 48.755 46.226 39.739 19.914 38. may have higher starting salaries.440 82.412 45.466 33.747 34.106 60. technical.183 81.936 69. 2007 GRADE 1 2 ANNUAL RATES FOR STEPS (IN DOLLARS) 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16.055 71. Also.932 73.178 40.309 37.972 39.514 32.323 40.856 37.562 31.665 26.030 51. Source: U.563 80. Ofﬁce of Personnel Management.804 65. usually in the scientiﬁc.471 108.286 22.289 20.718 24.699 50.155 59.623 28.369 105.842 20.777 117.527 26.415 84.300 19.706 47. so the majority of jobs pay more than the base salary listed in this table.011 45.441 25.675 114.527 49.481 27.470 55.480 30.

.

The LearningExpress Test Preparation System. you will take your ﬁrst step toward achieving the career of your dreams. This book focuses speciﬁcally on the math and vocabulary skills that you will be tested on—two areas that have proven difﬁcult for many test takers. However. Here are some obstacles that can stand in the way of your success. If you plan to obtain an entry-level civil service position. By honing in on these skills. Getting ready for any test takes work. 7 . there are all sorts of pitfalls that can prevent you from doing your best on exams. gives you the discipline and attitude you need to be a winner. But don’t let the written test scare you! If you prepare ahead of time.C H A P T E R 2 T The LearningExpress Test Preparation System aking any test can be tough. developed exclusively for LearningExpress by leading test experts. you will have to score well on your civil service exam. you can achieve a top score.

” If you haven’t already done so. see an overview of the range of civil service jobs. Know When to Guess Step 7. It’s up to you— remember. “Civil Service Jobs. You will have taken all the steps you need to take for a passing score. Each of the steps gives you tips and activities to help you prepare for any exam. stop here and read Section 1 and Chapter 1 of this book. Other test takers may let the test get the better of them. Get Information Step 2. The first step in the LearningExpress Test Preparation System is ﬁnding out everything you can about the types of questions that will be asked on any math and vocabulary section of the civil service exam. you or the exam? Now the good news: The LearningExpress Test Preparation System puts you in control. Otherwise. Make a Plan Step 4. Learn to Use the Process of Elimination Step 6. If you can take a whole afternoon or evening. Knowledge is power. and be presented with a discussion regarding earnings and job searches. Step 1: Get Information Time to complete: 30 minutes Activities: Read Section 1. you will learn everything you need to know to make sure you are in charge of your preparation and performance on the exam. Here’s how the LearningExpress Test Preparation System works: Nine easy steps lead you through everything you need to know and do to get ready to master your exam. or you won’t be getting the full beneﬁt of the system. “Preparing for Your Civil Service Exam” and Chapter 1. and do just one or two steps a day for the next several days. It’s important that you follow the advice and do the activities. Get Your Act Together Step 9. but not you. In just nine easy-to-follow steps. Reach Your Peak Performance Zone Step 8. though it’s perfectly OK if you work faster or slower than the time estimates say. Here. you can work through the entire LearningExpress Test Preparation System in one sitting. Each step gives you an approximate time estimate. Who’s in control. Do It! Total 30 20 50 10 minutes minutes minutes minutes 20 minutes 20 minutes 10 10 10 3 minutes minutes minutes hours What’s the common denominator in all these test-taking pitfalls? One word: control. you’ll learn how to use this book. Practicing and studying the 8 . you’re in control. Learn to Manage Your Time Step 5. Conquer Test Anxiety Step 3. We estimate that working through the entire system will take you approximately three hours. you can break it up. other test takers may be unprepared or out of shape.–THE LEARNINGEXPRESS TEST PREPARATION SYSTEM– ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ being unfamiliar with the format of the exam being paralyzed by test anxiety leaving your preparation to the last minute not preparing at all not knowing vital test-taking skills like: ■ how to pace yourself through the exam ■ how to use the process of elimination ■ when to guess not being in tip-top mental and physical shape forgetting to eat breakfast and having to take the exam on an empty stomach forgetting a sweater or jacket and shivering through the exam Step 1.

I 9 . Being prepared will put you in control of test anxiety. It’s said that Sir Laurence Olivier. I’m full of self-conﬁdence. Practice self-conﬁdence. Learn these strategies now. You can see how well your training paid off in Chapters 15 and 16. Stress Management before the Test After completing the LearningExpress Test Preparation System. you will then begin to apply the test-taking strategies you learn as you work through practice questions in these topic areas (Chapters 3 through 14). Everyone gets nervous before a big exam—and if that nervousness motivates you to prepare thoroughly. was ill before every performance. Combating Test Anxiety ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ vocabulary in context reading comprehension synonyms antonyms grammar spelling The ﬁrst thing you need to know is that a little test anxiety is a good thing. it probably gave him a little extra edge—just the kind of edge you need to do well. one of the foremost British actors of last century. you have to overcome one of the biggest obstacles to test success: test anxiety. “I’m prepared. I’m going to ace this test. Stop here and answer the questions on that page to ﬁnd out whether your level of test anxiety is something you should worry about. Test anxiety not only impairs your per- ■ Get prepared. This is no time to be humble or shy. That’s why you’re reading this book. Next. whether on a stage or in an exam room. His stage fright didn’t impair his performance. you’ll learn stress management techniques that will help you succeed on your exam. and remind yourself that you’re better prepared than most of the people taking the test. A positive attitude is a great way to combat test anxiety. and practice them as you work through the practice tests in this book. but it can even keep you from preparing! In Step 2. powers. and graphs algebra geometry and measurement Vocabulary topics that are tested include: formance on the exam itself. If you feel your level of anxiety getting the best of you in the weeks before the test. Stand in front of the mirror and say to your reﬂection. so they’ll be second nature to you by exam day.–THE LEARNINGEXPRESS TEST PREPARATION SYSTEM– exercises in this book will help prepare you for those tests. Use it faithfully. in fact. Math topics that are tested include: ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ arithmetic. so much the better. tables. On page 11 is the Test Stress Test. where you will take two practice civil service tests. and roots fractions decimals percents number series word problems charts. There’s nothing like knowing what to expect. here is what you need to do to bring the level down again: ■ Step 2: Conquer Test Anxiety Time to complete: 20 minutes Activity: Take the Test Stress Test Having complete information about the exam is the ﬁrst step in getting control of the exam.

Go for a run. Move your body. Now close your eyes and imagine you’re actually there. ■ ■ ■ ■ Deep breathing. walking through the park. so you shouldn’t worry about it. there are still things you can do to manage your stress level: ■ ■ ■ Stress Management on Test Day There are several ways you can bring down your level of test anxiety on test day. My brain is taking a break. Hold it for a count of one. Every time someone starts telling you how hard the exam is or how it’s almost impossible to get a high score. Everyone loses concentration once in a while during a long test. and then answer it. accept what has happened. you’ll ﬁnd that you need only a few seconds of this exercise to experience a signiﬁcant increase in your sense of well-being. Fight negative messages. Find an easy question. and use the ones that work best for you. Visualize again. This time. Listen to your self-conﬁdence messages instead. then let it out on a count of ﬁve. start telling them your self-conﬁdence messages. Take a mental break. Take a deep breath while you count to ﬁve. Think of the place where you are most relaxed: lying on the beach in the sun. and see if they work for you! 10 . “Hey.” Put down your pencil. Imagine yourself reporting for your ﬁrst day on the job. Say to yourself. Besides. you’ll believe it. Try these techniques ahead of time. close your eyes. It’s normal. I lost it there for a minute. When anxiety threatens to overwhelm you right there during the exam. Try rolling your head in a circle. don’t listen.” Say it into a recorder and play it back once a day. visualize yourself moving smoothly and quickly through the test answering every question right and ﬁnishing just before time is up. Visualizing success can help make it happen—and it reminds you why you’re preparing for the exam so diligently. If the someone with the negative messages is you. or sipping a cup of hot tea. Exercise. Rotate your shoulders. being in good physical shape can actually help you do well on the exam. If you practice in advance. Say them silently to yourself. Instead. Like most visualization techniques. Repeat several times. Skim over the test until you ﬁnd an easy question. To ﬁnd a comfort level.–THE LEARNINGEXPRESS TEST PREPARATION SYSTEM– ■ ■ ■ know I can do it. Many people ﬁnd these movements very relaxing. Visualize. Physical activity helps calm down your body and focus your mind. If you hear it often enough. and believe them! Visualize one more time. Then you’re ready to go back to work. and do some deep breathing for a few seconds. telling yourself you don’t do well on exams and you just can’t do this. Repeat your self-conﬁdence messages. experiment with the following exercises in the weeks before the test. go swimming—and do it regularly. Shake your hands from the wrist. Filling in even one circle gets you into the testtaking groove. lift weights. this one works best if you’ve practiced it ahead of time. You should have them memorized by now.

■ ■ Above 6. your level of test anxiety is a serious concern. your level of test anxiety is nothing to worry about. In the blank before each statement. Between 3 and 6. The counselor may be willing to help you or may suggest someone else you should talk to. and you should practice the stress management techniques listed in this chapter to try to bring your test anxiety down to manageable levels. I have failed an exam because I was too nervous to complete it. I have experienced dizziness and disorientation while taking an exam. write the number that most accurately describes your experience. In addition to practicing the stress management techniques listed in this chapter. If you scored: ■ Below 3. Your Test Stress Score Here are the steps you should take. The following questionnaire will provide a diagnosis of your level of test anxiety. Call your local high school or community college and ask for the academic counselor. I have experienced disabling physical symptoms such as vomiting and severe headaches because I was nervous about an exam. you may want to seek additional. Total: Add up the numbers in the blanks. I have simply not showed up for an exam because I was scared to take it. Tell the counselor that you have a level of test anxiety that sometimes keeps you from being able to take an exam. depending on your score. 11 . I have had trouble ﬁlling in the little circles because my hands were shaking too hard. 0 = never 1 = once or twice 2 = sometimes 3 = often I have gotten so nervous before an exam that I simply put down the books and didn’t study for it. it’s probably just enough to give you the motivation to excel. your test anxiety may be enough to impair your performance. personal help.Test Stress Test You only need to worry about test anxiety if it is extreme enough to impair your performance.

you have plenty of time to prepare—as long as you don’t procrastinate! If you have less than a month. Don’t put off your studying until the week before the exam! Start now. “Percents. Try for at least 20 minutes a day. Review any Chapter 4 or Chapter 5 concepts you feel are necessary for you to brush up on.” Work through practice questions 1–50. Score yourself. “Fractions and Decimals. Score yourself. “Arithmetic. 12 . Day 8 Day 9 Review any Chapter 6 concepts you feel are necessary for you to brush up on. it is also no substitute for careful preparation and practice. Powers. Even more important than making a plan is making a commitment.” Work through practice questions 1–50. Read Chapter 7. Start now. Read Chapter 6. skim over any written materials you may have about the civil service exam.” Work through practice questions 1–49. A few minutes a day. Read Chapter 5. can make a big difference in your score—and in your chances of making the grade you want! Schedule A: The 30-Day Plan If you have at least one month before you take your test. Read Chapter 4. You can’t review everything you need to know for a civil service exam in one night. Spending hours on the day before the exam poring over sample test questions not only raises your level of test anxiety. Day 3 Day 4 Day 5 Day 6 Day 7 Review any Chapter 3 concepts you feel are necessary for you to brush up on. turn to Schedule B. You have to set aside some time every day for study and practice. Day 2 Read Chapter 3. here they are. “Number Series and Analogies.” Work through practice questions 1–50. you can use the suggested schedules here to construct your own. TIME PREPARATION Day 1 Read Section 1 of this book. If you’re the kind of person who doesn’t like to follow other people’s plans. Score yourself. with half an hour or more on weekends. Take control of your preparation time by mapping out a study schedule. Even ten minutes a day. If you have months before the exam. Also. Score yourself. Too many people fail to prepare simply because they fail to plan. If you’re the kind of person who needs deadlines and assignments to motivate you for a project. you’re lucky. Don’t put off your study until the day before the exam. and Roots.–THE LEARNINGEXPRESS TEST PREPARATION SYSTEM– Step 3: Make a Plan Time to complete: 50 minutes Activity: Construct a study plan Maybe the most important thing you can do to get control of yourself and your exam is to make a study plan. Don’t fall into the cram trap. Score yourself. with half an hour or more on weekends can make a big difference in your score. “Word Problems.” Work through practice questions 1–50. Twenty minutes daily will do you much more good than two hours on Saturday.

Read Chapter 9. Do something unrelated to the exam and go to bed at a reasonable hour.” Work through practice questions 1–50. take Practice Test 1. Day 25 Day 26 In Chapter 15. Read Chapter 13. “Grammar.” Work through the practice exercises and questions. Day 14 Review any Chapter 9 concepts you feel are necessary for you to brush up on. make index cards for unfamiliar items. Review any Chapter 10 concepts you feel are necessary for you to brush up on. Score yourself.” Work through practice questions 1–50. and Word Roots appendices. take Practice Test 2. “Reading Comprehension. 13 . “Measurement and Geometry. “Vocabulary in Context. Review any Chapter 14 concepts you feel are necessary for you to brush up on. Read Chapter 12. Score yourself. Work through similar questions in the appropriate chapters. “Synonyms and Antonyms. Score yourself. Day 27 Day 28 In Chapter 16. and Graphs. Score yourself. Day 29 Review the chapters that contain the topics you were weak on during the Practice Exams.” Work through practice questions 1–50. Day 12 Day 13 Review any Chapter 8 concepts you feel are necessary for you to brush up on. Tables.” Work through practice questions 1–50. Review any Chapter 13 concepts you feel are necessary for you to brush up on. Read Chapter 11. Review any concepts you feel are necessary for you to brush up on. Read Chapter 14.” Work through practice questions 1–50. Turn to “Section 5: Helpful Resources” and read through the Commonly Tested Vocabulary Words and Preﬁxes. Read Chapter 8. Score yourself and review any incorrect questions. Turn to “Section 5: Helpful Resources” and read through the Glossary of Math Terms and the Math Formula Sheet. Day before the exam Relax. Sufﬁxes. If you choose. Score yourself.” Work through practice questions 1–50. Score yourself. Score yourself and review any incorrect questions. make index cards for unfamiliar terms or concepts. “Charts. Review any concepts you feel are necessary for you to brush up on. Day 15 Day 16 Day 17 Read Chapter 10.–THE LEARNINGEXPRESS TEST PREPARATION SYSTEM– TIME PREPARATION Day 10 Day 11 Review any Chapter 7 concepts you feel are necessary for you to brush up on. Score yourself. “Spelling. Day 20 Day 21 Day 22 Day 23 Day 24 Review any Chapter 12 concepts you feel are necessary for you to brush up on. Day 18 Day 19 Review any Chapter 11 concepts you feel are necessary for you to brush up on. Work through similar questions in the appropriate chapters. If you choose.

Complete Chapters 3. which may give you more than enough time to complete all the questions—or not enough time. Practice these 14 strategies as you take the sample tests in this book. the exam Step 4: Learn to Manage Your Time Time to complete: 10 minutes to read. and then you’ll be ready to use them on test day. First. in addition to the helpful resources geared for math review. Review all of the questions that you missed. you may have your work cut out for you. Complete Chapters 13 and 14. Complete Chapters 6 and 7.–THE LEARNINGEXPRESS TEST PREPARATION SYSTEM– Schedule B: The 14-Day Plan If you have two weeks or less before the exam. Review any topics as indicated by the questions you missed on the practice tests. including the practice questions. Day 10 Day 11 Complete Practice Test 1 (Chapter 15) and score yourself. in addition to the helpful resources geared for vocabulary review. 5. Review all of the questions that you missed. Complete Chapters 11 and 12. including the practice questions.“Five minutes left. Use this 14-day schedule to help you make the most of your time. including the practice questions. Do something unrelated to the exam and go to bed at a reasonable hour. Civil service exams have a time limit. take control of your time on the exam. Day 12 Day 13 Complete Practice Test 2 (Chapter 16) and score yourself. including the practice questions. Day before Relax. TIME PREPARATION Day 1 Day 2 Day 3 Day 4 Day 5 Read Chapters 1 and 2. Work through similar questions in the appropriate chapters. and 5. Day 6 Day 7 Day 8 Day 9 Complete Chapter 10. Review any concepts you feel are necessary for you to brush up on. many hours of practice! Activities: Use these strategies as you take the practice tests in this book Steps 4. It’s a terrible feeling to hear the examiner say. 4.“ when you’re only three-quarters of the way through the test. Then. . including the practice questions. Review the vocabulary chapters that contained the topics in which you were weak. look at the questions you missed again and make sure you understand them. Complete Chapters 8 and 9. Review the math chapters that contained the topics in which you were weak. and 6 of the LearningExpress Test Preparation System put you in charge of your exam by showing you test-taking strategies that work. Here are some tips to keep that from happening to you. including the practice questions.

If you’re falling behind. don’t waste time with any one answer choice. 15 Whatever you do. If you can’t ﬁgure out what an answer choice means. and so on.What you do next depends on the type of question you’re answering. Put a ? next to it. This helps you ﬁnd the right answer by eliminating wrong answer choices. If you’re not sure of what’s being asked. your most important tool for taking control of your exam is using the process of elimination wisely. Don’t waste time on one question. If they’re written on the exam booklet. rushing won’t help.skip the question and move on. or you don’t understand it. circle it and make sure you understand what it is asking. keep it. If it’s the right answer. and compare the time to how far you’ve gotten in the test.you may ﬁnd it helpful to underline important information or make some notes about what you’re reading. but don’t forget to mark the question so you can come back to it later if you have time. too. Put an X next to the answer. read them carefully. marking your test book accordingly: ■ The answer seems reasonable. and. ■ If you haven’t eliminated any answers at all.–THE LEARNINGEXPRESS TEST PREPARATION SYSTEM– ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ Follow directions. When one-quarter of the time has elapsed. follow this simple process-of-elimination plan to manage your testing time as efﬁciently as possible: Read each answer choice and make a quick decision about what to do with it. Ask questions before the exam begins if there is anything you don’t understand. If the directions are given orally. If you skip a question. don’t worry about it. And. If the test has no penalty for wrong answers.Circle the number of the question in your test booklet in case you have time to come back to it later. Try to keep calm and work methodically and quickly. skip the question temporarily. When you get to the heart of the question. that standard wisdom applies to your exam. if it’s the wrong answer. It’s standard test-taking wisdom that you should always read all the answer choices before choosing your answer. Keep moving. pick up the pace a bit. Keep track of your place on the answer sheet. Glance at your watch every few minutes. Although you should keep moving. If you’re allowed to write in your exam booklet. sure enough. Then make a plan of attack to solve the problem. make sure you skip on the answer sheet too. Sometimes this helps to put the question in a new perspective and makes it easier to answer. Choosing the Right Answer by Process of Elimination As you read a question. write down the beginning time and ending time of the exam. you should be a quarter of the way through the section. ■ ■ If it’s math. ■ You can’t make up your mind about the answer. Pace yourself. another answer will probably strike you more obviously as the right answer. Keep it for now. you’ll never know whether you’ve chosen the right answer. you’ll probably be able to eliminate all the others. listen closely. Put a ✔ next to the answer. take a quick look at the answer choices for some clues. ■ The answer is awful. Step 5: Learn to Use the Process of Elimination Time to complete: 20 minutes Activity: Complete worksheet on Using the Process of Elimination After time management. Don’t rush.If you don’t know the answer. and you’re certain you could . Otherwise. Check yourself every 5–10 questions to make sure the question number and the answer sheet number are still the same. Get rid of it.

Make sure you’ve put the answers in the right places and you’ve marked only one answer for each question. If you’re down to only two or three answer choices. and these can really add up against you! Whatever the penalty. (Most tests are scored in such a way that questions with more than one answer are marked wrong.–THE LEARNINGEXPRESS TEST PREPARATION SYSTEM– ■ ■ never answer this question in a million years. This is called educated guessing. If you’ve narrowed it down to a single answer. reasoning your way through these choices. You have a one in three chance of answering the question correctly. But don’t eliminate an answer just because you don’t understand it. you’ve improved your odds of getting the question right. If you don’t. just reread the circled part of the question to make sure you’re answering exactly what’s asked. Try to eliminate those choices that don’t seem as strong to you.don’t waste time when you’ve ﬁnished a test section. Mark your answer sheet and move on to the next question. Make an educated guess and move on.” The answer explanations that follow show one possible way you might use the process to arrive at the right answer. if you can eliminate enough choices to make the odds of answering the question better than the penalty for getting it wrong. If You Finish Early Use any time you have left to do the following: ■ ■ ■ If You’re Penalized for Wrong Answers ■ You must know whether you’ll be penalized for wrong answers before you begin the civil service exam. change it. the odds are now in your favor. 16 . Fortunately. but not all of the answer choices. Whether you make a guess or not depends upon the penalty. Check for stray marks on your answer sheet that could distort your score. The process of elimination is your tool for the next step. However. However. Compare the remaining answers looking for similarities and differences. If you cannot eliminate any of the answer choices. Whatever you do. mark the question as one to return to later.) If you’ve erased an answer.Make every second count by checking your work over and over again until time is called. ask the proctor before the test begins. Let’s imagine you are taking a test in which each answer has ﬁve choices and you are penalized one- ■ Go back to questions you marked to return to later and try them again. You may even be able to use relevant information from other parts of the test. you’re better off leaving the answer blank because the odds of guessing correctly are one in ﬁve. Review your answer sheet. know the penalties and calculate your odds before you take a guess on a question. if you can eliminate two of the choices as deﬁnitely wrong. Check your work on all the other questions. Try using your powers of elimination on the questions in the worksheet on page 17 called “Using the Process of Elimination. if you think you can do better with more time. If you have a good reason for thinking a response is wrong. few tests are scored using such elaborate means. check it against the circled question to be sure you’ve answered it. make sure you’ve done a good job of it. fourth of a point for each wrong answer. pick an answer and move on! If you’ve eliminated all but one answer. make a guess. Some standardized tests are scored in such a way that every wrong answer reduces your score by a fraction of a point. Then mark your answer sheet and move on. but if your test is one of them. Here’s what to do when you’ve eliminated some. which is knowing when to guess.

b. Ilsa is as old as Meghan will be in ﬁve years. How old is Ilsa? a. which of the following people need NOT carry a commercial driver’s license? a. “All drivers of commercial vehicles must carry a valid commercial driver’s license whenever operating a commercial vehicle. domestickated d.” According to this sentence. a limousine driver taking the limousine to her home after dropping off her last passenger of the evening 17 . 4. 1. a truck driver idling his engine while waiting to be directed to a loading dock b. a bus operator backing her bus out of the way of another bus in the bus lot c. Ed is 29. 24 3. increasing mortality rates over the past ten years. an increased risk of stroke and heart attack. Smoking tobacco has been linked to a. outragous c. 10 c. a taxi driver driving his personal car to the grocery store d.Using the Process of Elimination Use the process of elimination to answer the following questions. The difference between Ed’s age and Meghan’s age is twice the difference between Ilsa’s age and Meghan’s age. understandible 2. incorrigible b. juvenile delinquency. Which of the following words is spelled correctly? a. 19 d. all forms of respiratory disease. c. 4 b. d.

and understandable. idling counts as “operating. How you used the process of elimination here depends on which words you recognized as being spelled incorrectly. even if it doesn’t have a passenger in it. the question doesn’t say the operator has to be on the street. Now you’re left with the correct choice. but you’d still be able to eliminate two answers and have only two to choose from. if Ilsa is 10. 5. Note the word not in the question. you might keep this choice as a possibility. Is the truck driver in choice a “operating a commercial vehicle”? Yes. 29. Choice c looks attractive until you think a little about what you know— aren’t fewer people smoking these days. and go through the answers one by one. Is 24 two times 5? No. the bus operator in choice b is operating a commercial vehicle. 3.Using the Process of Elimination (continued) Answers Here are the answers. Ilsa can’t be four years old if Meghan is going to be Ilsa’s age in ﬁve years. but his own private car. For instance. then Meghan must be 5. You should have eliminated choice a immediately. 1. 2. Then choice b is wrong. a. d. The difference between Ed’s age. for choice b.) Choice d can’t be proven. rather than more? So how could smoking be responsible for a higher mortality rate? (If you didn’t know that mortality rate means the rate at which people die. You could have eliminated choice c in the same way and be left with choice d. However. 18 . Surely you knew that at least one of those words was wrong. The difference in their ages is 5. a. The best way to eliminate other answer choices is to try plugging them in to the information given in the problem. If you knew that the correct spellings were outrageous. domesticated. Such absolutes hardly ever appear in correct answer choices. You could eliminate choice b simply because of the presence of the word all. Likewise.” so he needs to have a commercial driver’s license. The limo driver in choice d is operating a commercial vehicle. too. c. the taxi driver in choice c is not operating a commercial vehicle. so you could eliminate that one. 4. is 24. a. as well as some suggestions as to how you might have used the process of elimination to ﬁnd them. and Meghan’s age. then you were home free.

Are you a risk-taker? 2.” There are two things you need to know about yourself before you go into the exam: 1. Some exams have what’s called a “guessing penalty. In many instances. complete the worksheet called “Your Guessing Ability” that begins on page 20. “Should I guess?” depends on you. Check with the administrators of your particular exam to see if this is the case. But you may want to have a sense of how good your intuition is before you go into the exam. even if you’re a play-it-safe person with terrible intuition. as long as your exam has no guessing penalty. Are you a good guesser? You’ll have to decide about your risk-taking quotient on your own. it depends on the scoring rules of the test and if you’re able to eliminate any answers. Frankly. To ﬁnd out if you’re a good guesser. the number of questions you answer correctly yields your raw score.” in which a fraction of your wrong answers is subtracted from your right answers. So you have nothing to lose and everything to gain by guessing. you’re still safe in guessing every time. and your “guessing intutition.–THE LEARNINGEXPRESS TEST PREPARATION SYSTEM– Step 6: Know When to Guess Time to complete: 20 minutes Activity: Complete worksheet on Your Guessing Ability Armed with the process of elimination. your personality. The best thing would be if you could overcome your anxieties and go ahead and mark an answer. you’re ready to take control of one of the big questions in test-taking: Should I guess? The ﬁrst and main answer is. 19 . The more complicated answer to the question.

Use this answer grid to ﬁll in your answers to the questions. The third chief justice of the U. c. gravitational collapse. American author Gertrude Stein was born in a. b. b. Brazil. c. d. India. 5. Australia. use that knowledge to help you eliminate wrong answer choices. 1874.Your Guessing Ability The following are ten really hard questions. the Book of History 2. 7. the Book of Holiness c. d. neo-Hegelianism. [Insert 1-10. If you have any knowledge at all of the subject of the question. 1713. Read each question carefully. just as if you did expect to answer it. James Wilson. d. Which of the following is NOT one of the Five Classics attributed to Confucius? a. John Blair. the big bang. Newton’s ﬁrst law. c. E = mc2 6. Hubble ﬂow. the stem d. the stars and other celestial bodies are all moving away from each other. c. the Spring and Autumn Annals d. 4. Costa Rica. this is an assessment of your ability to guess when you don’t have a clue.S. b. d. William Cushing. d. This phenomenon is known as a. 8. a-d Answer Grid] 1. the I Ching b. 1901. Supreme Court was a. September 7 is Independence Day in a. You’re not supposed to know the answers. Because of the expansion of the universe. P = IV d. Which of the following is the poisonous portion of a daffodil? a. the leaves c. The religious and philosophical doctrine that holds that the universe is constantly in a struggle between good and evil is known as a. b. Which of the following is the formula for determining the momentum of an object? a. the ﬂowers 20 . the bulb b. p = mv b. epicureanism. Rather. pelagianism. John Jay. b. 3. manichaeanism. F = ma c. 1830. c.

21 . Circle the numbers of questions you guess. How Did You Do? You may have simply gotten lucky and actually known the answer to one or two questions. Alaska. 3. 6. 9. Remember. 10. but maybe you’d feel more comfortable if you guessed only selectively. you are at least an average guesser. Arnold Palmer. d. d. c. if you don’t have time during the practice tests. If you got one or none right. a. 4. 5. Texas. The winner of the Masters golf tournament in 1953 was a. 7. b. You should continue to keep track of your guessing ability as you work through the sample questions in this book. Maybe you didn’t know who the third chief justice was (question 7). your guessing was more successful if you were able to use the process of elimination on any of the questions. on a test with four answer choices. you should get two and a half answers correct. 8. So keep a separate “guessing” score for each exam. c. In that case. d. or. Cary Middlecoff. Ben Hogan. If you got four or more right. Answers Check your answers against the correct answers. c. d. you may be a really terriﬁc guesser. Sam Snead. you may decide not to guess. you should not guess on exams where there is a guessing penalty unless you can eliminate a wrong answer. a. The state with the highest per capita personal income in 1980 was a. Keep in mind. but you knew that John Jay was the ﬁrst. go back afterward and try to remember which questions you guessed. you would be safe in guessing anyway. a. 1. In addition. when you can eliminate a wrong answer or at least have a good feeling about one of the answer choices. you would have eliminated choice d and therefore improved your odds of guessing right from one in four to one in three. 2. though. maybe better—and you should always go ahead and guess on the real exam. Connecticut. 10. that this is only a small sample. If the number you got right is signiﬁcantly lower than one-fourth of the number you guessed on.Your Guessing Ability (continued) 9. If there’s no guessing penalty. so getting either two or three right would be average. c. New York. your chances of getting a right answer is one in four. b. b. How many questions did you guess? How many did you get right? If the number you got right is at least one-fourth of the number of questions you guessed. b. b. According to probability.

Exercise helps reduce stress by pumping wonderful good-feeling hormones called endorphins into your system. You have to start this process well before the exam. Don’t try it the other way around. time to complete will vary Activity: Complete Final Preparations worksheet Once you feel in control of your mind and body. are especially good “brain foods. Diet You probably know how much sleep you need every night to be at your best. First of all. even if you don’t always get it. Use the “Physical Preparation Checklist” on pages 23–24 to make sure you’re in tip-top form. The way it works is to get up half an hour earlier each morning. you’re in charge of test anxiety. Exercise. Now it’s time to make charts and gather the materials you need to take to the exam.–THE LEARNINGEXPRESS TEST PREPARATION SYSTEM– Step 7: Reach Your Peak Performance Zone Time to complete: 10 minutes to read. you have to take control of your physical. Promise yourself a special treat the night after the exam. so you’ll be at peak performance on test day. If you’re already keeping ﬁt—or trying to get that way—don’t let the pressure of preparing for an exam fool you into quitting now. along with protein and complex carbohydrates. If you’re not a morning person and your exam will be given in the morning. weeks to complete! Activity: Complete the Physical Preparation Checklist To get ready for a challenge like a big exam. your mind on test day. and rest will ensure that your body works with. Make sure you do get that much sleep. test preparation. rather than against.” Rest If you don’t already have a regular exercise program going. Go easy on caffeine and nicotine. and then go to bed half an hour earlier that night. Eat plenty of fruits and vegetables. Moderation is important here. Choose an activity you like and get out there and do it. Extra sleep will just make you groggy. every other day is OK. Moderation is the key. A half hour of vigorous activity—enough to break a sweat—every day should be your aim.M. if need be. How long you will have to do this depends on how late you’re used to getting up. as well as your mental state. you’ll just toss and turn if you go to bed early without getting up early. Step 8: Get Your Act Together Time to complete: 10 minutes to read. But don’t overdo it. and so on. Exercise What your body needs for peak performance is simply a balanced diet. Jogging with a friend always makes the time go faster as does listening to music. as well as during your preparation. get up another half an hour earlier. You don’t want to exhaust yourself. The next morning. proper diet. and eliminate alcohol and any other drugs from your system at least two weeks before the exam. 22 . cut out the junk. though. such as ﬁsh and beans. It also increases the oxygen supply throughout your body and your brain. the time during which you’re preparing for an exam is actually an excellent time to start one. If you’re really pressed for time. you should reset your internal clock so that your body doesn’t think you’re taking an exam at 3 A. and test-taking strategies. for at least a week before the exam. Foods that are high in lecithin (an amino acid). too.

Plan on dressing in layers because you won’t have any control over the temperature of the exam room. 23 . Even if you don’t usually eat breakfast. A cup of coffee doesn’t count. Remember. either. you’re trying for at least half an hour of exercise every other day (preferably every day) and a balanced diet that’s light on junk food. Don’t eat doughnuts or other sweet foods. A mix of protein and carbohydrates is best: Cereal with milk or eggs with toast will do your body a world of good.Physical Preparation Checklist For the week before the test. A sugar high will leave you with a sugar low in the middle of the exam. write down what physical exercise you engaged in and for how long and what you ate for each meal. Use the checklist on the worksheet entitled “Final Preparations” on page 25 to help you pull together what you’ll need. lay out the clothes you will wear and the materials you have to bring with you to the exam. Have a sweater or jacket you can take off if it’s warm. do so on exam morning. Exam minus 7 days Exercise: Breakfast: Lunch: Dinner: Snacks: Exam minus 6 days Exercise: Breakfast: Lunch: Dinner: Snacks: Exam minus 5 days Exercise: Breakfast: Lunch: Dinner: Snacks: for minutes for minutes for minutes Gather Your Materials Don’t Skip Breakfast The night before the exam.

Call your friends and plan a party. You made a study plan and followed through. or have a nice dinner for two—whatever your heart desires. When you’re done with the exam. You’re psyched! Just one more thing. Plan a night out. plus test-taking time Activity: Ace Your Test! Fast-forward to exam day. you will have earned a reward. In other words. You practiced your test-taking strategies while working through this book. You know when and where to show up and what to bring with you. Give yourself something to look forward to. and emotional state.Physical Preparation Checklist Exam minus 4 days Exercise: Breakfast: Lunch: Dinner: Snacks: Exam minus 3 days Exercise: Breakfast: Lunch: Dinner: Snacks: Exam minus 2 days Exercise: Breakfast: Lunch: Dinner: Snacks: Exam minus 1 day Exercise: Breakfast: Lunch: Dinner: Snacks: for minutes for minutes for minutes for minutes Step 9: Do It! Time to complete: 10 minutes. mental. 24 . you’re better prepared than most of the other people taking the test with you. You’re in control of your physical. You’re ready.

You’re ready to succeed. your environment. make a trial run. So do it. armed with test-taking strategies you’ve practiced until they’re second nature. You’re in control of yourself. Go in there and ace the civil service exam! And. full of conﬁdence. and your performance on exam day. then. Time it will take to get to the exam site: Things to lay out the night before Clothes I will wear Sweater/jacket Watch Photo ID Admission card 4 no. Go into the exam. 2 pencils No And then do it. 25 . look forward to your new career.Final Preparations Getting to the Exam Site Location of exam: Date of exam: Time of exam: Do I know how to get to the exam site? Yes If no.

.

evaluate budgets. Knowledge of basic arithmetic. N 27 . These suggestions are tried and true. The math portion of the civil service exam covers subjects you probably studied in grade school and high school. So even if your exam doesn’t include math. You may use one or all of them. Many jobs require someone able to understand and interpret data presented in the form of tables and graphs. take a look at the following math strategies. you may decide to pick and choose the combination that works best for you. but many do. as well as the complex reasoning necessary for algebra. Or. compute percentages. Before you begin working your way through Section 2.S E C T I O N 2 Math Prep for Civil Service Exams ot all civil service exams test your math knowledge. you’ll probably need to review the material in this section to be successful on the job. and will help you as you maneuver through this book. and perform similar math tasks in many civil service positions. are important qualiﬁcations for almost any profession. You have to be able to add up dollar ﬁgures.

Check your work after you get an answer. Before you begin to make your calculations. ■ ■ ■ When you get your answer. if they’re decimals. that’s a good way to make mistakes. read a math question in chunks rather than straight through from beginning to end. Instead. This helps avoid the careless mistake of answering the wrong question. ■ Do the question a second time. Then make notes or draw a picture to represent that chunk. stop to think about what it means. If they’re fractions. and so on. but you should always check your work. 0. Skip hard questions and come back to them later. circle it. you should work in decimals. ■ Plug your answer back into the problem to make sure the problem holds together.0342 is close to 5 (Multiply 1 × 5). It could be right. Test takers get a false sense of security when they get an answer that matches one of the multiplechoice answers. and calculate. Glance at the answer choices for clues. you should do your work in fractions. but use a different method. reread the circled question to make sure you’ve answered it. For example: $5. write out each step. This will keep you more focused as you solve the problem. if it makes sense. As you read each chunk. Although you might think that you can solve math questions more quickly in your head.–MATH PREP FOR CIVIL SER VICE EXAMS– ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ It’s best not to work in your head! Use your test book or scratch paper to take notes. When you get to the actual question. Remember to: ■ Ask yourself if your answer is reasonable. Make a plan of attack to help you solve the problem.97 is a little less than $15 (Add $6 + $9). draw pictures. Mark them in your test book so you can ﬁnd them quickly. ■ Approximate when appropriate.98 + $8. 28 .9876 × 5.

and Roots ou may have forgotten what the term arithmetic encompasses. it’s helpful to keep in mind the following deﬁnitions regarding the operations: 29 . Powers.C H A P T E R 3 Y ■ ■ ■ ■ Arithmetic. but you most likely use it every day. Arithmetic consists of the following four familiar operations: addition subtraction multiplication division When solving arithmetic problems.

Exponents: Exponents (or powers) are calculated second. product. 3(5 + 7) = 3 × 5 + 3 × 7. and the distributive law. 2 + 3 = 3 + 2 and 4 × 2 = 2 × 4 exhibit the commutative law. It can be represented as a + (b + c) = (a + b) + c or a × (b × c) = (a × b) × c. The associative law applies to grouping of addition or multiplication equations and expressions. The distributive law applies to multiplication over addition and can be represented as a(b + c) = ab + ac. the associative law. a question that has you ﬁnd the product of two sums would be considered a combined operations question. you cannot combine them. or quotient. add or subtract in order from left to right. When you have the same base. When dealing with basic arithmetic and combined operations. You may be asked to ﬁnd the sum. For example. Multiplication/Division: Third. AND ROOTS– ■ ■ ■ ■ A sum is obtained by adding. Powers When you raise a number (the base) to an exponent. subtract. where each letter stands for an operation: ■ ■ ■ ■ Parentheses: Always calculate the values inside the parentheses ﬁrst. POWERS. Addition/Subtraction: Last. Sometimes these three laws are referred to as properties (such as the commutative property). A quotient is obtained by dividing. More advanced arithmetic questions deal with combined operations. For example. An easy way to remember the order of operations is to use the mnemonic PEMDAS. difference. Basepower or Baseexponent If the terms have different bases. multiply. A product is obtained by multiplying. A difference is obtained by subtracting. For example. ■ ■ ■ The commutative law applies to addition and multiplication and can be represented as a + b = b + a or a × b = b × a. This simply means that two or more of the basic operations are combined into an equation or expression. It is also especially important to understand the order of operations. multiply or divide in order from left to right. you must perform the operations in a particular order. When dealing with a combination of operations. 10 + (12 + 14) = (10 + 12) + 14. For example.–ARITHMETIC. it is helpful to understand three basic number laws: the commutative law. this is sometimes called raising the number to a power. it is easy to combine the exponents according to the following rules: 30 . or divide. Basic arithmetic problems require you to add.

When raising a number to the third power. When raising a number to the second power. it is called cubing the number. simply add the exponents: ax × ay = ax + y When dividing. Let’s take a look at (62)5. you know that 22 = 4. such as (ax)y. AND ROOTS– ■ ■ ■ ■ When multiplying like bases. Remember. First take the radical of the top and 1 bottom: 215 = 25 . (abx)y equals aybxy because a is equal to a1. Square roots are easy to calculate for perfect squares. This is 6 to the tenth power. 25 = 5. You can check your work by writing out the solution: (62)5 = (6 × 6)5 = (6 × 6)(6 × 6)(6 × 6)(6 × 6)(6 × 6). you may be asked to take the square root of a number. For example. Two common powers have special names. it is helpful to ﬁnd equivalents of the radical by applying the rules governing the manipulation of radicals. when raising a power to a power. for example. Once you are able to convert the radicals into equivalents that have the same number under the radical. This is denoted by a radical sign. These rules can be summarized as: ■ ■ ab = a × b This rule is helpful when simplifying 12. Because 1 = 1 and 25 = 5. simply subtract the exponents: ax ÷ ay = ax – y When raising a power to a power. such as ax × ay.–ARITHMETIC. or 610. you must raise all of the bases to the power outside the parentheses. In order to ﬁnd the square root of a number. and so forth. such as ax ÷ ay. In other cases. Roots On the civil service exam. 12 = 4 × 3 = 4 × 3 = 2 3 a a÷ b b = This rule is helpful when ﬁnding the equivalent of a radical like 215 . you have 1 ÷ 25 = 1 ÷ 5. so (axby)z = axzbyz. you can combine them effectively through addition and subtraction. so (62)5 = 62 × 5 = 610. so 4 = 2. 2 2 + 3 2 = 5 2 and 5 3 – 4 3 = 1 3. Other times you can approximate the value of a radical by pinpointing it between two perfect squares. POWERS. because 4 = 2 and 9 = 3. For example. try to ﬁgure out what number when squared will equal the number under the radical sign. 7 must be a number between 2 and 3. 9 = 3. simply multiply the exponents: (ax)y = axy If one of the bases doesn’t have an exponent written. Here you should multiply 2 × 5. For example 4 = 2. which looks like this: . you can just multiply the exponents. it is called squaring the number. 31 . For example. that means its exponent is 1: a = a1 Note that if more than one base is included in the parentheses. 16 = 4.

440 and 40. how much money does he have left? a. 46. $1.083 b.675 b. What is the quotient of 90 divided by 18? a. 17. $1.375.917 c.500 – 52. a.077 5. 10. What is the product of 523 and 13 when rounded to the nearest hundred? a.822 d. 572 d. Lawrence gave $281 to Joel. 4. 333. If he originally had $1. POWERS.294 c. 12. 7. $984 3. 328 7. 1. 3. –10. 311 8. $1.000. 241.900 and $317.–ARITHMETIC. 74 c. 536 c. AND ROOTS– Practice Questions 1.680 d.077 c. How much is in the account now? a.006 4.396 b. 6 c. 8.620 11.988 + 6. 6588 c.600 b.156 b.799 b. 8.356 d.656 b. $13. 54.800 d.083 d.144 32 .467 c.400 d. 347. Find the sum of 7. 104 d.972 c. 12.427 b. a.094 d. 287. 72 d. 497. 5 b.320 6. Find the quotient of 12. What is the product of 450 and 122? a. 11. 6.480 c. $7.792 2. $13. 2. 1.805 and 987.379 10. 6. He then deposited $2.987 d. 2. the result is a.808 = a. 8.900 b.573 in his savings account. $6. Peter had $10. When the sum of 1.790 c. 500 9. 30 b. What is the product of 52 and 22? a. What is the positive difference between 10.752 and 675? a.352 and 731 is subtracted from 5.

29. 14 b.432 c. 545 c. 4 × 5 × 1 = 1 × 5 × 4 d. Solve the following: 589 + 7. 1. 45 d. 2 + (3 + 4) = (2 + 3) + 4 c. Find the difference of 582 and 73.232 b. 540 ÷ 6 + 3 × 24 = a. 4 × 4 × 4 × 4 is equivalent to a. 9 c.953 18. 8 b. 113 = a.641 d. 78 × (32 + 12) = a. 42 × 43 c. How much greater is the sum of 523 and 65 than the product of 25 and 18? a.852 d. 2 × (3 × 4) = (2 × 3) × 4 19. 10 d. POWERS. 1. 4 × 42 b. What is the square root of 81? a.545 15. 1. 33. 11 23. 588 d. 2 × 3 = 3 × 2 d. 4 × 5 = 5 × 4 d. (4 + 5) + 1 = 4 + (5 + 1) 21.486 b. 4 × (5 + 1) = 4 × 5 + 4 × 1 c. 2. 2 × (3 + 4) = (2 × 3) + 4 c.331 c. 43 + 42 22.599 16. 4 + 5 = 5 + 4 b. (4 × 5) + 1 = 4 × (5 + 1) b. 655 c. 6. a. 162 17. Which of the following demonstrates the distributive property? a. 121 b. 2 × (3 × 4) = (2 × 3) × 4 20. Which of the following demonstrates the commutative property? a. AND ROOTS– 12.–ARITHMETIC. 572 with a remainder of 4 b. 509 d. 8. 2. What is the sum of the product of 3 and 2 and the product of 4 and 5? a.508 b.551 33 . 14.569 d.260 d. 90 13. (42)2 d.440 c.122 c. 8. 408 14. 15. 26 c.995 ÷ 15 a. Which of the following demonstrates the associative property? a. 2 + 3 = 4 + 1 b. 42. 3. 138 b. 1.

21 27. b. 5 and 6 b. (–3)3 + (3)3 = a. 49 c. 32 × 33 d. d. 1. 6 2 d. (33)3 b. 30 b. –27 35. (34)2 32. 12 b. 54 34 . (83)5 = a. 14 2 c. 343 b. 694 d. 128 = 8 2 16 2 32 2 64 2 1 81 a. 6 3 c. 27 c. 33. 2 a. 9 2 d. 5 2 34. 70 is between which of the following two numbers? a. 0 d. 8 and 9 29. 38 d. 82 25.444 c. 54 b. 7 and 8 d. 815 b. 72 = a. POWERS. 33 b. c. c. 50 + 162 = a. 36 2 30. 84 d. 73 = a. b. 45 31. c.–ARITHMETIC. 28. 6 and 7 c. 1. 35 c. AND ROOTS– 24. 2 a. 75 – 3(9 – 7)4 = a. b. 3 × 3 × 3 × 3 × 3 × 3 = a. 32 × 32 × 32 c. d.225 = a. d. 40 d. 88 c. 106 2 b. 3+2 2+5 3= 4 3+2 2 4 2+5 3 8 2+2 3 7 3+2 2 = 1÷9 1 ÷ 81 1÷ 3 1÷ 9 26.

3 and 4 a. 144 40. 183 is how much greater than 162? a. 65 44. (–3)2(4)2 = a. –12 42. 1. 68 37. 25 d. 711 ÷ 79 = a. (69 × 25) ÷ (68 × 22) = a. (–12)2 = a. 5. 1 ÷ 49 45. 12 d. 27 c. b. –9 c. – 122 c. 32 d. 211 c.–ARITHMETIC. 9 b. 228 b. 720 b. 23 43. –144 b.576 c. 27 d.188 b. (–3)3 = a. –27 41. 312 × 57 c. 35 × 32 × 53 × 59 = a. AND ROOTS– 36. 36 × 53 46. 7–20 c. c. = 10 × 108 5 × 10–8 2 × 108 5 × 108 35 . 12 2 b. 64 b. 16 47. 32 + 33 = a. 24 + 27 = a. 49 d.764 c. 6. 5 and 6 c. 121 d. The square root of 48 is between which two numbers? a.340 38. 2. POWERS. 62 d. 10 × 1010 5 × 102 39. d. 33 × 56 d. 48 c. –121 c. 265 d. 4 and 5 d. 422 is how much greater than 242? a. 18 b.088 b. 37 × 512 b. 1. 576 d. 6 and 7 b.

AND ROOTS– 48. 20 times as long d.–ARITHMETIC.300 d. POWERS. a. 12 × 1042 b. 23. four times as long c. What is the product of 2 × 106 and 6 × 107? a. 12 × 1013 c. Find the sum of (3 × 102) and (2 × 105). 2. 200 times as long 36 . 200. twice as long b. 12 × 103 50. 12 × 105 d.000 c. 230 49. A rod that is 8 × 106 mm is how much longer than a rod that is 4 × 104 mm? a.300 b.

Here you must solve the part inside the parentheses ﬁrst: 32 + 12 = 44.352 and 731 is obtained by adding: 1. POWERS. Next. He now has $1. Multiplying.094. Sum means addition. c. subtraction. To ﬁnd the product. Product means multiply. ﬁnd the two products: 3 × 2 = 6 and 4 × 5 = 20. 3 × 24 = 72. Rounding to the nearest hundred yields 6. you know you should calculate the multiplication ﬁrst. 5. To ﬁnd the difference. a. just subtract. 2. exponents. 12. the quotient is 5. division. add: 234. b.808 = 241. d.144. you get 3. Note that this question is not looking for a true equation. the order in which you multiply two numbers does not matter. 450 × 122 = 54.752 – 675 = 10. b. 2 × (3 + 4) ≠ (2 × 3) + 4. To ﬁnd a difference. It can be represented as a + (b + c) = (a + b) + c. multiplication. 13. The product is obtained by multiplying: 52 × 22 = 1. division. b. exponents.077. 12. Consider PEMDAS: parentheses. subtraction. The sum of 1. First. In other words.790. considering PEMDAS. Choice c shows this relationship: 2 × 3 = 3 × 2. The associative property applies to grouping of addition or multiplication problems. d. 19. so 7. 37 .917. b. division. 8.900 + 317 = $13.375 – 281 = 1. exponents. The commutative property applies for addition and multiplication and can be represented as a + b = b + a or a × b = b × a. d. subtraction. Thus. 11. multiplication. Note that you CANNOT combine addition and multiplication as in choice b.083. subtract: 1.083 = 2. b. Only choice d correctly shows this property: 2 × (3 × 4) = (2 × 3) × 4. 7. 9.432. just multiply: 523 × 13 = 6. b. d. Recall PEMDAS: parentheses.573 + 2. c. addition. A quotient results from division. This means you should subtract the smaller number from the larger number: 10. 90 divided by 18 equals 5. addition. Next. The rules for the order of operations state that division should be done before addition. d. 4.792. addition. The equation becomes 90 + 3 × 24. Next. a.094. 287. 17. or a × (b × c) = (a × b) × c.988 = 234. 10.–ARITHMETIC. c.000: 5.352 + 731 = 2. The equation becomes 78 × 44. multiplication. First. Next you subtract this value from 5.799. ﬁnd the difference: 588 – 450 = 138 15.800. 16. AND ROOTS– Answers 1. 7.500 – 52. a. d.320. Add all three values together: 10. add these two products together: 6 + 20 = 26.995 ÷ 15 = 533. Again. Here you must solve the division ﬁrst: 540 ÷ 6 = 90. 14. 3. 18.512 + 6. To ﬁnd a difference. It is asking which equation represents the commutative property.122.440 ÷ 40 = 311. Remember PEMDAS: parentheses. you subtract: 582 – 73 = 509. calculate the two equations: The sum of 523 and 65: 523 + 65 = 588 The product of 25 and 18: 25 × 18 = 450 Next. add: 589 + 533 = 1. c. so the equation reduces to 90 + 72 = 162. The term positive difference means you are solving for a positive answer.805 + 987 = 8. 6.512.900.000 – 2.

33 = 27. Here (83)5 = 83 × 5 = 815. 24. b. Thus. 35. 33. 4 × 4 × 4 × 4 is the same as 44.832 – 256 = 5. or 80. a. b. 34. 2 128 is equal to 64 × 2. the sum (–3)3 + (3)3 = –27 + 27 = 0. 28. subtract to obtain the difference: 1. Calculate both of the given quantities: 422 = 1. 162 = 81 × 2 = 81 × 2 = 9 2. choice c equals 35.188. 30. would yield 30 × 30 = 900.576. 38 . First. Third. Because 36 = 62. This can be rewritten as 9 × 16 and simpliﬁed to 3 × 4. Thus. exponents. you simply multiply the exponents. c. so (–3)2(4)2 = 9 × 16. c. calculate the exponent 75 – 3(2)4 = 75 – 3(16). d. Choice a equals 39. 33 = 3 × 3 × 3 = 27. Remember to add the powers when multiplying numbers with the same base. 50 = 2 × 25 = 2 × 25 = 2 × 5 = 5 2. 25. for that matter) results in a negative value. a. POWERS. add the two radicals: 5 2 + 9 2 = 14 2. choice a. you have 6 2. d. 36. You can combine the two terms with the 3. b. The distributive property applies to multiplication over addition such as in choice b: 4 × (5 + 1) = 4 × 5 + 4 × 1. addition. To solve (–3)2(4)2 you will ﬁrst simplify the value under the radical. 26. 2 3 + 5 3 = 7 3. you just multiply the exponents. Choice b. 35. it is easiest to see which answer choice when squared equals 1. Next. Here. ﬁgure out which choice equals 27. division. 82 is 64 and 92 is 81. just ask yourself “What number squared equals 81?” 92 = 81. use PEMDAS: parentheses. calculate the multiplication: 75 – 3(16) = 75 – 48. and choice d equals 38. Thus. Because 27 30. which equals 49 × 7 = 343. Finally. the square root of 70 (which is between 64 and 81) must be between 8 and 9.225. Thus. Next. Thus. choice b equals 45. –32 = 9 and 42 = 16.764 and 242 = 576. 29.331. c.225. you ﬁnd the difference (by subtracting): 5.764 – 576 = 1. 3 × 3 × 3 × 3 × 3 × 3 is equivalent to 36. b. 31. To solve. 23. Here. Finally. 1. To solve. you can pull a 6 out from under the radical. Choice c also equals 44 because when you raise a power to another power. 37. 72 = 36 × 2. 21. and choice d equals 64 + 16. calculate the value inside the parentheses: 75 – 3(9 – 7)4 = 75 – 3(2)4. so 81 = 9. multiplication. 38. AND ROOTS– 20. calculate both quantities: 183 = 18 × 18 × 18 = 5. Choice a equals 43. is not listed as an answer choice. Since 64 = 8. Notice that multiplying the sum of the two terms by 4 is equivalent to multiplying each term by 4 and then adding these values. b. you have 2 × 8 × 2 = 16 2. Next. in order to ﬁnd out how much greater the ﬁrst quantity is. a. which equals 12.832 and 162 = 16 × 16 = 256. 73 = 7 × 7 × 7. Choice a. The square root of 81 simply means 81. First. When raising a power of a base to another power. Choice b is equivalent to 36 because 32 × 32 × 32 equals 32 + 2 + 2.–ARITHMETIC. b. 22. so the entire expression equals 7 3 + 2 2. subtract: 75 – 48 = 27. and is thus too small. c. First. choice a. 113 = 11 × 11 × 11 = 121 × 11 = 1. (42) 2 = 42 + 2. In this case. or 2 × 64 × 2. yields 35 × 35 = 1. Cubing a negative number (or taking any odd power of a negative number. a. 32. b. a. subtraction. c. 811 = 1 ÷ 81 = 1 ÷ 9. Second. –33 = –3 × –3 × –3 = –27. 27.225 = 35 and choice b is correct. Each radical can be rewritten.

32 = 9 and 33 = 27. a. 48. d. So 48 (which is between 36 and 49) will equal a number that is between 6 and 7. b.000. calculate which choice equals 36. Because the base (7) is the same.000 = 40. you can simply subtract the exponents of the two powers of 10. b.000 = 8. a. choice c. 35 × 32 × 53 × 59 = 35 + 2 × 53 + 9 = 37 × 512. 711 ÷ 79 = 711 – 9 = 72 = 49.000.000.000.000 = 200. = 150 × 10 2 = 2 × 1010 – 2 = 2 × 108. When you raise a negative number to any odd power. (–12)2 = 144. c. You can apply the rules of exponents to the terms that have the same bases. Thus.000 + 300 = 200. the result is a positive number. and is correct.000 = 200. 41. POWERS. 8 × 106 mm = 8 × 1. When you square a negative number (or raise a negative number to any even power). Since the base (2) is the same. c. (–3)3= –3 –3 –3 = –27. 9 + 27 = 36. you can simply subtract the exponents. 10 × 1010 5 × 102 10 39 . 47. 10 Remember that according to the rules of exponents. So. 24 × 27 = 24 + 7 = 211. you can simply add the exponents.–ARITHMETIC. a. Multiplying the ﬁrst 2 terms yields 12 × 1013. Thus. So. the ﬁrst rod is 200 times longer than the second. 49. 45. Adding these 2 values yields 200. 3 × 102 = 3 × 100 = 300 and 2 × 105 = 2 × 100.000? 8. Thus. Thus. AND ROOTS– 39.000 than 40. 42. 62 = 36 and 72 = 49. 50. Applying the rules of exponents. You can apply the rules of exponents to the terms that have the same bases. when dividing. The product of 2 × 106 and 6 × 107 would be 2 × 106 × 6 × 107 = 2 × 6 × 106 × 107. you can simply add the exponents of the 2 powers of 10. 2 × 6 × 106 × 107 = 2 × 6 × 106 + 7 = 2 × 6 × 1013. 40. 62 = 6 × 6 = 36.000 ÷ 40. Here. c. the result is a negative number.300.000. 46. How many times larger is 8. (69 × 25) ÷ (68 × 22) is equivalent to 69 – 8 × 25 – 2 = 61 × 23 = 6 × 8 = 48. b. 44.000 mm. d. Because 36 is not listed as an answer choice. 43. 4 × 104 mm = 4 × 10.000. d.

.

Fractions are written as whole . multiply. the problems involving fractions you’ll encounter may be straightforward calculation questions. 12 Fractions and Decimals n the civil service exam. 9 . 41 . or more technically as denominator . 3 . The numerator is greater than or equal to the denominator. 3 . The value of a proper fraction is less than 1. they ask you to add.C H A P T E R 4 O Proper fraction: 1 2 4 8 2 . 13 Improper fraction: 3 5 14 12 2 . part numerator A fraction is a part of something (a whole). Look at three kinds of fractions: The numerator is less than the denominator. or compare fractions. The value of an improper fraction is 1 or more. divide. Typically. or they may be word problems. 9 . subtract.

3. it is the sum of the whole number plus the fraction. with smaller numbers. To change a mixed number. or 1 of a dollar. follow these steps: 1. If you get back the number you started with. you say that you have a half dollar. 13 ÷ 2 = 6 r1. your answer is right. say 2 3 . 4. follow these steps: 4 1. 24 3 2 3 4 4 A fraction is written to the right of a whole number. In fact. 50¢ is 15000 of a dollar. Reduc2 ing a fraction does not change its value. Check: Change the mixed number back into an improper fraction (see steps in the next section). 12 3 . Write the remainder of the division (1) over the old denominator (2): 3. 4 2 . if you have a 50¢ piece in your pocket. The value of a mixed number is more than 1. say 13 2 . into a mixed number. that is. 2. Changing Improper Fractions into Mixed or Whole Numbers To change an improper fraction. For instance.–FRACTIONS AND DECIMALS– Mixed number: 3 1 . Divide the denominator (2) into the numerator (13) to get the whole number portion (6) of the mixed number: 2. Multiply the whole number (2) by the denominator (4): Add the result (8) to the numerator (3): Put the total (11) over the denominator (4): Check: Reverse the process by changing the improper fraction into a mixed number. Follow these steps to reduce a fraction: 42 . 2×4=8 8 + 3 = 11 11 4 Reducing Fractions Reducing a fraction means writing it in lowest terms. into an improper fraction. 61 2 Changing Mixed Numbers into Improper Fractions It’s easier to multiply and divide fractions when you’re working with improper fractions rather than mixed numbers.

Try to reduce it and then compare it to the choices.000 reduces to 3 40 when you cross out two zeros in both 1. Raising Fractions to Higher Terms Before you can add and subtract fractions. For example. Or you could do it in a ÷ 6 6÷2 3 single step: 284÷ 88 = 1 . 2 3 to 24ths: 3 24 = 8 2 × 8 = 16 16 24 16 ÷ 8 24 ÷ 8 Divide the old bottom number (3) into the new one (24): Multiply the answer (8) by the old top number (2): Put the answer (16) over the new bottom number (24): Check your answer by reducing the new fraction to see if you get back the original one: = 2 3 Adding Fractions It’s important to remember that when adding or subtracting fractions. Do the same thing to the denominator. 3. 2. On a multiple-choice test. numbers. Then. You could do it in two steps: 284÷ 44 = 2 . reduce your answer. 2. Repeat the ﬁrst three steps until you can’t ﬁnd a number that divides evenly into both the numerator and the denominator. Divide that number into the numerator. cross out the same number of zeros in both numbers to begin the reducing process. let’s reduce 284 . 3 00 4. you have to know how to raise a fraction to higher terms. 43 . whenever you subtract or add. you only need to perform the operation on the numerators. and replace the numerator with the quotient (the answer you got when you divided). then 2 ÷ 2 = 1 . and keep the same denominator. 4. ÷ 3 Whenever you do arithmetic with fractions. For example. This is actually the opposite of reducing a fraction. 3. you always need them to have the same denominator. Find a whole number that divides evenly into both the numerator and the denomination.Shortcut—Zeros and Reducing When the numerator and denominator both end in zeros. Follow these steps to raise 1. 4. don’t panic if your answer isn’t listed.

Raise each fraction to 15ths: 3 × 5 = 15 2 3 = 4 5 = 22 15 10 15 12 15 3. check out the multiplication table of the largest denominator until you ﬁnd a number into which all the other denominators evenly divide. When all else fails. See if all the denominators divide evenly into the biggest denominator. Change the improper fraction into a mixed number: 3. the common denominator. add the numerators together and write the total over the denominator. Add the whole numbers: 4. If this fails. then reduce: 1 1 8 2 There are a few extra steps to add mixed numbers with the same denominators. you can use one of two methods: 44 . you will need to ﬁnd the smallest number that is a multiple of the original denominators present. Add the fractions: 2. say 2 3 + 1 4 : 5 5 1. Multiply the denominators: 2. Add as usual: Finding the Least Common Denominator If you are asked to ﬁnd the least common denominator (LCD). Find the common denominator. Examples: 2 + 4 = 2 + 4 = 9 9 9 Reduce the fraction: 2 3 5 8 6 9 + 7 8 = 12 8 Change the sum to a mixed number: 1 4 . to be sure that you have the least common denominator. Example: 2 + 3 4 5 1. you’ll have to raise some or all of the fractions to higher terms so that they all have the same denominator. multiply all the denominators together.–FRACTIONS AND DECIMALS– If the fractions have the same denominators. Sometimes you can ﬁgure this out mentally. Add the results of steps 2 and 3: 3 5 7 5 + 4 5 = 7 5 = 12 5 2+1=3 12 + 3 = 42 5 5 Finding a Common Denominator If the fractions you want to add don’t have the same denominator. or you will stumble onto the LCD by following the previous steps. However.

Determine the prime factorization of each of the denominators. For example.) 6 = 2 × 3 (the LCD must have a 2 and a 3. The least common denominator will encompass every denominator’s prime factorization. Find the prime factorization of both denominators: 2. 1 is not a prime number. the number 1 and itself. let’s determine the prime factorization of 12. 3 is prime because its only factors are 1 and 3. Note that this LCD contains the prime factorization of 4 and 6. you can use the prime factorization method as follows: 4 6 1. Prime numbers are numbers that have only two factors. The LCD will contain the prime factorization of both denominators: 4=2×2 6=2×3 4 = 2 × 2 (the LCD must have two 2s. This can be done by checking out the multiplication table of the largest denominator until you ﬁnd a number that all the other denominators evenly divide into. you’ll have to raise some or all of the fractions to higher terms so that they all have the same denominator.–FRACTIONS AND DECIMALS– 1. 2 is the only even prime number. In order to ﬁnd the LCD of 3 and 5 . the smallest number that both 6 and 4 divide into evenly: 2. Example: 5 – 6 3 4 1. subtract the numerators and write the difference over the denominator. For example. 45 . Raise each fraction to 12ths because 12 is the LCD.) The LCD will be 2 × 2 × 3. Subtract as usual: 5 10 6 = 12 1 12 3 4 = 9 12 Subtracting mixed numbers with the same denominator is similar to adding mixed numbers. Numbers that are not prime can be expressed in terms of prime factors. Also. Subtracting Fractions If the fractions have the same denominators. Example: 4 – 9 3 9 = 4–3 9 = 1 9 If the fractions you want to subtract don’t have the same denominator. as described previously. 12 = 3 × 4 = 3 × 2 × 2 The prime factorization of 12 is 3 × 2 × 2. Find the least common multiple. just read the section on adding fractions with different denominators. or LCD. 2. If you forgot how to ﬁnd the LCD.

2 × 3 5 7 = 2×5 3×7 = 10 21 Sometimes you can cancel before multiplying. Now you have a different version of the original problem: 4. It’s very similar to reducing: if there is a number that divides evenly into a numerator and denominator. 5 5 5 So you borrow 1 from the 7. and change that 1 to 5 is the bottom number: 2. Cancelling is a shortcut that makes the multiplication go faster because you’re multiplying with smaller numbers. Subtract the whole number parts of the two mixed numbers: 6. you’ll still get the right answer. Add the numbers from step 1: 3. Cross out the 6 and the 9: 5 6 2 × 9 20 3 46 . Cancel the 6 and the 9 by dividing 3 into both of them: 6 ÷ 3 = 2 and 9 ÷ 3 = 3. All you do is multiply the numerators and then multiply the denominators. Example: 5 × 6 9 20 1. Add the results of the last two steps together: because 73 = 65 + 5 5 65 + 5 8 5 3 5 3 5 68 5 = 4 5 68 – 24 5 5 – 4 5 = 6–2=4 4+ 4 5 = 44 5 Multiplying Fractions Multiplying fractions is actually easier than adding them. say 7 3 – 2 4 : 5 5 1. Subtract the fractional parts of the two mixed numbers: 5. Subtract the whole numbers: 3. If you forget to cancel. For example. do that division before multiplying.–FRACTIONS AND DECIMALS– Example: 4 3 – 1 2 5 5 1. Add the results of steps 1 and 2: –2=1 5 5 4–1=3 1 1 5 + 3 = 35 3 5 Sometimes there is an extra “borrowing” step when you subtract mixed numbers with the same denominators. but you’ll have to reduce it. Subtract the fractions: 2. making it 6. You can’t subtract the fractions the way they are because 4 5 is bigger than 3 .

or 5. you just ﬁnd the product of the two numbers. 2. 4. it’s easier to change them to improper fractions before multiplying. Invert the second fraction 2. This becomes 10 2 . That’s all there is to it! Example: 1 ÷ 2 3 5 1. Cancel the 5 and the 20 by dividing 5 into both of them: 5 ÷ 5 = 1 and 20 ÷ 5 = 4. invert the second fraction (that is. ﬁrst rewrite the whole number as a fraction with a denominator of 1: Example: 5 × 2 3 = 5 1 × 2 3 = 10 3 (Optional: convert 10 3 to a mixed number: 3 1 ) 3 To multiply with mixed numbers. Cross out the 5 and the 20: 5 2 1 × 3 20 4 3. Multiply the ﬁrst fraction by the new second fraction: ( 3 ): 5 1 2 5 3 5 3 × = 1×5 2×3 = 5 6 47 . 3. be written 1 2 1 2 of 10 could × 10 1 . Multiply across the new numerators and the new denominators: 1×3 2×4 = 3 8 To multiply a fraction by a whole number. 2. Change the division sign (÷) to a multiplication sign (× or • ) 3.Shortcut—The Word Of When you ﬁnd a fraction of a number. For example. ﬂip the numerator and denominator) and then multiply. Example: 4 2 × 5 1 3 2 1. Convert 4 2 to an improper fraction: 3 Convert 5 1 to an improper fraction: 2 Cancel and multiply the fractions: Optional: convert the improper fraction to a mixed number: 4 2 = 3 = 134 3 5 1 = 5 × 2 + 1 = 121 2 2 14 × 121 = 737 3 77 2 3 = 25 3 4×3+2 Dividing Fractions To divide one fraction by a second fraction.

48 . 00 Each decimal digit to the right of the decimal point has a name: .1 = 1 tenth = 110 . Example: 3 ÷ 2 = 5 3 5 ÷ 2 1 = 3 5 × 1 2 = 3×1 5×2 = 3 10 When the division problem has a mixed number. A whole number (like 15) is understood to have a decimal point at its right. ﬁrst change the whole number to a fraction by putting it over 1. Because there are 100 cents in one dollar.35 is a decimal that represents ten dollars and 35 cents.003 = 3 thousandths = 1. 15.17000000000000000 If there are digits on both sides of the decimal point (like 10. The decimal point separates the dollars from the cents.170 6. change ÷ to ×.17 is the same as all of these: 6. If there are digits only to the right of the decimal point (like .0. 6.35). Flip 1 to 6 .000 . Then. convert it to an improper fraction and then divide as usual. 15 is the same as 15.000.0004 = 4 ten-thousandths = 4 10. For example.–FRACTIONS AND DECIMALS– To divide a fraction by a whole number. follow the division steps given. cancel and multiply: 6 1 11 4 2 2 3 = 2 × 4 + 3 = 141 4 4 11 ÷ 1 = 141 × 6 4 6 1 × 6 1 3 = 33 2 What’s a Decimal? A decimal is a special kind of fraction.01. Divide 141 by 1 : 6 3.53). 1¢ is 11 of a dollar. You use decimals every day when you deal with money—for example. the number is called a mixed decimal.02 = 2 hundredths = 12 00 3 . the number is called a decimal. or $0. 15. and so on. Convert 2 3 to an improper fraction: 4 2.00. Thus. you don’t change the value of the decimal. Example: 2 3 ÷ 4 1 6 1.000 When you add zeros after the rightmost number. $10.1700 6.

000 as the bottom number: 2 3. Write 18 as the top of the fraction: 18 2. Then. divide the denominator into the numerator. 3.1 is larger than 0.08 and 0. Since 10 is larger than 8. .10.6667.08.18 ÷÷ 2 = 59 000 00 18 1. As you divide 3 into 2. Changing Decimals to Fractions To change a decimal to a fraction.667.67. .666. .000 Comparing Decimals Because decimals are easier to compare when they have the same number of digits after the decimal point. write the digits of the decimal as the numerator of a fraction.–FRACTIONS AND DECIMALS– Changing Fractions to Decimals To change a fraction to a decimal. Tack one zero at the end of .10 to 0. Example: 0.6666666666 . Reduce the numerator and denominator by dividing by 2: 1. Some fractions may require you to add many decimal zeros in order for the division to come out evenly. This is called a repeating decimal and it can be written as . You will need to put a decimal point and a few zeros on the right side of the numerator.75 (Be sure to bring the decimal point up into the answer. and write the decimal’s name as the denominator of the fraction. 1. just compare 10 to 8. when you convert a fraction like 2 to a decimal. When you divide. bring the decimal point up into your answer. so write 1.08. You can approximate it as . if possible.1 1.00: 0. 2.018 1. . Divide the bottom number (4) into 3.00 2. In fact. Three places to the right of the decimal means thousandths. 0. you can keep adding decimal zeros to the numerator for3 ever because the division will never come out evenly.01 to get 0. Then all you have to do is compare the numbers as if the decimal points weren’t there: Example: Compare 0. Add a decimal point and two zeros to the top number (3): 3. you’ll keep getting 6’s: 2 ÷ 3 = 0. reduce the fraction. To compare 0. Example: Change 3 4 to a decimal.) The quotient (result of the division) is the answer: 0.tack zeros onto the end of the shorter decimals. 49 . and so on.75.

Then count the total number of decimal digits (the digits to the right of the decimal point) in the numbers you’re multiplying.03 × 0.038 = 1. Subtract the bottom number in each column from the top: 1.7 × 2. Example: 0.268 2. Line up the numbers like this: 1.000 + . You need ﬁve decimal digits in your answer.192 Multiplying Decimals To multiply decimals.230 57.038 58.157 × 24 51. ignore the decimal points and multiply the numbers.–FRACTIONS AND DECIMALS– Adding and Subtracting Decimals To add or subtract decimals. Example: 215.006 = 1. placing the decimal point to the left of the last two digits: 517.00018 50 .768.68 If your answer doesn’t have enough digits.23 + 57 + 0.4.230 – 0. so tack on three zeros: 00018 3. Add the columns: 1. Examples: 1.23 – .157 times 24: 2. You may want to tack on zeros at the end of shorter decimals so you can keep all your digits lined up evenly.7 and 2. tack zeros on to the left of the answer. Put the decimal point at the front of the number (which is ﬁve digits in from the right): 0.4 = 1. Multiply 3 times 6: 3 × 6 = 18 2. Count off that number of digits in your answer beginning at the right side and put the decimal point to the left of those digits.038 2. Because there are a total of 2 decimal digits in 215. then put one at the right end of the number. Line up the numbers by decimal point: 1. Remember. Multiply 2.768 2. if a number doesn’t have a decimal point.038 = 1. count off two places from the right in 51. line them up so their decimal points are even.

ﬁrst change the problem to one in which you’re dividing by a whole number.256) and immediately bring the decimal point straight up into the answer (8).8 2. 121. Because there are two decimal digits in 0.06 1. Then. inside the long division sign.218 1. you have to tack on zeros to the right of the last decimal digit in the number you’re dividing into: ■ ■ ■ if there aren’t enough digits for you to move the decimal point to the right if the answer doesn’t come out evenly when you do the division if you’re dividing a whole number by a decimal 51 .032 8 . move the decimal point two places to the right in both numbers and move the decimal point straight up into the answer: 06. move the decimal point the same number of places to the right in the number you’re dividing into. Divide using the new numbers: 20. counting the number of places you’re moving it.256 – 24 16 To divide any decimal by a decimal.256) by a whole number (8). In other words. set up the division (8 . Move the decimal point to the very right of the number you’re dividing by. Example: 0.3 06. 121.–FRACTIONS AND DECIMALS– Dividing Decimals To divide a decimal (.06. there is an extra step to perform before you can divide. Then divide as you would normally divide whole numbers: Example: 0.8 – 12 01 –0 18 – 18 0 Under the following conditions.

234.06 c. 3.03514 3.35 c.816 when rounded to the nearest hundredth is a.81 d. 3 b. 354. 0. 0.01 b. 200 b.031 d. 12. 3.335 b.13 7. 0.3 9.2780 d. Which number sentence is true? a. 25. 0. 0.821? a.03 b. 0.235 7 25 ? 52 . 0. Which of these decimals has the greatest value? a. 234. 0. 13. 12.–FRACTIONS AND DECIMALS– Practice Questions 1. Which of the following choices has a 3 in the hundredths place? a.235 d.60 d. 0. 0.28 d. 13. 1.0023 d.000782 10. Which decimal is the smallest? a.82 4.54301 d. 25. is equivalent to which of the following decimals? a.03 b.8 c.133 when rounded to the nearest tenth? a.1 c. 234.67 d. 7. Which of the following choices has a 6 in the tenths place? a.023 ≤ 0. 0.003 c. 26 b. 0.07 b.17 b. 0.00782 b. 76. 25 c.682 rounded to the nearest tenth is a. 0.23 c. 0. 3.7 6.335 c. 25. Which decimal is equivalent to the fraction a. 0.023 ≤ 0. 0.514 and 4.023 ≥ 2.68 d. 60. 234. 0. 0.3 b.061 2. 0.01 c. What is the sum of 8.0031 5.2 d.00278 c.23 ≥ 2.54031 c.725 11. 0.15 3 20 8. 0. 0. What is 3.

What is the sum of –8. 1.523 and 6.142 16. 19. If all four boards are stacked on top of one another.13136 17.3136 b.659 b. 201.73 d.05.314 13.406 = a.984 d.86 b.81 inches. 118. 9.142 d. 20 b.6703 b.44 = a. 1. 12. 236.408 inches c.775 c.7 c.789 c. 21.61 14.95 c. 6. 5. 10.8314 c. What is the sum of 3.785 c.75 15.125 – 3.585 53 .3136 d. 19. 92.685 d.685 b. 518. –17. 9.575 b. What is the sum of 2.3 and 9? a. 0.51 d. 15. 7.025 23. 211.3 b.3443 c.725 = a.11. 0. and 2.03 inches. The following is a list of the thickness of four boards: 0. 0. 19.25 + 1 + 0. 8.575 d.659 + 410 c. 411. what will the total thickness be? a.75. + 0.3 b. and 4. 240.08 inches 21. 9.28314 d. 0.152 c. 40. 14.3 – 1.87436 = a.52 inches. 518. 928.145 = a. 113 + 0. 118.8 inches b.2? a. 14.02 + 0. 11. 0. 4.007 + 0. 252.76014? a. and 8.084 1 5 18.786 19. 236.851 b.197. 23. 4. 7. 5.–FRACTIONS AND DECIMALS– 12.987 + 0.25 + 15.008 inches d.13136 c.3443 d. 14.685 d. 12. 1. 17. 15.663 = a. 6.0073 – 87.05. 0. What is the sum of 12. 324.3 20.409 = 8 a. 519.1 c.003? a. 8.104 + 51.185.634443 22. 8. 67.152 b. 8. 20.00 d.72 inches.626.

069 = a. 156. 89. 8. 0 b. –16. 58.1936 c. 0. 2. 168 b. 0.0325 – (–0.0168 25.06 29.8 54 . 0.6 c.96 34.32 = a. 25. 12.90 c.58 26. What is 287. –0.11733 = a.2 = a.618 b. 16.168 d.8 c. 0. 59. 0.02 = a.782 when rounded to the nearest hundred? a. 0. 14.11 = a.56 × 0.0560 c.89735 – 0.667 – (–0.5 – 8.20002 – 0.69733 b.82 31. 58.5 c.32 × 0.037 – 27. 0. 16. 286.82 d.1616 d. 0.0168 c.1 30. 0. 0. 1. 128 d. –12.58033 d.02) – 0. 62. 0. 168 d.0235) = a.596 d. 0.99 d.0650 d.03 = a.88 × 0.03 × 3.616 33. 0.205 × 0.669 c. 0. –14. 0.82 b.04= a. 0.06 b. 24. 0. 286.55 32.2) = a.2255 c. 0.02255 b. 0.0128 c. 0. 0. 0. 286.–FRACTIONS AND DECIMALS– 24.696 d. –8.255 d.128 b. 0. –6.0368 b.0168 35. 22.3 – (–4. 300 27.0002 – 4. 24.82 c. 0. 1.1 b.01936 b. 0. 8.560 28.59733 c.998 b. 0. 0.22 = a.78 – 0.5 d.

39. 1 10 8 250 32 100 1 5 41. 3. 126 2 grams 3 b.02 d.03 39. how many grams of active ingredients are in 380 capsules? a.7 d.000 c.8 × 0. 274. 2.15 × = a. 11.6 centimeters 55 . 16. 30 d. 65.032 centimeters thick. 2 c. 16 centimeters c.26 ÷ 0. 0.895 ÷ 0.4 centimeters d. 0.82 38. If each capsule contains 0. 0.962 ÷ 0.32 = a.14 grams 40. 41. d.3 d. 6.5 37. If a piece of foil is 0. c.005 = a.6 grams d.179 c. 1. 20 b.0079 b.4 ÷ 0.83 b.51 c. how thick would a stack of 200 pieces of foil be? a.4 ÷ 2.125 × 0.71 c. 0. 1. 5. 200 d.02? a. 5.47 d.–FRACTIONS AND DECIMALS– 36. 512 ÷ 0. 652 42. What is the quotient of 0. 3.1 when rounded to the nearest tenth? a.49 and 0.02 = a. 40 b. 2 43. 0. What is the product of 5. 0.3 c.4 grams c.023 when rounded to the nearest hundredth? a.1098 b. 3 b.32 b. 0.03 grams of active ingredients. 0.8 45.790 46.2 b. 179 d.826 c.256 = a. 41. 0. 0. 64 centimeters b. 40 d. 163 b. What is the quotient of 83.2 c. 39. 0. 1. 12. 20 44.17 = a. 39. 41.

10 d. how many markers will be used? a. d.25 30 375 .0107 0.625 3. c. 56 . If the entire roadway is 1.05 d. each weighing 3. b. 20 b. 48.–FRACTIONS AND DECIMALS– 47. b.6 = 5. 16 c.5 b. 5 50.4 . = 93 1 3 0. 50 c.55 kilometers.000 56. c. 8.756 75.31 kilometer intervals. Markers will be placed along a roadway at 0.125 49. d. A 70-pound bag of cement can be divided into how many smaller bags.09 a. 48. 5 a. 480.5 pounds? a.

c. 2. Choice c has the greatest value.000 ten thousandths thousandths hundredths units (ones) c. 57 thousandths hundredths units (ones) hundreds tenths tens . you need to truncate (cut short) the number. The places to the right of the decimal point are (in order): the tenths place. 0 3 5 1 4 Note that choice a has a 6 in the hundreds place and NOT the hundredths place. 4. Here is a 000 comparison of the four choices: a. choice d. . the hundredths place. . 8 1 6 6 is higher than 5.–FRACTIONS AND DECIMALS– Answers 1. hundredths place. d. If the number after the hundredths place is a 5 or higher. and so on. You are looking for a 3 in the hundredths place.000 b.82. . you would round up.000 tenths d. 6 7 Note that choice a has a 6 in the tens place and NOT the tenths place.000 0. so you round the 1 in the hundredths place up to 2. 1. d. the answer is 234. which is the second spot to the right of the decimal point. Only choice d has a 3 in this place: hundred thousandths 3 4. and so on. Thus. When rounding to the nearest hundredth.03 3 100 30 = 1. The places to the right of the decimal point are (in order): the tenths place. which is the ﬁrst spot to the right of the decimal point. You are looking for a 6 in the tenths place.0031 31 10. Only choice c has a 6 in this place: 3. leaving the last digit in the hundredths place. . thousandths place.003 3 1. c. thousandths place.31 .031 31 1. units (ones) hundredths tenths 2 1.

28. Sum means add. 11050 is the same 5 5 as 15 hundredths. 13.000 c.821 13. b.02 is equivalent to 14. 9.000782 = 1. Add zeros as space holders to the numbers 5. 0. d. 7.000.51 a. 6 8 2 11.23. Sum means add. Thus. you will round up to 25. tenths 3. choice c.000 = 1.75 12.000 = 1.000. b.76014 9. Line up the decimal points and add: 67.152 d. which is less than 0.2780 = 10. 6.–FRACTIONS AND DECIMALS– 5. d.000 2.406 118.020 . leaving the last digit in the tenths place. line all the numbers 7 25 tenths tens 2 5. the answer is 3. Thus.7 b. d.000 d. Thus 0.007.145 15. Make sure you line up the decimal points and then add: 8.0 . 10.25 and 15. Line up the decimal points and add: 2. The symbol “≤” means less than or equal to.104 + 51.2 is equivalent to 4. 58 . 0. 230 can quickly be converted to hundredths by multiplying by 5 : 230 × 5 = 11050 .335 c. Here you cut the number short without rounding up because the number in the hundredths place is not ≥ 5. 0.20 20.00782 = 782 7. 0. Each answer choice is equivalent to the following values: a. You round up because 8 ≥ 5.1.023 equals 1. choice d.987 + . choice b.28314 c. 4.23. 25. 1 3 3 15. Because the number in the hundredths place (8) is greater than 5.23 .020.514 + 4.00278 = 1027800 = 1. Line up all the decimal points and add: 14.20. 275 × 4 = 12080 .523 + 6. Line up all the decimal points and add: 3. thousandths units (ones) hundredths 14.780 287. You don’t round up because 3 is less than 5. In order to round to the nearest tenth. 14.000 thousandths units (ones) hundredths Thus.023 ≤ 0. 0.05 + 4. Then. you need to cut the number short. 12.15. 16. c.7.0008000 0.00 b. 000 which equals 12030 . 28 hun4 4 dredths can be rewritten as 0. or 0.682 has a 6 in the tenths place. can be translated into hundredths by multiplying by 4 . 8.0782 00.820 100. b. choice d is the smallest number listed.0 2.

037 as its equivalent 89. Next.125. Line up the decimal points and subtract: 12.0370 – 27.0002 6.998.200 0. 26.0386.03 4.0168 25.1. 18.3 is the same as 9 minus 8. b. 287. d. c.72 + 2. Line up the decimal points and add.125 + .110 7.00700 + . Rewrite 9 as 9.575 23. d.626 240. Next.003 519.0 and subtract: 9.13136 c.81 0.3443 22.87436 2.02 58. 59 .–FRACTIONS AND DECIMALS– 17.11733 from 0. Line up the decimal points and subtract: 324.69733 Next. subtract 27.984 b.3 . The question asks you to round to the hundred (not hundredth!).89735 – 0.25000 15.300. Rewrite 8.300 –1. Sum signiﬁes addition. up by their decimal points and add: 5.409 .08 21.0368 – 4.000 + 8. When this value is rounded to the nearest hundred. line up all the numbers by 8 their decimal points and add (note that zeros are added as place holders): 0. First convert the fractions to decimals: 1 = .725 6. (If you selected choice a. subtract 0. rewrite 89.2.) 62.250 0. you get 300. d.685 24.52 0.0368 Now you must subtract 4.02 from the 62.2 5 and 1 = .69733 to get 0.44 8.0 – 8.0073 – 87.0370. 20.663 236. Line up the decimal points and subtract: 8. Line up the decimal points and add: 0. First.782 = 286.7 d. Note that zeros can be added as place holders: 12.7890 b.3.20002 0.0002: 89.3 as its equivalent 8. 19.78 – 0.58. 9 plus –8. Perform the indicated operations (subtractions) in two steps: 0. you forgot the next step.125 – 3.050 252. a.

In the The decimal point should answer . 25. so take note of the position of each decimal point in the two factors: 0. or 5 places to the left.82. 2.3 units away from zero in the negative direction. Subtracting a negative is the same as adding a positive. This equals 0. subtract 4. you need to insert the decimal point in the correct position. 34. you get –8.2 = 25. a.02) – 0. 0.03 The decimal point is 2 places to the left. When adding two negative numbers. choice b. you get 0. Next. Thus.03 = 168 (when ignoring decimal) and becomes .82.03 The decimal point is 2 places to the left. In the The decimal point should 0. Subtracting a negative number is the same as adding a positive number.0168 when you insert the decimal point four places to the left. so take note of the position of each decimal point in the two factors: 0.667 – (–0. 32. a. 0. In the The decimal point should be answer .89 The decimal point is 2 places to the left. 0. ﬁrst ignore the negative signs and add in the normal fashion.03 × 3. First.667 + 0. Adding.88 The decimal point is 2 places to the left. . you need to insert the decimal point in the correct position.255.2 will bring you closer to 0. Thus. Adding 4.11 = 2. First. the answer is choice d. d. 3 + 2.22 The decimal point is 2 places to the left. multiply in the usual fashion (ignoring the decimal points): 8.02255.0235.0325 – (– 0. .1936.3 + 4. Thus. –12. answer . a.5 – 8.2 will yield a negative value because you are starting 12. you need to insert the decimal point in the correct position. Thus.618. c.32 = 14.–FRACTIONS AND DECIMALS– 27.32. Next. Thus.0560. b.56 The decimal point is 2 places to the left. . 4 places to the left. First.3 and add a minus sign.5 + 8.0325 + 0. or 4 places to the left.936. choice d. but you will still have a negative answer. 0. Next. 2 + 2. –6.88 × 0. 1.069.696 becomes 25. d.1.0235) is the same as 0.3 and 4.687 – 0.02 – 0. 60 .5 + –8. Subtracting a negative is the same as adding a positive. choice c.936 becomes 0. choice a. so take note of the position of each decimal point in the two factors: 8. 31. In the The decimal point should be answer . 29.069 = 0.532 The decimal point is 3 places to the left.32 is the same as –6. . .255 becomes . 6. and insert the decimal point 4 places to the left: 0. .56 × 0. multiply in the usual fashion (ignoring the decimal points): 0.696. 3. 33. 30. .3 – (–4.205 × 0.2 from 12.22 = 1. –12. 3 places to the left. Multiply in the usual fashion. insert the negative sign to get –14. To ﬁgure out what the answer is. multiply in the usual fashion (ignoring the decimal points): 0.696. 28.2 The decimal point is 1 place to the left.2. 0.2) = –12.069 = 0. b. Next. .

The problem 83. a. a. Multiply 5. 41. The problem 3.125 by 0. moving the decimal point in each number two places to the right: 0 2 3 9 6 2 Dividing yields an answer of 93. First. Finally. moving the decimal point in each number one place to the right: 2 1 8 3 4 Next. The problem 3.03 39.09 can be solved with long division. and insert the decimal point 4 places to the left: 0. Next multiply 0. a.4 centimeters. Move the decimal point three places to the right in each number: 0 2 3 9 6 2 2 5 6 5 1 2 0 0 0 Next. 5 5 Next multiply: 0. divide to get the answer: 179. 36. d. divide as usual to get 163. To solve. First convert 1 to a decimal: 1 = 1 ÷ 5 = 0.02 can be solved with long division. Multiply the amount of active ingredients in one capsule (0. 3 61 .962 ÷ 0. choice a. First. Next.15 × 0.2.03) by the number of capsules (380): 380 × 0. b.0128.1098. c.49 × 0. choice a.–FRACTIONS AND DECIMALS– 35. choice d. b.032 = 6.02 = 0.032. or 93 1 .333333 .023 can be solved with long division. The term product signiﬁes multiplication.17 can be solved with long division.26 ÷ . c. 37. d. choice c.1.256 can be solved with long division. The problem 895 ÷ 0.03 = 11. 45.2 = 0.04 = 0.005 can be solved with long division. This answer is equivalent to 32 thousandths. c. moving the decimal point in each number three places to the right: Next. move the decimal point two places to the right in each number: 1 7 3 4 0 Next. divide as usual to get 20. moving the decimal point in each number three places to the right: 0 0 5 8 9 5 0 2 3 2 6 Next. choice c. b. Rounding this number to the nearest hundredth yields 41. This reduces to 28 . choice b.1 can be solved with long division.4 grams. a.4 ÷ 2.7.49 by 0. round to the nearest tenth: 39. The problem 512 ÷ 0.02 in the usual fashion.4 ÷ 0. The problem 8. choice a. 44. 50 38.32 × 0. Multiply in the usual fashion. 40.8 to get 0. and insert the decimal point 4 places to the left: 5.83. choice c.32 to get 0. c. 200 × 0. or 13020 .826087. move the decimal point two places to the right in each number: 43. divide to get 41. 46.714286. First multiply 0.4 ÷ 0. The problem 0. . 47. divide as usual to get 2. . simply multiply the thickness of each piece by the total number of pieces.000. divide as usual to get 39. 42.1 by 0.

The problem 375 ÷ 0. 62 .5. 3 5 7 0 0 Next. This can be solved with long division. b.31 can be solved with long division. divide as usual to get 20. The decimal point in each number is moved two places to the right: 3 1 1 5 5 Next. d.31 kilometers. 1.–FRACTIONS AND DECIMALS– 48. To solve.125 can be solved with long division. divide the 1.55 ÷ 0. a. moving the decimal point in each number three places to the right: 1 2 5 3 7 5 0 0 0 Dividing yields 3. 0. divide 70 by 3. divide to get 5.000. choice d. choice a. To solve. 49.55 kilometer distance by the interval. moving the decimal point in each number one place to the right: 50. choice b.

so 0. 0.30 is 30 hundredths. You can express a percent as a decimal by moving the current decimal point two places to the left. or 13000 . 30% is also equivalent to 0. This makes sense because percents are just hundredths.30. otherwise known as 30%. For example. Thus. you can express a percent as a fraction by placing the value before the percent symbol over 100. 30% (30 percent) is equivalent to 30 out of 100 or 13000 . For example.30 = 30%. 63 . You can convert a decimal value into an equivalent percent by moving the current decimal point two places to the right. For example.C H A P T E R 5 P Percents ercents are a way of expressing values out of 100.

you set up this proportion: 5 2 5 = ? 100 Cross multiply to get 2 × 100 = 5 × ?. For example.50 and multiply 0. just remember that of means multiply.50 × 40 = 20. to convert 2 into an equivalent percentage. You can convert 50% to 0. 2 is equiva5 lent to 40%. or 200 = 5 × ?. To save time. you should be familiar with the following equivalencies: FRACTION 1 5 1 4 1 3 1 2 2 3 3 4 PERCENT 20% 25% approximately 33% 50% approximately 66% 75% Unknown Percents ? When you do not know the percent of a value. Divide both sides by 5 to get ? = 40. you can express this mathematically as 100 . 50% of 40 is 50% × 40. Taking the Percent of a Number When you are calculating the percent of a number. Thus. For instance. 64 .–PERCENTS– Fractions can be converted to percentages by converting to a denominator of 100. This means that when you see ? the phrase what percent. you can express this percent as 100 . This can be done by setting up a simple proportion.

The amount of money deposited is called the principal. The general proportion to use is: Change Initial = ? 100 Similarly. When calculating compound interest.–PERCENTS– Percent Change. The interest rate per year is represented by R. when calculating the percent error. and T represents the time in years. and Percent Profit or Loss When calculating a percent change (such as a percent increase or decrease) you simply express the ratio of the change to the initial as a value over 100. P. You should be familiar with the following ways of compounding interest: ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ compounded annually: interest is paid each year compounded semiannually: interest is paid two times per year compounded quarterly: interest is paid four times a year compounded monthly: interest is paid every month compounded daily: interest is paid every day 65 . Percent Error. you set a proportion that equates the difference between the calculated value and the actual value to the actual value with an unknown out of 100: Difference in values Actual value = ? 100 When setting up a proportion to calculate percent proﬁt or loss. you create a ratio of the net proﬁt (or loss) to the initial cost and set this ratio equal to an unknown out of 100: net proﬁt initial = ? 100 net loss initial = ? 100 Simple and Compound Interest The formula for simple interest is I = PRT. it is easiest to sequentially calculate the interest earned using I = PRT.

0015 d.73 100 73 100 73 1.5% is a.015 b. 0. b. When converted to a decimal. 15% is equivalent to which fraction? a. d.000 9.000 d. Which number sentence is false? a.020 b. 0.0037% is equivalent to which of the following fractions? a. 1. 1. c. 0.2 d. 20% is equivalent to which decimal value? a. 31 50 % 3 5% 1. 31 is equivalent to 50 a. b. b.5 d. 45% is equivalent to a.002 3. 1. Another way to write 26. 0.800? a. 340 c. d. 0. 2.045 b.000 37 10. d.265 100 26 80 53 200 26.000. 0.5% is equivalent to which decimal value? a. d. 73% can be expressed as which of the following fractions? a.45 c.000 37 10. 62% b. Which of the following is 17% of 6. 37 1. 115. 0. 35% > d.600 b. 45 4.000. c. 3 20 15 1.000 1 5 1 15 2.0 c. 0.000 0.5 c. 0. 31% 7.000 37 1. 3 4 ≤ 80% 66 . 0. c. b. c.10 8. When expressed as a percent.156 10. 4. c.5 1.–PERCENTS– Practice Questions 6. 25% = c. 0.73 0.15 b. 20% ≤ 1 5 2 8 24 50 5. 578 d.

divide the amount by 3 . 23% b. $456.150 18. $6. 66% c. none of the above 15. $5. b.2 equals a. 4 17. 25% d. 75% d.626 d.640 b.360 d. a. 162. $42. what was his commission on these sales? a.200. 4 % is equal to 5 a.–PERCENTS– 11.704. $6. 1. 640 c. but she had to pay 26% tax on that amount. 25% b. USB drives cost $100 each. To calculate 75% of a dollar amount.800 b. $4.800 19. $16.32 20. 575 b. 40% of what number is equal to 460? a. 4 d. 80 b.32 c. How much did she make after taxes? a. When more than 50 are purchased. 0. If he sold $40. 24% c. Express 12 out of 52 to the nearest percent. 26% 12. $47. $44. 8 c. 16.000 worth of cars over the course of three months. 400 c. What percent of a. how much money will 62 USB drives cost? (Round to the nearest cent. c.640 c. none of the above 16. Larry makes a 12% commission on every car he sells. 80% d.000? a. divide the amount by 75.200 c.000 in 2007. 860 d. $67. 33% b. 133% 8 9 is 2 ? 3 67 .160. 0.) a. 800 14. 50% of what number equals 20% of 2. 200 b. Aesha made $64.6 c. $8. 1. 300% of 54. 600 d.00 b. $35. What percent of 1 is 1 ? 2 8 a.360 21. multiply the amount by 75. an 8% discount is applied.000 d. 50% c. multiply the amount by 3 . you can a.26 b. At a store that charges 8% tax.08 d.00 d.008 13.

c. $15.5% 40% 80% 26.600 c. d. d.000. $15. What percent of the books remain? a. 120 have been sold. b. c.200 d. b.960 b. 30% c. What percent of the square is shaded? a. at what price should he sell the car? a. 25% 50% 75% 100% 27. 70% d. c. c. 80% 23. 20% 37. $10.833 28. 15% b. $16.5% 40% 80% 24. b. If the dealer wants to earn a proﬁt of 20% based on the cost. 25% 50% 75% 100% a. 275 d. 3. d. 2. 33 is 12% of which of the following? a. What percent of the square is shaded? a.750 68 . What percent of the circle is shaded? 25. 400 books went on sale this week.–PERCENTS– 22.250 b. 396 c. So far. What percent of the square is shaded? a. A dealer buys a car from the manufacturer for $13. d. b. 20% 37.

$300 d. 450 d. how much interest will her money earn? a. 52% b. Which ratio best expresses the following: ﬁve hours is what percent of a day? a. If there are 400 trees in the park. $400 b. If Veronica deposits $5. 9 b. d. $660 d. what would 20% of that number be? a.) a. c. If 10% of a number is 45. 278 d. 3. what is the dollar amount of the interest earned? (Use the formula I = PRT.) a. 100% c. 45. $960 c.800 b. b. 32% of the trees are oaks. how many trees are NOT oaks? a.052 30. At the city park.000 in the bank at a 6% rate of interest. 12% b. 450 33. A dozen staplers cost $10. A statue was bought at a price of $50 and sold for $38.600 d.000 in an account with a yearly interest rate of 9%. and leaves the money in the account for 8 years. how much interest will he make in 8 months? (Use the formula I = PRT.–PERCENTS– 29. $4. and they will then be sold for $2. After 2 years. $480 31. 5 x 100 = 24 5 24 24 = x 5 x 24 = 100 x 24 100 = 5 35. $350 c.50 each. What is the percent loss? a. 15% c. 150% d. 52 × 10–2 d. 75% b. 0.000 c. $250 32. which choice is NOT equivalent to the others? a. 272 c. If Kamil puts $10. 900 36. 90 c. 24% d. $360. Of the numbers listed. 30% 69 . 128 b. 13 25 c. 312 34. What is the rate of proﬁt? a.00.000 and put half that amount into an account that earned interest at a rate of 6%. Emily made $8. 200% 37.000 b.

280. If interest is compounded quarterly at 8% for 9 months. $8. $14.91 d.93 41. He must pay $2. 1 b. What is the percent increase from 150 to 200? a.000. $97. $8.105 for her new car. If the store purchased a printer for $85. How much interest would she have earned after one year? a. She would like to invest 5 of it at 6% simple interest.989.25 d.000 is deposited into an account. At an electronics store. $14. Marla paid $14.05 3 44. $32 b. 33 1 % 3 c. Steven’s income was $34. 25% b. $90 b.45 c. $11. 75% d.–PERCENTS– 38. how much money is in the account at the end of the year? a.60 c. If interest is compounded semiannually at 5% for 1 year. $95. 7% c. $99.175 b. $117 d.200 c.00 b. $105 39. how much money will be in the account at the end of this period? a. 4 c. $97. 0. How many twelfths are there in 33 1 %? 3 a.000 last year. This price included 8.400 d. $8. $98.50 40. 33 d 100 46.380 for income taxes. What is the rate of taxation? a. $36 c.856. $1.565. $13. 70% b.000 to invest.007% 42. The price of a $130 jacket was reduced by 10% and again by 15%.75 d. What is the new cost of the jacket? a.00 c. all items are sold at 15% above cost.154. how much will they sell it for? a. $14. 0.000 is deposited into an account.5% for tax. Suki has $1.50 c.50 b. $14.198. 66 2 % 3 70 . $70 45. $8. $68 d. The remainder would be invested at 8% simple interest. $15.405 43.7% d. $8. $13.850.00 b. What was the price of the car excluding tax? a.

3.5 gallons 71 .–PERCENTS– 47. 75% d. If a crate weighing 600 pounds weighs 540 pounds on a broken scale.25 gallons c. what is the percent error? a. 10% b. 33 1 % 3 c.5 gallons d. 15% d. A ﬁve-gallon tank is completely ﬁlled with a solution of 50% water and 50% alcohol. 3. 4. Half of the tank is drained and 2 gallons of water are added. 25% 49. 11% c. 25% b.5 gallons b. How much water is in the resulting mixture? a. 66 2 % 3 48. 2. What is the percent decrease from 200 to 150? a.

000?” can be written mathematically as 0. 300% equals 300 . “50% of what number equals 20% of 2. “What percent” can be expressed as 100 . When expressed to the nearest percent. 25% = 12050 = 1 . The question: “40% of what number is equal to 460?” can be written mathematically as: 0.2 = 162. Taking 3 of a 4 4 dollar amount means you multiply the dollar amount by 3 . He gets 12% of $40. divide both sides by 0. the drives will be $92 each. b. “12 out of 52” is written as 12 .. In choice d.000.156. 14. It is easier to change 4 into 0. Since more than 50 drives are being purchased. 16. To ﬁnd 300% of 54. d. 12. Set up a pro52 portion to see how many hundredths 12 is 52 ? equivalent to: 12 = 100 .000 .17 of 6800.000 8. so you need to reduce. multiply the fraction by 10. 5 d. or 1. 1.20.20. Thus. Remember that of means multiply: 0. In choice c.–PERCENTS– Answers 1.008. 35% = 13050 and 24 = 14080 . or 0. c. or 3. 100 multiply 3 times 54. or 1 . a.000 = $4. you can rewrite the percent as a fraction by placing the value over 100. 45% is equivalent to 0. Take 8% ($8) off the cost of each drive. 19. To change a percent to a fraction. 50 × 2 = 16020 = 62%. 4.40 to yield ? = 1. Thus. First. 10 000 0.2: 3 × 54.20 × 2. 10.25. 20% = .000. This simpliﬁes to 2 8 ? = 1 . 72 . is equivalent to 0. This reduces to 3 . this rounds to 23%.000) = 800. choice a. 73% is equivalent to 17030 . b.00307. 11050 reduces to 230 .07623. 0. 13. 100 10 000 9.0 by 10 before reducing: 26. This is not an 10 answer choice. 11. 5 7. Cross multiplying 52 yields 100 × 12 = 52 × ?. Thus.000 = 1. The question “What percent of 1 is 1 ?” can be 2 8 ? expressed as: 100 × 1 = 1 . choice d.150. 1. Thus. 4 % = 0. Cross multiplying yields 8 × ? = 200.2)(. the statement 35% > 24 is 50 50 not true.800. 6. 1.5% is equivalent to 0.. 200 8 Dividing both sides by 8 yields 25. In order to get a whole number in the numerator. and 2 = 1 . percents have a 31 denominator of 100. When you see a percent symbol (%). c. 0.200 = 52 × ?.000 = 25030 .17 × 6. You need to ﬁnd 17%. b. d. 20% = 12000 . 15 percent equals 11050 . 3 = 75%.2. 3. 75% = 17050 .5 will yield ? = (. Next. 5. Now you reduce 1.6. 2. c. 4 d.0037 × 10. a. ﬁrst put the 0037 percent over 100.000 . a.12 × $40. so choice a represents a true 5 statement.50 × ? = 0. When written as fractions. Dividing both sides by 0. Thus. use the discounted price.5 over 100 = 26.0 × 10 = 10 10 10 10 265 265 . You can convert 50 to a fraction with a denominator of 100 by multi2 31 2 plying by 2 .2.015.40 × ? = 460. Dividing both sides by 52 yields ? = 23. c. 17. ? a. 18.5% can be converted to its equivalent decimal form by moving its decimal point two places to the left. move the decimal point two places to the left. you move the decimal point two places to the left. Thus. d. instead of costing $100 each. put 26.0 . or 0.0037% = 0. b. Choice c.8% = 0. To change 20% to its equivalent decimal form. d. 15. Choice c is therefore the correct answer. Thus.45. so 4 8 4 choice b is also true.100 . which is in fact 4 less than 80%.800 = 1. So. c.8 before dealing 5 with the percent symbol. Multi5 5 ply 26. When you see a percent symbol (%).

Subtract the tax from her earnings: 64.704 to get $6. “33 is 12% of what number” can be expressed mathematically as 33 = 0.000 = 400 × ?. you were given the timeframe of 8 months.000)(0. 33. ? 120 400 = 100 Cross multiplying. c. 21.000 and R = 6% or 0. d.06)( 2 ) 3 = 600 × 2 3 = 1.5%. 24. To express this as a percent. so your answer is d. 1 = 15000 = 50%. 1 of the circle is shaded.32. First ﬁgure out what the number is. To 8 express this as a percent.68 × 400 = 272. 4 4 b.52 (drop the % sign and move the decimal point two places to the left). you can call the number “?” and write 0. Use the formula I = PRT to solve this problem. Divide 33 by 0. In the formula I = PRT.640 = 47. move the decimal two places to the right: 37.12 (12%) to get 275. And 52 × 25 50 30. Here P = 5. you substitute these values into the equation: I = PRT I = ($10. 166 reduces to 3 .000.000 into the account.704. 3 ÷ 8 = 0. This simpliﬁes to 100 = 18 . Divide both sides by 73 .000)(0. b. so 70% remain.06.000 because Emily put 1 of 2 the $8. 52% is the same as 0. The problem can be restated as: 5 hours is to 24 hours as x% is to 100%. Next. b. or 100 100 3 8 24 = 3 .360. c. and T = 8. A 20% markup yields a new price that is 120% of the original price. Substitute these numbers for the respective variables and multiply: I = 5. 3 of the square is shaded.09.01 = 0.600.375. a.000 will equal 0. determine what percent of the trees are not oaks by subtracting. $13. 52 ÷ 100 = 0. 27.000 = $16.06)(2) = $480. 13 = 26 = 15020 . b.52. 31. multiply 62 drives by the price of each drive: 62 × 92 = $5. 22.26 × 64. 0. 166 of the square is shaded.20 = $15.5%. Principal = your original amount of money (in dollars).640. 32. b. The interest rate per year is represented by R. The interest rate must be written as a decimal. 9 3 ? Divide both sides by 8 to get 100 = 2 ÷ 8 or 9 3 9 ? ? ? = 2 × 9 . 2 2 c. d. 3 of the square is shaded. c. and T represents the number of years. The tax on the $64.32. you get 120 × 100 = 400 × ?.52. and time is in years. 3 = 17050 = 75%. you get I = (4.000 – 16. c. Next.704 × 0. Here. Set up a proportion to see what this would be equivalent to when expressed out of 100.000 × 0. 4 4 so ? = 75.10 × ? = 45. so you need to convert to years. I = PRT means Interest = principal × rate of interest × time.052 does not equal 0. and dividing both sides by 400 yields ? = 30. 23. Thus 30% were sold.12 × ?.68) and multiply: 0.52. Be careful. 25. 28. If 10% of a number is 45. c. 8 1 yr months × 12 months = 182 yr = 2 yr.000 × 1. the original amount of money (P) is $4.600. Substituting into I = PRT. The question “What percent of 8 is 2 ?” can be 9 3 ? expressed mathematically as 100 × 8 = 2 . R = 9% = 0. P. 34.200 3 = $400 c. You are 3 given P = $10. Multiply both sides by 100 to get ? = 300 . b.09 × 8 = $3.06 and T = 2 years. Change 68% to a decimal (0. calculate the tax. which is the same as 12. 26. 8 3 ÷ 8 = 0. This is the same x as 254 = 100 . Add the tax to the $5. 120 out of a total of 400 were sold. 10–2 = 52 × 0. I = 0. $5.08 = $456. 100% – 32% = 68%.375. 29. 35. move the decimal two places to the right: 37. Obviously. First.160. Next. the amount of money deposited is called the principal.–PERCENTS– 20.

1. Deduct this amount: 117 – 17. Find the net loss: $50 – $38 = $12. Next. 38. 97.60. 45.312. and the initial value is 150. You cannot add 10% and 15% and deduct 25%. which yields: $400(8%) = $400(0. Since a dozen staplers cost $10. Next. After the next 1 of a year. remembering 3 that the percent sign is equivalent to 11 . which yields: $600(6%) = $600(0. 1 = 142 .75. 42. the amount collected is $2. b. Thus.000)(?). b.085p = 14.60. Use the proportion: ? Change Initial = 100 where the change = 200 – 150 = 50.5% equals 0. If the price of the car is p. Add $12.000 = (10)(?). there is a 24% loss. Thus. Divide both sides by 10 to get ? = 200.000 parts ($ 5 = $200) and take 3 parts ($600). the amount of interest 4 earned will be I = PRT = 14.085.000 × 0.000 to get 324. Because 4 interest is compounded quarterly (4 times a year).08 × 1 = 4 $285. Cross multiply to . 37.280 × . Thus.91.05 × 1 = 205. Next.000.06) = $36 The remaining $400 is invested at 8% simple interest.200 = 50 × ?. $130 – 10% of 130 = 130 – 13 = $117.38000 = 100 . 41. a.20 × 450 = 90. c.105. Divide $1. the rate of proﬁt is 200%.5 is incorrect because this represents a 25% reduction in price.105. or 2.405. 39. 0. d. There00 3 3 3 3 fore.5% of that price added up to $14.380 = 100 × 34.000.08) = $32 The total interest earned is $36 + $32 = $68.000?” and then expressing this question mathematically: ? 2.75 markup. 2 43. c.15 × 85 = 97. The amount in the account after this time will be $14.105.60 × 0. take 20% of 450: 0. The new total is $14.05 × 1 = $200. Because Suki is making 2 investments. 8. c. then you know that the price of the car plus 8.10 to get ? = 450. Choice a.55.280. The amount in the account after 3 4 of a year is $14.45. This question can also be solved in two steps: 15% of 85 = $12.000 to get 7. Thus. the answer is 7%. Next take 15% of 117 = 0. Now the account has $8. calculate the interest for the second half of the year with I = PRT = 8.0 get 238.000. Divide both sides by ? 34.08 × 1 = 4 $291. the answer is $8. 40. Convert 33 1 % into a fraction.200 2 in it.085 yields p = $13. d. The printer will sell for 115% of the cost. the proﬁt is $20. there are 4 twelfths in 33 1 % 3 46.856. Note that 9 months = 3 of a year.000 × 0. set up a proportion: $20 profit ? initial $10 = 100 Cross multiply to get (100)(20) = (10)(?). When all of the staplers sold. set up a proportion: $12 loss ? initial $50 = 100 Cross multiply to get 12 × 100 = 50 × ?.085p = 14. Now.380 is what percent of 34. you add I = PRT = 14. p + .55 = $99. or 1. or 74 . Thus.–PERCENTS– 36. ﬁrst ﬁnd 3 of $1.000 = (34. after 1 of a year.15 × 117 = 17.50 × 12 = $30. After another 1 of a 4 year.200 × 0.75 to $85 (the cost) to get $97. b. You can solve this problem by asking yourself: “2. you have: 50 ? 150 = 100 Cross multiply to get 50 × 100 = 150 × ?. after 1 a year the 2 amount of interest earned I = PRT = 8.75. Thus.08 × 1 = 4 $280. Next. Divide both sides by 50 to get ? = 24. $600 is invested at 6% simple interest. b. 115% × $85 = 1. Divide both sides by 34. Because the interest is compounded semiannually (twice a year). the amount of interest 4 earned is I = PRT = 14565. 44. Dividing both sides by 1. 00 33 1 % = 100 × 11 = 1 .000 into 5 equal 5 1.565. c.

you get: 60 600 = ? 100 Cross multiplying yields 60 × 100 = 600 × ?. Use the proportion: ? Change Initial = 100 where the change = 200 – 150 = 50.000 = 200 × ?. Thus. Divide both sides by 200 to get ? = 25. a. or 6. a.25 + 2.–PERCENTS– 5. = ? 100 Here the difference in values is 600 pounds – 540 pounds = 60 pounds.000 = 150 × ?. Thus. 3 3 47. Because you know the solution is a 50-50 mixture.25 gallons of water in the ﬁnal mixture. there is a 10% error. Thus. After adding 2 gallons of water.25 gallons of water present at this point. Thus. there will be 1. Divide both sides by 600 to get ? = 10. there must be 1. 49. or 3. Draining half the 5-gallon tank leaves 2. Divide both sides by 150 to get ? = 33 1 . choice a. there was a 33 1 % increase. The actual value is 75 . there was a 25% decrease. 48. you have: 50 ? 200 = 100 Cross multiply to get 50 × 100 = 200 × ?. b.5 gallons inside. Use the proportion: Difference in values Actual value 600 pounds. or 5. Thus.000 = 600 × ?. and the initial value is 200.

.

Let’s review the two general types of number series you may see on the civil service exam. This type of number series progresses by adding (or subtracting) a constant number to each term.C H A P T E R 6 S Arithmetic Series 4. Therefore. Other number series are neither arithmetic or geometric and thus must be analyzed in search of a pattern. Number Series ome number series can be categorized as arithmetic or geometric. 13. look at the series: Notice that each term is 3 more than the term that comes before it. this is an arithmetic series with a common difference of 3. 16. 77 . 7. . 10. For example. . .

DEF. 2. or ? Notice that the position of each arrow can be found by rotating the previous arrow 45° clockwise. . 78 . The third triplet is DEF. Next comes GHI. 8. the next arrow will be . so the missing 3 letters will be GHI in reverse order. followed by its inverse FED. For example. CBA. . Therefore. look at the series: ABC. . Notice that each term is two times the prior term. LKJ. Carefully analyze this visual series to ﬁnd the pattern. For example. For example. Letter Series Instead of containing numbers. JKL. this is a geometric series with a common ratio of 2. . look at the series: 1 2 . Thus. Which answer choice will correctly ﬁll in the blank—IJK. FED. 32. The next triplet contains the same 3 letters listed in reverse order: CBA. or IHG. Symbol Series Symbol series are visual series based on the relationship between images. . 16. 1. or IHG? Notice that the ﬁrst triplet of the series is ABC. look at the following symbol series: What symbol comes next— . 4. letter series use the relationships of the letters in the alphabet to generate patterns. Study the series and try to ﬁgure out what the relationship is. GHI.–NUMBER SERIES– Geometric Series Geometric series progress by multiplying (or dividing) each term by a constant number to get the next term.

9 c. 57. 483 c.3 7. .5 c. 1. 517. 76 8.7 b. 135 3. 4 c. . 11. What number is missing from the following series? 0. 34 b. 75 d. 10. 542.3. 7.9 d. 1 d. 54 c. 6.11. 45. 2 a. 64 d. 10. 477 d.25. 0 b. 10 c. . 405 a. . 4. 27. 59 d. . 7. What number is missing from the following series? 5.6. a. 467 9. . 62 b. What number should come next? a. 67. 6 b.–NUMBER SERIES– Practice Questions 1. 50 b. 499 b. 6. What number is missing from the following series? 72.0 a.3 a.2. 2 6. 5. 9. 63 c. 45.8 5. 58 4. 12 b. What number is missing from the following series? 8. 4 2. 6.1. 52 a. 1. 9. . . What number is missing from the following series? 90.625 a. 15. What number is missing from the following series? 1. What number is missing from the following series? 18. 8 d. . 60 c. 7. 10. 11. . 8 c. 14. 7.5 79 . 1 a. 7.9. 22. 12. 8. 16 d.1 b. 492. .7.5 d. Look at this series: 567. 8. What number is missing from the following series? 9.

22. 24 2 a. 2 4 What number should come next? a. 5. b.423.240 40 5 . 9 d. 5. 5 13. 28 16. 2 b. a.408 c. What number is missing from the following series? 10. –14. . 4 c. a. a. 6. 0. 11 . 1 3 1 8 2 8 1 16 14.7 b. 5. 3. 30. What number is missing from the following series? 30.923 d. 1. 1 . 7. c. 7. 40. 12 d. 4 d. What number is missing from the following series? 5.2 a. 16.823 b. 4. 15 . 29 1 2 b. 1. What number is missing from the following series? . What number is missing from the following series? 1 2 1 . Look at this series: 2. 3. 17 11. 1 .548. 12. 27. 9. 10 c. 40 d. c. d. 1 b. –13. 1. 1.673. 25. 4. 4. 1 . 52 17. 5.08 d. 5.34. 3 c. 5. 29 c. .798. d. b. 0. . 0. What number is missing from the following series? 0. 34 c. . 8 b. a. 15 a. What number is missing from the following series? –12. 5. .848 c. 28 1 2 d. What number is missing from the following series? 4. 1. 10. 13 18. 33 b. . 51 .–NUMBER SERIES– 10. 2 30 1 45 1 90 1 270 15.0136 a.948 80 12. 4. 1. .068. 1. 6. . 5. 4.

15 b. What number should come next? a. . 188 c. 14 c. 30 d. 4. 24 c. 26. –25 b. 14. . 34. –22 c. 28. What number should come next? a. . What number should ﬁll the blank? a. . Look at this series: 0. 88. 0. 84. 17. 22. What number is missing from the following series? 9. –7. .9. . 268 d.4 c. What number is missing from the following series? 10. 18 b. . . 29. –20 d. Look at this series: 31. . 38 c.7 d. . 25. 18 c. 12 28. a. . 16 b. 11. 0. 14 c. 3. 28. 334 21. 40 d. 4 . 8 23. 24. 16. 26 c. 12. 27 27. 26. 4. 30 d. . Look at this series: 29. .16 25. . 27. . 0. .6 d. 0. 16. 31 20. 30 b. 26 d. 27. 51 24. 16.2 b. 40. . 1.1.8.–NUMBER SERIES– 19. 20. 29. Look at this series: 53. 2 . a. 13 d. 34 81 . 26. What number is missing from the following series? 6. 27. 264. . 15. 21.1 26. 5 5 5 What number should come next? a. . 14 b. . 1 . 3. . 58 a.4. . What number is missing from the following series? 38. . a. 5. 53. What number should come next? a. 4. 31.2. Look at this series: 1. .7 c. 5. 8. 16. . . 27. 9 d. 180 b. 14 b.3. .5. Look at this series: 10. What number should ﬁll the blank? a. 2. 23 b. –16. –19 22.

42. 14. 46 82 . what is 2 4 8 the denominator of the tenth term? a. 512 d. What number should come next? a. 212 c. . 40. . 28. Look at this series: 8. . . 7 b. 42 d. . 1. 12. 30. . 7 1 2 b. d. 11 1 4 30. 15. 64. 2 3 1 2 3 8 1 4 33. If the pattern 1 . . . . Look at this series: 1. 13 b. 8 4 8 What number should come next? a. 60. 13. 22. 28. 24. c. What two numbers should come next? a. 20. 22. 24. 28. Look at this series: 3. 22. 22 c. . . 7 . 36. . Look at this series: 21. 25 32. 15. 14 d. . 16. Look at this series: 14. b. 56 c. 26 34. 21. 8. 120. What two numbers should come next? a.–NUMBER SERIES– 29. Look at this series: 9. 32. 4. 11. 15 31. 21 c. Look at this series: 1. 10 d. 33 4 a. . 11. 22. 12. .024 35. . 18. . . 17. What number should come next? a. 32 b. . 17 37. 27 c. 30. . 9 1 4 c. . 21 b. . . . . 8 c. 1 . 14. . 5. 3 . 6 b. What number should come next? a. 16. 12. 5 . 96 d. 116 . is continued. 52 b. . 10 c. 1 . 17 d. 4. 28 d. 64 b. . What number should come next? a. 9. What is the missing term in the following number pattern? 240. 14. 7. 128 36. . . . 8. 20. . 22 d.

46. III c. . d. 83 . MEN d. . . . c. 45. c. XII. a. Look at this series: XX. S2 40. 13 41. What number should come next? a. KLMA c. V. CAB c. . XVI. Q3 c. GLHA.–NUMBER SERIES– 38. 10. JAK. KLLA 44. LCM. MLNA a. ELFA. . KJI. Select the pattern that best completes the following sequence. IV b. d. IV. V c. N8. c. b. R2 d. HGF b. a. a. EDC a. . VII b. a. Select the answer choice that best completes the following sequence. . QPO. What number should come next? a. Q2 b. PFQ 42. P5. . Select the letters that best complete the following sequence. Select the letters that best complete the following sequence. Look at this series: VI. GHI 43. b. KBL. VIII. What number should come next? a. LLMA d. NML. . VI d. OEP b. . b. L11. 11. OLPA b. III 39. IX d. Select the pattern that best completes the following sequence. MDN. 12. d. . NEO c. . Select the pattern that best completes the following sequence. . JKL d. Look at this series: J14. ILJA.

–NUMBER SERIES–

47. What best completes the following sequence?

49. What best completes the following sequence?

a. b. c. d. 48. What best completes the following sequence?

a. b. c. d. 50. What best completes the following sequence?

a. b. c. d.

a. b. c. d.

84

–NUMBER SERIES–

Answers

1. b. This is an arithmetic series that decreases by four as the series progresses. Thus, the missing number is 14 – 4 = 10. You can check that this is correct by applying the rule to the 10: 10 – 4 = 6, which is in fact the next term. 2. d. This is a geometric series. You multiply each term by 3 to get the next term. The missing term is 45 × 3 = 135. You can check that this rule works by multiplying 135 by 3. This yields 405, which is the next term. 3. a. This is an arithmetic series. Each term is 5 less than the prior term. To ﬁnd the missing term, subtract 5 from 67 to get 62. Next, check that the rule is correct by verifying 62 – 5 = 57, the next term. 4. c. This is an arithmetic series with a common difference of 0.3. This simply means that each term is 0.3 less than the term before it. 8.2 – 0.3 = 7.9, so the missing term is 7.9. To check that you found the right rule, subtract 0.3 from 7.9 to get 7.6, the next term. 5. b. This series is neither arithmetic or geometric. It is simply three numbers repeating over and over in order. The numbers 1, 4, and 6 repeat. Thus, the missing number is 4. 6. c. This is an arithmetic series. Each term is 0.4 greater than the previous term. 10.1 + 0.4 = 10.5. Using this rule, the term following 10.5 should be 10.5 + 0.4 = 10.9, and it is. Thus, you know you used the correct rule. 7. c. This series is neither arithmetic or geometric. If you look carefully at the numbers, you should notice that each is a cube of a number. In other words, 0, 1, 8, 27 corresponds to 03, 13, 23, 33, so the next term should equal 43, or 64. 8. d. This is an arithmetic series; each number is 25 less than the previous number. Thus, the answer is 492 – 25 = 467. 9. d. This is a geometric series with a common ratio of 1 . In other words, each term is 1 of 2 2 the term that precedes it. Thus, the missing term is 1 of 45; 1 × 45 = 22.5. To check that 2 2 you used the correct rule, take 1 of 22.5: 22.5 2 × 1 = 11.25. This is the next term in the series 2 so you know you are right. 10. a. This is a geometric series with a common ratio of 0.2. In other words, each term is 0.2 times the term that precedes it. You can divide 0.34 by 0.2 to ﬁgure out what the ﬁrst term is. 0.34 ÷ 0.2 = 1.7. You can check that you have the correct answer by applying the rule: 0.34 × 0.2 = 0.068. 11. b. This is a geometric series; each number is one-half of the previous number. Thus, the next number should be 1 × 1 = 1 . 2 4 8 12. b. Here the numbers are increasing, but the amount by which they are increasing is increasing as well. 0 (+ 1) 1 (+2) 3 (+3) 6 (+4) 10 (+5) 15. Thus, the missing number is 3. 13. d. Consider this series as a triplet. The ﬁrst 2 terms of the triplet are always 4 followed by 1. Notice that every third term gets 2 added to it: 4, 1, 5, 4, 1, 7, 4, 1, 9, 4, 1, . Thus, the missing number is 9 + 2 = 11. 14. c. This is a geometric series with a common 1 ratio of 6 . This means that each term is the 1 prior term multiplied by 6 . This is more evident when looking at the last two terms of the 2 1 1 1 1 1 series: 5 (× 6 ) 115 (× 6 ) (× 6 ) 540 (× 6 ) 1 1 1 1 3,240 . Thus, the missing term is 15 × 6 = 90 . 15. c. This is an arithmetic series with a common difference of 1 1 . The missing term is 30 – 1 1 2 2 = 28 1 . You can check your work by applying 2

85

–NUMBER SERIES–

16.

17.

18.

19.

20.

21.

the rule to 28 1 ; 28 1 – 1 1 = 27, which is the 2 2 2 next term. d. Here the numbers are increasing. Notice that it is not a steady common difference (arithmetic), nor a steady common ratio (geometric). The amount of increase corresponds more to an addition, and each term is increasing by having a larger number added to it. The pattern here is 10 (+2) 12 (+4) 16 (+6) 22 (+8) 30 (+10) 40 (+12) . Thus, the missing number is 40 + 12, or 52. a. Here the series can be considered as triplets. The ﬁrst number of each triplet is decreased by 1: –12, 6, 4 –13, 7, 3 –14, , 2. The second number of each triplet is increased by 1: –12, 6, 4 –13, 7, 3 –14, , 2. Thus, the missing number is 7 + 1 = 8. (Notice also that the third number in each triplet is decreased by 1: –12, 6, 4 –13, 7, 3 –14, , 2.) c. This is an arithmetic series in which each number is increased by 125. The missing number will be 5,798 + 125, or 5,923. d. The pattern here is +5, +5, repeat, +5, +5, repeat. 6 (+5) 11 (+5) 16 (repeat ) 16 (+5) 21 (+5) 26 (repeat ) 26 (+5) Thus, the missing number is 26 + 5 = 31. c. The pattern here is +4, × 6, +4, × 6, and so forth. 10 (+ 4) 14 (× 6) 84 (+ 4) 88 (× 6) 264 (+ 4) Thus, the missing number is 264 + 4 = 268. b. Here the numbers are decreasing, though not by a steady amount or by a common ratio. The pattern of decrease is: 38 (minus 3 × 6) 20 (minus 3 × 5) 5 (minus 3 × 4) –7 (minus 3 × 3) –16 (minus 3 × 2) Thus, the missing number is –16 minus 3 × 2, or –16 – 6 = –22.

22. a. Here the pattern is – 1, × 2, – 1, × 2, and so forth: 9 (– 1) 8 (× 2) 16 (–1) 15 (× 2) (– 1) 29 (× 2) 58 Thus, the missing number is 15 × 2 = 30. You can check that you are right by subtracting 1; 30 – 1 = 29, which is the next number in the series. 23. c. In this series, each number is repeated, then 13 is subtracted to arrive at the next number. Thus, the missing number is 53 – 13 = 40. 24. c. This is a multiplication series with repetition. The decimals (0.2, 0.4, 0.8) are repeated by a fraction with the same value ( 1 , 2 , 4 ) and are 5 5 5 then multiplied by 2. Thus, the next number will be 0.8 × 2, or 1.6. 25. c. In this arithmetic series, each number increases by 0.8. Thus, the next number should be 3.9 + 0.8 = 4.7, choice c. 26. c. In this simple alternating addition and subtraction series, 2 is subtracted, then 1 is added, and so on. Thus, the next number should be 25 + 1, or 26. 27. a. This is an alternating subtraction series, which subtracts 2, then 5. Thus, the next number will be 17 – 2 = 15. 28. a. This is an alternating addition and subtraction series. The ﬁrst series begins with 10 and adds 2 (10, 12, 14, 16); the second begins with 34 and subtracts 3 (34, 31, 28). Thus, the number that belongs in the blank is 14. 29. a. Each number in the pattern is one-half of the previous number. Half of 15 is 7 1 . You can 2 check the pattern by taking half of 7 1 , which 2 is 3 3 , the next term. 4 30. d. This alternating addition series begins with 3. 1 is added to give 4; then 3 is added to give 7; then 1 is added, and so on. Thus, the next number will be 12 + 3 = 15.

86

–NUMBER SERIES–

31. a. This is an alternating series. In the ﬁrst pattern, 8 is added (1, 9, 17); in the second pattern, 1 is added (4, 5, 6). Thus, the next number will be 6. 32. b. This is a subtraction series. Each number decreases by 1 . The next number is 5 – 1 , 8 8 8 which is 4 , or 1 . 8 2 33. c. This is an alternating repetition series, with a random number, 22, introduced as every third number into an otherwise simple addition series. In the addition series, 4 is added to each number to arrive at the next number. Thus, the next two numbers will be 22 (the random number) followed 24 + 4, or 28. 34. d. Given the pattern 1 , 1 , 1 , 116 . . . notice that 2 4 8 the denominators double as the pattern advances. There are 4 terms so far. The ﬁfth term will have a denominator of 32, the sixth term will be 64, the seventh term will be 128, the eighth term will be 256, the ninth term will be 512, and the tenth term will be 1,024. 1 So the tenth term is 1,024 . 35. b. This is an alternating multiplication and subtraction series: First, multiply by 2, and then subtract 8. The next term will be 64 – 8 = 56. 36. d. This is an alternating addition and subtraction series. First, 3 is added, then 1 is subtracted; then 3 is added, 1 subtracted, and so on. Thus the next term will be 15 + 3 = 18. The term after that will be 18 – 1 = 17. 37. a. This is an addition series with a random number, 21, introduced as every third number. In the series, 6 is added to each number except 21, to arrive at the next number. The next number is the random number, 21. 38. a. This is a subtraction series; each number (represented in Roman numerals) is 4 less than the previous number. XX = 20, XVI = 16, XII = 12, VIII = 8, so the next number

39.

40.

41.

42.

43.

should be 4. In Roman numerals, 4 is written as IV, choice a. c. In this series, the letters progress by 2 (J, L, N, P), while the numbers decrease by 3 (14, 11, 8, 5). Thus, the next term will be R2, choice c. b. This is an alternating addition and subtraction series. Roman numerals alternate with standard numbers. In the Roman numeral pattern, each number decreases by 1 (VI, V, IV, III, corresponding to 6, 5, 4, 3). In the standard numeral pattern, each number increases by 1 (10, 11, 12, 13). Thus, the next number should be the Roman numeral for 3, which is III. b. If you consider each triplet of letters, the ﬁrst letter in each triplet progresses from J K L M . The second letter in each triplet progresses from A B C D , and the third letter in each triplet progresses from K L M N . Therefore, the last triplet should be NEO. a. If you look carefully at this sequence, you will notice that the entire sequence is the alphabet (starting at C) written backward. Therefore, the missing three letters are HGF. d. If you look at the ﬁrst letter in each quadruplet, you can see that one letter is skipped: ELFA, GLHA, ILJA, , MLNA, so the ﬁrst missing letter is K. Looking at the second letter in each quadruplet, you see that the letter L is constant: ELFA, GLHA, ILJA, , MLNA, so the second missing letter must be L. Next, look at the third letter in each quadruplet: ELFA, GLHA, ILJA, , MLNA. Again, one letter is skipped, so the missing letter is L. Finally, look at the last letter in each quadruplet: ELFA, GLHA, ILJA, , MLNA. The letter A is a constant, so the last missing letter is A. Thus, the entire missing piece is KLLA.

87

–NUMBER SERIES–

44. b. Notice that each group of symbols has three versions of the same shape, the middle version being the largest: . Also, a black and a white version of the shape border this large middle shape. Notice that the circle is on the right and the black triangle is on the left. The missing shapes will be squares (thus choice c is incorrect). The next two shapes will be a large square with the black square on the right: . 45. a. The ﬁrst group contains a square between two triangles. Next, there is a circle between 2 squares. Third, there is a diamond between two circles. The last set has a rectangle in the middle. It should be between two diamonds. 46. b. This is an alternating pattern. First, the two arrows point right, then one points up and one points down. Thus, the next part of the sequence should contain the two arrows pointing right. 47. d. The ﬁrst image is reﬂected (ﬂipped), generating the second image. Then the second is

ﬂipped to form the third. Thus, the fourth image will be the reﬂection of which will look like this: . 48. a. Look at the number of dots on each domino in each triplet: . The ﬁrst triplet has 5 dots, 3 dots, 1 dot. The next triplet has 1 dot, 3 dots, 5 dots. The last triplet ends with 1 dot. It is safe to assume that the pattern here is 5-3-1; 1-3-5; and 5-3-1. The missing 2 dominos are , the 5 and the 3. 49. c. Notice that the ﬁrst and the third segments are upside-down versions of each other. The second and the fourth should also be upside-down versions of each other. Thus, the missing piece of the last segment looks like this: . 50. c. The ﬁrst and the third ﬁgures swap the inner shape for the outer shape. The second and fourth would then be expected to swap the top and bottom shapes. Thus, you would expect the missing shape to be a square on top of a circle, choice c.

88

C H A P T E R

7

I

■ ■ ■ ■

Word Problems

n addition to dealing with basic operations, fractions, decimals, and percents, the civil service exam may use word problems to test your math and logic skils. This chapter will introduce a few common types of word problems.

**Ratios and Proportions
**

A ratio is a way of comparing two or more numbers. There are several different ways to write ratios. Here are some examples. with the word to: 1 to 2 using a colon (:) to separate the numbers: 1 : 2 using the term for every: 1 for every 2 separated by a division sign or fraction bar: 1 2

89

Finally. This is the missing part: the number of union workers. a fraction represents a part over a whole: part whole Often. You know one part: that there are 360 nonunion workers. add the number of union workers to nonunion workers to get the whole: 360 + 240 = 600. you can ﬁnd an unknown part. For example. you can calculate the whole. A proportion is a way of relating two ratios to one another. consider the following. divide both sides by 3 to get ? = 240.–WORD PROBLEMS– Usually. you are given a 2:3 ratio. Example: If the ratio of union workers to nonunion workers is 2:3 and there are 360 nonunion workers. you can often ﬁnd the whole if you know all the parts. You should be familiar with the following salary schedules: ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ per hour: amount earned each hour daily: amount earned each day weekly: amount earned each week semiweekly: amount earned twice a week semimonthly: amount earned twice a month monthly: amount earned each month annually: amount earned each year Other problems involving work need to be dissected logically. Work and Salaries in Word Problems Some word problems deal with salaries. a ratio represents a part over a part: part part But ratios can also represent a part over a whole: part whole When a ratio represents a part over a part. Once you know the unknown parts. 90 . If you equate a given ratio to the part that you know. You can set up a proportion in order to calculate the unknown part: 2 3 = ? 360 Cross multiply to get 360 × 2 = 3 × ?. Many word problems require you to use ratios and proportions to ﬁnd unknown values. Now. or 720 = 3 × ?. how many workers are there in all? Here.

1 of 4 the tank would get ﬁlled. and your T is in hours. you 3 see that Pipe X ﬁlls 132 per minute and Pipe Y drains 142 per minute. distances. 1 of the tank would get drained. so long as the units you use in the equation match each other. miles per hour. how long will it take 4 workers to complete the same job? Assume all workers work at the same rate. how long will it take for the tank to drain? First. and so forth. This pipe can empty the tank in 3 minutes. that your D is in miles. Next. Most people try to set up the following proportion when confronted with this scenario: 14 wo r kers 4 workers 2 d ays = ? days Notice that the ? in the denominator of the second ratio will be smaller than the 2 days in the denominator of the ﬁrst ratio. Just be sure that if you use. The net effect is a draining of 112 of the tank every minute. and times. Distance Word Problems Distance questions can be solved with the formula D = RT. If 14 workers can complete the job in 2 days. kilometers per hour. consider Pipe X. and T = time. For example. Here you have the ﬂexibility to use many different combinations of rates. it will take 6 minutes to drain the 162 of water (at the 2 rate of 112 out per minute). It can ﬁll the tank in 4 minutes. and the valves leading to pipes X and Y are closed. consider Pipe Y. Example: A tank is partly ﬁlled with water. Tank and pipe questions involve the ﬁlling and draining of tanks through various pipes. At a certain point in time. This means that for every minute that goes by. or 7 days. rates can be measured in meters per second. a rate in miles per hour as your R in the equation. where D = distance. This sort of question needs to be broken apart logically. Once you see what the net (overall) effect is. feet per second. This means that for every minute that goes by. Tank and Pipe Word Problems Tank and pipe word problems must also be solved logically. R = rate. Pipe X leads into the tank and can ﬁll the entire tank in 4 minutes. 91 . It will take 4 people 1 as long to complete 4 this amount of work. you are able to solve the question posed to you. Since the tank starts out 1 full (or 162 full). assuming that a constant rate is maintained. the tank is halfway full. for example. Pipe Y drains the tank and can drain the entire tank in 3 minutes. When these valves are opened simultaneously. When you consider these fractions as twelfths.–WORD PROBLEMS– Example: If 14 workers can complete a job in 2 days. Does it make sense that 4 workers will be able to ﬁnish the job of 14 workers in less than 2 days? No. it will take one person 14 times as long to complete the same job: 28 days.

00 c.500 in March.500 in February. $6. It is helpful to draw a diagram to understand this better: Train A Train B DA = RT DA = RT initial distance apart Practice Questions 1. $3. 6 feet 5 inches 5. $5. he transferred 1 into checking. A shipment of cable weighs 3. If he put 30% of his total earnings into his checking account and the rest into his saving account. per foot. how long will their combined length be? a.720 lbs. If the total weight of 3 identical reels of cable is 6.000 in his savings account. $78.600 d.300 d. This means that they were 195 + 210 = 405 miles apart initially. At the same time. and spent 1 on a com8 puter system. and Train B travels (70)(3) = 210 miles. Greg had $12. how much money does he have in his checking account? a. 700 feet 92 . you know Train A travels a distance of (65)(3) = 195 miles.000 4. 6 feet d.600 b. If two pieces of wood measuring 2 1 feet and 3 1 2 3 feet are laid end to end. If the 2 trains pass each other after 3 hours. $30. 64. $80. how far apart were they initially? The 2 trains’ initial distance apart equals the sum of the distance each travels in 3 hours. $4. $3. $5. $6. how many feet of cable are in each reel? a. $26. Train B leaves a western station heading east at a constant rate of 70 miles per hour. How much money remains in his savings account? a.75 d. Pete made $4. Of this amount.504 feet c. 2.–WORD PROBLEMS– Example: Train A leaves its station and travels at a constant rate of 65 miles per hour in an eastward direction.512 feet b. How much money does Denise have left? a. 5 feet 5 inches b. 1 into a 3 4 certiﬁcate of deposit. She then gave 1 of the remainder to 4 Darlene. $3. and $4. $8.000 feet d.000 c.500 b. Using D = RT. 21.2 lbs.00 3. 5 feet 10 inches c. Denise had $120.25 b. She gave 1 of this amount to 8 Suzanne.400 2.000 in January.200 c.

3 kilometers c.3 d 0. and 8 surge suppressors at $18 each. A map drawn to scale shows that the distance between 2 towns is 3 inches. Which equation could be used to ﬁnd d. d 3 0.3 d 0. $180 12. 3 miles b. Mia can hike 1. c. If the school receives a 12% discount. how much does he spend in 6 weeks? a.213. 20 d.200. $1. If Jack always spends $18 on gaming equipment in a week. $108 d. how far away are the two towns in kilometers? a. A school is purchasing 5 monitors at $175 each. Martin sees an average of 2.00 7. 4:8 c. 3:2 b.75 3 = 1. b. 15 minutes d. $48 c.313. $1.3 = 11. 90 minutes b. 64 b. what is the ﬁnal cost (excluding tax)? a.52 d.3 miles in 45 minutes. 16 b. If the scale is such that 1 inch equals 1 kilometer. 56 d. If she takes an hour lunch break. 72 c. If it takes 27 nails to build 3 boxes. $1. 30 kilometers 9.75 d = 1. how long would it take the same machine to build 18 components? a. 18 minutes c. 3 printers at $120 each. d. 4:12 8. Dr. A 2:3 ratio is equivalent to which of the following ratios? a.–WORD PROBLEMS– 6.52 c. the distance in miles that Mia can hike in 3 hours? a. 18 c. about how many patients does she see during the typical 9-to-5 work day? a. The Huntington Golf Club has a ratio of two women to every three men.75 1.75 = 3 3 0.5 patients per hour. 30 minutes 13.379.3 1. 30 miles d. $60 b. 8:12 d. $1. how many nails will it take to build 7 boxes? a. If it takes a machine 5 minutes to build 3 components. 63 10. 22 93 .00 b.

and Wednesday he worked 4 1 hours. $363. What is her yearly salary? a. Four 6 trucks. arrive on 4 the job. Monday he worked 5 hours. and Mitch will get paid time and a half for these overtime hours. 1:2 b. Gary earns $22 an hour as a lab technician. $407. 30 c. $300 d. There is 1 ton more sand than is needed. $340 21.400 20.–WORD PROBLEMS– 14. 6 19. 8 feet b. each ﬁlled with 3 tons of sand. 3 d. 1 ton more is 3 needed. 1 ton more is 6 needed. $14. A diagram drawn to scale shows a diagonal of 12 centimeters. Is there enough sand. If the scale is 1. Jessica earns a semimonthly salary of $1. $48. 1:4 18.305 feet 16. Francine has read 4 of the novel. 6 feet 15. how many minutes would it take them to pot 200 plants? a. Lydia has read 5 half as much as Francine. There is not enough sand. His boss wants him to work this weekend. During a normal 40-hour workweek. 2:5 c.00 d. There is 1 ton more sand than is needed. $385.200.00 b. how long is the actual diagonal? a. How 2 much did he earn during those three days? a. What is the ratio of the number of pages Lydia has read to the number of pages in the novel? a. 6 feet 5 inches d. Henri can do the same job in 60 minutes. 18. 5 feet 1 inch c. $374.000 c.8 feet d.00 c. $28.5 feet c. The height of the Statue of Liberty from foundation to torch is 305 feet 1 inch. and both are reading the same 350-page novel. Francine and Lydia are in the same book club. There is not enough sand. Mitch earns $800. 6.800 d. How much will Mitch make for 10 weekend hours? a. 5 inches b.000 b. $200 b.5 centimeters = 1 foot. $144. c. 2:3 d. $240 c. If they worked together. 60 17. Webster’s American Mini-Golf has a 1:60 scale model of the statue. A construction job calls for 2 5 tons of sand.00 94 . 7. 20 b. 40 d. Approximately how tall is the scale model? a. Scott can pot 100 plants in 30 minutes. b. Tuesday he worked 8 hours. or is there too much sand for the job? a.

20 days 95 .983. $1.300 as her gross pay.30 c.992. 3. $3. 12 hours 28.80 b.800 d.600 c.792. Of this amount. He sold $825 worth of merchandise during November. 2 d.600 b. A job can be completed by 6 workers in 18 days. 1 1 2 c. John earns $1. A machine can assemble 400 parts in half an hour.988.600 a month plus 8% commission on all sales. $2. $4. 12 days b. $73.45 was deducted for FICA tax. Four machines can complete a job in 6 hours. This month Louise earned $2.200 c.883. 2 1 2 24. $1. $980 worth of merchandise during December. 8 hours c. $1.888. $3. How many days would it take 9 workers to complete the job? a. 800 b. $1. 10 hours d.924.40 c. $2. 16 days c. 20 days 29. $82. 18 days d.40 27. One construction job can be completed by 16 workers in 10 days. $3. 7. How many days would it take 8 workers to complete the job? a.597.50 was deducted for state tax. 18 days d. 1.25 was deducted for city tax.00 d. What were his total earnings for these three months? a. Kate’s daily salary is $120. How long will it take 3 machines to complete the same job? a.600 25. Of the 400 parts. 16 days c. and $600 worth of merchandise during January. If she worked 24 days this month. how much did she earn? a. How much was her net paycheck? a. how many nondefective parts will be assembled in 5 hours? a. $1.80 d. 12 days b. $1.000 d. 1 b.–WORD PROBLEMS– 22. Two men can load a truck in 4 hours.40 b. and $100 was diverted to her 401(k). $160.880 26.33 23. 4 hours b. How many trucks can they load in 6 hours? a. 5% will be defective. If two machines are working.

$1. How long would it take Elise to complete the task alone? a.500 34. 4 4 hours 5 d. $3. The contract for the entire project paid $2. The contract for the entire project was $7. Alison and Artie worked on a project together. $17. Rose and Marie worked on a project together.000 yearly salary translates into which of the following hourly wages? a. Nine workers working at the same pace can complete a job in 12 days.000.50 c. 48 31.46 96 .800. 12 hours c. The women decide to split the money up according to the ratio of the amount of time each put into the project. how much will Artie get? a. 30 c. If this job must be completed in 3 days. $3. $1. 36 d.000 d. a $28. $19. 13 hours b. $4. $4.) a.500 c. Jim by $400 c. Jim by $1.400 35.95 d. 27 b. 4 hours 32. Working together. For an employee who works a 30-hour workweek.000 b. how many workers should be assigned? a. How much did Marie get? a. $400 b. $14.–WORD PROBLEMS– 30. Rose put in 40 hours of work and Marie put in 60 hours of work. Tina’s semiweekly salary is $400. If both of them work a standard 40-hour workweek. 6 1 hours 2 b. 10 hours d. When Anthony and Elise work together they can complete a task in 3 hours. how long will it take them to type 375 reports? a. $600 c. Jim’s semimonthly salary is $1.400 b. Alison put in 18 hours of work and Artie put in 24 hours of work. 6 hours c.000. If the two decide to split the money up according to the ratio of the amount of time each put into the project.200 33. Ethan can type 110 reports in 6 hours. Kayla can type 60 reports in 3 hours. When Anthony works alone he can complete the same task in 8 hours.000 d. who earns more for the month of February? (Assume that this is NOT a leap year.46 b. Tina by $400 d. $13. 9 hours 36. Tina by $1.

22 minutes d. 4000 seconds 97 . 180 kilometers b. Pipe A leads into a tank and Pipe B drains the tank. A pipe that can ﬁll 116 of the tank per minute begins letting more ﬂuid in. the valves leading to both pipes are shut and the tank is 1 full. If Michelle runs at a constant rate of 2. 7 b. 8 minutes b. how long will it take her to run 1 kilometer? a. how long will it take for the pipe to drain? a. 2 minutes b. 16 minutes c. 2 1 gallons 3 c.–WORD PROBLEMS– 37. 3 1 gallons 3 d. 700 d. If 2 both valves are opened simultaneously. For every 10. Pipe T leads into a tank and Pipe V drains the tank. 4 2 gallons 3 41. 70 c.7 gram of a pollutant is removed. Rudy forgot to replace his gas cap the last time he ﬁlled up his car with gas. 24 minutes 42. 3 minutes c. Pipe V can drain the entire tank in 4 minutes. 18 minutes b. At a certain point in time. 40 minutes c. 8 How long will it take to empty the tank? a. How many grams of the pollutant are removed when 106 liters have been ﬁltered? a. How much gas does Rudy lose in 1 week? a. 32 minutes 38. 4 minutes d. A tank containing ﬂuid is half full.5 meters per second. 2 gallons b. the valves leading to both pipes are shut and the tank is 1 full. Pipe T can ﬁll the entire tank in 6 minutes. The gas is evaporating out of his 14-gallon tank at a constant rate of 1 3 gallon per day. 6 minutes 39. At a certain point in time. 400 seconds d. 4 minutes b. 20 minutes c. 0. Pipe B can drain the entire tank in 8 minutes. Pipe A can ﬁll the entire tank in 10 minutes. a drain that can empty 1 of the tank in one minute is opened. If both 4 valves are opened simultaneously. How far did the car travel? a. how long will it take for the pipe to drain? a. 18 minutes d.000 liters of water that pass through a ﬁltering system. A car travels at a constant rate of 60 kilometers per hour for 3 hours. 18 kilometers d. 180 miles c. 18 miles 43.000 40. 7. At the same time.

Train B c. traveling at a rate of 70 miles per hour. 630 miles b. Train A leaves Station A at 6 P..M. What was his average speed in miles per hour? a. 20 minutes to jog 2 miles. Sharon c. Sharon can run 12 miles at a constant rate in an hour. then how far apart are the two stations? a. 8 miles per hour d.M. another train heads east on a parallel track. It cannot be determined by the information given. It took T. It cannot be determined by the information given. 50 miles per hour b. Amy can run 8 miles at a constant rate in 40 minutes. a westbound train departs the Stony Brook Station on its way to Penn Station. Amy b. If both trains are traveling at a constant rate.M. Train B leaves Station B. traveling at a rate of 60 miles per hour. 6:00 P.–WORD PROBLEMS– 44. how fast should she drive? a.M. 320 miles d.M. 6 miles per hour 45. which train would have traveled a greater distance after the time periods speciﬁed? a. If the westbound train travels at a constant speed of 70 miles per hour and the two stations are 260 miles apart. d. Both trains traveled the same distance. d. how far apart are they after 1 hour? a. c. If Stephanie’s house is 220 miles away and Sipora wants to get home in exactly 4 hours. Train B travels at 55 miles per hour for 30 minutes. 60 miles per hour d. 40 miles per hour b. traveling west at a constant rate of 90 miles per hour. At the same time. then at what time will the two trains pass each other? a.M. 570 miles d. Sipora drove to Stephanie’s house at a constant rate of 45 mph. b. d. 300 miles c.M. If the 2 trains are initially 700 miles apart. Train A travels at 60 mph for 20 minutes.J. They both run at the same rate. Who has a faster rate? a. 55 miles per hour c. At the same time. traveling east at a constant rate of 70 miles per hour. Train A b. 48. 360 miles 50. 98 .. 10 miles per hour c. An eastbound train destined for Stony Brook Station leaves Penn Station at 4 P. If the two trains pass each other at 8 P. 5:00 P. 65 miles per hour 46. 47. 560 miles 49. 5:30 P. At the same time. 4:30 P.. 610 miles c. A train leaves a station traveling west at 60 miles per hour. 280 miles b.

500. Five monitors will cost $175 × 5 = $875. Then. c.213. Thus.25 = $78. 3. and 40 minutes to pot all 200 plants. First convert the height of the statue to inches: 305 feet × 12 inches = 3.5 cenftometers = 12 centfiemeters .379 = . this adds to: $875 + $360 + $144 = $1. b. 3 3 feet = 3 feet 4 inches. To ﬁnd the distance Mia can hike in 3 hours. First set up a proportion: 118 = 6 .000 = 1 × 12.661 . Then solve for your answer: 3x = 90. a. foot 6. b. i 14. Thus. The statue is 3. or 3661. First set up a proportion: 237 = 7 .000 – 3. A 2:3 ratio is equivalent to an 8:12 ratio.660 inches.5 × ? = 12.000 + $3. or 1. Cross multiply: 60x = 3.500 went to buy the computer.661. Divide the total weight by 3 to ﬁgure out how much each of the three reels weighs: 6.000. 99 . 18 patients is the best answer. then 3 inches on the map would represent 3 kilometers. Next.3 milurs .48 = $1. 2. 16. 13.2 lb weight of the reel by 3foot s : 2.379 = $165. 7. c.500 + $4. the ﬁnal cost will be $1.75. Therefore. Before the discount. Set up a proportion: 1. 15. d.48. 1 ot ? et Cross multiply to get 1. Divide both sides by 661 60: x = 3. eight surge suppressors will cost $18 × 8 = $144.60 .30 × $12. Thus. 1 of 12. the amount left equals 12. d ratios equal to each other: 01. 1 of the $105 went to Darlene: 1 × 105 = 4 4 $26. set up a proportion: 610 = 3.000 = $3.720 ÷ 3 = 2. 45 minutes is es 3 equal to 4 of an hour or 0. 2 2 feet = 2 feet 6 inches. d. 12% of $1. 1 of 12.000 = $4. Scott would get 310 of the job done while Henri would get 610 of the job done in one minute. calculate the total amount of money: $4. Multiply the 2 ratio by 4 to get 182 . 3 4 8. c.5 × ? = 12 × 1 .000 – 4. ﬁrst set up the ratio of the distance she can walk in a certain amount of time.000. b. 5.735 = 3 . 1 of the $120 went to Suzanne: 1 × 120 = 8 8 $15. consider what fraction of the job would get done in one minute.52.000 = $1.379. the amount remaining is 105 – 26. x Next.500 = $12.2 pounds = 700 feet. cross 3 multiply: 3x = 18 × 5. and x = 108. Because this is a rate of work problem.25. Convert to feet by dividing by 12: 61 ÷ 12 = 5 r1. x is about 61 inches. into the checking account.500 = $3. Multiply the 7 hours by 2. You can x reduce the ﬁrst fraction: 9 = 7 and then cross 1 multiply: 1(x) = 9(7). 20 minutes would be needed to pot 100 plants. x 11. the answer is 5 feet 1 inch. If 1 inch on the map denotes 1 kilometer. First. choice b.660 + 1.000 = $3. x 9. b. 3 hours . a.379 – 165. a.75 hours 01. Together. Thus. d. so x = 63. they would get: 1 1 2 1 3 1 30 + 60 = 60 + 60 = 60 = 20 of the job done in one minute.5 patients per hour = 17. b. Cross multiplying yields 18 × 6 = 1 × x.000 = 1 × 8 8 12. so x = 30 minutes.–WORD PROBLEMS– Answers 1. Of the choices. 1 1 4.240 pounds ÷ 3. three printers will cost $120 × 3 = $360. This means there was 120 – 15 = $105 left.5 patients. First set up a proportion: 5 = 1x8 . Divide both sides by 1.5 to get ? = 8 feet.000 4 4 went to the CD.000 went to 3 3 checking.12 × 1. Set these 2 . c. The sum of these values is 5 feet 10 inches. less the one hour lunch break yields 7 working hours. 10. And 1 of $12. 9 to 5 represents an 8-hour work day. He puts 30% of the $12. .600. or .000 = 1 × 12.75 ho d Then set up the second ratio.240 pounds each. c. divide the . 12.000 – 1. inches tall.

Next. It would take 9 workers 108 ÷ 9 = 12 days. a. b. b. 30. it would be fair to give Rose 40% of the money and Marie 60% of the money.405 = $192. She makes $120 per day times 24 days: $120 × 24 = $2. the amount of time will be doubled. c. Francine has read 4 of 350 pages. It would take 8 workers 160 ÷ 8 = 20 days.40. c. 95% of 8.5 $22 hours × hour = $385.405. or 140 . They can load 1 truck in the ﬁrst 4 hours and 1 2 a truck in the next 2 hours. multiply the number 2 2 of hours he worked by his hourly wage: 17. will be defective. Together. Convert both fractions into twenty-fourths. Of these 8. This is a two-step problem involving multiplication and subtraction. Multiply by 12 months per year: $2. determine the amount of sand contained in the 4 trucks.200 = $2. Marie and Rose earned a total of $2.60 × $2.000.40 commission to his 3 months of pay: $192. or 140.405: 0. a. notice that if the amount of workers is halved. First. Lydia has read 140 pages out of 350. 25. First. 27.000 for 100 . Next. If he typically earns $800 a week. It would take 1 person 9 × 12 = 108 days to complete the job.8 × 350 5 = 280. Semimonthly means twice a month. d. so 95% will be nondefective.800 = $4. if one machine assembles 400 parts in a half hour. Next. 21. It would take 3 machines 1 of 24 3 hrs = 1 × 24 = 8 hours. 5 18.600. d. add up all of his merchandise sales: $825 + $980 + $600 = $2.45 – $82. d.80.000 = 7.5 × 20 = $30 for each overtime $30 hour. Subtract all of the listed deductions and the diversion to yield the net paycheck: $2. 254 = 4 4 hours. 19.880.000 = 0. 31.992. c. so they can load 1 1 trucks in 6 hours. 3 28. reduce: 4 = 3.000 = $1.000 = 95% × 8.400 per month. 3 they are done in 3 hours). 5 32. Lydia has read half of that.25 – $100 = $1. 22. Finally.600) = $192. Anthony and Elise complete 1 of the task in 1 hour.08 × $2. add up all the hours he worked: 8 + 5 + 4 1 = 17 1 hours. It would take 1 worker 6 × 18 = 108 days. 26. 10 hours × hour = $300.40 + $4. This means she makes 2 × $1. 1 worker would take 16 times that amount.400 o 12 myentrhs × month = $28.000 = 0. 2 24.600 parts per hour. subtract: 3 – 2 5 = 1 .–WORD PROBLEMS– 17. when combining their efforts. There is 1 ton more than is 6 6 6 needed. You know this because he completes the entire task in 8 hours. (Thus. or 0.95 × 8. In 5 hours. If 4 machines can complete the job in 6 hours.000 parts. when considering the percent of work each did. Elise completes 254 of the task per hour.883.300 – $160. it will assemble 800 parts in an hour. 5%. 23. Two machines working together will assemble 2 × 800 = 1. 350 Reduce to 2 . or 60% × $2. d.200. Thus. c. he makes $800 ÷ 40 hours = $20 per hour. 40 hours of work + 60 hours of work = 100 total hours. First. Marie gets 60% of $2. 3 4 12 12 4 × 1 = 4 . d. Therefore. b. 29. 284 per hour (both) – 234 per hour (just Anthony) = 254 per hour (just Elise). a 20. First. Also. it will take 1 machine 4 times as long or 24 hours. This means he will make 1. Alternatively. Add the $192.600 = 8. It would take 36 people 3 days to complete the same job because 108 ÷ 3 = 36. If 16 workers take 10 days to complete a job. or 160 days.800 a year.40.50 – $73. A daily salary is per day.000 parts. c. d. take 8% of the $2. they will make 5 × 1. Anthony can complete 1 of the task in 1 8 hour.40 + (3)($1. It will take her 2 4 hours to 5 complete the entire task.

R = 2. a. 38. The ratio of time spent is 18:24. Since the tank starts 1 out 2 full. 3 115x 3 × 375 115 = 115 and x = 9. Ethan can type 110 reports in 6 hours. she gets 2 60 hrs × $hr0 = $1. So you multiply: 1 gal per 3 day × 7 days = 7 gal. So every minute the net loss of ﬂuid is 126 – 116 = 116 per minute loss. it will take 8 minutes for the 186 to drain. This means the net effect every minute is 1 – 1 = 132 – 122 4 6 1 = 112 of the tank is drained. Pipe A ﬁlls 110 of the tank every minute.000. This means the fractional 18 part of the job for Alison and Artie equals 42 24 24 and 42 .560 = $17. so he gets $3.000. It will take 3 minutes for these 132 to drain out at a rate of 1 12 per minute. 101 .200 per month.200. the total number equals 115 reports.560 hours. 35. Use D = RT with 5 ers D =1.78 c. 4x is the amount of money Artie gets. Use sixteenths when considering the situation. Since 106 liters = 100 times 104. Here D = 60 kilometers × 3 hours = 180 kilometers. Jim gets paid $1.000 liters = 104 liters.000.20. 100 hours of work. 30 hours per week × 52 37.800 twice a month (semimonthly).000. If 1 of the 40 2 tank is initially full. weeks per year = 1. 42 reduces to 7 . respectively. you can calculate the fractional part of the job that each one worked and then use that fraction to calculate each person’s share of the contracted amount. Alison worked 18 hours and Artie worked 24 hours. This is a rate of $20 per hour. b. which reduces to 3:4. Artie gets 42 of the 24 4 4 total $7.7. or 2 1 gallons are lost. Alternatively. Pipe V 6 1 empties 4 of the tank per minute. this equals 132 full. 1 This means 116 is coming in as 8 = 126 is going out. Thus. If 116 drains per minute. 7 of $7. compare this value with the 375 reports in the question. Next. This means Jim makes $400 more per month than Tina does.000 = $4. If Kayla types 60 reports and Ethan types 55 reports in 3 hours. Rearrange D = RT to T = D = 1.600 per month. 39. 10. Use the constant rate equation: D = RT. Since Marie worked 60 hours.000 ÷ 1. 42. b.000 meters. it is 186 full. the number of grams of pollutant that is removed is 100 times 0. If 4 of the tank is initially full. 1 kilometer = 1.000).00 R 5 = 400 seconds. It will 40 take 20 minutes for the 20 to drain out at a 40 rate of 410 per minute. c. Now. x = $1. Multiply this weekly amount by the 4 weeks per month: $800 per week × 4 weeks per month = $3. or 7 days. b. 40. where 3x is the amount of money Alison gets. divide the total amount of money by the total amount of hours: $28. Pipe T ﬁlls 1 of the tank every minute. c. a. 115 = x hours .95 per hour. Tina gets paid $400 semiweekly (2 times a week) so she gets $800 per week. The combined work time is 18 + 24 = 42 hours. c.000. b.semetd . so he must type 55 reports in 3 hours. Thus. Use this 3 to 4 ratio in the algebraic equation 3x + 4x = 7x. and 7x is the total amount of money (which you know is $7.000) = $4.000. Pipe B empties 1 of the tank per minute. 1 gallon is lost per day over the course of a 3 week. or 70. 34. 36.–WORD PROBLEMS– 33. this equals 20 full. 41. This 8 means the net effect every minute is 1 – 110 = 8 5 – 440 = 410 of the tank is drained. b. if 7x = $7. Artie’s share equals 4x or (4)($1. and T as the con unknown. choice c. The person works a 30-hour work week for 52 weeks per year. 43. If they type 115 375 reports together in 3 hours. 3 3 Notice that it doesn’t matter that the tank holds 14 gallons because the amount lost doesn’t come close to 14.

Train A will travel D = 60 × 1 = 20 miles. Rearrange D = RT into R = D ÷ T. Thus. The total distance will be equal to the distances traveled by both trains throughout the unknown amount of time (T). Sharon’s rate is then R = 12 miles ÷ 60 minutes = 0. First. d. 50. 49. Next. 260 = 60T + 70T = 130T. Thus. 46. b. b. so the time will be 6:00 P. Substitute in T the given values: R = 20 minutes = 1 hour. calculate Sharon’s rate in the same units of miles per minute.2 miles per minute.5 miles. Amy’s rate is R = 8 miles ÷ 40 minutes = 0. This means you need to convert the 1 hour into 60 minutes. The ﬁrst train will travel D = RT = 60 × 1 = 60 miles west. Train B travels west a total of D = RT = 90 × 2 = 180 miles. c. D 3 = 2 miles into R = D and R = 2 miles ÷ 1 hr = T 3 6 miles per hour. Thus. convert minutes to hours: 20 minutes = 1 1 3 hour and 30 minutes = 2 hour. choice d. calculate the two distances by using D = RT. 47. Rearrange D = RT into R = D . if the initial distance between the 2 trains was 700 miles..–WORD PROBLEMS– 44.2 miles per minute. 102 . now the distance is 700 miles – 60 miles – 70 miles = 700 – 130 = 570 miles. c.M. The second train will travel D = RT = 70 × 1 = 70 miles east. Train A travels east a total of D = RT = 70 × 2 = 140 miles. 48. Next. Note that T = 2 because the trains pass each other after 2 hours. To ﬁnd the speed of her return trip. The total distance covered is equal to the distance that both trains travel. Sipora’s speed on the way to Stephanie’s house is irrelevant. d. 2 Train B travels the greater distance. 45. and T = 2. Penn Station SB Station Train 1 Train 2 D1 = 60T D2 = 70T initial distance apart = 260 miles = 60T + 70T initial distance apart = 260 miles = 60T + 70T Thus. The trains will pass each other after two hours. rearrange D = RT to R = D ÷ T = 220 ÷ 4 = 55 miles per hour. Train B 3 will travel D= 55 × 1 = 27. the total initial distance is 140 miles + 180 miles = 320 miles. c.

and a good reason to understand how to read them. charts. This chapter reviews the common kinds of graphs. More and more. That’s one reason you’re likely to ﬁnd graphs on the civil service exam. and tables you should be familiar with before exam day. or graph questions. You will also review mean. you’ll often see information presented in a graph. and probability—math concepts that are frequently used in chart. table. Tables. median. and Graphs hen you pick up the newspaper or watch a news report on TV.C H A P T E R 8 W Charts. 103 . you give and receive information visually. mode.

–CHARTS. National defense. AND GRAPHS– Pie Charts Pie charts show how the parts of a whole relate to one another. 1. Line Graphs Line graphs show how two categories of data or information (sometimes called variables) relate to one another. Example: The following pie chart represents data collected from a recent telephone survey. which category of spending best matches the voters’ wishes? On which category of spending did the voters want most of the money spent? Which category of spending receives the most federal dollars? To which two categories of spending did voters want the most money to go? Which two categories of spending actually received the most money? Explanations: 1. each data point is connected together to form a line so that you can 104 . TABLES. How Federal Dollars Are Spent Space 2% National Defense 2% Environment Other 4% 6% Energy 11% Space 12% Health 14% Other 8% Energy 10% Health 49% National Defense 53% Environment 29% How Voters Think the Money Should Be Spent How the Money Is Spent Using the “How Federal Dollars Are Spent” pie chart. Based on the survey. 2. 3. Defense and health received the most money. 4. Voters wanted money to go to health and environment. The data is displayed on a grid and is presented on a scale using a horizontal and a vertical axis for the different categories of information compared on the graph. Each slice represents a category. 4. 3. Energy: Voters say they would like about 10% of the budget spent on energy and about 11% is spent on energy. Health. Pie charts are sometimes called circle graphs. Let’s look at an example of a pie chart and see what kind of information it provides. answer the following questions. A pie chart is a circle divided into slices or wedges. Usually. 2.

It’s the line labeled “Own car. Let’s look at an example of a line graph and see the kind of information it can provide. Find the line that moves down as population density increases. At about 60 to 70 workers per acre. As population density increases. Bar Graphs Like pie charts. answer the following questions. compared to the other categories on the graph. AND GRAPHS– see trends in the data and so that you can see how the data changes over time. will more or fewer people drive their own car to work? At about what point in population density does the use of public transportation begin to level off? Which form of transportation becomes less popular as population density increases? Explanations: 1. Let’s look at an example of a bar graph and see the kind of information it can provide. 105 . Look at the labels.” This is the form of transportation that decreases as population density increases. 2. Example: Consider the following information: How People Get to Work Percent of workers using each form of transportation 100 90 80 70 60 50 40 30 20 10 0 10 20 30 40 50 60 70 80 90 100 110 120 130 140 150 Public Transportation Walking or Cycling Own car Population density (in workers per acre) Using the “How People Get to Work” line graph. 4. The length of the bar represents the relative frequency of the category. 1. 2. fewer people use their own cars to get to work. Population density is shown on the horizontal axis. TABLES. The percent of workers using each form of transportation is shown on the vertical axis. What variable is shown on the vertical axis? What variable is shown on the horizontal axis? As the population density increases. 3.–CHARTS. 4. A bar represents each category. Often you will see line graphs with time on the horizontal axis. the percentage of workers using public transportation begins to level off. bar graphs show how different categories of data relate to one another. 3.

Rainfall in 2007 is greater than average during the months that the white bar is taller than the shaded bar for that month. 5. 4.–CHARTS.0 4. Compare the height of the shaded bar and the white bar for January. 3. answer the following questions. 2 more inches of rain fell than in January. In April. 3. 6 inches of rain fell. Rainfall in 2007 was less than the average rainfall during April.0 Title Key Monthly rainfall in 2007 Average monthly rainfall for 2002–2006 Rainfall (in inches) 6. So. Then subtract: 6 – 4 = 2. 4 inches of rain fell. The shaded bar represents 2 inches. AND GRAPHS– Example: The following bar graph compares the 2007 monthly rainfall in Cherokee County with the average monthly rainfall in Cherokee County from 2002–2006. 2. May.0 1. The white bars represent the monthly rainfall in 2007. 106 . 1. Compare the white bars with the shaded bars. Each bar represents the number of inches of rainfall during a particular month.0 2.0 0.0 5. Look at the labels and the key. Compare the white bars with the shaded bars. In January. Compare the height of the white bars for January and April. What does each bar represent? What is the difference between the shaded bars and the white bars? During which months is the rainfall in 2007 greater than the average rainfall? During which months is the rainfall in 2007 less than the average rainfall? How many more inches of rain fell in April 2007 than in January 2007? How many more inches of rain fell in January 2007 than on average during January 2002–2006? Explanations: 1. Rainfall in 2007 is less than the average during the months that the shaded bar is taller than the white bar for that month. 2. and March. TABLES. two more inches of rain fell in January 2007 than on average during January 2002–2006. 5. The white bar represents 4 inches.0 Jan Feb Mar Apr May June Bar labels Scale Months Using the “Rainfall in Cherokee County” bar graph. Rainfall in 2007 was greater than the average rainfall during January. in April. Rainfall in Cherokee County 7. February. So. From the key. Subtract: 4 – 2 = 2.0 3. 4. and June. you know that the shaded bars represent the average monthly rainfall for 2002–2006.

What kind of damage would you expect from a tornado having a wind speed of 300 miles per hour? 3. If a tornado has a wind speed of 173 miles per hour.–CHARTS. mean. answer the following questions. as well as data and chance—speciﬁcally. F5 tornados range in wind speed of 261–319 mph and are cataclysmic. civil service exam questions will involve charts. or horizontally. or vertically. tables. When looking for information in tables. and graphs. or cell. At times. that is made where a row and a column meet provides speciﬁc information. Columns go up and down. 107 . and the row labels so you understand all of the information. AND GRAPHS– Getting Information from Tables Tables present information in rows and columns. how would it be classiﬁed? 2. Probability is the study of chance. 1. mode. 2. F6 tornados range from wind speeds of 320–379 miles per hour. the column headings. Example: THE FUJITA-PEARSON TORNADO INTENSITY SCALE CLASSIFICATION WIND SPEED (IN MILES PER HOUR) DAMAGE F0 F1 F2 F3 F4 F5 F6 72 73–112 113–157 158–206 207–260 261–319 320–379 Mild Moderate Signiﬁcant Severe Devastating Cataclysmic Overwhelming Using the “Fujita-Pearson Tornado Intensity Scale” table. and probability. median. Statistics and Probability Statistics is a branch of mathematics that involves the study of data. The wind speed for F3 tornados ranges from 158–206 miles per hour. Let’s look at some examples of tables and the types of information you might expect to learn from them. What wind speed would you anticipate if a tornado of F6 were reported? Explanations: 1. The box. it’s important to read the table title. TABLES. 3. Rows go across.

several modes. The notation for the probability of an event is P(event). TABLES. The median is the mean of the two middle numbers in a set of an even number of entries. Find the middle value in a set of an odd number of entries. 0 ≤ P(event) ≤ 1. ﬁrst arrange the data in increasing or decreasing order. Mean is the average of a set of data. In this example. Median is the middle value in a set of numbers that are arranged in increasing or decreasing order. 4. All probabilities are a number between zero and one. it is the average of these two. even if rain is not desired. assume that the spinner never lands on a dividing line. expressed as a fraction. For example.–CHARTS. The probability of an event that is certain is one. 6. or no mode. ﬁnd out the probability of rain in the forecast. 20. the mean is 8. called measures of central tendency and they include mean. P(event that is certain) = 1. 12. To calculate the median of a set of numbers. add up all of the numbers in the set and divide by how many entries are in the set. If the probability of rain is 70%. 16. unless otherwise noted. or percent that deﬁnes . This event is called a favorable outcome. Probability is the likelihood that an event will occur. 10. In this case. 8. 12 + 16 = 28. If there are two middle numbers. Also. because there is an odd number of data items. the mean is the average of the two middle numbers. 8. If the events concern a spinner. 14. If there is an even number of data items. 108 . decimal. whether it is favorable to the situation or not. keep in mind: The probability of an impossible event is zero. Because an event. If the events described concern dice. an event is a ratio. The rain is considered a favorable outcome in this instance. To calculate the mean of a set of data. median and mode. AND GRAPHS– When dealing with sets of numbers. assume that the dice always lands “ﬂat” on a number. Mode is the value in the set that occurs most often. Probability of. there are measures used to describe the set as a whole. These are for example. E. and 24. 12. the mean is the middle number in this set. If you are asked to ﬁnd the mean of a set of numbers and the set is evenly spaced apart such as 2. There can be one mode. there are two middle numbers: 4. will either occur or it will not occur. P(impossible) = 0. P(E) + P(not E) = 1. In probability problems. you can assume that all outcomes occur at random. then 70 out of 100 times it is expected to rain. and 28 divided by two is 14.

23 37. 90 b. 90 b. 89 c. AND GRAPHS– Practice Questions Use the following chart to answer questions 1 through 5. The mean. What is the mode of the scores listed? a. 88 d. Only the mean and median will change. range. What is the range of the scores listed? a.51 39. 88 d. 13 Molly Jeff Asta Risa 38. Molly Jeff Asta Risa 109 . 90 b. NAME SCORE 4. the mode will remain the same.89 a. 89 c. TABLES. b. d. 85 2. 24 d. and mode will change. The mean. What is the mean score of the people listed? a. 6. c. c. Which swimmer had the fastest time? SWIMMER TIME (SEC) Darin Miguel Anthony Christopher Samuel 95 90 82 90 88 1.–CHARTS. median. and range. which of the following statements would be true when his actual score is used in the calculations? a. 88 d. 50 c. 85 5. will change. b. d. The following chart gives the times of four swimmers in their race. If Anthony’s score was incorrectly reported as an 82 when his actual score on the test was a 90. None of the above will ocur. What is the median score of the people listed? a. 89 c. median. 90 b.95 37. 85 3.

Members attending 80 70 60 50 40 30 20 10 0 Sept Oct Nov Dec 110 . 65. TABLES. 71 b. 61 d. 61 c.5 d. What was the average monthly attendance over the course of all the months listed? a. 54 b. What was the median number of members attending during the course of the four months shown? a. Members attending 80 70 60 50 40 30 20 10 0 Sept Oct Nov Dec Members attending 7. which of the following represents the data most accurately? 80 a. The table lists the number of members present at the monthly meetings for the Environmental Protection Club. If the data presented in the table were plotted as a bar graph.–CHARTS. 70 c. 80 70 60 50 40 30 20 10 0 Sept Oct Nov Dec d. Members attending 70 60 50 40 30 20 10 0 Sept Oct Nov Dec September October November December 54 61 70 75 b. MONTH # OF MEMBERS 9. 56 8. 65 c. AND GRAPHS– Use the following information to answer questions 7 through 9.

how much money will they save each year? a. 22% 11. 13% d. how much more money is spent on food than on transportation and clothing combined? a.200 d. b.000 c. how much money is spent on housing each month? a.000 per month. 13. 9% b. $1. over the course of three years for three departments.–CHARTS. $4. $400 d. This graph shows the yearly electricity usage for Finnigan Engineering. none of the above Use the following information to answer questions 13 through 16. In percent of overall expenses. d. $1. Johnson Family Budget Transportation 9% Savings 10% Housing 30% Entertainment 12% Clothing 4% 12. If the Johnson family budget is $4. AND GRAPHS– Use the following information to answer questions 10 through 12. $800 b.000 per month. 13% Food 22% 10. $48.400 Dollar amount consumed Sales Customer Service Engineering 2004 2005 Year 2006 2007 a. $200 $150 $100 $50 111 . The electricity cost for Sales during the year 2004 was how much greater than the electricity cost for Customer Service in 2005? 1.000 900 800 700 600 500 400 300 200 100 0 Misc. TABLES. c. The pie chart shows the Johnson family’s monthly budget. Inc.800 c. $1. If the Johnson family budget is $4.000 b. 11% c.

000 900 800 700 600 500 400 300 200 100 0 Dollar amount consumed Sales Customer Service Engineering 2004 2005 Year 2006 2007 d. The Customer Service Department showed a steady increase in the dollar amount of electricity used during the 4-year period. d. What was the percent decrease in electricity usage (in dollar amount) from 2004 to 2005 for the Engineering Department? a. The Sales Department showed a steady increase in the dollar amount of electricity used during the four-year period.000 900 800 700 600 500 400 300 200 100 0 Dollar amount consumed Sales Customer Service Engineering 2004 2005 Year 2006 2007 c. 20% c. c. 15% d. which of the following line graphs is correct? a.–CHARTS. 25% b.100 1. 1. Which of the following statements is supported by the data? a. The Engineering Department showed a steady increase in the dollar amount of electricity used from 2005–2007. 1.100 1.000 900 800 700 600 500 400 300 200 100 0 Dollar amount consumed Sales Customer Service Engineering 2004 2005 Year 2006 2007 112 . none of the above 15.100 1. b. TABLES.000 900 800 700 600 500 400 300 200 100 0 Dollar amount consumed Sales Customer Service Engineering 2004 2005 Year 2006 2007 b. 10% 16. 1. AND GRAPHS– 14.100 1. 1. If the information in the bar graph associated with question 13 is transcribed and a line graph is generated.

Montgomery Inc. d. c. Debate 18. whereas Charge Card Interest has decreased. Which activity has the lowest ratio of males to females? a. 113 . b. 29% 20. 15% b. Online Purchases have increased. which answer choice represents a true statement? a. In-Store Purchases have increased. AND GRAPHS– Use the following information to answer questions 17–19. Journalism c. 27% d. ACTIVITY MALE FEMALE Use the following chart to answer questions 20 through 23. Science Club d. whereas Online Purchases have decreased. over the course of the four years shown. what percent of the students is involved in Debate? a. 20% c. If 3 more males and 4 more females join the Science Club. over the course of the four years shown. 29% 19.–CHARTS. whereas Charge Card Purchases have decreased. TABLES. over the course of the four years shown. what percent of the students will be in this club? a. Charge Card Interest has increased. Based on the chart. whereas InStore Purchases have decreased. Drama b. Yearly Proﬁts Revenue in thousands of dollars 200 150 Charge Card interest In-Store Purchases Online Purchases Drama Journalism Science Club Debate 11 12 9 12 13 10 11 15 100 50 0 2004 2005 Year 2006 2007 17. over the course of the four years shown. For all of the students listed. Online Purchases have increased. 27% d. The table shows the numbers of male and female students involved in several school activities. 15% b. 20% c.

If all of the information on the bar graph was converted into a table.–CHARTS. Both b and c are true. 1 5 b. 2004 2005 2006 2007 Charge Card $80 Interest In-Store Purchases Online Purchases $15 $90 $90 $100 $150 $80 $80 $70 $30 $60 $120 24. 2004 2005 2006 2007 Charge Card $80 Interest In-Store Purchases Online Purchases $15 $80 $90 $100 $120 $80 $80 $70 $60 $60 $120 c. 110 c. TABLES. which of the following tables correctly displays the data (with revenue in thousands of dollars)? a. $30.000 Use the following information to answer questions 24 through 26. The line graph shows earnings for the three divisions of Steinberg Lumber Company throughout the four quarters in 2007. $6. In-Store Purchases in 2004 made how much more than In-Store Purchases in 2007? a. $60 c. Which of the following statements is true? a. The Online Purchases in 2004 were what fraction of the Charge Card Interest in 2007? a. $30 b. AND GRAPHS– 21. Revenue in thousands of dollars 100 80 60 40 20 0 East West North b. d. 2004 2005 2006 2007 Charge Card $80 Interest In-Store Purchases Online Purchases $15 $100 $90 $100 $150 $90 $80 $70 1st Qtr $30 $60 $120 2nd Qtr 3rd Qtr 4th Qtr d. The East Division consistently brought in more revenue than the other 2 divisions. 1 2 23. b. 1 4 d. The North Division consistently brought in more revenue than the West Division.000 d. The West Division consistently out performed the East Division. c. 114 . 2004 2005 2006 2007 Charge Card $80 Interest In-Store Purchases Online Purchases $15 $60 $30 $120 $80 $90 $80 $70 $90 $100 $150 22.

Which of the following statements would be true? a. 115 . 220 29. 52 b. Sales and Tech Support d. The pie chart shows the percentage of employees in the various departments of Amelia Computer Consultants. TABLES. b. c. Customer Service and Marketing have the same number of employees. The West Division was angry that the other two divisions supplied the lumber for this contract. 110 d. The contract with the Canadian developer was secured in the fourth quarter. What is the percent decrease in revenue for the North Division when analyzing dollar amounts from the 3rd and 4th quarters? a. The East and North Divisions both supplied lumber for this project. 50% d. d. The next big contract will be covered by the West Division. 13% 13% Customer Service 19% Sales Tech Support Marketing 55% 27. 76 c. Use the following information to answer questions 27 through 29. Marketing and Tech Support b. AND GRAPHS– 25. c. Suppose that the Customer Service department is expanded by adding 12 new employees. b. Customer Service and Sales c. The percent of employees in Marketing is now 11%. 40% c. Which of the following statements seems to be supported by the data? a. The percent of employees in sales is now 20%. Inc.–CHARTS. 60% 26. Steinberg Lumber secured a major contract with a developer in Canada. During the year 2007. 33 1 % 3 b. how many employees are in the Tech Support department? a. The contract with the Canadian developer was secured in the third quarter. Which two departments account for 32% of the employees? a. Marketing and Customer Service 28. If the total number of employees is 400.

The following chart shows the cost for different categories of UTP cabling. 54.50 Category 5 Supports data transmission speeds up to 100 megabits per second $ 3.00 $250 $275 $300 116 .6 pounds c. 30.00 a.–CHARTS. 52. The percent of employees in Tech Support is now 53%.00 Carbon Hydrogen Oxygen Other Elements 18% 10% 65% 7% Category 3 Supports data transmission speeds up to 16 megabits per second $ 1. 46. d. ELEMENT PERCENT BY WEIGHT 31.75 $ 1. c. AND GRAPHS– d. TABLES. 48. while the percent of employees in Customer Service is 16%. The chart shows the composition by percent of the human body with respect to various elements. If Athena’s ofﬁce needs to buy 100 feet of UTP cable that can send data at a speed of 75 megabits per second.2 pounds Category 4 Supports data transmission speeds up to 20 megabits per second $ 2. how much does the carbon in his body weigh? a.4 pounds d. about how much will she spend? CATEGORY CHARACTERISTICS PRICE PER FOOT Category 1 Category 2 Does not support data transmission Supports data transmission speeds up to 4 megabits per second $ 0.8 pounds b. $3.75 For a man weighing 260 pounds. b.

If Swimming Pool World had pledged 1% of sales for the entire month of May. how many out of 500 students would be expected to choose Stained Glass for their art course? a. about $300 less c. how much would they have donated? a. $2. $23. the East and West divisions had equal sales and the North sold the most. TABLES. d. During the year 2007 at Deluxe Vacuum Co.72 d. Which graph could be the graph of Deluxe’s yearly sales for 2007? 33. b. $3.510.67 b. MAY SALES Beginning Drawing Sculpture Watercolors TOTAL Week 1 Week 2 Week 3 Week 4 $5. 21 b. Swimming Pool World pledged to donate 3. Here is their sales chart for May.895 $73. 105 d. STUDENTS REGISTERING FOR ART CLASSES COURSE NUMBER OF STUDENTS 1 East West North 2 East West North 3 East West North 4 East West North a.–CHARTS.702 $67. about $300 more b.50 34. How much did Swimming Pool World donate to the Children’s Hospital? a. AND GRAPHS– 32.021 $54.366. 92 c. about $500 less 35.2% of their sales during the second week of May to the Children’s Hospital. The following chart shows registration for art classes for Fall 2007. c. 210 117 .891 If this is a representative sampling.05 c.336.. about $500 more d. $36. 1 2 3 4 Stained Glass 21 48 13 18 100 Use the following information to answer questions 33 and 34.651.

Hawaii. If a person randomly grabbed a part out of the box. the year-to-date record is what percent of the normal reading? a.17 79. what is the probability that the part would be blue? a. 131 39.50 Green Red Blue Yellow TOTAL 430 425 345 1. 0. The total number of parts shipped is 1. Using Monday’s reading and rounding off to the nearest whole percent. 115% 38.19 0. a.32 inches d. BOXED SET OF REPLACEMENT PARTS PART COLOR NUMBER OF PIECES Monday Tuesday Wednesday Thursday Friday 0.–CHARTS.15 79.237 inches 37.88 90. 26% d. The table shows the rainfall.86 92.650.18 79. 13% b. Find the average rainfall for the 5-day period in August. The chart shows the colors of replacement parts for pocket PCs. 15% c. 1 4 b.97 91.67 91.38 inches b. It also includes the total rainfall for the year and the average rainfall for a typical year. 1.650 36. 87% d. Approximately what percent of the total shipment is red? a.70 0.08 0.17 79. 0. 20% c. 1 9 c. over a 5-day period in August for Hilo. TABLES. in inches.276 inches c. 112 d. 0.16 79. RAINFALL YEAR NORMAL Use the following information to answer questions 38 through 40.09 0. AND GRAPHS– Use the following information to answer questions 36 through 37. 18% b. 30% 118 .32 90.

301 8.070 sq. Two service providers. ft b.5 20 BASE CHARGE $ 20.023 6.066 sq.735 d. The providers will cost the same per month. what percent of the new parts is defective? BOXED SET OF REPLACEMENT PARTS PART COLOR NUMBER OF DEFECTIVE PIECES 41. 22 1 % 3 18% 81% 2 22% 3 Use the following information to answer questions 41 through 43. b. d.774 Ira Taylor Alexis Funes Ira Taylor Mark Smith Alexis Funes Ira Taylor Ira Taylor A B a. The table lists the size of building lots in the Orange Grove subdivision and the people who are planning to build on those lots. A and B. b. If the following chart shows the number of replacement parts that were found to be defective. c. How much will Mr.004 8.15 cents per square foot of land. 23. 32. TABLES.00 $1.00 HOURLY CHARGE $ 1.50 Green Red Blue Yellow 14 10 8 12 a. The city charges impact fees of $3.699 9. $1. 29. 25% b. c.950 sq.516.879 per lot. $274. 75% d. 31.00 $20.) BUILDER A B C D E F G 8. 85% 42.–CHARTS. LOT AREA (SQ. ft d.437. Provider A will be cheaper. installation of utilities costs $12.765 sq. 50% c.900 8. There are also development fees of 16. $143.269 6. 119 . The answer cannot be determined from the information given.157. If Felipe plans on using 25 hours of Internet service per month. Taylor own in the Orange Grove subdivision? a. Provider B will be cheaper. How much land does Mr.00 b. d. $1. which of the following statements is true? INTERNET SERVICE RATES PROVIDER FREE HOURS 17.35 c. Smith pay in development fees for his lot? a. Felipe is planning to get wireless Internet service at his house. ft c. For each lot. offer different rates as shown in the table below.550 44. FT. The area of the smallest lot listed is approximately what percent of the area of the largest lot listed? a. ft 43. AND GRAPHS– 40.

c.000 9. Refer to the following table to answer this question. Approximately how many minutes does it take a P wave to travel 8.–CHARTS.000 5.04/ pound $. 4. How many minutes does it take the S wave to travel 5. 20 minutes c. 2. b. 7. 4.07/ pound $.500 kilometers? a. 3 minutes d.000 6.400 pounds of cardboard. W b.48 0. AND GRAPHS– 45. Y d. and the recording station receives the S wave at 12:04 P.000 kilometers b.07/ pound $. 15 minutes b. and the other is called the S wave.000 kilometers d. A graph can be made of the travel times of these waves. How far away is the earthquake? a. what is the most money you could get for 2.200 pounds of aluminum.000 kilometers c.03/ pound $.000 Distance from Epicenter (kilometers) a. 1. Z Use the following information to answer questions 47 through 50. An earthquake occurs at noon.100 pounds of glass. 1.000 km? a.21 0.000 kilometers c.02/ pound $. $409 $440 $447 $485 47.000 kilometers d. 120 . d.96 6 15 20 32 a.000 3. One type is called the P wave. and 900 pounds of plastic? RECYCLER ALUMINUM CARDBOARD GLASS X $. 25 minutes d.06/ pound Y $. Two general types of waves are generated. When an earthquake occurs.56 0. 3.000 4.000 8.000 10. TABLES. 30 minutes 48. 3.M. X c. 15 minutes 49. 6 minutes b.08/ pound PLASTIC $. 3.000 kilometers 50. If you take recyclables to the recycler who will pay the most.000 kilometers b.000 kilometers 46.03/ pound P wave S wave 25 Travel Time (minutes) 20 15 10 5 0 1.) W X Y Z 0. 1. 12 minutes c.000 2. Which of the following brands is the least expensive per ounce? BRAND PRICE ($) WEIGHT (OZ. How far away is an earthquake if the difference in arrival time between the P and S waves is 5 minutes? a. some of the energy released travels through the ground as waves.000 7.

c.200. there are two 90s. Note that choice b is also the only choice that depicts the ascending trend. each with a greater height than the previous one. x = 20%. 7. TABLES. Thus.800. 5. and range and compare them to the original values. The range is calculated by subtracting the lowest score from the highest score. The formula for calculating the mean (average) is: sum of all values Mean = # of values The sum of all the values given is: 95 + 90 + 82 + 90 + 88 = 445. there is an even number of values. The mode is the score that occurs the most. 90. The formula for calculating the mean (average) is: sum of all values Mean = # of values The sum of all the values given is: 54 + 61 + 70 + 75 = 260. The mode is still 90 because 90 is the score that occurs the most.000 each month: 0. None of the other statements are supported by the data. b.000 consumed. so you average the middle 2 numbers. To ﬁnd the new mean. b. The difference in dollar amounts used is $1. d. for September. respectively. Thus.000 = $1. 90. 22% is spent on food.89 is the fastest. this can be expressed as a 0 x percent by equating 12000 = 100 . b. 3. the number of members in attendance increases over time.000 is calculated by multiplying: 30% × $4. 95. 88. First. That is to say. 95.30 × $4. The middle score will be the median. 12. . d. Thus. a. 13.6. 6. b. ﬁrst add all the scores: 95 + 90 + 90 + 90 + 88 = 453. Thus. The fastest swimmer will have the quickest time. The Sales Dept (black bar) spent $750 on electricity in 2004. 90. Here. The number of values is 4. the mean = 260 ÷ 4 = 65.000 – $800 = 200. list all of the scores in order: 82. Here. 10. 5 2. Thus. the mean = 445 = 89. Thus. Next. 61. you can calculate the median and see if it is different: 88. choice d is the correct answer. October. the range is 95 – 82 = 13. d. Housing is 30% of the monthly budget. This is accurately displayed in choice b.5. When you combine transportation (9%) and clothing (4%). the sum is 13%.0 9. thus 90 is the mode. Claims of steady increase over the course of four years would be represented as four bars. d. 2 b. The average of 61 and 70 is 131 = 65. 15. and then divide by 5: 453 ÷ 5 = 90. a. 11. 75. When compared with the original $1. c.10 × $4. the Sales Dept spent $750 – $700 = $50 more.000 = $400. c. The number of members attending for the four months was: 54. The number of values (scores) is 5. 90. 70. Over the course of a year they will save $400 per month × 12 months = $4. List all of the values in order: 54. the amount spent on food is 22% – 13% = 9% greater.–CHARTS. The range is now 95 – 88 = 7. thus 90 is the median. 75. November. 4. Here you see that the median is the same as it was before. The Customer Service Dept (lightest bar) spent $700 on electricity in 2005. AND GRAPHS– Answers 1. mode. Thus. a. Thus. They save 10% of $4. 121 . 90. 37. 8. 14. Calculate the new median. 30% of $4. 70. The usage for the Engineering Department increases by $100 each year from 2005 through 2007. Risa is the fastest swimmer.000 = 0. 90. 61. and December.

c. Thus. d. d. The lightest bars (In-Store Purchases) decrease from year to year. AND GRAPHS– 16. As compared with the original 60. b. Only choice c presents this data correctly.” In 2004. choice b.000. 23. Here the revenue in thousand of dollars decreases from 60 to 40. a. you see that the line for North (the line with triangular points) is always higher than the line for West (the line with the square points).8 15 Here.000.3333 → 33 1 %. The black bars (Charge Card) increase from year to year. Thus. the difference is 20.000.2 10 Science Club 191 ≈ 0. 12070 = 27%. . Using the new information.82 Debate 12 = 0. d. To 93 write these values as a percent. The lightest bars (InStore Purchases) decrease from 100 to 90 to 80 to 70.” The data supports this statement because both the East and North Divisions had a sig- 122 . Note that all dollar amounts in the chart are expressed as “Revenue in thousands of dollars. To express this as a 60 percent. 21. is correct. c. just move the decimal point 2 places to the right: 0. 22. 27 ≈ 0. 24. .333 . The black bars (Charge Card) increase from 80 to 90 to 100 to 150. Since you are told that this was a “major” contract. b. 17. The gray bars (Online Purchases) increase from 15 to 30 to 60 to 120. In 2007. Thus. Thus. d.–CHARTS. c. the statement best supported by the data is choice c: “The contract with the Canadian developer was secured in the third quarter. Since 15 is 110 of 150. so a 12 ratio is the 15 smallest M:F ratio listed. only choice b is true. The M:F (male to female) ratios are as follows: Drama: 11 ≈ 0. d. This question is solved by adding a column and row labeled “Total” onto the side and bottom of the given chart: ACTIVITY MALE FEMALE TOTAL Drama Journalism Science Club Debate TOTAL 11 12 9 12 13 10 11 15 24 22 20 27 93 Now you can see that 27 students out of the 93 total are involved in Debate. the answer is 110 . the In-Store Purchases were at $100. Thus. 19. this represents 20 = 0. 0.8 is the least value. the difference is $30. TABLES.85 13 Journalism: 12 = 1. The line graph in choice d accurately displays the data that is obtained from the bar graph. only choice d is correct. Looking at the graph. All other statements are not supported by the data in the graph. 25. Chard Card Interest totaled $150. Online Purchases were at $15. the amount is $70. 20. our chart becomes: ACTIVITY MALE FEMALE TOTAL Drama Journalism Science Club Debate TOTAL 11 12 12 12 13 10 15 15 24 22 27 27 100 This means that 27 out of 100 students are now in the Science Club. 3 26.000. move the decimal point two places to the right and add the percent symbol: 29%. In 2007. 18. In 2004. The gray bars (Online Purchases) increase from year to year.000. $30.000.29. choice d.

09.19 + 0. The percentages are as follows: Customer Service: 46142 ≈ 0. Thus.276 inches. so you need a graph where the bars for East and West are the same height. d.13 × 400 = 52 Sales: 0.672. 28.13 × 400 = 52 Marketing: 0. Divide this amount by 5 to get the average: 1. d.15534 ≈ 15.509 Next. (Note that 90.09 + 0.18 × 260 = 46. 33.4% ≈ 53% 412 Thus. so you need a graph that also shows North as having the largest bar in the graph. 55% of 400 equals 55% × 400 = 0. The normal amount is 79. AND GRAPHS– 27. which might be indicative of having a large contract for that quarter. Together these add to 32%. To ﬁnd 3.67 that they actually donated. this means that the same trend will be seen when a larger sample is considered. Rounded to the nearest cent. 5 × 21 = 105.15.00 = $300. c. a. choice d is correct. Note that Category 5 “Sup- 32. b.1482 ≈ 79 15 114.021. Graph 4 shows this situation. 0. The new number of customer service employees is 52 + 12 = 64. take 1% of the total by multiplying by 0. Thus.702 + $67. so slightly more that 200. the yearto-date value is above 100% of the normal value.021 = $2.032 × $73. niﬁcant revenue increase during the third quarter.015.4% ≈ 18% Tech Support: 200 ≈ 0. Since the sampling is representative. Before the addition of the 12 new customer service representatives. making choice d the only possible correct answer. d.18447 ≈ 18.08 + 0. the answer is $2. This is about $300 less than the $2. 31. During Week 2.021 $54. either department could be combined with Sales to total 32% of the company employees.32 = 1. calculate the total by adding up all the dollar amounts: $5.55 × 400 = 220.891 $201. On Monday.336.” This cable costs $3 per foot.895 $73. b. The East and West divisions had equal sales. the only choice that would be true is choice d.01.82% ≈ 15%. 36.. You can save time when answering a question like this by noticing that 55% will be 1 slightly more than 2 the total of 400.18 ≈ 1.–CHARTS. ports data transmission speeds up to 100 megabits per second. Note that only Customer Service and Sales are listed as a choice. Carbon accounts for 18% of body weight.38 ÷ 5 = 0. First. TABLES. North sold the most. Since she needs to support a speed of 75 megabits per second.509 = $2. so 100 feet will cost 100 × $3. a. d.67. Customer Service (black) accounts are 13% of the total. 30.032: 0.53398 ≈ 53. 29. the number of employees in each department was as follows: Customer Service: 0. b.12621 ≈ 12. 37.55 × 400 = 220 The new total is 400 + 12 = 412.88 inches.70 + 0. and Sales (dark gray) accounts are 19% of the total. only Category 5 UTP cable can be used.) 123 . Since both Marketing and Customer Service are at 13%. multiply by 0. 34.5 % ≈ 16% Marketing: 45122 ≈ 0.2% of this amount. 18% of 260 = 0. 35. multiply by 5 to see how many students out of 500 will choose stained glass.38.8 pounds. d. Thus. they made $73. the year to date is 90. Tech Support (the lightest) is 55% of the total.19 × 400 = 76 Tech Support: 0.6% ≈ 13% Sales: 47162 ≈ 0. Add up the values for the 5 days shown: 0. Only choice d is correct.01 × $201.336.336.

44 = 650 0. 1..004 8.900 = $1. Add a row for the total at the bottom of the given chart: BOXED SET OF REPLACEMENT PART PART COLOR NUMBER OF DEFECTIVE PIECES 42. all four items should be brought there.699 ≈ 0.650 is red.50 = $27.–CHARTS.15 cents per square foot of land.03 × 900 = $27. % ≈ 26%. d. c. FT.35 in development fees. Thus. 3 41.50. 9 004 Thus. 45. d.100 = $248.200 = $154.74400 ≈ 74. When randomly picking a part.66666 . To convert to a percent. Smith’s lot is 8.40% ≈ 74%. . These add to $485. This equals 2 2 %. he must pay $0.6 3 150 150 = 11 .699 9. move the decimal point two places to the right and add the percent symbol: 25. Mr.269 + 6.269 6. 44. When used for 25 hours per month. . The cardboard will yield 0.650 = 14550 . 124 .6 0. %.07 × 2.004 square feet.) BUILDER A B C D E F G 8. c. To express this as a percent. . 40.650 are defective.50 (for the hourly charge above the free hours). TABLES.699 out of 9.301 8.” 16. Since the total is 1. . This equals $20 + $7. choice c. The plastic will yield 0. AND GRAPHS– 38. 75% is the best approximation.650 – 1. 425 out of 1.650 = .08 × 3.1615. move the decimal point two places to the right and add the percent symbol: 2.774 Ira Taylor Alexis Funes Ira Taylor Mark Smith Alexis Funes Ira Taylor Ira Taylor Green Red Blue Yellow TOTAL defective 14 10 8 12 44 44 parts out of 1. Simplify the expression: 1.1615 × 8. Provider A will cost $20 + 7. 6.699 square feet and the largest lot is 9.070 square feet. The glass will yield 0.023 + 9.023 6. 0 39. Provider B will cost $20 plus 5 × $1. 14550 = 425 ÷ 1. 43.650. c. d.400 = $56.25757. This equals $27.437. You are told “There are also development fees of 16. b.200 = 450 blue parts.02666. The aluminum will yield 0. so choice c is the correct answer. Look at the chart to see all of the land he owns: LOT AREA (SQ.650 ÷ .5 × $1 (for the hourly charge above the free hours). 1.900 square feet.900 8.004 = 6. The smallest lot is 6.200 parts are accounted for. Since Recycler Y pays more per pound for all four types of recyclables. The total amount of land he owns is 8. 430 + 425 + 345 = 1.7575 .004 + 8. the chance of getting blue is 450 out of 450 0 1. d.15 cents = $0.50 as well.774 = 32.04 × 1.

TABLES. so use this distance to judge where the distance (gap) between the waves is also 5 minutes.000 4. Look down to the horizontal axis to see that this means the 125 . Hence.000 6.000 Distance from Epicenter (kilometers) 20 15 10 5 0 1. a. a. The P wave is the dashed line.000 7.000 3.000 5.000 3.000 9.000 kilometers away.000 Distance from Epicenter (kilometers) 49.028 .000 2.000 8.000 10.000 8.56 Y: 20 = 0. Look down to see the horizontal axis to note that this time difference occurs at 3.000 8.000 10.000 7.000 4.000 8. AND GRAPHS– 46.000 6.–CHARTS. P wave S wave 25 Travel Time (minutes) 20 15 10 5 0 1.000 10.000 3.000 6. The solid line represents the S wave.000 4. P wave S wave 25 earthquake is 1.000 2.000 15 Distance from Epicenter (kilometers) 10 5 0 1. Calculate the price per ounce (oz.48 X: 15 = 0. b. A difference in time of 5 minutes can be seen by looking at the vertical axis.000 10.000 kilometers at a point above time = 10. P wave S wave 25 Travel Time (minutes) 20 15 10 5 Travel Time (minutes) 20 0 1.) for each brand: .000 5.000 5.000 4.000 7.03 Thus. c.000 Distance from Epicenter (kilometers) 50. This crosses 550 kilometers at time = 15 minutes.000 2. but below time = 15. b. choice c. The vertical axis is marked by 5-minute intervals.000 5.000 6.035 .000 2. P wave S wave 25 Travel Time (minutes) 48.000 kilometers.032 .000 3.21 W: 6 = 0. brand Y is the least expensive.96 Z: 32 = 0.000 9.000 9. Locate 4 minutes on the vertical axis of the graph and then move across until you reach the S-wave graph.000 9. The S wave was received 4 minutes after the earthquake. It travels 8. a time of 12 minutes is the best answer.000 7. 47.

.

You should be familiar with the following preﬁxes: EXAMPLE milli centi deci deca hecto kilo of 1 milligram is 1 1. lengths are calculated in meters.000 times 1 decameter is 10 meters. 1 hectoliter is 100 liters.000 1 100 of a gram. The preﬁx of each unit is very important.000 meters. masses are calculated in grams. and volumes are calculated in liters.C H A P T E R 9 I PREFIX MEANING 1 1. of a meter. 10 times 100 times 1. 127 . 1 kilometer is 1. of 1 centimeter is 1 decigram is of 1 10 of a gram.000 1 100 1 10 Measurement and Geometry n the metric system.

or customary. Here. 2 can use the conversion factor 11 fitn. . Here is a chart of common conversions for English units. Calculations with Geometric Figures Perimeter is the distance around a ﬁgure. : .–MEASUREMENT AND GEOMETRY– English Units The relationships between the English.” unit in the original 5 feet. Volume is a measure of the amount of space inside a three-dimensional shape. Suppose you wanted to convert 5 feet into inches. You 2 . and miles. = 60 in. The perimeter of a circle is called its circumference.560 square feet 1 ton = 2. Weights are measured in pounds and ounces. COMMON CONVERSIONS 1 foot = 12 inches 3 feet = 1 yard 1 mile = 5. Area is a measure of the surface of a two-dimensional ﬁgure. feet.280 feet 1 acre = 43. would be 12 in.000 pounds 1 gross = 144 units 1 cup = 8 ﬂuid ounces 1 pint = 2 cups 1 quart = 2 pints 1 gallon = 4 quarts 1 pound = 16 ounces 1 liter = 1. 2 you can generate two conversion factors: 11 fitn. 5 ft. lengths are measured in inches. and so forth. you may want to cross out inches and convert to feet. The conversion factor to use 1 ft. and 11 fitn. using the knowledge that 12 inches = 1 foot. Having the feet in the denominator of this conversion factor lets us cross out the “ft. . 128 . In other instances. units are not as systematic as the relationships between units in the metric system. For example. Notice that you crossed out the units you didn’t want (feet) and ended up with the units you did want (inches). yards. 1 ft.000 cubic centimeters Converting Units Conversion factors are an easy way to convert units. cubic feet. × 12 in. And volumes are measured in cubic inches.

r Total Surface Area = 2πrh + 2πr2 Rectangular solid: Volume = lwh. where r stands w for radius and h stands for height. where r stands for radius. Circumference = 2 r = d. where b stands for base and h stands for height. Trapezoid: Area = b2 h 1 2 h(b1 + b2). height and b stands for base. c b a Right circular cylinder: Volume = r2h.14 or 22 7 ) l w h Total Surface Area = 2(lw) + 2(hw) + 2(lh) 129 . where h stands for The interior angles of a triangle add to 180°. Triangle: Area = 1 bh. w stands for width. Square: Area = s2. r l h Circle: Area = r2. where l stands for length and w stands for width. Perimeter = 4s Rectangle: Area = lw. The interior angles of a quadrilateral (4-sided polygon) add to 360°.Formula Sheet You should be familiar with the formulas presented on this formula sheet. and h stands for height. where s stands for side. h b b h Parallelogram: Area = bh. ( ≈ 3. where a and b are legs and c is the hypotenuse. where d stands for diameter. where l stands for length. where b stands for base and h 2 stands for height. b1 s Pythagorean theorem: a2 + b2 = c2.

use the area formula for a rectangle. which is the volume of the cube. The bigger cube has a side = 10. add up all the lengths of the sides of the ﬁgure. = 68 yd. What is the area of the pool in square yards? Convert both the length and the width into yards: 204 ft. Then.000 cm3.000 cm3 × c6 g3 = 6. 3 ft. V = side3. name the units. Then. You need to ﬁnd out how many cm3 m there are in the bigger cube. 3 ft. so V = 103 = 1. you multiply 1.000 grams. A = lw: A = 68 yards × 33 yards = 2. = 33 yd.” Let’s look at an example involving area: Example: A rectangular swimming pool measures 204 feet long and 99 feet wide. or c6 g3 . Area is measured in square units. To ﬁnd perimeter. to ﬁnd the weight.244 square yards. Volume Volume is a measure of how many cubic units it takes to ﬁll a solid ﬁgure. Area Area is a measure of how many square units it takes to cover a closed ﬁgure. Next. one-dimensional measurement of the distance around the outside of a ﬁgure. a conversion must be made before calculating perimeter. × 1 yd. Volume is measured in cubic units. How much would a cube weigh if it measured 10 centimeters on each side? You are told that the weight is 6 grams per cubic centimeter. If they are different. Area is a multiplication concept. or the words “centimeters squared. It is a linear. × 99 ft. where three measures are multiplied together. Be alert when working with geometry problems to make sure that the units are consistent.–MEASUREMENT AND GEOMETRY– Perimeter Perimeter is an addition concept. Recall that for a cube. Example: One cubic centimeter of wood weighs 6 grams. Volume is a multiplication concept. You can also think of units being multiplied together: cm × cm = cm2. m 130 . where two measures are multiplied together. 1 yd.

600 liters 5. 13. 4. 1. 760 liters d. and 2 feet 7 inches? a. 7. = 2. 4 feet 7 inches. 12 feet 5 inches 3. a. 51. 13 feet 10 inches c.400 c.–MEASUREMENT AND GEOMETRY– Practice Questions b. 110 c.000 milliliters is equivalent to how many liters? a.152 kilometers c. 234 b. 65. 104. 21 yards 1 foot d. 10 feet 2 inches. 1. 21 yards 1 foot 2 7. What is the combined length of all three pipes? a. 6. 63. 2. 12 feet 9 inches d. 120 c.970 meters b. 160 d.6 liters b. How many yards are in a mile? a. 76 liters c. What is the sum of 3 feet 5 inches.360 Use the following chart to answer questions 8 through 10.111 meters c. 4.9 m 1 mi. 7.3 centimeters d. Convert 3 feet 5 inches into centimeters.6 km 8.14 centimeters b. 3 yards 1 foot. = 1.500 yards is equivalent to how many meters? a.200 kilometers 131 . 16. How many inches are there in 3 1 yards? 3 a. 8 yards 1 foot.14 centimeters 9. Three pieces of pipe measure 5 feet 8 inches.6 centimeters c. 2. and 3 feet 9 inches.760 b.950 meters 10. 168 4. 20 yards 1 foot 2 1 in. 36 6.54 cm 1 yard = . 9.808 inches is equivalent to how many yards? a. 78 d. What is the sum of 5 yards 2 feet.048 kilometers d. 16 feet 2 inches 2. 14 feet b.280 d. ENGLISH—METRIC UNIT CONVERSIONS LENGTH 1.800 meters d. 76. 1. 14 feet 14 inches b. 15 feet 13 inches d. 16 feet 4 inches c.280 miles is equal to how many kilometers? a. 20 yards 1 foot c. 800 kilometers b. and 4 yards 6 inches? 2 a. 5. 3. 126 b. 5.

–MEASUREMENT AND GEOMETRY– 11. There are 12 yards of twine on a roll. what is the total amount of time spent at the contractor’s ofﬁce? a. 4 qt. = 1 gal. 2 hour 25 minutes c. 22. 384 ounces b. 34 c. 2 1 hours 2 d. 15 degrees 45 degrees 55 degrees 90 degrees 14. What is the child’s temperature in degrees Fahrenheit? F = 9 C + 32 5 a. 192 ounces c. 3 hour 10 minutes 13. 104º 12. 50 b. 1 pt. 102º c. A child has a temperature of 40 degrees C. has four sections. 100 c. A rotating door. c. 96 ounces d. 364 ounces is equivalent to how many quarts? a. If John was waiting for 45 minutes for an appointment with a contractor that lasted 1 hour and 25 minutes. A 25-gallon tub of ﬂuid will be poured into containers that hold half of a quart each. 1 qt. 182 quarts b. how many will be ﬁlled? a. 103º d. 64 ounces 132 . and d. 250 18. 142 Use the following conversion chart to answer questions 14 through 17. How many ounces are in 2 pints? a. what angle is section c making with wall 2? (Note: Wall 1 and wall 2 are segments of the same line. 2 b.75 quarts d. 48 ounces 17. labeled a. How many feet of twine are left on the roll? a. = 2 pt. b. 16 ounces b. 101º b. Danielle cuts off 2 feet of twine for a project. d. 200 d. = 2 c. 91 quarts c. pictured here.375 quarts 16. If section a is making a 45 degree angle with wall 1. 2 hour 10 minutes b. a. c. b. If all of the containers are ﬁlled to capacity.) d c 1 a b 2 8 oz. LIQUID MEASURE 15. = 1 c. 11. 44 ounces d. 32 ounces c. How many ounces are in 3 gallons? a. 36 d.

12 square feet c. 8. Marguerite is redoing her bathroom ﬂoor.560 square feet. What is the width of the rectangle? a. what is its surface area? a. 6 centimeters c. 40 square inches c.06 acres 23. In the diagram. A square with s = 6 centimeters has the same area of a rectangle with l = 9 centimeters. respectively. Approximately how many acres is this? (1 acre = 43. 3 centimeters c. 6 square feet b. d. 80 square inches b.–MEASUREMENT AND GEOMETRY– 19. 6 centimeters 22. 1 385 square inches b.) a. 18 square feet d. A rectangular tract of land measures 860 feet by 560 feet. 480 b. A rectangle has 2 sides equaling 6 feet and 1 yard. 280 25. 16 square inches 133 . What is the area of the rectangle? a. what is the circumference? a. 70° 110° 140° 290° 26. 6 square centimeters d. If the volume of a cube is 8 cubic inches. 9 centimeters 21. Each imported tile measures 1 2 inches by 1 4 inches 7 5 What is the area of each tile? a. c. 20 square feet 20.5 acres d. the angle x equals how many degrees? 40° x a.06 acres c. 3 square centimeters b. 4 centimeters b. 2 11 square inches 35 d. 10. 12. 160 c. 8 centimeters d. 3 335 square inches 24.8 acres b. What is the perimeter of the pool in yards? a. 240 d. 1 11315 square inches c. b. 24 square inches d. A rectangular swimming pool measures 160 feet long and 80 feet wide. 11. If the area of a circle is 9 square centimeters.

139 32.96 feet. 180 tiles b. approximately how many steps does this walker take to walk a marathon? 7 2 a. How many six-inch square tiles are needed to tile the ﬂoor in a room that is 12 feet by 15 feet? a. b. c. 720 tiles Refer to the following polygon to answer questions 29 and 30. b. The standard distance of a marathon is 26. 20 units d. 23. Giorgio is making an “open” box.336 271.–MEASUREMENT AND GEOMETRY– 27. 24 square units 31. 8 square units b. What is the perimeter of the polygon? a. He starts with a 10 × 7 rectangle. 36 units3 42 units3 70 units3 72 units3 28. 20 square units d. 12 square units c. 225 tiles c. d. 2 2 2 1. What is the area of the polygon? a. What is the measure of angle C in the triangle? C 2 2 2 a. 360 tiles d. c. 12 units c. If the length of a walker’s stride is 1. 8 units b. To ﬁnish. he folds each side up to make the box. then cuts 2 × 2 squares out of each corner. d. b. a. 90° 60° 45° 25° 29.96 ft.2 miles. 24 units 134 . c. d. What is the box’s volume? 10 30.527 70.580 138.

40 c. 10 b. Find the area of the shaded region. 13 d. 4 square units 6 square units 8 square units 12 square units Note: All of the sides of A B C are half the value of the corresponding sides of ABC. One cubic centimeter of clay weighs 3 grams. What is x? A 100° B (2x° + 20) 90° D x° C a. A 34. 16 9 25 14 square inches square inches square inches square inches 36. d. 15 grams b. 60 35. b. 26 38. d. ABCD is a square and E is the midpoint of AB. 125 grams c. Calculate the length of side A C in triangle ABC. 45 d. c. d. a. 12 c. How much would a cube weigh if it measured 5 centimeters on each side? a. c. 37. c. A E B B 4 24 C A 5 B C D C a. How much greater is the area of circle B? B A 3 5 a. 375 grams d.–MEASUREMENT AND GEOMETRY– 33. 50° 60° 70° 80° 135 . Two angles in quadrilateral ABCD have their measures indicated. The perimeter of ABC is how much greater than the perimeter of A B C ? a. b. The other two angles show variable expressions. 30 b. 75 grams Use the following information and diagram to answer questions 37–39. b.

150 r=1 a. c. 3.14 for . b.188 square inches 44.1 square inches d. – 1 c. d. What is the area of the shaded part of the circle if the diameter is 6 inches? (Use 3. Its 1 circular bases of 2 inch radii are removed. A cylindrical can measures 4. Find the area of the shaded portion in the ﬁgure. 4. 43.297 square inches b.2 inches in height.–MEASUREMENT AND GEOMETRY– 39. 75 b. b.640 revolutions per minute.5 feet from the axis of rotation.26 square inches 60 square inches 36 square inches a. A point on the outer edge of a wheel is 2. 4 – 136 . 30 b. c. 60 d.) a. 40 c.14 for . 12. What is the surface area of the ﬂattened-out cylinder? (Use 3. If the wheel spins at a full rate of 2. how many miles will the point on the outer edge of the wheel travel in one hour? a. 8. 100 c.) 60° d=6 X a. 13. 90 40. The area of ABC is how much greater than the area of A B C ? a. b.54 square inches c.71 square inches 28. 2 – d. What is the value of X in the following ﬁgure? 10 1 42. d. 3 4 5 6 41. and the cylinder is ﬂattened out. 112 d.

A triangle has sides that are consecutive even integers.) a. a circle with an area of 100 square inches is inscribed in a square. 20 square units 25 square units 40 square units 44 square units 137 . 84 c. What is the area of the following shaded triangle? a. 4 inches 49. if the radius of the half-circle is 3 and the height of the triangle is 4? D C a. 120 d. How many revolutions will it take to cover 1 mile? (Use 1 mile = 5. 6 + 24 d. and ( = 272 . What is the length of the shortest side? a. b. What is the perimeter of the shaded area if the shape is a quarter-circle with a radius of 3. 70 b. The perimeter of the triangle is 24 inches. c. d. 8 inches c. What is the total area of the shape. 92 + 12 47. d. In the following diagram. 6 inches d.280 feet. 840 10 5 6 a. 6( + 4) b.) a. d. A bike wheel has a radius of 12 inches.–MEASUREMENT AND GEOMETRY– 45. 10 inches 20 inches 40 inches 100 inches 50. a half-circle is laid adjacent to a triangle. What is the length of AB ? A B 46. In the diagram. 6 + 12 c. b. c.5? (Use = 272 . c. b. 10 inches b. 7 units 11 units 22 units 29 units 48.

15 ft.54 centimeters. a. Thus. = 360 inches. 3 yd.. First.000 milliliters so you can use the 1L conversion factor 1.048 kilometers. The chart shows that 1 mile = 1. = 36 feet at the start. a. 3 t. 1 hour 70 minutes = 2 hour 10 minutes. d. 76. so you can write the conversion factor as 1. 11. × 1 ym = 4.6 kilometers. 8. 2 ft. 4 ft. . × 36yid. × 36yid. 10 ft. First.14 centimeters. add up all of the given values: 3 ft. and multiply: 3 3 yd. 1 ft. + 3 ft. First convert the 12 yards into feet: 12 yd. 20 yards 4 feet can be converted to 21 yards 1 foot. and multiply: n 1 2. (F = 9 C + 32) becomes F = 9 (40) + 32 5 5 = (9)(8) + 32 = 72 + 32 = 104 degrees Fahrenheit. you make a conversion factor with inches in the 54 c denominator: 2.6 km 1 mi. b. note that 70 minutes = 1 hour 10 minutes.760 yards. Since there are 36 inches per yard.9 meters. 24 in. 9 in.m Next. × 36yid. Next. 12 ft. 1 mile equals 5. note that 4 yards 6 inches is the same as 4 yards 1 2 foot. 1 liter = 1. convert 3 feet 5 inches into 36 inches + 5 inches = 41 inches. 4 ft. Since 1 inch = 2. multiply: 41 54 c inches × 2.1 in. = 78 yd. + 2 ft. . Using the chart. you multiply: 2 2c pints × 1 pt. use the 1 conversion factor 36yid. Since there are 3 feet per yard..m = 104. d. add up all the values: 5 yd.500 yd. This means 15 feet 14 inches = 16 feet 2 inches.950 meters. 8 yd. and multiply: 5. 1 7. Thus. 10. 1 n version factor 1 yd. use the con36 in. note that 14 inches = 1 foot + 2 inches. 3 t. Next. note that 4 feet = 1 yard + 1 foot.1 in. 7 in. and multiply: 1. 8 in.280 feet × 1 yfd. 1 yd.9 you can write the conversion factor as 1 ym d. b. 14. 13. = 2. and you want to end up with centimeters. 2 + 4 yd. Thus. = 1. d. note that 24 inches = 2 feet.–MEASUREMENT AND GEOMETRY– Answers 1. × 81ocz. 1 n = 130 yd. use the information given in the chart to make a conversion factor.000 ml to convert the milli1L liters into liters. 3.280 miles × 1 mi. d. c.. a. n 6.. Danielle cuts 2 feet off. 14 in. The chart shows that 1 yard = . choice d. Next.280 feet (memorize this). as this will help you combine units. c. so 34 feet are left.. use the conversion factor 1 yfd. 5 in. 9. add up all of the given values: 5 ft. 138 . Next. = 120 inches. 2. c.. 5. × 3 ft. 12.000 ml = 76 L. = 32 ounces.6 km 1.000 ml × 1. First. 20 yd. Next. a. 1 3 4. Line up the units and add: 45 min + 1 hr 25 min 1 hr 70 min Next. Thus. 2 ft. b.808 in.9 and multiply: 5. 2 in. so 12 feet 24 inches is equivalent to 14 feet. First. 7 in. Since there are 36 inches per yard. so . 1 ft. Substitute 40 in for C in the given equation. you can make conversion factors where you will cross off pints and end up with ounces (oz). Next. b.

. The perimeter of a rectangle is the sum of all its sides: 160 + 160 + 80 + 80 = 480 feet. so converting to feet is a good idea. c. a. × 1 pt. convert to yards by multiplying 480 with the conversion factor 1 yfd. 2c 1 qt. b. × 81ocz. c. × 2 pt. yards. C = 2 r = 2 × 3 = 6 centimeters. Thus. 25. x = 360 – y° = 360° – 70° = 290°. = 33624 = 11. so A = lw = 860 feet × 560 feet = 481. 11. Area = lw.600 ft2 × 431 acre 2 ≈ 11. w = 36 ÷ 9 = 4 centimeters. The area of the rectangle must then also be 36 square centimeters. use A = lw = 6 × 3 = 18 square feet.06 acres. Using the chart. 27.. If you draw a line on the diagram to denote the 45° angle mentioned. : 480 feet × 1 yfd. so here s3 = 8 and s = 2 in. use the conversion factor 431 ac0re 2 and multi. Next. or 36. calculate the area in square feet. a. 2y + 40 = 180.. = 100 qt. convert the gallons into quarts: 25 4q gallons × 1 gatl. First. d. end up with quarts (qt): 364 ounces × 81oz. 17. Angles x and y form a complete circle (360°). The area of a rectangle is lw. You are told that Area = 9 . it will then ﬁll 200 1 2 -quart containers. Next. y = 70. Next. 19. 16.–MEASUREMENT AND GEOMETRY– 15. c. Draw yourself a rectangle to represent the 12 feet × 15 feet ﬂoor. c. First. Circumference. = 160 3 t. You can call these two equal angles y. This means that section c makes a 45° angle with wall 2. and the width is 6. d. 23. 1 pt. 36 = 9 × w. convert the mixed numbers to improper fractions: 1 2 inches = 9 inches 7 7 9 and 1 4 inches = 5 inches. d. The curved markings indicate that the two bottom angles are equal. in units (like centimeters) and areas are measured in square units (like square centimeters). 28. × 1 qt 2 c. a. × 2 pt. The surface area of one face is s2 = 22 = 4 square inches. 18. Remember that perimeters and circumferences are measured 26. Recall that opposite angles formed by the intersection of two straight lines are equal: d 45° 1 45° a b 2 c 22.600 square feet. = 384 ounces. 2y = 140. then r2= 9 . d. Since each tile is 6 inches by 139 . First. Next. (Note that all of the answer choices are in ft. The height is 2: 3 2 6 The volume is 3 × 6 × 2.. use these 5 fractions in the formula: Area = lw = 9 × 9 = 7 5 81 square inches = 2 11 square inches. you can see that the angle section c makes with wall 2 must also be 45°. you can make conversion factors where you will cross off ounces (oz) and c. If the ﬂuid will ﬁll 100 one-quart containers.560 ft. ply: 481. the length of the box is 3. 35 35 b. Thus y + y + 40 = 180.056 acres ≈ . b. First. the total surface area is 6 × 4 square inches = 24 square inches. Using the chart you can make conversion factors where you will cross off gallons and end 4q up with ounces (oz): 3 gallons × 1 gatl. Substituting this into the area formula. If A = r2.375 quarts.) 20. The area of the square is A= s2 = 62 = 36 square cm. 24. The volume formula for a cube is V = s3. 3 t.56 ft. and r = 3. When the 2 × 2 squares are cut out.. 21. Since there are six faces. along with l = 9 you get: A = lw. convert the width (1 yard) into feet: 1 yard = 3 feet.2.

For this question. c. b. 140 . Set up an equation. 34. The ﬁgure is composed of six squares. or 2 foot by 2 foot. you already know that the weight is c3 g3 . or 60. 36. The given cube has a side = 5. then 25 + 144 = c2.336 by 1. Subtract 210 from both sides to get 3x = 150. A B C is a right triangle with legs equaling 5 and 12. 31. Now you just multiply 24 by 30 to get the total tiles needed: 24 × 30 = 720. Fill in the missing sides: 2 2 2 6 2 2 2 6 33. Thus. which is 3x + 210 = 360. You can use the Pythagorean theorem to solve for the hypotenuse: a2 + b2 = c2 becomes 52 + 122 = c2. Thus the total area is 6 4 = 24 square units. a. d. A B C is a 5-12-13 right triangle (see answer explanation for question 37) and ABC is double that.580 steps. and the area of the square is s2 = 42 = 16 square units. Divide up the ﬁgure into squares as shown: 2 2 2 2 2 2 35. To ﬁnd the area of the shaded region. or 10-24-26. angle C = 45°. B C will be half that. Thus. c. and 30 tiles going down. Thus each angle will be equal to 45°. Next. 38. all the angles added up inside a four-sided ﬁgure equal 360°): 90 + 100 + x + 2x + 20 = 360. the volume = side3. 32.2 miles = 138. For a cube. Since the interior angles of 37.579. c. The area of the triangle is 2 bh = 2 (4)(4) = 8 square units.336 feet. to ﬁnd the weight you multiply 125 cm3 × c3 g3 = 375 m grams. Convert 26.2 miles to feet. so V = 53 = 5 × 5 × 5 = 125.6. or 12. you can see that you could get 24 tiles across the ﬂoor. The two lines through the sides of the triangle indicate that they are equal. a triangle add to 180°. so the area of circle B is 16 greater than circle A. Thus. Round to the nearest whole number to get 70. Divide 138. add up all the sides: P = 6 + 6 + 6(2) = 12 + 12 = 24 units. then 169 = c2. Divide by 3 to get x = 50. 29. which is the volume of the cube. The right angle is 90° and the two angles opposite the two equal sides will be equal.96 feet per step to get 70. the area of the shaded region is 16 – 8 = 8 square units. a. d. (Remember. so 26. Thus. You need to ﬁnd out how many m cubic centimeters there are in the given cube.280 feet. the perimeter of A B C is 5 + 12 + 13 = 30. so c = 13. the difference is 60 – 30 = 30. Since BC = 24. Circle A then is 32 or 9 and circle B is 52 or 25 . a. subtract the area of the triangle from the area of the 1 1 square. the two equal angles must add to 180° – 90° = 90°. Remember the formula for ﬁguring out the area of a circle: A= r2. Then. and divide by the length of the walker’s stride to ﬁnd how many steps this walker takes in a marathon: 1 mile = 5. Thus.–MEASUREMENT AND GEOMETRY– 1 1 6 inches. and the perimeter of ABC is twice that. The area of each square is s2 = 22 = 4. 30. c.

47. Since you are told to use 1 mile = 5. the area of a half-circle is 92 . 3s + 6 = 24. You can use the Pythagorean theorem to solve for the missing leg: a2 + b2 = c2 becomes 12 + x2 = ( 10)2. if it was a whole circle.14 = 13. A = 1 (5)(8) 2 2 = 20 square units. Therefore. Then. the base must be 6. The base of A B C is 24.188 inches square 44. Therefore. the distance that the point travels in one rotation is the length of the circumference of the circle. The shaded area is then only one-sixth the area of the total circle.26 by 6 to get 4. which equals 28.71 square inches.640 revolutions per minute. The outer edge of the wheel is in contact with the ground.000 feet per hour. Therefore.280 feet to convert to miles. 792. AB is twice the radius. Therefore. d. Adding gives 92 + 12. the area of the triangle is 1 bh = 1 (4 × 6) = 12. Divide 5. 41. the area of the new rectangular ﬁgure is lw = 4. 40. Since the circumference of the bases was C = 2 r = 2 × 3.14 inches.–MEASUREMENT AND GEOMETRY– 39. and the area of the circle is r2 = 12 = . The base of ABC is 12. Thus. you get 60 × 13. Dividing by 5. the point travels 2. you would be wise to convert the 12 inch radius to 1 foot. and it is the same as half the base of the triangle. its radius must be 10 inches (because A = r2 and here A = 100 ).200 feet per minute. Thus. a side of the square is 2. = 2 ( 272 )(3. and x = 3. If the circle is 100 square inches. Multiplying by 60 to ﬁnd the distance traveled in one hour. 49. and h2 = 64. The point lies on the circumference of a circle with a radius of 2. a.14 inches Thus. The area 2 2 of the circle. Therefore. notice there are 360° in a circle and 60 1 is one-sixth that ( 36600 = 6 ). 42. or 3. d. s + (s + 2) + (s + 4) = 24. so the solution is simply 22 + 2(3. Thus.2 inches. You can ﬁnd the outer edge (circumference) by using C = 2 r = 2( 272 )(1) = 474 feet. The linear (straight) lengths are radii.2 × 3. a. After removing the circular bases. or 10-24-26. An algebraic equation can be used to solve this problem. each time it revolves it covers 474 feet.5) = 5 feet.2 inches. the difference is 120 – 30 = 90 units.280 ÷ 474 = 5.280 × 474 = 840 revolutions. 43. Apply the area formula: A = 1 1 2 2 bh = 2 (24)(10) = 120 units . d. b. First. and s = 6.200 = 45. which equals 9 . 141 . equals 8. is r2. The curved length of the perimeter is one quarter of the circumference of a full circle: 1 4 2 r. you are left with a ﬂat rectangle. a. then 1 + x2 = 10. c. 50. so x2 = 9. d.640 × 5 feet per minute = 13. h. Because the radius is 1. so it is 20 inches. using the Pythagorean theorem: a2 + b2 = c2 becomes 62 + h2 = 102.26 square inches. Then 5 is plugged in for the base and 8 for the height in the area equation A = 1 bh. Divide 28. The area of the square is s2 = 22 = 4. Since the height was 4. To get the height of the triangle (h).280 feet. The shortest side can be denoted s.5 feet. A B C is a 5-12-13 right triangle (see answer explanation for question 37) and ABC is double that. 46. and its height is 10.14 × 9. the length of the rectangle is 4. Apply the area 1 1 formula: A = 2 bh = 2 (12)(5) = 30 units2. Because the radius of the hemisphere is 3. and its height is 5. The shaded area is the difference between the area of the square and the circle. d. the answer is 4 – . then 36 + h2 = 100. or 2 r = 2 (2.5) = 7 × 272 = 22. so the height.5) or 29. you get 150 miles per hour. ﬁnd the area of the circle: Area = r2.14 × 1 = 3. d. the 2 width of the rectangle is 3. 48. d. Since the wheel spins at 2.280 feet by 474 feet to ﬁnd the number of revolutions in 1 mile: 5.

.

and spelling. documents. Many also include questions about grammar. All you need to do is to read a passage and answer some related questions. and spelling. you can write clear descriptions. and you can read more sophisticated texts. you can understand more of what you read. Take the time now and make the commitment to improve your verbal skills for your civil service exam. procedural instructions.S E C T I O N 3 Vocabulary Prep for Civil Service Exams A ll civil service exams test vocabulary skills in some form. Achieving a good vocabulary does not come without hard work. policy statements. Nor will a civil service exam ask you to spell Australopithecus or to conjugate verbs in the future subjunctive tense (or even to know what the future subjunctive tense is. The good news is that these exams test basic skills. which will be pretty straightforward. vocabulary. grammar. To be an effective government employee. When you have an extensive vocabulary. Remember. for that matter). No one is going to ask you to read a complicated novel and interpret its symbolism. You can’t do that without some mastery of English vocabulary. most positions require you to communicate effectively in writing. a rich vocabulary gives you a strong advantage in the workplace. The chapters that follow review the basic skills necessary to pass the vocabulary portion of your civil service exam. you must be able to read and comprehend memos. and to recall some fundamental principles of grammar and spelling. 143 . There are good reasons for including these skills on civil service exams. Similarly. you can speak more ﬂuently and with more conﬁdence. Nearly all include a section testing your ability to read and understand extended passages. and reports.

.

C H A P T E R 10 T Vocabulary in Context he vocabulary section of the civil service exam often includes a section of vocabulary in context questions. Look up as many unfamiliar words as you can so that your bank of vocabulary words becomes as large as possible. As you might expect. First. it is important to develop vocabulary strategies that will boost your score and give you the advantage you need. try the following exercise to see how this can be done. or the latest book. For this part of the exam. To prepare for this section of the exam. be aware that you can use the context of a sentence to help you detect the meaning of a word. 145 . you will be asked to identify the meanings of vocabulary words used in sentences. Simply put. This is a skill you can practice every day. this means that you can look for clues in and around the vocabulary word. Second. recall the skills you developed at an early age. As you read the daily newspaper. have a dictionary handy. your favorite magazine. it is a good idea to be an active reader. vocabulary in context questions ask you to determine the meanings of particular words. Because you will not be able to use a dictionary during the exam. For practice.

you must look at the passage for clues that will uncover the deﬁnition of the word. the staff. procedures.” Even if you have no idea what protocol means. you can begin to consider the deﬁnition of protocol. you may have circled protocol or segue. As you read the next sentence in the memo. you can still tell something about the word by how it is used—by examining the words and ideas surrounding it. new employees will have a more global view of the company. this tells you that protocol must be a procedure or system designed to make things run smoothly in the ofﬁce. but it gives them a sense of the new family they are about to join. What does protocol mean? Reread the sentence with the word protocol. dress codes. but do not use a dictionary to look them up just yet. They will know what to expect and can ask questions that will make their new position a little more comfortable on the ﬁrst day. During orientation. Since the manual informs new employees about ofﬁce protocol and employee beneﬁts. will make our workplace a more cohesive and productive environment for all employees. and new employees during a new employee orientation seminar. procedures. Imagine that your title is Hiring Supervisor. The new procedures create a win-win situation for all concerned. and you receive the following memorandum from the Human Resources Department. be sure to point out that not only does the information in the manual inform new employees about ofﬁce protocol and employee beneﬁts. The beneﬁts of the orientation seminar. a memo was written to help hiring supervisors present information about new procedures that beneﬁt the company. This is called determining word meaning through context. and the Human Resources Department wants to make sure that those people who are instrumental in making the program work have all the information they need. but it gives them a sense of the new family they are about to join. As you leaf through the manual with new hires. Like detectives looking for clues at a crime scene. As you read. and dress codes and then there is a segue to important information about pay schedules and beneﬁts. the New Employee Introduction Manual has been compiled. you see that the sections of the manual cover many topics: etiquette. Given the sentence you have here. 146 . This manual should be distributed to all new hires during an orientation seminar that you will conduct one week before a new employee begins work. in addition to the manual. note that the manual begins with basic ofﬁce etiquette. Circle any words that are unfamiliar to you. Explain to your orientation group that with this manual in hand. By looking for context clues—the way the words are used in the paragraph—you can ﬁgure out what these words mean. be sure to point out that not only does the information in the manual inform new employees about ofﬁce protocol and employee beneﬁts. TO: Hiring Supervisors FROM: Human Resources RE: New Employees In order for new employees to begin work in the ofﬁce. Read it carefully.–VOCABULARY IN CONTEXT– As a result of many meetings held by the Human Resources Department. “During orientation.

wordy or verbose. The correct answer is choice c.” Again. The best deﬁnition of the word protocol is a. and employee beneﬁts. b. Because the word segue falls between a list of basic ofﬁce etiquette. choice c. The correct answer is choice b. There is one very obvious clue. a code of correct procedure. highlighting the basic elements contained in the opening chapters and then notes that the chapters switch or move to important facts about salaries and beneﬁts. as it is outlined. uninterrupted movement from one state to the next. a disorganized ﬂow of ideas. it will freeze their pay. you would still be able to understand the main message of the memorandum even if you did not know—or could not ﬁgure out— the meanings of protocol and segue. your understanding of a sentence depends on your understanding of a particular word or phrase. can be deﬁned as a. How Much Context Do You Need? In the previous example. and reduce their health beneﬁts. In some cases. “As you leaf through the manual with new hires. a code of correct procedure. a salary schedule. you know this word is a. and dress codes and then there is a segue to important information about pay schedules and beneﬁts. d. procedures. you should be able to take a pretty good guess at the deﬁnition of the word protocol. he or she pages through all sections of the text. note that the manual begins with basic ofﬁce etiquette. appears to be well ordered. What does segue mean? Look again at the sentence in which segue is used. uninterrupted movement from one stage to the next. a meeting’s agenda. It cannot be choice a because nowhere in the passage does it state that protocol is a list of items covered in a meeting. a transition in the sentence. As the hiring supervisor leafs through the manual. it is only part of the scope of an ofﬁce system. Segue. in this case. can you understand the following sentence without knowing what adversely means? The new policy will adversely affect all employees. 147 . Choice a is not a suitable answer because the manual. is determined by a certain procedure. and if you are an employee. While a salary schedule. and dress codes and important information about pay schedules and beneﬁts. procedures. wordy and verbose language. c. For example. b. though. even if you have no idea what segue means. You might not understand it in this short sentence. you can still tell what kind of word it is by the way it is used in the sentence. At this point. you certainly would want to know how you are going to be affected. an interference in the sentence. It cannot be choice b or d because there is no indication that anything in the manual is omitted or for that matter. limit their vacation time.–VOCABULARY IN CONTEXT– salaries. b. c. merely sketchy details and descriptions. More deﬁning clues for the word adversely will help you know whether it is something good or bad: The new policy will adversely affect all employees.

Remember. Some words that may be unfamiliar to you are in italics. neck stiffness. and constant pain from a chronic headache. negatively or unfavorably. then you know that adversely is not likely to be something positive. Symptoms include fever. The addition of the second part of the sentence now tells you exactly how the new policy will affect the employees: “It will freeze their pay. After you have read and understood the paragraph. You may also have noticed that adversely is very similar to the word adversary. d. because the sentence says nothing about the time frame in which this change will take place. negatively or unfavorably. Write your answer on the lines provided on the next page.” It is not choice a. Practice Questions Read the following paragraph. 148 . Being able to determine the meaning of unfamiliar words from their context is an essential vocabulary skill. mildly or slightly. The vaccination’s protracted effectiveness is three to ﬁve years. immediately or swiftly. a regular or steady change. regularly or steadily. Many universities are now offering this vaccine either free or for a nominal fee. a careful look at the context will give you enough clues to interpret the deﬁnition. The correct answer is choice c. choice c is the best answer. You do not know if it is an immediate or swift change. and there are no facts in this sentence to support the assumption that the changes will take place immediately. c. All of these words share the same root: advers-. if you know the word adversity—hardship or misfortune— then you know that adversely must mean something negative or difﬁcult. nor is it choice b. College ofﬁcials are using this information as an inducement for vaccinating incoming freshman. The only change is in the endings. a slight or mild change. b.–VOCABULARY IN CONTEXT– In the sentence. can be fatal. and reduce their beneﬁts. Medical researchers can now verify that college freshman living in dormitories are at a greater risk of contracting meningitis than other college students. More often than not. choice d. limit their vacations. explain the context clues that helped you with the meaning of the italicized words. Sometimes you will encounter an unfamiliar word whose meaning is indecipherable without a dictionary. If you know that an adversary is a hostile opponent or enemy. though. Or. Meningococcal meningitis is a tenacious bacterial infection of the membranes around the brain and spinal chord that. good detectives do not make assumptions they are not able to support with facts. Thus. if left untreated. adversely most nearly means a.

thus. you can understand that once contracted. you can gather that protracted means drawn out by the mention that the vaccine will last from three to ﬁve years. you can see that nominal means a small amount. you can conclude that verify means conﬁrm. you learn that a study has been done that shows that college freshman living in dorms have a higher risk of getting meningitis. therefore. Finally. you can infer that tenacious means persistent and not easily stopped. Students would be encouraged to take the vaccine if it were free or inexpensive. It makes sense that college ofﬁcials are concerned about the possible outbreak of such a disease on campus and would take measures to prevent its occurrence. it is not easily wiped out. 149 .–VOCABULARY IN CONTEXT– Answers After reading the paragraph. so you can infer that inducement means encouragement. Because the symptoms include constant pain from a chronic headache. Because this disease can be fatal. you can deduce that chronic means continual. therefore.

.

night and day. In addition. Many antonyms seem obvious (good and bad. This is because many words have more than one meaning. A common measure of verbal skills on standardized tests like the civil service exam is the ability to recognize synonyms and antonyms. Frequently. clear has an opposite. Antonyms are words with opposite meanings. noisy and silent). And for each of those meanings. For example. If an antonym isn’t obvious. Synonyms are words that share the same meaning or nearly the same meaning as other words. 151 . but others are not as easily recognizable. it provides useful tips and practice questions that will help you increase your chance of success on this part of the exam. the word clear could mean cloudless or transparent or unmistakable.C H A P T E R 11 O Synonyms and Antonyms n the civil service exam. This chapter covers both of these types of questions. your grasp of the English language will be measured with many different types of vocabulary questions. think about other possible meanings of the word. synonym and antonym questions are used to assess your vocabulary aptitude.

Looking for related words that have the same root as the word in question can help you choose the correct answer—even if it is by process of elimination. some words do not arouse any emotion at all and have a neutral connotation. but you may be faced with four choices that are unfamiliar to you. yet its meaning is similar to the others. the connotation can be favorable or positive. Usually the best strategy is to look at the structure of the word. or neutral designation. Other times the connotation can be unfavorable or negative. or sufﬁx—the best strategy is to think of words you already know that carry the same root. lazy—unfavorable. procrastination—favorable. For instance. Often you will be able to determine the meaning of a word within the root. 152 . It is considered a neutral word in this group of three. Let what you know about those words help you ﬁnd the meaning of words that are less familiar. Not only do you need to know the word in question. (See “Appendix 5” on page 289 for a list of common word roots. In this case. This word does not elicit any favorable or unfavorable emotions. too. and credit. and sufﬁxes are found at the end of a word. Then again. is most assuredly unﬂattering. the preﬁx can change the meaning of a root word to its opposite: necessary.–SYNONYMS AND ANTONYMS – Test questions often ask you to ﬁnd the synonym or antonym of a word. look at the dictionary deﬁnitions for the following words. Another way to dissect meaning is to look for preﬁxes and sufﬁxes. In other words. but the test question could list just a synonym or antonym and four answer choices. it is the feeling or emotion you get when you hear a word. you will be able to understand the meaning of incredible. not functioning or operating The connotation of a word is its tone. or preﬁx. slow-moving or sluggish inactive: not active or tending to be active. Questions that ask for synonyms and antonyms can be difﬁcult because they require you to have a relatively large vocabulary. which is similar in deﬁnition to procrastination. and that admission is received sympathetically and somewhat approvingly by others because everyone has procrastinated at one time or another. To identify most word parts—word root. For instance. You have often heard people say that they succumbed to procrastination. sufﬁx. Laziness. A sufﬁx like less can change the meaning of a noun: pain to painless. Sometimes. unnecessary. procrastination: to postpone or delay needlessly lazy: to be resistant to work or exertion. To admit to this trait is considered acceptable at times. Denotation and Connotation The denotation of a word is its dictionary deﬁnition. Either of these elements can carry meaning or change the use of a word in a sentence. the root of credible is cred. you have to ﬁgure out what the word means without any help from context clues. Preﬁxes come before the word root. sacred. If you are lucky. The connotation or tone of this word brings up feelings that are deﬁnitely unappealing.) For instance. Their connotations are listed here with an explanation for a favorable. Knowing this. the word will be surrounded by a sentence that helps you guess what the word means (this is vocabulary in context—see Chapter 10). See if a part of the word—the root—looks familiar. which means to trust or believe. Look again at the three words just listed. unfavorable. inactive—neutral. preﬁx.

robust d. eager 2. rudeness 7.–SYNONYMS AND ANTONYMS – Clarity Mark Twain said. Which word means the same as recuperate? a. the words bountiful.” Taking this comment into consideration. sicken d. Which word means the same as ecstatic? a. Which word means the same as affect? a. wild d. adamant b. conviviality d. Which word means the same as frail? a. one of these words suggests an overabundance. mediocre c. or plentiful supply of food on the table for Thanksgiving dinner. adaptable 8. persist d. uninterrupted d. average 153 . vivid b. Which word means the same as continuous? a. It is important to choose your words carefully. sufﬁcient b. and glut suggest abundance. mend b. worsen Practice Questions For questions 1–15. proﬁcient d. cheerful d. delicate c. intermittent b. inﬂuence 5. While some synonyms can be similar. 3. 1. they are rarely identical. ample. However. endorse c. Which word means the same as courtesy? a. civility b. thrilled 4. inconsistent b. adjacent c. it is important to know that there are often many synonyms for one word. positive c. cause c. While you can have a bountiful. choose the synonym. It is essential to be as clear as possible when choosing synonyms. accomplish b. Which word means the same as adequate? a. For instance. available c. ample. Which word means the same as enthusiastic? a. congruity c. “The difference between lightning and the lightning bug is the difference between the right word and the almost right word. a glut of food is an excessive amount of food that suggests there will be waste involved. contiguous 6. plentiful.

ﬂatter d. sensitivity b. JOURNAL a. attentive b. allow 19. steady d. trip b. list 17. reference 18. provide c. normal b. accountable c. insert b. choose the word that has the same or nearly the same meaning as the capitalized word. apply d. change d. purify 154 . discover c. agitation b. emotional c. REFINE a. selective 12. entertain c. lively d. Which word means the same as passive? a. SPHERE a. diary d. chance d. subdue b. noticeable 13. spread c. OPPORTUNITY a. poise c. 16. frugal c. INVENT a. receipt c. woeful 14. Which word means the same as vast? a. Which word means the same as comply? a. liveliness d. globe d.–SYNONYMS AND ANTONYMS – 9. condone b. stimulation 11. irresponsible d. Which word means the same as commendable? a. arrogance c. inactive b. obey For questions 16–25. adequate 10. air b. Which word means the same as composure? a. slight 15. peculiar d. Which word means the same as meager? a. scarce c. tranquil d. admirable b. Which word means the same as eccentric? a. enclosure 20. majestic b. immense c.

wise b. right 32. Which word means the opposite of brittle? a. disclose b. slumbering c. breakable c. conceited d. delight 29. picture b. NAVIGATE a. SAGE a. promise 22. rigid d. crisis c.–SYNONYMS AND ANTONYMS – 21. tardy d. aggravate d. heartless 24. regular 27. ﬂexible b. grating d. What word is the opposite of delay? a. average c. What word is the opposite of soothe? a. search b. misplaced For questions 26–40. desist 28. closely c. Which word means the opposite of moderate? a. hidden b. slack c. ﬁnal d. ﬁrst b. slow b. thin 155 . pause d. ugly d. DORMANT a. ﬁnal d. Which word means the opposite of prompt? a. lanky 23. hasten c. Which word means the opposite of initial? a. Which word means the opposite of reveal? a. illegally b. assist 25. 26. quote d. choose the antonym. achieve c. excessive 30. original b. increase b. punctual b. decide c. GANGLY a. steer d. conceal 31. idea c. obnoxious c. PLEDGE a. comfort c. retreat d.

absurd c. incline 35. liberate c. explicit c. TRANQUIL a. motive d. sturdy b. Which word means the opposite of grueling? a. Which word means the opposite of capable? a. Which word means the opposite of craving? a. remain b. empty 39. noble 38. inimical b. relaxed 44. harsh d. inhabit c. CRITICAL a. wander d. desire b. casual c. agitated b. consume d. coarse c. abandon c. What word is the opposite of dainty? a. repugnance 37.–SYNONYMS AND ANTONYMS – 33. control b. unskilled b. apt d. admit b. nonchalance c. effortless b. Which word means the opposite of ferocious? a. 41. distract For questions 41–50. delicate b. maintain d. cherish 40. sluggish c. What word is the opposite of restrain? a. assertive d. trivial 43. ABSORB a. savage c. choose the word that has the opposite meaning as the capitalized word. repel c. What word is the opposite of stray? a. NIMBLE a. explosive d. submit d. acquire b. composed 156 . massive d. docile b. assist 42. Which word means the opposite of forsake? a. judgmental c. thoughtless d. able 34. exhausting d. delicious 36.

eager b. intense c. AMIABLE a. local 46. inept d. dull d. COMPETENT a. lofty c. concede d. IMPULSIVE a. incomplete b. mature d. explicate b. perpetual 47. adolescent c. permissive c. INFANTILE a. massive 50. aloof d. dangerous b. SPRIGHTLY a. despicable b. remote 157 .–SYNONYMS AND ANTONYMS – 45. curtail c. mandatory c. secure b. cautious 48. rash d. congenial 49. PROMOTE a.

to be trivial is to be unimportant. d. it is sufﬁcient. 4. to remain is to stay. 32. 158 . 30. Grueling means exhausting. c. c. b. d. Brittle means breakable. d. unskilled means unable. 17. c. 28. b. Continuous means marked by uninterrupted extension in space and time. To forsake is to abandon. c. b. immense. 29. 37. b. d. a. 7. 21. effortless means easy. b. d. Enthusiastic means eager or excited. to aggravate is to irritate. Sphere and globe both mean ball or orb. If you gain your composure. to conceal is to hide. 10. To reﬁne and to purify both mean to remove impurities. d. Tranquil means peaceful. 25. Pledge and promise both mean a declaration that one will do something. c. Ferocious means savage. c. Capable means able. d. d. 31. Passive means not active. a. Craving means desire. a. To comply is the same as to obey. a. coarse means indelicate. 24. sluggish means slow or inactive. c. 23. A journal and a diary are both records of daily happenings. To delay is to slow. a. Gangly and lanky both mean tall. Dormant and slumbering both mean sleeping. 11. 44.–MATH AND VOCABULARY FOR CIVIL SER VICE TESTS– Answers 1. 9. 26. Absorb means to take in or consume. 8. 40. Vast means very great in size. 19. 18. Invent means to create or to discover. c. to repel is to reject or force away. 34. To affect means to inﬂuence. 20. a. 14. to liberate is to release. 39. and awkward. a. to mend. to cherish is to nurture. it is civility. 15. a. repugnance means aversion. 27. 12. Dainty means delicate. Meager and scarce both mean lacking. d. 41. c. A courtesy implies being courteous or mannerly. b. ﬁnal means last. 13. a. 3. d. ﬂexible means pliable. excessive means extreme. Moderate means average. Recuperate means to heal. If something is adequate. d. An eccentric person is considered to be peculiar. to hasten is to hurry. 2. b. 6. b. 36. 42. Sage and wise both mean intelligent or perceptive. To stray is to wander. agitated means disturbed or excited. 16. a. docile means tame. To navigate and to steer both mean to direct a course. 22. To soothe is to comfort. b. Commendable is the same as admirable. To restrain is to control. 43. tardy means late. 35. A person who is ecstatic is thrilled or exhilarated. Nimble means quick and light in motion. A frail person is weak and delicate. Initial means ﬁrst. b. 33. a. To be critical is to be important or vital to something. To reveal is to disclose. you have poise. a. An opportunity to do something is the same as a chance to do it. thin. Prompt means punctual. 38. b. 5. d.

c. To be impulsive is to be swayed by emotion or to make rash decisions. b. to be cautious is to show forethought. mature means grown up. 49. to curtail is to cut something short. c. 46. inept means incapable or not competent. c. Sprightly means lively. Infantile means childish. dull suggests a lack or loss of keenness or zest.–SYNONYMS AND ANTONYMS – 45. 159 . Competent means having adequate abilities. 48. d. the opposite of friendly is aloof. Amiable means friendly. To promote is to advance someone to a higher rank or to advocate something. 50. 47. c.

.

To read effectively. This chapter reviews each of these skills. most civil service exams include a reading comprehension section that tests your ability to understand what you read. discern fact from opinion. you will be tested only on the information presented in the passage. it is easy to make a mistake. you do not need any prior knowledge about the topic of the passage. This somewhat stressful combination makes it easy to choose one of the wrong answer choices. locate basic support material or details. select the topic sentence.C H A P T E R 12 B Reading Comprehension ecause understanding what you read is such a vital skill. If you are in a hurry. Reading comprehension questions offer you two advantages as a test taker. you should be able to ﬁnd the main idea of a passage. First. and make inferences. The reading comprehension portion of the civil service exam is usually presented as a multiple choice test and will ask questions based on brief passages. Second. The disadvantage is that you have to know where and how to ﬁnd the information you need under certain time constraints and in an unfamiliar text. especially since the choices are deliberately designed to mislead you. 161 .

the key is. This helps you quickly ﬁnd the information later when you need to answer a question or write a summary. (Refer to Chapter 10 to practice this skill. train. facts. you must be able to determine which facts and ideas are most important. the U. The study of vocabulary in combination with reading comprehension go hand in hand as you continue your test preparation. Express Mail is guaranteed to get your package there overnight. understand that your vocabulary skills play a vital role when you have to decipher any written text. determine the main idea of the passage. and inference—will point out reading comprehension strategies that help you choose the correct answer. Today’s postal service is more efﬁcient and reliable than ever before. To do this. this will not help you. They may be boxed or repeated in a sidebar as well. To highlight key words and ideas. Sometimes. to interpret. Mail that used to take months to move by horse and by foot now moves around the country in days or hours by truck. First class mail usually moves from New York City to Los Angeles in three days or fewer. If your letter or package is urgent. Key words and ideas are often boldfaced. detail/support material. Priority Mail offers delivery to most locations in the United States in two to three days or fewer. and signiﬁcantly are clues to watch out for. The best way to do well on a reading comprehension test is to be very familiar with the kinds of questions that are typically asked. identify the topic sentence. or even impossible. Postal Service offers Priority Mail and Express Mail services. make an inference based on the passage. the U. Watch for visual clues. Postal Service offers lower rates for the same services offered by many competitors. Words and phrases such as most important. you can develop some strategies to help you choose correct answers. 1. identify a speciﬁc fact or detail in the passage. Additionally. you must be a discriminating reader and know where to look for the information. Be selective.–READING COMPREHENSION – As you study this reading comprehension section. By highlighting or underlining key words and phrases. Questions most frequently ask you to: ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ Here are three guidelines for highlighting or underlining your text. and then to know how to respond to these questions. Ask yourself two questions: ■ What is the main point the author is trying to make—what is the main idea of the paragraph? ■ What information is emphasized or seems to stand out as especially important? 2. Two or three unknown words can make a passage difﬁcult. and plane. For practice. 3. Certain words and phrases indicate that key information will follow.S. deﬁne a vocabulary word from the passage. you can make important details stand out. 162 . discern fact from opinion. and details you need to help you choose correctly. fact/opinion. The answer explanation following each type of question—main idea. One strategy used by many readers is highlighting and underlining.) Once you know the kinds of questions that will be asked. read the following paragraph and answer the questions that follow. If you highlight four sentences in a ﬁve-sentence paragraph.S. topic sentence. The key is to identify what is most important in the paragraph. Watch for word clues. or italicized. just one difﬁcult word can skew your understanding of a sentence. underlined.

train. While the main idea of a passage is an assertion about its subject. In many cases. you will see that in the past. Postal Service offers Priority Mail and Express Mail services. Today’s mail is transported by a. it is something more. Choice d is general enough to encompass the entire passage.” choice c. you will ﬁnd the topic 163 . c. Choice c is also too speciﬁc.” but it “now moves around the country in days or hours by truck. Topic Sentence Question 3. To accurately ﬁnd the main idea of a text. It tells you about ﬁrst class mail only. Today’s postal service is more efﬁcient and reliable than ever before. train. A sentence such as this one that clearly expresses the main idea of a paragraph or passage is called the topic sentence. The main idea must say something about the subject. c. b. b. which one is the topic sentence? a. b. and plane. It is the idea that holds together or controls the passage. choice b. you would be choosing the subject of the paragraph. The other sentences and ideas in the passage will all relate to that main idea and serve as evidence that the assertion is true. train. trucks. Each sentence offers proof that the postal expresses the writer’s purpose—to show the efﬁciency and reliability of today’s postal service. the main idea is expressed clearly in the ﬁrst sentence. d. overnight services. so this choice can be excluded. You will notice that in the paragraph. The rest of the sentences in the paragraph support the idea that this sentence asserts. Express Mail is guaranteed to get your package there overnight. horse. c. and plane as well. Fact/Detail Question 2.S. foot. An assertion is a statement that requires evidence or proof to be accepted as true. and you may mistakenly choose one of these if you only scan the paragraph quickly. d. so it cannot be the main idea of the paragraph. If your letter or package is urgent. Postal Service offers many services. remember that it is usually an assertion about the subject. the U. and plane. However.–READING COMPREHENSION – Main Idea Question 1. “Mail used to take months to move by horse and by foot. Choices a and b are mentioned in the paragraph. What is the main idea of this paragraph? a. It must be general enough or big enough to cover all of these ideas underneath it (in the paragraph or passage). You might think of the main idea as an umbrella that is held over the other sentences. not the main idea. Choice b is too speciﬁc to be the main idea. Express Mail is a good way to send urgent mail. The U. Choice d is misleading. Mail service today is more effective and dependable. Mail that used to take months to move by horse and by foot now moves around the country in days or hours by truck. If you selected choice a. First class mail usually takes three days or fewer. Of the following sentences. if you read more closely. it tells you only about Express Mail. and planes.S. Overnight mail services are transported by truck. It does not include any information about Priority Mail or ﬁrst class mail. d. trains.

Opinions are debatable. Opinions may be based on facts. not what you know.” is a fact. topic sentence. 164 . for the sentence to be labeled a topic sentence. fact. “Express Mail is guaranteed to get your package there overnight. the old-fashioned pony express system of mail delivery did not work. or inference questions is a practical beginning for reading comprehension skills. The statement in the question. Knowing that reading comprehension questions can include main idea. or to exist. The proof is found in the facts and ideas that make up the rest of the paragraph. there is no way to deliver urgent mail. but they are still what you think. Facts are things known for certain to have happened. c. to be true. However. “Express Mail is guaranteed to get your package there overnight. and d are sentences that offer speciﬁc facts and ideas that support choice b. d. but this is not a hard and fast rule. choice a. based on the evidence in the paragraph. Choices b. Based on the information in the paragraph. Choices a. and d cannot be inferred based on any concrete evidence from the paragraph. You can infer that businesses could take advantage of Express Mail service to speed up deliveries. it is economical for businesses to take advantage of Express Mail services. it is safe to say that a. Opinions are things believed to have happened. Inference Question 4.” justiﬁably supports this inference. believed to be true.–READING COMPREHENSION – sentence at the beginning of the paragraph. An inference is a conclusion that can be drawn based on fact or evidence. or believed to exist. and it needs proof. ﬁrst class mail service is unreliable. b. c. “Express Mail is guaranteed to get your package there overnight. opinion. The topic sentence can be found in the middle or at the end of a paragraph. detail. Fact/Opinion Question 3. the key difference between fact and opinion lies in the difference between believing and knowing.” This statement is a(n) a. c. b. it must be an assertion. so choice a is correct. As you can see. facts are not. fact/opinion.

Studies have shown that toxic insecticides—already banned in many countries— are riding the wind from countries where they remain legal. c. even today. c. In other words. b. Compounds such as DDT and toxaphene have been found in remote places like the Yukon and other Arctic regions. either. Shakespeare’s characters are more interesting than ﬁctional characters today. c. ﬁtness walking is a convenient and valuable form of exercise. b. academic scholars are putting together an anthology of Shakespeare’s work. c. studies show that many countries have ignored their own anti-pollution laws. more pollutants ﬁnd their way into polar climates than they do into warmer areas. you must slow down your reading and. If you are a ﬁtness walker. conclusions. This paragraph best supports the statement that a. 2. Your neighborhood can be your health club. 3. DDT and toxaphene are the two most toxic insecticides in the world. 1. 165 . This paragraph best supports the statement that a. there is no need for a commute to a health club. d. One New York publisher has estimated that 50. You do not need a lot of fancy equipment to get a good workout. d. a membership in a health club is a poor investment. What accounts for this renewed interest in Shakespeare? As scholars point out. become an active participant. walking outdoors provides a better workout than walking indoors. 4. d. perform speciﬁc operations on the text. readers should get in the habit of questioning the truth of what they read. dull. and questions.–READING COMPREHENSION – Practice Questions Read the following paragraphs and answer the reading comprehension questions based on your knowledge of the main idea of each paragraph. the best critical reading happens at critical times in a person’s life. critical reading is a slow. his psychological insights into both male and female characters are amazing. Mark up the text with your reactions. To read critically. people today are interested in Shakespeare’s work because of the characters. ﬁtness walking is a better form of exercise than weight lifting. with pencil in hand. New Yorkers have a renewed interest in the work of Shakespeare.000 people in the United States want an anthology that includes the complete works of William Shakespeare. b. b. bans on toxins have done little to stop the spread of pollutants. All you need is a well-designed pair of athletic shoes.000 to 60. There are no effective boundaries when it comes to pollutants. This paragraph best supports the statement that a. This paragraph best supports the statement that a. when you read. d. but essential process. critical reading requires thoughtful and careful attention. Critical reading is a demanding process.

As the vegetables cook slowly. mix them together. patterns of disease. d. add tomato paste. there is no way to know when stone tools ﬁrst came into use. meaning to mix or stir together. Add tomato paste to extend the broth and cook slowly over low heat. c. cooked slowly over low heat. read the person his or her constitutional rights. 166 .–READING COMPREHENSION – The Fourth Amendment to the Constitution protects citizens against unreasonable searches and seizures. stone tools were not really technology. they make their own broth. Human technology began with the development of the ﬁrst stone tools about two and a half million years ago. new technologies are constantly being developed. Ratatouille is a dish that has grown in popularity over the last few years. sautéed. b. Figures have the power to mislead people. c. pasta dish extended with tomato paste. d. which can be extended with a little tomato paste. c. Mix the vegetables together. This paragraph best supports the statement that a. and garlic chopped. This paragraph best supports the statement that police ofﬁcers cannot search a person’s home or private papers unless they have a. Chop vegetables. Which of the following is the correct order of steps for making ratatouille? a. Mathematics tells us about economic trends. No search of a person’s home or personal effects may be conducted without a written search warrant issued on probable cause. In the beginning. b. new technologies are reported daily on television and in newspapers. b. sauce to put over vegetables. d. the study of mathematics is dangerous. b. mixed. in today’s world. vegetable stew. 7. Ratatouille can best be described as a a. This paragraph best supports the statement that a. the study of mathematics can be both beneﬁcial and confusing. and hundreds of thousands of years passed without many technological changes. direct evidence of a crime. Cook the vegetables slowly. Mathematics allows us to expand our consciousness. It features eggplant. Math is good at exposing the truth. add tomato paste. stir or mix together. and ﬁnally. c. 9. This means that a neutral judge must approve the factual basis justifying a search before it can be conducted. stone tools were in use for two and a half million years. French pastry. zucchini. 5. legal authorization. tomato. d. Today. 6. 8. sauté them. peppers. the power of numbers is that they cannot lie. the study of mathematics is more important than other disciplines. c. and add tomato paste. d. The name ratatouille comes from the French word touiller. the rate of development was slow. but it can also perpetuate misunderstandings and untruths. Read the following paragraphs and choose the correct fact or detail to answer the questions. and the growth of populations. a reasonable belief that a crime has occurred. b.

each household a. According to the passage. Major roads are always salted ﬁrst. Additional recycling containers may be purchased as needed from the Sanitation Department. 14. c. a salt and calcium chloride mixture is effective in treating snow. The new containers are less expensive than the old. which is more effective in below-zero temperatures and which melts ice better.and ice-covered streets. Crews must wait until the snow or ice stops falling before salting streets. In deciding whether to use ordinary rock salt or the salt and calcium chloride mixture on a particular street. which of the following is true about the new containers? a. c. The term might equally bring to mind Indian curry made thousands of miles away or those delicious barbecued ribs sold down at Harry’s. the city road crews will not salt the streets because this would be a waste of the salt supply. b. The taste and aroma of spices are the main elements that make food such a source or fascination and pleasure. in searching. One city attached the following directions: “We prefer that you use this new container as your primary recycling container. In the past. If the temperature is below zero. 13. whether there is ice on the street d. whether it connotes ﬁne French cuisine or down-home cinnamon-ﬂavored apple pie. 10. c. as this will expedite pick-up of recyclables. which of the following is NOT a consideration? a. the city streets are treated with ordinary rock salt. nations have actually gone to war. 167 . It is exciting to ﬁnd a good cookbook and experiment with spices from other lands— indeed. b. should use the new recycling container. The new containers will help increase the efﬁciency of the recycling program. the salt is combined with calcium chloride. must buy a new recycling container. whether the street is a main or secondary road 11. . c. In some areas. According to the snow treatment passage. it is one way to travel around the globe. a. This combination of salt and calcium chloride is also less damaging to foliage along the roadways. b. According to the passage. d. the plants and trees along the street c. Indeed. to gain control of lands harboring new spices. have changed the course of history. d. Spices is a pleasant word. b. may use only one recycling container. the temperature at the time of treatment b. Read the following paragraphs and choose the topic sentence that best ﬁts the paragraph.” 12. individuals traveled the world seeking exotic spices for proﬁt and. The new containers are far better than other containers in every way. must use the new recycling container. If the snowfall is light. Many cities have distributed standardized recycling containers to all households. d. which of the following is true? a. The new containers hold more than the old containers did.–READING COMPREHENSION – After a snow or ice fall.

a. The continuing fascination of the public with movie star Marilyn Monroe is puzzling. It weighs less than three pounds and is hardly more interesting to look at than an overly ripe cauliﬂower. even after many decades. c. She became a star in the 1950s and died in 1962. It thinks and dreams. d. a. he is still the one to turn heads. One reason might simply be her life’s sad and premature end. He enjoys spending most of his time admiring his proﬁle in the mirror. However. . It has created poetry and music. a. . unimaginably complex. Darwin’s theory of evolution was one attempt to explain what essentially remains a great mystery. scientists say that each person uses only 10% of brainpower over the course of a lifetime. The human brain is made of gelatinous matter and contains no nerve endings. The most complex life form is. 17. The only objects of Gary’s respect are others who hold positions in society above him. Gary is a very distinguished-looking man with a touch of gray at the temples. when the ﬁrst molecule ﬂoated up out of the ooze with the unique ability to replicate itself. but she changed it to Marilyn. 16. plots and schemes. Even in his early ﬁfties. The science of neurology has found a way to map the most important areas of the human brain. however. c. 168 . d. The history of spices. Conceit is the beginning and the end of Gary’s character: conceit of person and situation. d. In fact. b. and it can be ﬁlled with danger and intrigue. b. the mammal—and the most complex mammal is humankind. and at its ﬁrst appearance. 18. Nevertheless. planned and executed wars. The ﬁrst. Read the following topic sentences and choose the sentence that best develops or supports the topic sentence. c. The ﬁlm that most clearly demonstrates her talent is The Misﬁts. of course. a. and easily holds more information than all the libraries on Earth. c. is money. It is unknown exactly where life started— where the ﬁrst molecule was “born” that had the ability to replicate itself. he considers his good looks to be his second most important asset in the world. 15. the human brain is the most mysterious and complex object on earth. however. b. and he loves the power his wealth has given him. b. Gary’s gray hair is his worst characteristic.–READING COMPREHENSION – d. He can buy whatever he desires. Gary feels blessed to be wealthy and the joy consumes his every thought. yet it is still strong. d. He was fortunate enough to be born into a wealthy family. devised intricate scientiﬁc theories. Gary checks the mirror often and feels great delight with what he sees. Her name was originally Norma Jean. Scientists place its beginnings at some three billion years ago. is another matter altogether. Life on Earth is ancient.

More extraordinary than a bird being able to ﬂy untaught is that it is able to build a nest untaught. without ever being taught. The Eighth Amendment of the Bill of Rights prohibits cruel and unusual punishment. d. 21. c. d. 22. Ranchers and some biologists are protesting the reintroduction of the wolves. The most obvious way in which birds differ from humans in behavior is that they can do all that they have to do. a. but this is far too simple a description. a. convinces us that the universe was not always as it is now. no conscious imitation by the young.–READING COMPREHENSION – 19. 169 . during microwave experiments. There is no instruction by the old bird in the movements of ﬂight. many of the punishments used by the Puritans in Massachusetts Bay seem cruel and excessive. a. 20. The reintroduced wolves are producing more offspring than expected. c. d. b. The Puritans established a wide variety of punishments to enforce their strict laws. Physicists now believe they can construct what happened in the universe during the ﬁrst three minutes of its beginning. The gray wolf will be taken off the list of endangered species in the northern Rocky Mountains when ten breeding pairs reside in a region for three years. you can actually “hear” echoes of the big bang. d. There are active efforts to reintroduce wolves to national parks in the United States. Disobedient children would feel the sting of the whip. b. if accepted. c. The popular notion is that the big bang was a huge explosion in space. b. Young birds brought up by hand in artiﬁcial nests will build the proper kind of nest for their species when the time comes. a. c. Many scientists believe that. The big bang theory. The success of an attempt to reintroduce red wolves to parts of North Carolina is not yet clear. Young birds frequently make their ﬁrst ﬂights with their parents out of sight. b. Today. One scientiﬁc theory of the origin of the universe is the much misunderstood big bang theory. The Puritans believed that some lawbreakers should be shamed in public by the use of stocks and the pillory.

b. c. Six counties in the north—where Protestants outnumber Catholics two to one—remained a part of Great Britain and became known as Northern Ireland. 1882. For 16 years. he spread violence and death throughout the west. in China. children may not spin yo-yos in Memphis. Advances in medical science have done wonders for longevity. Jesse was gunned down on April 3. His crimes were committed during the late 1860s. Also. Political violence has claimed many lives in Northern Ireland. 24. On Sunday. Indiana. d. The game of dominoes has been popular for centuries. This is most important for a cat that does its prowling at night. all of Ireland was ruled by Great Britain. d. French explorers probably taught the Inuit Eskimos how to play dominoes. a.–READING COMPREHENSION – Read the following supporting sentences and choose the sentence that would make the best topic sentence. a girl is forbidden to take a bite from her date’s hamburger. a. b. d. The struggle today is over the control of these six counties. 27. 28. It is illegal for teenagers to take a bath during the winter in Clinton. b. it was played during the 1700s in Italy. b. Tennessee. 26. they aid the cat’s ability to move in the dark. d. b. a. Serving as feelers. it was introduced to the rest of the world. No one seems to understand this phenomenon. The hairs themselves are very sensitive. For centuries. It is a fact that people are now living longer than ever before for many reasons. 23. A cat’s whiskers are among the most perfect organs of touch. It is illegal to parade an elephant down Main Street in Austin. 170 . a.D. a. but these strange laws are still on the books! d. d. It was known in 181 A. c. Jesse Woodson James was the most legendary of all American outlaws. It may be hard to believe. Irish Catholics continued to ﬁght against British rule. The roots are provided with highly sensitive nerve endings. 25. c. c. The people in this region do not seem to gain anything from medical science. c. From Italy. b. c. Some people in Russia’s Caucasus Mountains live to be over one hundred years of age. a. In Oklahoma. He left a trail of train and bank robberies. Texas.

or DTP. c. Savings accounts and CDs are fully insured and provide steady. Savings accounts and CDs (certiﬁcates of deposit) are the best way to invest your hardearned money. Dress-down days improve employee morale. Mr. 30. 38. Orenstein is a terriﬁc boss. secure interest on your money. 32. Before you begin. computer software is continually being reﬁned to produce more high quality printing. Wednesday is the longest day of the week. 34. 37. business cards. the ﬁrst stage of any proposed DTP project should be organization and design. and what form your message will take. and brochures is called Desktop Publishing. 39. b. 33. 29. Stocks and bonds are often risky investments. 31. the message you want to communicate. The use of computer equipment and software to create high quality printing for newsletters. you should know your intended audience. Many people invest in stocks and bonds. There are many different ways to invest your money to provide for a ﬁnancially secure future. 36. DTP is one way to become acquainted with a new business audience. Read the following paragraphs and respond to the questions.–READING COMPREHENSION – Read the following questions that ask you to differentiate fact from opinion. Write F in the blank if the statement is a fact and O if it is an opinion. The most important part of any DTP project is planning. d. 171 . letterhead. the planning stage of any DTP project should not include talking with the intended audience. 35. This paragraph best supports the statement that a. Wednesday is the fourth day of the week. Many companies have dress-down days on Fridays.

Studies have shown that people using the Dvorak keyboard can type 20–30% faster and are able to cut their error rate in half. The beneﬁts of telecommuting allow for greater productivity and greater ﬂexibility. In addition. The containers should be clearly marked and should be puncture resistant. needles. 43. is—on average—70% faster than the QWERTY. People who work for the Peace Corps are volunteers. d.–READING COMPREHENSION – Many ofﬁce professionals have expressed an interest in replacing the currently used keyboard. d. However. 40. their ﬂexible schedules allow them to balance their families with their work responsibilities. c. known as the QWERTY keyboard. Sharp objects should be disposed of in hard plastic or metal containers with secure lids. are careless with sharp objects such as lancets. with a keyboard that can keep up with technological changes and make ofﬁces more efﬁcient. has more keys right under the typists’ ﬁngers than the QWERTY. These sharp objects include lancets. This paragraph best supports the idea that sanitation workers can be injured if they a. Dvorak puts vowels and other frequently used letters right under the ﬁngers—on the home row—where typists make 70% of their keystrokes. The best choice is the Dvorak keyboard. are hired for a limited term of employment. This paragraph best supports the statement that Peace Corps employees a. b. do not place sharp objects in punctureresistant containers. Every year. b. is favored by more typists than the QWERTY. c. get more work done in a given time period than workers who travel to the ofﬁce. needles. b. and syringes in their homes. they can injure sanitation workers. 42. This paragraph best supports the statement that telecommuters a. c. is more efﬁcient than the QWERTY. come in contact with sharp objects that have not been placed in secure containers. More and more ofﬁce workers telecommute from ofﬁces in their own homes. One of the missions of the Peace Corps is to bring trained men and women to work in countries who need trained professionals in certain ﬁelds. d. Americans use over one billion sharp objects to administer health care in their homes. in order to keep the Peace Corps dynamic and vital. This paragraph best supports the statement that the Dvorak keyboard a. produce a better quality work product than workers who travel to the ofﬁce. have both academic and work experience. b. are more ﬂexible in their ideas than workers who travel to the ofﬁce. must train for about ﬁve years. and syringes. c. Telecommuters produce an average of 20% more than if they were to work in an ofﬁce. If not disposed of in puncture-resistant containers. are highly intelligent people. no staff member can work for the agency for more than ﬁve years. 172 . do not mark the containers they pick up with a warning that those containers contain sharp objects. d. 41. would do 20% more work if they were to work in an ofﬁce.

The competitive civil service system is designed to give candidates fair and equal treatment and to ensure that federal applicants are hired based on objective criteria. there is a lack of skilled labor in many other ﬁelds. 45. or sex. This paragraph best supports the statement that a. This paragraph best supports the statement that a. people with computer skills are in demand in police and criminal investigator jobs. trained criminal investigators are often underpaid in rural areas. many people who live in emerging nations are not receiving proper medical care. d. b. There is a shortage of uniformed police ofﬁcers in many cities and a shortage of trained criminal investigators in some rural areas. KSA is not as important as test scores to federal employers. Medical expertise and medical supplies need to be redistributed throughout the world so that people in emerging nations will have proper medical care. b. c. but they are not essentially computer jobs. the Mariner 9 probe took the ﬁrst pictures of Mars. 44. and abilities— sometimes abbreviated as KSA—and not on external factors such as race. the majority of the people in the world have no medical care. not enough doctors give time and money to those in need of medical care. unemployment in computer-related ﬁelds is not as widespread as some people think. c. there is a shortage of skilled workers in a variety of ﬁelds. These images also implied that Mars once had an atmosphere that was thick enough to trap the Sun’s heat. federal hiring practices are simpler than those employed by the private sector. Whereas employers in the private sector can hire employees for subjective reasons. Although it is true that the lack of computer-related skills accounts for many of the problems in today’s job market. c. d. Mars once had a thicker atmosphere than Earth does. but adequate distribution of medicine is just as urgent. d. medical resources in emerging nations have diminished in the past few years. These jobs may utilize computer skills. Mars is closer to the Sun than Earth is. 46. religion. federal employers must be able to justify their decision with objective evidence of candidate qualiﬁcation. Hiring has to be based solely on a candidate’s knowledge. the civil service strives to hire on the basis of a candidate’s abilities. 47. hiring in the private sector is inherently unfair. including police work.–READING COMPREHENSION – Close-up images of Mars by the Mariner 9 probe indicated networks of valleys that looked like the stream beds on Earth. If this is true. Mars now has little or no atmosphere. skills. 173 . d. It is well known that the world urgently needs adequate distribution of food. It is a myth that labor shortages today center mostly on computer jobs. something must have happened to Mars billions of years ago that stripped away the planet’s atmosphere. b. c. This paragraph best supports the statement that a. b. This paragraph best supports the statement that a.

b. register a complaint. This paragraph best supports the statement that a. 50. for many different kinds of writing tasks. sit down and think about your purpose for writing the letter. others do not. 174 . order a product. Whether you can accomplish a speciﬁc goal or meet a speciﬁc deadline depends ﬁrst on how much time you need to get the job done. more reasonable goals. the best way to complete projects is to make sure your goals are achievable. d. Several states are promoting bills in their state legislatures that would cut income or property taxes and make up the revenue with taxes on fossil fuel. Different goals will have to be divided in different ways. c. What should you do when the demands of the job exceed the time you have available? The best approach is to divide the project into smaller pieces. This paragraph best supports the statement that a. c. planning is an important ﬁrst step. 49. gas taxes produce more revenue than income taxes. brainstorming and writing take approximately equal amounts of time. taxes on fossil fuels are more popular than property taxes. Always keep your objective in mind. business letters are frequently complaint letters. Do you want to request information. the best way to tackle large projects is to problem-solve ﬁrst. 48. d. but that does not seem to be the case today. the best approach to a demanding job is to delegate responsibility. state legislators no longer fear increasing gas taxes. but one seemingly unrealistic goal can often be accomplished by working on several smaller. Before you begin to compose a business letter. states with low income tax rates are increasing their gas taxes. b. jobs often remain only partially completed because of lack of time. while some people plan ahead when they are writing a business letter. This paragraph best supports the statement that a. d. suggesting a gas tax has usually been considered a political blunder. or apply for something? Do some brainstorming and gather information before you begin writing. c.–READING COMPREHENSION – In the past. b.

The last sentence states that new technologies are reported daily. d. Choice b is incorrect because even though polar regions are mentioned in the paragraph. 10. 11. The paragraph also states that ﬁtness walking will result in a good workout. The support for this choice is in the second sentence. Choice d is incorrect because there is no support to show that most New Yorkers are interested in this work. See the second and third sentences for the steps in making ratatouille. The author stresses the need to read critically by performing thoughtful and careful operations on the text. Choice a is incorrect because the author never says that reading is dull. This answer is implied by the whole paragraph. With regard to choice b. d.e. a. Choice a is incorrect because no comparison to weight lifting is made. which states that in some countries toxic insecticides are still legal. and this implies that new technologies are being constantly developed. There is no support for choice c. The statement stresses that there must be a judge’s approval (i. The other choices may be true but are not mentioned in the passage. Choice d is a contradiction to the information in the passage. a health club might be a good investment. 8. 4. The other choices are not reﬂected in the passage. 175 . stone tools were ﬁrst used two and a half million years ago.–READING COMPREHENSION – Answers 1. Choice c is incorrect because even though scholars are mentioned in the paragraph. Choice c is incorrect because the paragraph states when stone tools ﬁrst came into use. Choice b may seem like a logical answer. there is no support for the idea that warmer regions are not just as affected. b. the author stresses the convenience of this form of exercise. Choices b and c are not supported by the paragraph. 2. There is no support for choice c. legal authorization) before a search can be conducted. b. but they were not necessarily in use all that time. so for others. 5. 6. The main part of the passage describes how to cook vegetables. 9. Choice d can be ruled out because there is nothing to indicate that DDT and toxaphene are the most toxic insecticides. The last sentence in the paragraph clearly gives support for the idea that the interest in Shakespeare is due to the development of his characters. Choice c is not mentioned in the passage. Only choice b reﬂects the correct order. a. d. By stating that ﬁtness walking does not require a commute to a health club. Only choice d indicates that vegetables are included in the dish. There is no support for choice a. there is no indication that the scholars are compiling the anthology. 7. d. Choices b and d are incorrect because it is not enough for the police to have direct evidence or a reasonable belief—a judge must authorize the search for it to be legal. The passage mentions nothing about main or secondary roads. d. b. Choice a is incorrect because the writer never makes this type of comparison. This answer is clearly stated in the last sentence of the paragraph.. 3. but the paragraph refers only to people who are ﬁtness walkers. Choice a can be ruled out because there is no support to show that studying math is dangerous. a. Choice c is not supported by the passage. The second and third sentence combine to give support to choice a.

not cooking. This choice introduces the idea that some laws are strange. instruction to do what is important to its survival. b. The topic sentence refers to punishment used in early America. d. Choices a. Choices b and c state why you do not have such punishment today and compares historical punishment with today’s sensibility. 29. c. b. c. 24. Choices a and b state the game’s origin. and d do not reinforce the context of the topic sentence. 23. c. b. Choice a pronounces an end to sixteen years of violence. b. d. 25. and d do not support this topic sentence. This choice is a clear comparison between humans and birds: neither one needs 21. so choice d is correct. a. The topic sentence speaks of the big bang theory being much misunderstood. 18. a. c. c. F. 27. 17. 19. Choice a gives a reason for the use of punishment by Puritans. 13. 28. 176 . The mention that searching for spices has changed the course of history and that nations have gone to war over this condiment implies that the subject of the paragraph is history. This sentence is an opinion because it can be debated. The topic sentence states that violence has claimed many lives in Northern Ireland. and choice c addresses this. The mention of the amazing things the brain is capable of doing is directly relevant to its mysterious and complex nature. c. and d are about longevity but are not topic sentences. the use of the new containers. c. and c only show what led to the situation. O. Choice b addresses both of Gary’s vanities: his person and his situation. 30. This topic sentence states the importance of a cat’s whiskers. Choices b. Choice b. The passage states that the use of the new containers will expedite pick-up of recyclables. a. and d are facts about James’s life. choices b and c refer only to complexity. Choice d explains how its popularity spread. The passage indicates that the city prefers. Choices a. and c are merely facts about Marilyn and are not about people’s fascination with her. and d give other details that do not directly support the topic sentence. Someone could just as easily take the opposite position. but does not require. chances are they will be taken off the endangered species list. 20. 14. It can proven. Choices a. 22. Choices a. Choice d reveals the fascination fans had with Marilyn. 16. b. The other choices are off topic. and d are less relevant and speciﬁc. Choice d is less relevant to the topic sentence than the other choices.–READING COMPREHENSION – 12. Choices a. c. choices a. c. a. b. c. Choices a. This sentence is a fact. This sentence gives a reason for why people are living longer. Choice a deals only with Gary’s vanity of person. but not the topic sentence. b. customers may use more than one container if they purchase an additional one. d. b. and c. Choice d is not supported by the passage. Choice c deals only with his vanity of position. This indicates that the new containers will make the recycling program more efﬁcient. Because the wolves have produced more offspring than expected. This choice states the popularity of the game. 15. Also. and d are examples of strange laws. Choices b. d. This choice refers both to age and complexity. b. The use of the word war involves danger and intrigue. 26.

F. Choice c indicates that the atmosphere of Mars has been stripped away. Choice d is implied by the statement that redistribution is needed so that people in emerging nations can have proper medical care. Choice a details the greater productivity of telecommuters. F. Choices a. Choice d is the best comprehensive statement about the paragraph. d. Choices a. a. Steady. 32. 47. c. Wednesday is the fourth day of the week. There is no support for choice d. 41. Only choice b mentions this. c. 33. This sentence is an opinion. F. O. 34. a. c. b. 177 .–READING COMPREHENSION – 31. Choices a. Choices b. 42. and d do not support the main idea of the paragraph. c. While Wednesday may seem longer to some people. 36. Choice c is the best answer because the paragraph indicates that legislators once feared suggesting gas taxes. and c are not mentioned in the paragraph. 37. This sentence is a fact. and d. c. This sentence is a fact. This sentence is a fact. Choices a. 38. Savings accounts and CDs do not always earn the highest interest rates. 49. There is no indication that choice a is true. People do invest in stocks and bonds. there are no statistics to prove this. even if true. it is the same length as any other day of the week. c. 44. 39. and d are not in the passage. and d discuss how users should deal with sharp objects. F. 35. This sentence is a fact. b. but are incorrect. There are many opportunities for investment. 48. Choice a reﬂects the idea that the Dvorak keyboard is more efﬁcient than the QWERTY. are not in the passage. and d are not in the passage. Choice b is incorrect because the paragraph does not say why more gas taxes are being proposed. Choices b. d. b. The last sentence of the passage supports choice c. but now many of them are promoting bills in favor of these taxes. and d contain words and phrases from the paragraph. This sentence indicates the importance of organization and design. a. Choice c expresses the overall theme of the paragraph—a shortage of skilled workers in many ﬁelds. F. While it could be a good idea. 46. The passage is about making a larger goal more achievable by setting smaller goals. Choices b. c. secure interest can be earned using these methods of investing. Choice a is the best overall statement to summarize the message given by the paragraph. b. Choice b is the only choice that tells how people should dispose of sharp objects in order to avoid placing sanitation workers in danger. The stock market can be uncertain. 40. This sentence is an opinion. b. 45. 50. O. O. This sentence is a fact. This sentence is an opinion. c. c. 43.

.

e-mails. Studying the proper ways to use the vocabulary of the English language can give you a good score on the grammar section of the exam and will show that you are indeed capable and proﬁcient as a writer. letters. Correct usage of standard English shows that you have made the effort to understand the conventions of the English language. verb tenses. 179 .C H A P T E R 13 T Grammar he ability to write correctly is fundamental for any civil service position. subject-verb agreement. and the grammar section of the written exam helps the government determine whether you have the competence it takes to complete such tasks. punctuation. Forms. your words allow the reader—and your employer or supervisor—to understand exactly what you intend to say. memos. Poor usage can get in the way of what you want to say. The tips and exercises in this chapter will help you ensure that you are ready to excel on this portion of the exam. pronouns. and commonly confused words. There is plenty of writing involved in most civil service jobs. it is important to use these words correctly in sentences. and reports have to be written during the course of every workday. As you apply the vocabulary you have learned in this book. capitalization. This chapter reviews such grammar essentials as sentence boundaries. When English is used according to the conventions that have been established.

Knowing that a subordinating conjunction can signal a sentence fragment. The second fragment has neither a subject nor a verb. the old house was demolished. Since you are leaving in the morning. End marks like periods. Leaving messages for me. exclamation points. These words are called subordinating conjunctions. Then you can double-check your work for errors. For that reason. The main cause of run-on sentences is often faulty punctuation. You may have noticed that the fragments have an extra word at the beginning. complete sentences are the correct and accepted format for most pieces of information. Look at the following examples. When you saw the tornado approaching. while a fragment is missing something—it could be a verb or it could be a subject. These sentence fragments can easily be corrected: ■ ■ ■ When you saw the tornado approaching. Since you were leaving in the morning. after although as because before if once since than that though unless until when whenever where wherever while The assistant ﬁling folders. it is important to distinguish between complete sentences and sentence fragments. It needs the helping verb was before ﬁling to make a complete thought. Look at the following incomplete sentences. 180 . Look at the following example. Before the new house was built in 1972.–GRAMMAR– Complete Sentences and Sentence Fragments Sentences are the basic units of written language. When you are writing in the workplace. Janet was always leaving messages for me The ﬁrst fragment in this pair of sentences is an example of a sentence that is missing part of its verb. Use this list as a handy reminder. you went to bed early. Complete sentences express a whole thought. They do not leave you guessing about who the subject is. something Run-On Sentences Run-on sentences are two or more independent clauses (complete sentences) written as though they were one sentence. it is a good idea to be familiar with some of the most frequently used subordinating conjunctions. but the sentence does not express a complete thought. you headed for cover. such as a comma instead of a period between two independent clauses (complete thoughts). A sentence expresses a complete thought. or what action the subject is taking. Wh